a platfo rm fo r innovation - altair...

HyperWorks is a division of

A Platform for InnovationTM

Altair Engineering Contact Information

Web site www.altair.com

FTP site Address: ftp.altair.com or ftp2.altair.com or http://ftp.altair.com/ftp Login: ftp Password: <your e-mail address>

Location Telephone e-mail

North America 248.614.2425 [email protected]

China 86.21.6117.1666 [email protected]

France 33.1.4133.0992 [email protected]

Germany 49.7031.6208.22 [email protected]

India 91.80.6629.4500 1800.425.0234 (toll free)

[email protected]

Italy 39.800.905.595 [email protected]

Japan 81.3.5396.2881 [email protected]

Korea 82.31.716.4321 [email protected]

Scandinavia 46.46.286.2052 [email protected]

United Kingdom 44.1926.468.600 [email protected]

Brazil 55.11.3884.0414 [email protected]

Australia 64.9.413.7981 [email protected]

New Zealand 64.9.413.7981 [email protected]

The following countries have distributors for Altair Engineering:

Asia Pacific: Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand

Europe: Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Spain, Turkey.

©2009 Altair Engineering, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated to another language without the written permission of Altair Engineering, Inc. To obtain this permission, write to the attention Altair Engineering legal department at: 1820 E. Big Beaver, Troy, Michigan, USA, or call +1-248-614-2400.

Trademark and Registered Trademark Acknowledgments Listed below are Altair® HyperWorks® applications. Copyright© Altair Engineering Inc., All Rights Reserved for:

HyperMesh® 1990-2009; HyperView® 1999-2009; OptiStruct® 1996-2009; RADIOSS® 1986-2009; HyperCrash™ 2001-2009; HyperStudy® 1999-2009; HyperGraph® 1995-2009; MotionView®1993-2009; MotionSolve® 2002-2009; TextView™ 1996-2009; MediaView™ 1999-2009; HyperForm® 1998-2009; HyperXtrude®1999-2009; HyperView Player® 2001-2009; Process Manager™ 2003-2009; Data Manager™ 2005-2009; Assembler™ 2005-2009; FEModel™ 2004-2009; BatchMesher™ 2003-2009; Templex™ 1990-2009; Manufacturing Solutions™ 2005-2009; HyperDieDynamics™ 2007-2009; HyperMath™ 2007-2009; ScriptView™ 2007-2009.

In addition to HyperWorks® trademarks noted above, GridWorks™, PBS™ Gridworks®, PBS™ Professional®, PBS™ and Portable Batch System® are trademarks of ALTAIR ENGINEERING INC., as is patent # 6,859,792. All are protected under U.S. and international laws and treaties. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

RADIOSS 10.0 Block Format iAltair Engineering

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

RADIOSS 10.0 Block Format

Reference Guide

Block Format

........................................................................................................................................1File Extensions and Formats

........................................................................................................................................3New Keywords in 10.0

........................................................................................................................................6Command Line Arguments

........................................................................................................................................13Single File Input

........................................................................................................................................14Starter Input

........................................................................................................................................15List of Material Laws

........................................................................................................................................19List of ALE and CFD Material Laws

........................................................................................................................................21Material to Element Compatibility

........................................................................................................................................29Syntax of Block Format

........................................................................................................................................33Block Format Keywords

........................................................................................................................................956Engine Input

........................................................................................................................................957Syntax of Engine Keywords

........................................................................................................................................958Compatibility Table of Implicit Solvers with Parallel Version

........................................................................................................................................959Engine Keywords

........................................................................................................................................1099H3D Output File

........................................................................................................................................1100Animation Output File (A-File)

........................................................................................................................................1101ASCII Output File (STY-File)

........................................................................................................................................1118Modif Input File

........................................................................................................................................1121Control File (C-File)

........................................................................................................................................1122External Modes File

........................................................................................................................................1124Flexible Body Input File

..................................................................................................................................................1133Index

Altair Engineering RADIOSS 10.0 Block Format 1


Block Format

File Extensions and Formats

RADIOSS format 10.0 is based on 10x extension.

4x extension 10x extension Type Format Remark Read by Written by

RunnameD00 Runname_0000.rad Starter input ASCII Starter HyperCrash

HyperMesh

RunnameD0A Runname_0000_a.rad Starter input ASCII Starter HyperCrash

HyperMesh

RunnameDnn Runname_run#.rad Engine input ASCII Engine User

RunnameRnn Runname_run#_cpu #[_C].rst

Restart file Any Defaultbinary

Engine Starter

Engine

RunnameAnnn RunnameAnnn Animation IEEEbinary

HyperView Engine

N/A Runname.h3d Animation H3D HyperView HvTrans thrurun script

RunnameTnn if RADIOSS Engineoption /TH/VERS/41 isused (default):

RunnameTnn

if RADIOSS Engineoption /TH/VERS/51 isused:

Runname_run#.thy

Time history Any DefaultIEEEbinary

HyperGraph Engine

RunnameTnnx if RADIOSS Engineoption /TH/VERS/41 isused (default):

RunnameTnnx

if RADIOSS Engineoption /TH/VERS/51 isused:

Runname_run#_x.thy

“x”: letter (a to i)

Time history Any DefaultIEEEbinary

HyperGraph Engine

2 RADIOSS 10.0 Block Format Altair Engineering


4x extension 10x extension Type Format Remark Read by Written by

Runname@Tnn Runname_run#[email protected] MNOISE file Any HyperGraph Engine

RunnameLnn Runname_run#.out Listing ASCII Engine

RunnameYnnn Runname_nnnn.sty orRunnameYnnn

according to the /IOFLAGkeyword

if Irootyy = 2:

RunnameYnnn

if Irootyy ¹ 2:

Runname_#run.sty

Output ASCII Starter Engine

Runname_run#.sta State file ASCII Starter Engine

RunnameCnn Runname_run#.ctl Control file ASCII Engine User

Comments

1. run# : RADIOSS run number (4 digits) from 0000 to 9999.

2. cpu # : number of processors (4 digits).

3. cpu # = 0000 = SMP RADIOSS Version.

4. cpu # = 0001 to 9999 = MPP (SPMD) RADIOSS Version.

5. C: restart letter (see /RFILE option in the RADIOSS Engine manual).

6. In case of Single File Input, Engine options can be added into Starter file. See Single File Input fordetails.



New Keywords in 10.0

Note: Please print this page for future reference.

New and Modified Features

New Starter Keywords

· /CONVEC - Imposed convective flux

· /FAIL/XFEM - Failure model for XFEM (eXtended Finite Element Method) crack initialization

· /FRAME/MOV2 - Describes moving frames.

· /IMPTEMP - The imposed temperature

· /INISHE/ORTH_LOC or /INISH3/ORTH_LOC - Initialization of orthotropy direction on each element

· /INTER/TYPE21 - Specific interface between a non-deformable master surface and a slave surfacedesigned for stamping

· /INTTHICK/V5 - Restores contact behavior of versions prior to 10.0 for gap and stiffness calculation

· /LEVSET - Describes initial cracks in shells

· /MAT/GAS - Gas molecular weight and specific heat coefficients

· /MAT/LAW13 or /MAT/RIGID - Models rigid material

· /MAT/LAW41 or /MAT/LEE-TARVER - Lee-Tarver material

· /MONVOL/AIRBAG1 - Airbag monitored volume type

· /PROP/INJECT1 - Mass injected for each constituent gas - Type 1 airbag injector

· /PROP/INJECT2 - Molar fraction injected for each constituent gas and total mass injected - Type 2airbag injector

· /PROP/TYPE17 or /PROP/SH_STACK - Sandwich shell property set - stack properties(composites)

· /PROP/TYPE19 or /PROP/SH_PLY - Used to define the ply property set (/PROP/TYPE17) used inply-based composite definition

· /RBE3 - Motion of a reference (slave) node as the weighted average of the motions of sets ofmaster nodes

· /SKEW/MOV2 - Moving local coordinate system

· /STAMPING - Engine error messages for stamping application



Modified Starter Keywords

· #include - Increased the maximum number of characters from 71 to 100.

· /ALE/STANDARD - replaced shear factor (n) with characteristic length (lc)

· /BEGIN - Combined /UNIT/name with /BEGIN

· /DEF_SOLID - Added new flag Istrain

· /INIBRI - Describes the initial state for a brick

· /INTER/TYPE2 - New, integrated rupture option

· /INTER/TYPE6 - Added new identifier Stiff and modified load and unload function identifiers

· /INTER/TYPE7, /INTER/TYPE10, /INTER/TYPE11, /INTER/TYPE18, /INTER/TYPE19,/INTER/LAGDT/TYPE7, /INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE7 - Bumult default value changed from 0.25 to 0.20.

· /PART - Added virtual thickness

· /PROP/SOLID - Added new flags Istrain

and Irot

· /PROP/SPR_PRE - Added locking feature

· /PROP/TSHELL - Added new flag Icpre

· /SECT - Added new identifier Frame_ID

· /SPMD - Default value changed for domain decomposition (Metis instead of RSB)

· //SUBMODEL - Updated list of options supported by //SUBMODEL

· /TH - Improvement of composites post-treatment

New Engine Keywords

· /ANIM/GPS1 - Generates animation files containing simple average GPS data

· /ANIM/GPS2 - Generates animation files containing volume based averaged GPS data

· /END/ENGINE - End the Engine input deck when using Single File Input

· /IMPL/AUTOSPC - Constraining automatic zero stiffness d.o.f.

· /IMPL/BUCKL/1 - Euler buckling modes will be computed

· /IMPL/BUCKL/2 - Euler buckling modes computed based on actual pre-stress stat

· /IMPL/GSTIF/OFF - Deactivation of geometrical stiffness matrix

· /IMPL/INTER/KNONL - Non-linear contact using special solver

· /IMPL/RREF/OFF - Deactivation reference residual for implicit non-linear

· /STATE/BRICK/AUX/FULL - Describes the internal variable state for solid

· /STATE/BRICK/STRAIN/FULL - Strain state for solid



· /STATE/BRICK/STRES/FULL - Stress state for solid

· /STATE/SHELL/ORTHL - Output of orthotropy directions for shell



Command Line Arguments

RADIOSS Starter Command Line Arguments

RADIOSS Starter supports the following command line arguments. Each argument has a long and a shortform. These are executables arguments.

Argument Short form Description

-help -h Print help message

-version -v Print RADIOSS release information

-input [FILE] -i RADIOSS Starter input file

-help Argument

Print help information on the command line arguments.

RADIOSS Starter exists after the printout.

Output Example:

[user@machine]$ ./s10_p4linux964 -help

RADIOSS Starter version 10.0

-help / - h : Print this message.

-version / - v : Print RADIOSS release information.

-input [FILE] / -i [FILE] : RADIOSS Starter input file

-version Argument

Print RADIOSS release information:

RADIOSS title, radflex name and version to use and build information (date and time of build + buildtag)

RADIOSS Starter exists after the printout.

[user@machine]$ ./s10_p4linux964 -version

RADIOSS Starter version 10.0

Platform release: P4-EM64T LINUX9Radflex name: r a d f l e x 1 0 _ l i n u xUse Radflex version: 100080902 or higher

Time of build: 1 8 : 2 8 : 3 2Date of build: 1 0 / 1 5 / 0 8Build tag: 0437673nix09000



-input argument

Sets the RADIOSS Starter input file.

syntax:

[user@machine]$ ./s10_p4linux964 -input [FILE]

The file must be a RADIOSS Starter input file with the following format: [ROOTNAME]_[RUN NUMBER].rad

where:

ROOTNAME is the dataset rootname

RUN NUMBER is the run number expressed in four numbers.

Example:

[user@machine]$ ./s10_p4linux964 -input CRA2V10_0000.rad

Notes:

· ROOTNAME and Run Number are extracted from the input file.

· The dataset ROOTNAME and Run Number settings in /BEGIN are ignored when the -input

command option is used.

· If the file name does not have the correct format, the file is rejected.

· The file is open. Standard-in input is no longer used.

· -input is compatible with RADIOSS V4 input files. The RADIOSS V4 file format has the following

format: [ROOTNAME]D[RUN NUMBER]

where : ROOTNAME is the dataset Rootname, Run Number is expressed in four numbers.

· If -input is not set, RADIOSS Starter opens standard-in to read Input.



Usage Example:

[user@machine]$ ./s10_p4linux964 -i CRA2V51_0000.rad* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** **** **** RADIOSS STARTER 10.0 **** **** Non-linear Finite Element Analysis Software **** from Altair Engineering, Inc. **** **** **** P4-EM64T LINUX9 **** **** **** **** Build tag: 0437673nix09000 *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** COPYRIGHT (C) 1986-2008 Altair Engineering, Inc. **** All Rights Reserved. Copyright notice does not imply publication. **** Contains trade secrets of Altair Engineering Inc. **** Decompilation or disassembly of this software strictly prohibited. *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

.. BLOCK FREE FORMATCRA2V51 .. CONTROL VARIABLES .. UNITS SYSTEM .. MATERIALS .. NODES .. PROPERTIES .. 3D SHELL ELEMENTS .. SUBSETS .. ELEMENT GROUPS .. NODE GROUP .. BOUNDARY CONDITIONS .. INITIAL VELOCITIES .. ELEMENT GROUPS .. ADDED MASSES .. ELEMENT BUFFER INITIALIZATION .. GEOMETRY PLOT FILE .. RESTART FILE

NORMAL TERMINATION ------------------------ 0 ERROR(S) 0 WARNING(S)

PLEASE CHECK LISTING FILE FOR FURTHER DETAILS

[user@machine]$



RADIOSS Engine Command Line Arguments

RADIOSS Engine supports the following command line arguments. Each argument has a long and a shortform. These are executables arguments.

Argument Short form Description

-help -h Print help message

-version -v Print RADIOSS release information

-input [FILE] -i RADIOSS Engine input file

-help Argument

Print help information on the command line arguments.

RADIOSS Engine exists after the printout.

Output Example:

[user@machine]$ ./e10_p4linux964 -help

RADIOSS Engine version 10.0

Command line arguments help: -help / -h : Print this message. -version / -v : Print RADIOSS release information. -input [FILE] / -i [FILE] : RADIOSS Engine input file

-version Argument

Print RADIOSS release information:

RADIOSS title, radflex name and version to use and build information (date and time of build + buildtag)

RADIOSS Engine exists after the printout.

[user@machine]$ ./e10_p4linux964 -version

RADIOSS Engine version 10.0

Platform release: P4-EM64T LINUX9Radflex name: r a d f l e x 1 0 _ l i n u xUse Radflex version: 100080902 or higher

Time of build: 1 8 : 2 8 : 3 2Date of build: 1 0 / 1 5 / 0 8Build tag: 0437673nix09000



-input argument

Sets the RADIOSS Engine input file.

syntax:

[user@machine]$ ./e10_p4linux964 -input [FILE]

The file must be a RADIOSS Engine input file with the following format: [ROOTNAME]_[RUN NUMBER].rad

where:

ROOTNAME is the dataset rootname

RUN NUMBER is the run number expressed in four numbers.

Example:

[user@machine]$ ./e10_p4linux964 -input CRA2V10_0001.rad

Notes:

· ROOTNAME and Run Number are extracted from the input file.

· The dataset ROOTNAME and Run Number settings in /RUN are ignored, when the -input

command option is used.

· If the file name does not have the correct format, the file is rejected.

· The file is open. Standard-in input is no longer used.

· -input is compatible with RADIOSS V4 input files. The RADIOSS V4 file format has the following

format: [ROOTNAME]D[RUN NUMBER]

where: ROOTNAME is the dataset Rootname, Run Number is expressed in four numbers.

· If -input is not set, RADIOSS Engine opens standard-in to read Input.



Usage Example:

[ user@machine]$ ./e10_p4linux964 -input CRA2V51_0001.rad* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** **** **** RADIOSS ENGINE 10.0 **** **** Non-linear Finite Element Analysis Software **** from Altair Engineering, Inc. **** **** **** P4-EM64T LINUX9 **** **** **** **** Build tag: 0437845nix09000 *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** COPYRIGHT (C) 1986-2008 Altair Engineering, Inc. **** All Rights Reserved. Copyright notice does not imply publication. **** Contains trade secrets of Altair Engineering Inc. **** Decompilation or disassembly of this software strictly prohibited. *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

ROOT: CRA2V51 RESTART: 0001 NUMBER OF PROCESSORS 2 17/10/2008 NC= 0 T= 0.0000E+00 DT= 1.7916E-03 ERR= 0.0% DM/M= 0.0000E+00 ANIMATION FILE: CRA2V51A001 WRITTEN NC= 100 T= 1.7826E-01 DT= 1.7700E-03 ERR= 0.0% DM/M= 0.0000E+00. . . NC= 13700 T= 1.9871E+01 DT= 1.4032E-03 ERR= -1.2% DM/M= 0.0000E+00

** CPU USER TIME **

#PROC

CONT.SORT

CONT.F ELEMENT MAT K I N .COND

I N T E G R . I / O TASK0 ASSEMB RESOL

1 . 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 1 1 4 4 E+ 0 2

. 2 9 1 0 E+ 0 1

. 7 0 0 0 E -0 1

. 5 6 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 3 1 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 5 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 3 7 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 1 3 6 4 E+ 0 2

2 . 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 1 1 0 2 E+ 0 2

. 2 8 7 0 E+ 0 1

. 7 0 0 0 E -0 1

. 5 6 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 0 0 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 3 3 0 0 E+ 0 0

. 1 3 6 4 E+ 0 2

ELAPSED TIME : 7.79 s

RESTART FILE: CRA2V51_0001_0000.rst WRITTEN NORMAL TERMINATION TOTAL NUMBER OF CYCLES: 13793[ u s e r @ m a c h i n e ] $



General behavior, error handling

· When more than one argument is used, the arguments are applied in the following order:1- -version

2- -help

3- -input

· The argument order in the command line does not matter.

If an error is encountered like:

· Missing argument to -input.

· -input argument is not a RADIOSS file format

An error message is printed with the -help printouts.



Single File Input

This format allows running either Starter or Engine with the same file.

Filename convention is ROOTNAME_0000.rad.

The file must start with:

#(blank) RADIOSS

The Engine options in the single file must be:

· placed in the beginning of the single file

· finish with /END/ENGINE

The Starter options must be:

· start with /BEGIN

· finish with /END.

Syntax has to be written as following:

#(blank) RADIOSSEngine options...

/END/ENGINE##/BEGIN

Starter options...

/END

Comments

1. Engine options must be in the main file, #include is not supported in Engine file.

2. In case of restart, it is sufficient to regenerate the Engine file alone.

3. Multiple Engine instances are not supported in the Single File Input.



Starter Input

This manual contains the description of the Block Format Keywords for the RADIOSS Starter. This manualis compatible with the version 10.0 of the RADIOSS Block Format.

The RADIOSS Block Format is executed in two steps:

1. The Starter

2. The Engine

The Starter reads a Runname_0000.rad file that contains the model definition. The Starter diagnosis

possible errors in the models and outputs a binary restart file.

The Engine executes the actual computation. It expects the binary file produced by the Starter plus a Runname_run#.rad input file in Block Format. The Engine Input describes the case control. The Engine

produces output files for animation, plotting (time history), and restart.



List of Material Laws

IsotropicElasticity

Linear elastic Hooke (1)

Hyper elastic Ogden-Mooney-Rivlin (42)

Composite andAnisotropicMaterials

Linear elastic for orthotropicshells

Fabric (19)

Non-linear elastic foranisotropic shells

Fabric (58)

Non-linear pseudo-plasticorthotropic solids without strain

rate effect

Honeycomb (28)

Cosserat Medium (68)

Non-linear pseudo-plasticorthotropic solids with strain

rate effect

Crushable foam (50)

Elasto-plastic anisotropicshells

Hill (32)

Hill (tabulated) (43)

Three-Parameter Barlat (57)

Elasto-plastic orthotropiccomposites

Composite Shell (25)

Composite Shell Chang-Chang (15)

Composite Solid (14)

Tsai-Wu Formula for Solid (12)

Foam model (53)

Elasto-plasticityof

IsotropicMaterials

von Mises hardening withoutdamage

Johnson-Cook (2)

Zerilli-Armstrong (2)

Zhao (48)

Cowper-Symonds (44)

Tabulated piecewise linear (36)

Tabulated quadratic in strain rate (60)

Drücker-Prager for rock orconcrete by polynomial

(10)

Rigid material (13)

Drücker-Prager for rock orconcrete by function

(21)

Hansel model (63)

Ugine and Alz approach (64)

Elastomer (65)

von Mises hardening withbrittle damage

Aluminum, glass, etc. (27)

Predit rivets (54)

Reinforced concrete (24)

von Mises hardening withductile damage

Ductile damage for solids andshells

(22)

Ductile damage for solids (23)



von Mises with visco-plasticflow

Ductile damage for porousmaterials, Gurson

(52)

Viscous MaterialsVisco-elastic

Boltzman (34)

Generalized Kelvin-Voigt (35)

Tabulated law (38)

Generalized Maxwell-Kelvin (40)

Hyper visco-elastic (62)

Tabulated law, hyper visco-elastic (70)

Visco-plastic Closed cell, elasto-plastic foam (33)

Hydrodynamic

Strain rate and temperaturedependence on yield stress

Johnson-Cook (4)

Turbulent viscous flow Hydrodynamic viscous (6)

Elasto-plastic hydrodynamicvon Mises isotropic hardening

with polynomial pressure(3)

Hydrodynamic material Lee-Tarver material (41)

Elasto-plastic hydrodynamicwith thermal softening

Steinberg-Guinan (49)

Void Void material Fictitious (0)



Correspondences between Material Law Number and Name

Law Number Law Name

12 3D_COMP57 BARLAT334 BOLTZMAN15 CHANG25 COMPSH14 COMPSO24 CONC68 COSSER44 COWPER22 DAMA21 DPRAG10 DPRAG11 ELAST

65 ELASTOMER58 FABR_A19 FABRI33 FOAM_PLAS70 FOAM_TAB35 FOAM_VISC52 GURSON63 HANSEL32 HILL43 HILL_TAB28 HONEYCOMB4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO3 HYDPLA

40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN60 PLAS_T327 PLAS_BRIT23 PLAS_DAMA2 PLAS_JOHNS

36 PLAS_TAB2 PLAS_ZERIL

54 PREDIT13 RIGID49 STEINB53 TSAI_TAB64 UGINE_ALZ

Law Number Law Name

0 VOID1 ELAST2 PLAS_JOHNS2 PLAS_ZERIL3 HYDPLA4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO

10 DPRAG112 3D_COMP13 RIGID14 COMPSO15 CHANG19 FABRI21 DPRAG22 DAMA23 PLAS_DAMA24 CONC25 COMPSH27 PLAS_BRIT28 HONEYCOMB29 USER130 USER231 USER332 HILL33 FOAM_PLAS34 BOLTZMAN35 FOAM_VISC36 PLAS_TAB38 VISC_TAB40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN43 HILL_TAB44 COWPER48 ZHAO49 STEINB50 VISC_HONEY52 GURSON53 TSAI_TAB54 PREDIT57 BARLAT3



Law Number Law Name

29 USER130 USER231 USER350 VISC_HONEY62 VISC_HYP38 VISC_TAB0 VOID

48 ZHAO

Law Number Law Name

58 FABR_A60 PLAS_T362 VISC_HYP63 HANSEL64 UGINE_ALZ65 ELASTOMER68 COSSER70 FOAM_TAB



List of ALE and CFD Material Laws

Hydrodynamic

Strain rate andtemperature dependence

on yield stress

Johnson-Cook (4)

Viscous flow Hydrodynamic viscous (6)

Boundary conditions inflow calculation

Boundary element (11)

Bi-phase liquid gas ALE formulation (37)

Fluid materials(CFD laws)

Turbulent viscous flowHydrodynamic viscous

with k - (6 with k - )

Boundary conditions inflow calculation

Boundary elementwith k -

(11 with k - )

Viscous fluidViscous fluid with LESsubgrid scale viscosity

(46)

Multimaterials

MultiphaseMaterials

Bimaterial ALE or Euler formulation (20)

3 materialsSolid, liquid and gas

states(51)

Multiphase Gray E.O.S+ Johnson’s shear law

Gray model (16)

Thermal Material Thermal conductivity Purely thermal material (18)

ExplosiveDetonation driven by

timeJones Wilkins Lee

model(5)



Correspondences Between Number and Name Laws(Grayed lines = CFD laws)

Law Number Law Name

20 BIMAT

37 BIPHAS

11 with k - B-K-EPS

11 BOUND

16 GRAY

4 HYD_JCOOK

6 HYDRO

5 JWL

6 with k - K-EPS

51 LAW51

46 LES_FLUID

18 THERM

Law Number Law Name

4 HYD_JCOOK

5 JWL

6 HYDRO

6 with k - K-EPS

11 BOUND

11 with k - B-K-EPS

16 GRAY

18 THERM

20 BIMAT

37 BIPHAS

46 LES_FLUID

51 LAW51



Material to Element Compatibility

The following tables list the compatibility options.

Element Compatibility – Part 1

Sorted by law name:

No. Law Name SHELL TRUSS BEAM

12 3D_COMP57 BARLAT3 yes34 BOLTZMAN15 CHANG yes25 COMPSH yes14 COMPSO24 CONC68 COSSER44 COWPER yes22 DAMA yes21 DPRAG10 DPRAG11 ELAST yes yes yes*65 ELASTOMER yes58 FABR_A yes19 FABRI yes33 FOAM_PLAS70 FOAM_TAB35 FOAM_VISC yes52 GURSON yes63 HANSEL yes32 HILL yes43 HILL_TAB yes28 HONEYCOMB4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO3 HYDPLA40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN27 PLAS_BRIT yes23 PLAS_DAMA2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes36 PLAS_TAB yes yes**60 PLAS_T3 yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes54 PREDIT13 RIGID yes49 STEINB53 TSAI_TAB64 UGINE_ALZ yes29 USER1 yes30 USER2 yes

Sorted by law number:


0 VOID yes1 ELAST yes yes yes*2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes3 HYDPLA4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO10 DPRAG112 3D_COMP13 RIGID yes14 COMPSO15 CHANG yes19 FABRI yes21 DPRAG22 DAMA yes23 PLAS_DAMA24 CONC25 COMPSH yes27 PLAS_BRIT yes28 HONEYCOMB29 USER1 yes30 USER2 yes31 USER3 yes32 HILL yes33 FOAM_PLAS34 BOLTZMAN35 FOAM_VISC yes36 PLAS_TAB yes yes**38 VISC_TAB40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN43 HILL_TAB yes44 COWPER yes48 ZHAO yes49 STEINB50 VISC_HONEY52 GURSON yes53 TSAI_TAB54 PREDIT57 BARLAT3 yes58 FABR_A yes60 PLAS_T3 yes




31 USER3 yes-- USERij yes50 VISC_HONEY62 VISC_HYP38 VISC_TAB0 VOID yes48 ZHAO yes


62 VISC_HYP63 HANSEL yes64 UGINE_ALZ yes65 ELASTOMER yes68 COSSER70 FOAM_TAB-- USERij yes

* : only for Type 3** : only for Type 18 (integrated beam)



Element Compatibility – Part 2 (Sorted by law name)

LawNumber

Law Name 2D QUAD8 nodeBRICK

20 nodeBRICK

4 nodeTETRA

10 nodeTETRA

6 & 8 nodeTHICKSHELL

16 nodeTHICKSHELL

12 3D_COMP yes yes yes yes57 BARLAT334 BOLTZMAN yes yes yes yes yes yes yes15 CHANG25 COMPSH yes yes14 COMPSO yes yes yes yes24 CONC yes yes yes yes68 COSSER yes yes yes yes44 COWPER yes yes yes yes yes yes yes22 DAMA yes yes yes yes yes yes yes21 DPRAG yes yes yes yes yes yes yes10 DPRAG1 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes1 ELAST yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

65 ELASTOMER58 FABR_A19 FABRI33 FOAM_PLAS yes yes yes yes yes yes yes70 FOAM_TAB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes35 FOAM_VISC yes yes yes yes yes yes yes52 GURSON yes yes yes yes yes yes yes63 HANSEL32 HILL43 HILL_TAB28 HONEYCOMB yes yes yes4 HYD_JCOOK yes yes yes yes yes yes yes6 HYDRO yes yes yes yes3 HYDPLA yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

40 KELVINMAX yes yes yes yes yes yes yes41 LEE-TARVER yes yes yes42 OGDEN yes yes yes yes yes yes yes27 PLAS_BRIT23 PLAS_DAMA yes yes yes yes yes yes yes2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

36 PLAS_TAB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes60 PLAS_T3 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

54 PREDIT13 RIGID yes yes yes49 STEINB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes53 TSAI_TAB yes yes yes yes64 UGINE_ALZ29 USER1 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes30 USER2 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes31 USER3 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes-- USERij yes yes yes yes yes yes yes50 VISC_HONEY yes yes yes yes62 VISC_HYP yes yes yes yes yes yes yes



LawNumber

Law Name 2D QUAD8 nodeBRICK

20 nodeBRICK

4 nodeTETRA

10 nodeTETRA

6 & 8 nodeTHICKSHELL

16 nodeTHICKSHELL

38 VISC_TAB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes0 VOID yes yes yes yes yes yes

48 ZHAO yes yes yes yes yes yes yes



Shell Property Compatibility

Sorted by law name:

No. Law Name Type 1 Type 9Type10

Type11

Type16

12 3D_COMP57 BARLAT3 yes yes34 BOLTZMAN15 CHANG yes yes yes25 COMPSH yes yes yes14 COMPSO24 CONC68 COSSER44 COWPER yes22 DAMA yes21 DPRAG10 DPRAG11 ELAST yes

65 ELASTOMER yes yes58 FABR_A yes19 FABRI yes33 FOAM_PLAS70 FOAM_TAB35 FOAM_VISC yes52 GURSON yes63 HANSEL yes yes32 HILL yes yes43 HILL_TAB yes yes28 HONEYCOMB4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO3 HYDPLA

40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN27 PLAS_BRIT yes yes23 PLAS_DAMA2 PLAS_JOHNS yes

36 PLAS_TAB yes yes60 PLAS_T3 yes yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes

54 PREDIT13 RIGID yes49 STEINB53 TSAI_TAB64 UGINE_ALZ yes yes29 USER1 yes yes yes30 USER2 yes yes yes31 USER3 yes yes yes-- USERij yes yes yes50 VISC_HONEY62 VISC_HYP



Type11

Type16

0 VOID yes1 ELAST yes2 PLAS_JOHNS yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes3 HYDPLA4 HYD_JCOOK6 HYDRO

10 DPRAG112 3D_COMP13 RIGID yes14 COMPSO15 CHANG yes yes yes19 FABRI yes21 DPRAG22 DAMA yes23 PLAS_DAMA24 CONC25 COMPSH yes yes yes27 PLAS_BRIT yes yes28 HONEYCOMB29 USER1 yes yes yes30 USER2 yes yes yes31 USER3 yes yes yes32 HILL yes yes33 FOAM_PLAS34 BOLTZMAN35 FOAM_VISC yes36 PLAS_TAB yes yes38 VISC_TAB40 KELVINMAX41 LEE-TARVER42 OGDEN43 HILL_TAB yes yes44 COWPER yes48 ZHAO yes49 STEINB50 VISC_HONEY52 GURSON yes53 TSAI_TAB54 PREDIT57 BARLAT3 yes yes58 FABR_A yes60 PLAS_T3 yes yes62 VISC_HYP63 HANSEL yes yes64 UGINE_ALZ yes yes65 ELASTOMER yes yes




Type11

Type16

38 VISC_TAB0 VOID yes

48 ZHAO yes


Type11

Type16

68 COSSER70 FOAM_TAB-- USERij yes yes yes



Solid & Thick Shell Property Compatibility

Sorted by law name:

No. Law Name

Types1, 2,

14, 16,17, 24

Type 6Type

20Type

21Type

22

12 3D_COMP yes yes yes57 BARLAT334 BOLTZMAN yes yes yes yes yes15 CHANG25 COMPSH yes yes yes yes yes14 COMPSO yes yes yes24 CONC yes yes yes68 COSSER yes yes yes yes44 COWPER yes yes yes22 DAMA yes yes yes21 DPRAG yes yes yes10 DPRAG1 yes yes yes1 ELAST yes yes yes

65 ELASTOMER58 FABR_A19 FABRI33 FOAM_PLAS yes yes yes yes yes70 FOAM_TAB yes yes yes yes yes35 FOAM_VISC yes yes yes yes yes52 GURSON yes yes yes63 HANSEL32 HILL43 HILL_TAB28 HONEYCOMB yes yes yes yes4 HYD_JCOOK yes yes6 HYDRO yes3 HYDPLA yes yes

40 KELVINMAX yes yes yes yes yes41 LEE-TARVER yes yes42 OGDEN yes yes yes yes yes27 PLAS_BRIT23 PLAS_DAMA yes yes yes2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes

36 PLAS_TAB yes yes yes60 PLAS_T3 yes yes yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes yes yes

54 PREDIT13 RIGID yes yes49 STEINB yes yes yes53 TSAI_TAB yes yes yes64 UGINE_ALZ29 USER1 yes yes yes yes yes30 USER2 yes yes yes yes yes31 USER3 yes yes yes yes yes50 VISC_HONEY yes yes yes


No. Law Name

Types1, 2,

14, 16,17, 24

Type 6 Type20

Type21

Type22

0 VOID yes yes yes1 ELAST yes yes yes2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes2 PLAS_ZERIL yes yes yes3 HYDPLA yes yes4 HYD_JCOOK yes6 HYDRO yes yes10 DPRAG1 yes yes yes12 3D_COMP yes yes yes13 RIGID yes yes14 COMPSO yes yes yes15 CHANG19 FABRI21 DPRAG yes yes yes22 DAMA yes yes yes23 PLAS_DAMA yes yes yes24 CONC yes yes yes25 COMPSH yes yes yes yes yes27 PLAS_BRIT28 HONEYCOMB yes yes yes yes yes29 USER1 yes yes yes yes yes30 USER2 yes yes yes yes yes31 USER3 yes yes yes yes yes32 HILL33 FOAM_PLAS yes yes yes yes yes34 BOLTZMAN yes yes yes yes yes35 FOAM_VISC yes yes yes yes yes36 PLAS_TAB yes yes yes38 VISC_TAB yes yes yes yes yes40 KELVINMAX yes yes yes yes yes41 LEE-TARVER yes yes42 OGDEN yes yes yes yes yes43 HILL_TAB44 COWPER yes yes yes48 ZHAO yes yes yes49 STEINB yes yes yes50 VISC_HONEY yes yes yes52 GURSON yes yes yes53 TSAI_TAB yes yes yes54 PREDIT57 BARLAT358 FABR_A60 PLAS_T3 yes yes yes62 VISC_HYP yes yes yes yes yes63 HANSEL



No. Law Name

Types1, 2,

14, 16,17, 24

Type 6Type

20Type

21Type

22

62 VISC_HYP yes yes yes yes yes38 VISC_TAB yes yes yes yes yes0 VOID yes yes yes

48 ZHAO yes yes yes

No. Law Name

Types1, 2,

14, 16,17, 24

Type 6 Type20

Type21

Type22

64 UGINE_ALZ65 ELASTOMER68 COSSER yes yes yes yes70 FOAM_TAB yes yes yes yes yes

Options available for 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional analysis

2D 3D

Quad yes no

Solid no yes

Shell 4 Node no yes

Shell 3 Node no yes

Truss no yes

Beam no yes

Spring no yes

Concentrated load yes yes

Pressure load yes yes

Initial velocity yes yes

Fixed velocity yes yes

Gravity yes yes

Interface type 1, 2, 3, 5 all

Rigid wall type 1 all

Rigid body no yes

Added mass no yes

Rivet no yes

Section no yes

Cylindrical joint no yes

Monitored Volumes no yes

Comments

1. Property Type 14 is recommended for visco-elastic material laws (33, 34, 35, 38, 40, 42 ...) with co-rotational formulation.

2. Property Type 6 is recommended for orthotropic material laws (28, 50, 53 ...), not available with 10node tetrahedra and 20 node bricks.



Syntax of Block Format

This section describes the general syntax rules for writing a RADIOSS Block Format input deck:

· compulsory keywords

· types of keywords

· input format according to the type of keyword and data.

These rules apply to all the options, which are individually defined in this manual.

Block Format

The first line of the input deck must be the header line. All other blocks may be input in any order.

As of RADIOSS version 4, it is possible to use the free block input format.

Each block defines one option, a set of flags or switches, or a set of nodes or elements.

Each block begins with a / (slash), followed by a keyword and ends at the beginning of the next block.

The input deck finishes with the /END keyword.

The order in which the blocks are entered is completely free; except for:

//SUBMODEL (all what is between //SUBMODEL and //ENDSUB)

/TRANSFORM (applied in the order of the input, in case of multiple transform)

/END option

The content of each block is entered in fixed format (see below).

Blank lines at the end of each block are ignored.

Lines with a # in the first column are comment lines.

If the second line of a block is a comment line, HyperCrash will take it into account, keep it and rewrite itas a full part of the block.

There are 4 types of keywords described below.

General flags, switches, global parameters or title

Syntax

/KEYWORD

flag1 flag2 flag3 ...



Example

/IOFLAG

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Ipri Irtyp Igtyp Ioutp OutyyFMT

Irootyy Irtyp_r

Option definition

Syntax

/OPTION_KEYWORD[/SUBKEYWORD/…]/option_ID[/unit_ID]

option_title

option input …

The option_ID is defined and the option_title is associated to this option_ID in the first line.

If the same option is used several times, a different option_ID and a different option_title have to be usedeach time.

The option_title can have a maximum of 100 characters.

Example

/IMPVEL/impvel_ID/unit_ID

impvel_title

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_ID Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID frame_ID

Fscalex

Fscaley

Tstart

Tstop

Options without self identifier

Syntax

/OPTION_KEYWORD[/SUBKEYWORD/…]/reference_ID[/unit_ID]

…

option input

…



Example 1

/NODE/unit_ID

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_ID Xc

Yc

Zc

The nodes can be defined in one or more blocks.

Example 2

/SHELL/part_ID

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Ishell

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

Thick

In the above syntax, the part_ID is only used for element definition; but it is not defined in this block.

The part_ID's are defined in /PART option.

The list of elements belonging to one part can be defined in one or more blocks.

Example 3

/FAIL/Key/mat_ID/unit_ID

Submodel option

//SUBMODEL/submodel_ID/unit_IDsubmodel_title…option input…//ENDSUB



Block Content Format

The content of any block is formatted in lines of 100 characters, divided into 10 fields of 10 characters. Atypical input line is described in this manual as follows:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

The first row of the table gives the fields number. The second row shows the variables description.

The fields used have a white background. All other fields and blank formats are reserved and must not beused. Users should not put comments in the unused fields, but instead should use comment cardsbeginning with a “#” or “$”.

· All integers are given in one 10 digit field with a maximum of 9 digits.

· All reals are entered in two fields with a maximum of 20 digits.

· Characters can have variable length, the maximum length is given for each entry.

· For boundary conditions, single-digit booleans (value 0 or 1) are used. The format is in this case,given by showing the place of each boolean in the field (see table below).

For example, on the line below we define in the first field an integer, followed by six booleans, then one real. The last six fields are unused. The position of the six booleans is given in the second table. A text isdefined on a line (ten fields, 100 characters maximum).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Integer Boolean Real

(2)-1 (2)-2 (2)-3 (2)-4 (2)-5 (2)-6 (2)-7 (2)-8 (2)-9 (2)-10

VX

VY

VZ w

Xw

Yw

Z

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Character



Block Format Keywords

#RADIOSS Starter

Block Format Keyword

#RADIOSS Starter – Mandatory Header for Starter Input

Description

Mandatory header keyword for the Starter Input file (Runname_0000.rad). This MUST be the first

keyword in a RADIOSS Starter Input.

Comments

1. After the header, comment lines may be inserted. Command lines must begin with $ or #.

2. The run identification name is input using the keyword /BEGIN.



#include


#include – Include File Definition

Description

Points to an include file in the Starter Input (Runname_0000.rad) file.

Format

#include filename

Field Contents

filename Filename and path of the include file in the Runname_0000.rad input deck.

(Character, maximum 100 characters)

Comments

1. The include filename must not contain blank spaces.

2. The include file may contain one or more blocks.

3. The include file may not contain incomplete blocks.

4. The first line of the Runname_0000.rad may not be included in an external file.

5. In an include file, all lines after the instruction #enddata are ignored.

6. Include files might be in any other directory than the master file.

7. When using sublevel include files, absolute paths for include option are recommended.

8. Relative paths are allowed; but refer to the working directory.

9. Include files must respect the RADIOSS version declared in the master file.

10. RADIOSS Starter will stop with an error message in case an include file is not found.



#enddata


#enddata – End of Include File Information

Description

In an include file, all lines after the instruction #enddata are ignored.

Format

#enddata



/ACCEL


/ACCEL - Accelerometers

Description

Defines accelerometers using a node and skew system.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ACCEL/accel_ID/unit_ID

accel_title

node_ID skew_ID Fcut

Field Contents

accel_ID Accelerometer identifier

(Integer, maximum 10 digits)

unit_ID Optional unit identifier


accel_title Accelerometer title


node_ID Node identifier

(Integer)

skew_ID Skew identifier

(Integer)

Fcut

Cutoff frequency

(Real)

Comments

1. The accelerometer option computes a filtered acceleration in a skew system.

2. These filtered accelerations provided by an accelerometer are used in either the Sensor option or inpost-processing acceleration Time History without aliasing problems.

3. A 4-pole Butterworth filter is used.

4. The recommended value of Fcut

is 1650 Hz (1.65 ms-1 ) to obtain a class 1000 SAE filtering.

5. In addition to these filtered accelerations, the accelerometer also allows output to Time History, theintegrals of X, Y and Z raw accelerations projected onto the skew. These quantities are not used bySensor.



6. Please note that if the skew is moving, the integrals of X, Y and Z raw accelerations projected onto theskew are not the same as the velocities projected onto the skew, as described in /TH. But theseintegrals in derivating Time History post-processor allows to retrieve the accelerations projected toskew without aliasing problems (Integration / Derivation acting like another filter than the 4-poleButterworth).



/ACTIV


/ACTIV - Deactivation/Activation of Element Groups

Description

Describes the deactivation/activation of element groups.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ACTIV/activ_ID

activ_title

sensor_ID grbrick_ID grquad_ID grshell_ID grtruss_ID grbeam_IDgrspring_IDgrshell3n_ID

Field Contents

activ_ID Element deactivation block identifier


activ_title Element deactivation block title

(Character maximum 100 characters)

sensor_ID Sensor identifier

(Integer)

grbrick_ID Brick element group identifier

(Integer)

grquad_ID Quad element group identifier

(Integer)

grshell_ID Shell element group identifier

(Integer)

grtruss_ID Truss element group identifier

(Integer)

grbeam_ID Beam element group identifier

(Integer)

grspring_ID Spring element group identifier

(Integer)

grshell3n_ID 3N shell element group identifier

(Integer)



Comments

1. All elements belonging to specified groups are deactivated when the sensor is activated. Theseelements are not deleted.

They may be reactivated when the sensor is deactivated - see Sensor criteria.

2. Deactivated elements must not belong to any rigid bodies.



/ADMAS


/ADMAS - Added Masses

Description

Assign mass to a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ADMAS/type/admas_ID/unit_ID

admas_title

Mass grnod_ID

Field Contents

type = 0: Mass is added to each node of node group.= 1: Mass/N is added to each node of node group.N being the total number of nodes in the node group.

admas_ID Added mass block identifier




admas_title Added mass block title


Mass Added mass

(Real)

grnod_ID Node group to which the mass is added

(Integer)

Comment

1. This option can not be used in a 2D axisymmetrical analysis.



/ADMESH/GLOBAL


/ADMESH/GLOBAL - Adaptive Meshing – Global Parameters

Description

Defines the global parameters for adaptive meshing. This keyword is not available for SPMD computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ADMESH/GLOBAL

Levelmax ladmrule Time delay Idt

Field Contents

Levelmax Maximum level

(Integer)

ladmrule Flag for enforcing rule 2 to 1 (see Comment 2)

(Integer)

= 0: no= 1: yes

Time delay Time interval between 2 checks for adaptive meshing using angle or thickness errorcriteria

(Real)

Idt Flag for time step based on the coarse mesh (see Comments 5 and 6)

(Integer)

= 0: no= 1: yes

Comments

1. The maximum level Levelmax of subdivisions of an element is the same overall the parts which will bedeclared for adaptivity in /ADMESH/SET.

Elements of the original mesh correspond to level 0 ones.

2. If Iadmrule is set to 1, the adaptive re-meshing process ensures that the difference in level between 2neighboring elements within the parts that are declared for adaptivity, will not exceed 1.

Otherwise, the difference in level between 2 neighboring elements is not controlled and may be greater.

3. The time delay field defines the time interval between 2 checks (using angle or thickness error criteriain /ADMESH/SET) performed for adaptive meshing. For details on these criteria, refer to the keyword /ADMESH/SET.



4. In case of a multi-stage analysis that uses state files to restore the state of adapted parts, thiskeyword is compulsory for adapting these parts; the values for Iadmrule and Time delay may bechanged in each stage, but the value of Levelmax must be the same as that of the previous stage.

5. If Idt is set to 1, the cycle time step will be based on the coarse mesh and not on the current refinedmesh, therefore will be larger. So the results may be less accurate.

6. If Idt =1, it is required to use nodal time step /DT/NODA in RADIOSS Engine.



/ADMESH/SET


/ADMESH/SET - Adaptive Meshing – Set for Adaptive Meshing

Description

Defines the criteria for adaptive meshing in parts. This keyword is not available for SPMD computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ADMESH/SET/adset_ID

adset_title

Angle Criterion Inilev Thkerr

ID1

ID2

Field Contents

adset_ID Set for adaptive meshing block identifier


adset_title Set for adaptive meshing block name


Angle Criterion Angle criterion for mesh refinement (see Comment 4)

(Real)

Inilev Initial level of refinement

(Integer)

Thkerr Criterion based upon estimated thickness error (see Comment 5)

(Real)

ID1, ID

2IDs of parts declared for adaptive meshing within this set

(Integer, maximum 10 per format)

Comments

1. Several sets of parts may be declared for adaptivity, each using for instance, different angle criteria.

2. A part declared for adaptivity can include 4-node shell elements or 3-node shell elements and use anyshell element formulation; except DKT18 and DKT_S3 formulations for triangles.

3. If Inilev > 0, elements of the corresponding parts are divided, at time 0, up to the level equal to Inilev.

4. The Angle Criterion (degrees) defines the maximum angle between 2 neighboring elements; if this angleis reached, elements will be subdivided.



The element normal is checked versus the averaged normal at nodes as follows:

· Element Normal is computed at the maximum level and normalized.

· Averaged normal at nodes are computed:

· Normal at nodes are normalized.

· For each active element that is not at maximum level, the angle between its normal and the normalat its nodes is computed; and if this angle is greater than the defined criterion, the element isdivided.

5. If Thkerr > 0, a thickness error estimation is computed as follows:

Nodal thickness is computed as:

where are the area and thickness of element Ek(n) containing node n.

Then the thickness error is evaluated for each element, E, using the formula

If the thickness error is greater than the criterion Thkerr, the element is divided.



6. The Angle and thickness error criteria are only checked at frequency defined through “Time delay”format provided in keyword /ADMESH/GLOBAL.

7. Criteria Angle criterion and Thkerr can be used separately or combined.



/ADMESH/STATE/SHELL


/ADMESH/STATE/SHELL - Adaptive Meshing – State of Shells in Adaptive Meshing

Description

Describes the state of shells in adaptive meshing.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ADMESH/STATE/SHELL

shell_ID shell_ID1

shell_ID2

shell_ID3

shell_ID4

Actlev IMapping

Field Contents

shell_ID Shell identifier

(Integer)

shell_ID1

SW son identifier (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

shell_ID2

SE son identifier

(Integer)

shell_ID3

NE son identifier

(Integer)

shell_ID4

NW son identifier

(Integer)

Actlev Actual level of shell (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

IMapping Flag for mapping or deletion at the beginning of this stage (see Comment 8)

(Integer)

Comments

1. This option is compulsory for multistage analysis in case of adaptive mesh. It allows to run a 2ndstage after a 1st one using adaptivity, by retrieving the hierarchical data structure of the adaptive mesh.

2. This block can be written with /STATE/DT option in RADIOSS Engine.

3. The full hierarchical data structure of the adaptive mesh from level 0 to Levelmax (given in keyword /ADMESH/GLOBAL) must be provided.



4. Sons of shell_ID must be given in the following order - assuming that connectivity of shell_ID is (N1, N2,N3, N4):

5. Connectivity of the 4 sons must be given in option /SHELL/part_ID in the following order:

SW = (N1, .. , .., ..) N1 is the 1st node of son SW and SW is orientated the same way as the parentshell_ID

SE = (.., N2, .., ..) N2 is the 2nd node of son SE and SE is orientated the same way as the parentshell_ID

NE = (.., ..,N3,, ..) N3 is the 3rd node of son NE and NE is orientated the same way as the parentshell_ID

NW = (.., .. , ..,N4.) N4 is the 4th node of son NW and NW is orientated the same way as the parentshell_ID

6. Actlev is:

Actlev = level, the true level of the shell in the previous stage if it was active (level goes from 0 toLevelmax value given in keyword /ADMESH/GLOBAL).

Actlev = –(level+1) if the shell was not active in the previous stage.

7. The full stress tensor, strain tensor are supposed to be provided for all active shells in the previousstage (Actlec ³ 0), using keywords /INISHE/STRS_F and /INISHE/STRA_F.

8. The flag IMapping allows to enforce the deletion of some shells or the activation of some shells at adeeper level than in the previous stage.

IMapping = -1 means that the shell and all the shells coming from it are deleted.

IMapping = 1 means that some shells will be activated at a deeper level, but were not previously. Thenfields mapping (stresses, etc.) will occur at the beginning of this stage for activating this deeper level.

IMapping = 0 means that the element is not deleted and no element is activated at a deeper level,unless it was already active in the previous stage. Necessarily, the element remains active (resp.inactive) if it was active (resp. inactive) in the previous stage.



/ADMESH/STATE/SH3N


/ADMESH/STATE/SH3N - Adaptive Meshing – State of 3-Node Shells in Adaptive Meshing

Description

Describes the state of 3-node shells in a multi-stage analysis using adaptive meshing.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ADMESH/STATE/SH3N

sh3n_ID sh3n_ID1

sh3n_ID2

sh3n_ID3

sh3n_ID4

Actlev IMapping

Field Contents

sh3n_ID 3-Node shell identifier

(Integer)

sh3n_ID1

First son identifier (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

sh3n_ID2

Second son identifier

(Integer)

sh3n_ID3

Third son identifier

(Integer)

sh3n_ID4

Fourth son identifier

(Integer)

Actlev Actual level of 3-node shell sh3n_ID (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

IMapping Flag for mapping or deletion at the beginning of this stage (see Comment 8)

(Integer)

Comments

1. This keyword is compulsory for multi-stage analysis in case of adaptive mesh. It allows running a 2nd

stage after a 1st one using adaptivity, by retrieving the hierarchical data structure of the adaptive mesh.

2. This block can be written with /STATE/DT option in RADIOSS Engine.

3. The full hierarchical data structure of the adaptive mesh from level 0 to Levelmax (given in keyword /ADMESH/GLOBAL) must be provided.



4. Sons of 3-node sh3n_ID must be given in the following order - assuming that connectivity of 3-nodesh3n_ID is (N1, N2, N3):

5. Connectivity of the 4 sons must be given in option /SH3N/part_ID in the following order:

1st son = (N1, a , c) N1 is the 1st node of 1st son and 1st son is orientated the same way as theparent sh3n_ID

2nd son = (a, N2, b) N2 is the 2nd node of 2nd son and 2nd son is orientated the same way as theparent sh3n_ID

3rd son = (c, b, N3) N3 is the 3rd node of 3rd son and 3rd son is orientated the same way as theparent sh3n_ID

4th son = (b, c, a)

6. Actlev is:

Actlev = level, the true level of the 3-node shell in the previous stage if it was active (level goes from 0 toLevelmax value given in keyword /ADMESH/GLOBAL).

Actlev = –(level+1) if the 3-node shell was not active in the previous stage.

7. The full stress tensor, strain tensor are supposed to be provided for all active 3-node shells in theprevious stage (Actlec ³ 0), using keywords /INISH3/STRS_F and /INISH3/STRA_F.

8. The flag IMapping allows enforcing deletion of some 3-node shells or activation of some 3-node shells ata deeper level than in the previous stage.

IMapping = -1 means that the 3-node shell and all the shells coming from it are deleted.

IMapping = 1 means that some 3-node shells will be activated at a deeper level, but were notpreviously. Then fields mapping (stresses, etc.) will occur at the beginning of this stage for activatingthis deeper level.

IMapping = 0 means that the element is not deleted and no element is activated at a deeper level,unless it was already active in the previous stage. Necessarily, the element remains active (resp.inactive) if it was active (resp. inactive) in the previous stage.



/ANALY


/ANALY - Analysis Flags

Description

Defines the type of analysis and sets analysis flags.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ANALY

N2D3D

Iparith

Isubcycle

Field Contents

N2D3D

Analysis type

Default = 0 (Integer)

= 0: tri-dimensional= 1: axisymmetrical= 2: plane strain

Iparith

Flag for parallel arithmetic option

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: parallel arithmetic option is ON= 2: parallel arithmetic option is OFF

Isubcycle

Flag for subcycling shell elements

(Integer)

= 0: no subcycling= 1: subcycling option n1= 2: subcycling option n2

Comments

1. If N2D3D

¹ 0, i.e. for axisymmetrical and plane strain analysis, the elements must be defined in YZ

plane and their normals have to be in the positive x-position.

2. In axisymmetrical analysis (N2D3D

=1), Y is the radial direction and Z is the axis of revolution. In plane

strain analysis (N2D3D

=2), X is the plane strain direction.

3. If parallel arithmetic flag is set ON, the same numerical results will be obtained irrespective of thenumber of processors used. This result is not guaranteed in case of incompatible kinematic conditionsin the model.



4. Subcycling option n1 corresponds to the option which was previously available in version 4.

This option has a non-negligible CPU cost and is useful only when a few shell elements have very lowtime step, while the rest have almost the same time step.

5. Subcycling option n2 (new option) may be used in cases where some solid parts have a very muchlower time step compared to the shell structure and the shell structures represent a significantpercentage of the number of elements.

6. Subcycling option n2 needs to be activated in the RADIOSS Engine Input file with the /SHSUB keyword(refer to the RADIOSS Engine Input Manual). Subcycling may then be activated but not during the run,it is possible to make a run with subcycling and to switch after restart without subcycling, and viceversa.

7. The flag Isubcycle

=2 in RADIOSS Starter Input file is only necessary in order for the RADIOSS Starter

to allocate additional memory.



/ANIM/VERS


/ANIM/VERS - Animation File Version

Description

Defines the animation file version.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ANIM/VERS

Anim_vers

Field Contents

Anim_vers Format of RADIOSS Starter Animation File (see Comment 1)


Comment

1. For options requesting it, an Animation File can be written by the RADIOSS Starter. For an example,refer to keyword /FXBODY.



/ARCH


/ARCH - Architecture Flag

Description

Describes the architecture flag.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ARCH

Mach1

Mach2

Mach3

Mach4

Mach5

Mach6

Mach7

Mach8

Field Contents

Mach1

Optimization and platform flag


= 0: Built-in platform= 1: Generic platform= n: RADIOSS platform identifier

Mach2,…, Mach

8Architecture compatibility flag (optional)

(Integer)

= 0: Default, No specific platform= 1: Generic platform= n: RADIOSS platform identifier

Comments

1. It is required that the type of parallelism is identical between Starter and Engine (e.g. SPMD Starterand SPMD Engine executables).

Built-in platform: platform of the running Starter.

Generic platform: restart file compatible with any RADIOSS Engine.

Platform number n: RADIOSS platform number. The list below gives the actual platforms. Newavailable platforms will be communicated once available.

2. For performance point of view, it is recommended to set only one platform, which corresponds to theRADIOSS Engine machine. Using generic platform or setting more than one platform may decreasesperformance of RADIOSS Engine.



RADIOSS Platform Number

Platform ID Number Platform Name

2 CRAY T90, T90-IEEE

3 SGI65

4 HP11 PA-RISC

5 IBM Power 4

6 HP Alpha

7 Fujitsu VPP 5000

8 NEC SX6

9 Linux IA32

10 Linux IA64

11 HP11 IA64

12 Linux X86-64

13 Fujitsu Primepower

14 CRAY X1

15 Sun Sparc

16 Windows IA32

17 Linux Alpha



/BCS


/BCS - Boundary Conditions

Description

Defines boundary constraints on node groups for translational and rotational motion.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BCS/bcs_ID

bcs_title

Trarot skew_ID grnod_ID

Field Contents

bcs_ID Boundary conditions block identifier


bcs_title Boundary conditions block title


Trarot Codes for translation and rotation

(6 Booleans)

0 = free d.o.f.

1 = fixed d.o.f.


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group to which boundary conditions are applied

(Integer)



Codes for Translation and Rotation: Input format for Trarot in first (1) field

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

VX

VY

VZ w

Xw

Yw

Z

Field Contents

VX

Code for translation VX

(Boolean)

VY

Code for translation VY

(Boolean)

VZ

Code for translation VZ

(Boolean)

wX

Code for rotation wX

(Boolean)

wY

Code for rotation wY

(Boolean)

wZ

Code for rotation wZ

(Boolean)

Comments

1. If skew_ID is non-zero, the boundary conditions are applied with respect to this local skew.

2. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The boundary conditions will be applied only to nodes that belong to anode group.

3. Input format details for the Trarot field are shown above. The six individual codes (one per direction)must be right justified in the ten character fields used by the variable Trarot.

4. A degree of freedom is free if the code is set to 0 (default) and fixed if the code is set to 1.

Example: 101 111 means the x and z translations, as well as all rotations are fixed; the y translation isfree.



/BCS/LAGMUL


/BCS/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Boundary Conditions

Description

Defines boundary conditions on node groups using Lagrange multipliers. This keyword is not available forSPMD computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BCS/LAGMUL/bcs_ID

bcs_title

Trarot skew_ID grnod_ID

Field Contents



bcs_title Boundary condition block title



(6 Booleans)

0 = free d.o.f.

1 = fixed d.o.f.


(Integer)

grnod_ID Identifier of the node group on which boundary conditions are applied

(Integer)



Codes for Translation and Rotation: input format for the first field (1) Trarot

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

VX

VY

VZ w

Xw

Yw

Z

Field Contents

VX


(Boolean)

VY


(Boolean)

VZ


(Boolean)

wX


(Boolean)

wY


(Boolean)

wZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. If skew_ID is non-zero, then the boundary conditions are applied with respect to this local skew.

2. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The boundary conditions will be applied only on nodes that belong to anode group.

3. Input format details for the field Trarot are shown above. The six individual codes (one per direction)must be right justified in the ten character fields used by the variable Trarot.

4. The degree of freedom is free if the code is set to 0 (default) and fixed if the code is set to 1.

Example: 101 111 means the x and z translations, as well as all rotations are fixed; the y translation isfree.



/BEAM


/BEAM - Beam Elements

Description

Describes the beam elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BEAM/part_ID

beam_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents

part_ID Part identifier of the block


beam_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

Comments

1. The ID must be unique in each element family, but it is advised for each element type to have a uniqueelement ID in the global model.

2. More than 1 beam block may be used to define a part.

3. Any number of beams may be defined in 1 block.

4. Nodes 1, 2 and 3 define local axis (X,Y) plane at time t =0. The 3rd node is only used to define initiallocal frame position.



5. Nodes 1 and 2 define local X axis.



/BEGIN


/BEGIN - Run Name

Description

Sets the run name, the version of the input manual, the number of Starter run and input and work unitsystems.

This option is required.

Work unit system and Input unit system are used instead of unit system defined previously in: /UNIT/namefor input format prior to 10.0.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BEGIN

Runname

Invers Irun

Input_mass_unit Input_length_unit Input_time_unit

Work_mass_unit Work_length_unit Work_time_unit

Field Contents

Runname Run identification name


Invers Version of the input manual

(Integer ³ 100)

Irun Number of Starter run

(Integer)

Input_mass_unit Unit system of input for mass

Default = Work_mass_unit (Real) or code

Input_length_unit Unit system of input for length

Default = Work_length_unit (Real) or code

Input_time_unit Unit system of input for time

Default = Work_time_unit (Real) or code

Work_mass_unit Unit system used for calculation for mass

(Real) or code



Field Contents

Work_length_unit Unit system used for calculation for length

(Real) or code

Work_time_unit Unit system used for calculation for time

(Real) or code

Comments

1. To be taken into account, this option must be written after the mandatory keyword: #RADIOSS Starter.

2. The Runname is defined by the first non-blank character. It may have a maximum of 80 characters anda minimum of 4 characters.

3. The Input unit system defines the unit of the input deck.

4. The Work unit system defines the unit in which calculation is done. The output is defined in the workunit system.

5. In submodels (input format 100), if no local unit system is applied to a submodel, Input unit systemdefined in /BEGIN of a submodel defines the Input unit system of this submodel.

6. In submodels, Work unit system defined in /BEGIN of a submodel is ignored.

7. If an Input unit system is not defined, Input unit system is equal to Work unit system.

8. A code defining a unit is composed of a prefix giving the multiplying factor and a suffix giving thecorresponding SI unit (m for length, kg for mass, s for time):

Code(Length)

Value

ym 1.E-24

zm 1.E-21

am 1.E-18

fm 1.E-15

pm 1.E-12

nm 1.E-09

µm or mum

1.E-06

mm 1.E-03

cm 1.E-02

dm 1.E-01

m 1

dam 1.E+01

hm 1.E+02

km 1.E+03

Mm 1.E+06

Gm 1.E+09

Tm 1.E+12

Pm 1.E+15

Code(Mass)

Value

yg 1.E-27

zg 1.E-24

ag 1.E-21

fg 1.E-18

pg 1.E-15

ng 1.E-12

µg or mug

1.E-09

mg 1.E-06

cg 1.E-05

dg 1.E-04

g 1.E-03

dag 1.E-02

hg 1.E-01

kg 1

Mg 1.E+03

Gg 1.E+06

Tg 1.E+09

Pg 1.E+12

Code(Time)

Value

ys 1.E-24

zs 1.E-21

as 1.E-18

fs 1.E-15

ps 1.E-12

ns 1.E-09

µs or mus

1.E-06

ms 1.E-03

cs 1.E-02

ds 1.E-01

s 1

das 1.E+01

hs 1.E+02

ks 1.E+03

Ms 1.E+06

Gs 1.E+09

Ts 1.E+12

Ps 1.E+15



Code(Length)

Value

Em 1.E+18

Zm 1.E+21

Ym 1.E+24

Code(Mass)

Value

Eg 1.E+15

Zg 1.E+18

Yg 1.E+21

Code(Time)

Value

Es 1.E+18

Zs 1.E+21

Ys 1.E+24

Prefix and Associated Multiplying Factor

Prefix Multiplying factor

y 1.10-24

z 1.10-21

a 1.10-18

f 1.10-15

p 1.10-12

n 1.10-9

µ or mu 1.10-6

m 1.10-3

c 1.10-2

d 1.10-1

1.

da 1.101

h 1.102

k 1.103

M 1.106

G 1.109

T 1.1012

P 1.1015

E 1.1018

Z 1.1021

Y 1.1024



9. The SI unit for mass is kg.

10. As an alternative to the unit code, it is possible to input its value instead.



/BEM/FLOW


/BEM/FLOW - Incompressible Fluid Flow by Boundary Elements Method

Description

Describes the incompressible fluid flow by boundary elements method.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BEM/FLOW/flow_ID/unit_ID

flow_title

surf_IDext

Nio Iinside Ifsp Fscalesp

Ascalesp

grnod_IDaux

Itest Tole

Rho Ivinf

surf_IDio

funct_IDvel

funct_IDpres

Fscalenv

Fscalepres

Ascalet

Iform Ipri Dtflow

Ifvinf Fscalevel

Ascalevel

Dirx

Diry

Dirz

Field Contents

flow_ID Incompressible flow block identifier




flow_title Incompressible flow block title


surf_IDext

Flow external surface identifier

(Integer)

Nio Number of inflow-outflow surfaces

(Integer)



Field Contents

Iinside Flag for inside or outside flow (see Comment 2)


Ifsp Stagnation pressure curve number

(Integer)

Fscalesp

Scale factor for stagnation pressure

Default = 1.0 (Real)

Ascalespc

Abcissa scale factor for stagnation pressure curve


grnod_IDaux

Auxiliary nodes group identifier (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

Itest Test flag for auxiliary nodes (see Comment 3)

(Integer > 0)

Tole A dimensional tolerance (see Comment 3)

Default = 1.e-5 (Real)

Rho Fluid density

(Real)

Ivinf Flag for additional velocity field (see Comment 4)

(Integer > 0)

surf_IDio

Inflow-Outflow surface identifier (see Comment 5)

(Integer)

funct_IDnv

Normal velocity curve (see Comment 5)

(Integer)

funct_IDpres

Imposed pressure curve (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

Fscalenv

Scale factor for normal velocity


Fscalepres

Scale factor for imposed pressure


Ascalet

Abscissa scale factor for normal velocity curve and imposed pressure curve


Iform Formulation flag (see Comment 7)

(Integer > 1)

Ipri Output level

(Integer > 1)



Field Contents

Dtflow Time step for BEM matrices assembly (see Comment 8)

Default = 0 (Real)

Ifvinf Velocity curve

(Integer)

Fscalevel

Scale factor for velocity


Ascalevel

Abscissa scale factor for velocity curve


Dirx

X component of the additional field direction vector

(Real)

Diry

Y component of the additional field direction vector

(Real)

Dirz

Z component of the additional field direction vector

(Real)

Comments

1. The surf_IDext

must define a closed surface.

2. If Iinside = 1: Flow is computed inside the surface defined by surf_IDext

. The surface element normals

must be oriented outwards.

If Iinside = 2: Flow is computed outside the surface defined by surf_IDext

. The surface element normals

must be oriented inwards.

3. Using BEM, the flow potential, velocity and pressure are computed for nodes belonging to the surfacedefined by surf_ID

ext.

For visual and post-treatment concerns, the flow characteristics can be computed for a set of nodesinside the flow belonging to grnod_ID

aux.

If Itest = 1, whether the auxiliary nodes are actually located inside (if Iinside =1) or outside (if Iinside=2), the surface defined by surf_ID

ext at each time step is tested. Wrong nodes are then canceled for

the current time step.

Tolerance Tole is used to perform the point-inside-closed-surface test.

4. Flag Ivinf is only effective for flow computation in an unbounded domain outside the surface defined bysurf_ID

ext (Iinside =2).

If Ivinf = 1: An inflow condition is defined by an additional homogeneous flow defined in free space. Thecomputed flow will be identical to the additional flow at an infinite distance from the surface defined bysurf_ID

ext.



5. If Iinside = 0: there must be at least 1 surface where the normal velocity is imposed and 1, and only 1surface where the normal velocity is left free. The velocity at the free surface will be computed thanksto flux equilibrium on the global surface defined by surf_ID

ext.

If Iinside = 2 and Ivinf = 0: same as above.

If Iinside = 2 and Ivinf = 1: the number of surfaces is free and the normal velocity must be imposed onall of them.

6. In order to reduce pressure from the velocity field, 1 and only 1 pressure must be imposed for the entireflow computation: it can be whether the global stagnation pressure or the pressure at one of the inflow-outflow surfaces.

7. If Iform = 1: fluid flow is computed using BEM with a collocation approach to solve the integral equation.

If Iform = 2: fluid flow is computed using BEM with a galerkin approach to solve the integral equation.

The collocation approach is faster but may not be robust enough to handle very complex geometries.

The galerkin approach works in every situation but is significantly slower.

8. BEM matrices depend only on the geometry of the surface.

If Dtflow = 0 (default): they are assembled at every cycle of the simulation (the time step beingclassically given by the stability condition of finite elements).

If Dtflow ¹ 0: max(Dtflow, Dt) is used to update to BEM matrices; where Dt is the finite element time

step.



/BRICK


/BRICK - Hexahedral Solid Element and Thick Shell Element with 8 Nodes

Description

Defines a hexahedral solid element and thick shell element with 8 nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BRICK/part_ID

brick_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

node_ID7

node_ID8

Field Contents



brick_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

node_ID5

Node identifier 5 (=0 for tetrahedron)

(Integer)

node_ID6


(Integer)

node_ID7


(Integer)

node_ID8


(Integer)



Comments


2. More than one solid block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of solids can be defined in one block.

4. If node_ID5

= node_ID6 = node_ID

7 = node_ID

8 =0: element is a tetrahedron with a specific formulation.

5. A property set is compulsory.

6. In order to input degenerated 3D solid elements (Pentahedron - keyword /PENTA6), any two nodesbelonging to a same edge may be collapsed (starting from the full 8 node solid element).

Examples are given below:



7. The 8 node thick shell element is defined as 3D solid element with the keyword /BRICK.

8 node thick shells are treated internally as solid elements (brick_ID), using solid properties, solidmaterials and solid groups (grbrick_ID).

8. For thick shell element with the formulation PA6 (Isolid =15), only /PENTA6 elements can be used.



/BRIC20


/BRIC20 - 3D Solid Elements (20 Node Brick Elements)

Description

Describes 3D solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BRIC20/part_ID

brick_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

node_ID7

node_ID8

node_ID9

node_ID10

node_ID11

node_ID12

node_ID13

node_ID14

node_ID15

node_ID16

node_ID17

node_ID18

node_ID19

node_ID20

Field Contents




(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

node_ID5

Node identifier 5

(Integer)

node_ID6

Node identifier 6

(Integer)

node_ID7

Node identifier 7

(Integer)



Field Contents

node_ID8

Node identifier 8

(Integer)

node_ID9

Node identifier 9

(Integer)

node_ID10

Node identifier 10

(Integer)

node_ID11

Node identifier 11

(Integer)

node_ID12

Node identifier 12

(Integer)

node_ID13

Node identifier 13

(Integer)

node_ID14

Node identifier 14

(Integer)

node_ID15

Node identifier 15

(Integer)

node_ID16

Node identifier 16

(Integer)

node_ID17

Node identifier 17

(Integer)

node_ID18

Node identifier 18

(Integer)

node_ID19

Node identifier 19

(Integer)

node_ID20

Node identifier 20

(Integer)



Comments


2. The 20 node brick elements should be used with the properties /PROP/SOLID and /PROP/SOL_ORTH.

3. The 20 node brick elements must have a different ID one from each other.

4. The 20 node brick elements are treated internally as solid elements (brick_ID), using solid materialsand solid groups (grbrick_ID).

5. If nodes 9 to 20 are set to zero, a linear behavior is assumed on the corresponding edge.



/CLOAD


/CLOAD - Concentrated Loads

Description

Defines a concentrated load on a node group.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CLOAD/cload_ID/unit_ID

cload_title

funct_IDT Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID Ascale

xFscale

y

Field Contents

cload_ID Concentrated load block identifier




cload_title Concentrated load block title


funct_IDT

Time function identifier

(Integer)

Dir Direction of load: X, Y, Z for forces; XX, YY, ZZ for moments


(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group to which the concentrated loads are applied

(Integer)

Ascalex

Abscissa scale factor


Fscaley

Ordinate scale factor




Comments

1. The direction of load must be right justified in the ten characters of field No. 2.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0 the concentrated load is applied after sensor activation (the time function is shifted in

time).

3. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The concentrated loads will only be applied to nodes belonging to anode group.

4. The Ascalex and Fscale

y are used to scale the abscissa and ordinate.

The actual load function value is calculated as following:



/CNODE


/CNODE - Common Nodes

Description

Describes the common nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CNODE/search_value/unit_ID

cnode_ID Xc

Yc

Zc

Field Contents

Search_value Distance around each CNODE in order to find the nearest NODE or CNODE

(Integer)



cnode_ID Common node identifier

(Integer)

Xc

X coordinate

(Real)

Yc

Y coordinate

(Real)

Zc

Z coordinate

(Real)

Comments

1. Node identifier is arbitrary; but can not be the same as an existing NODE identifier.

2. Common nodes may be defined with more than one block.

3. Common node identifiers are arbitrary and can not be the same as a NODE.

4. The CNODE will be merged to the nearest selected NODE or CNODE.

5. The CNODE merging will be done after each model transformation (see /TRANSFORM).

6. In case a CNODE cannot be merged to any NODE or CNODE, it will be replaced by NODE.



/CONVEC (New!)


/CONVEC - Imposed Convective Flux

Description

Describes the imposed convective flux.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CONVEC/convec_ID/unit_ID

convec_flux_title

surf_IDT

funct_IDT

sensor_ID

Ascalex

Fscaley

Tstart

Tstop

H

Field Contents

convec_ID Imposed convective flux block identifier




convec_flux_title Imposed convective flux block title


surf_IDT

Surface identifier

(Integer)

funct_IDT

Time function identifier for definition of T_inf(time)

(Integer)


(Integer)

Ascalex

Abscissa scale factor for funct_IDT


Fscaley

Ordinate scale factor for funct_IDT


Tstart

Start time

(Real)



Field Contents

Tstop

Stop time

Default = 1030 (Real)

H Heat transfer coefficient

Unit: [W]/([m]2[K ])

(Real)

Comments

1. Ascalex and Fscale

y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (temperature).

2. The convective flux is calculated using:

Q = H ( T – T_inf(time))

T is the temperature (unit °K).



/CYL_JOINT


/CYL_JOINT - Cylindrical Joints

Description

Defines cylindrical joints.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CYL_JOINT/joint_ID/unit_ID

joint_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

grnod_ID

Field Contents

joint_ID Joint identifier




joint_title Joint title


node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group identifier

(Integer)

Comments

1. A cylindrical joint behaves like a rigid body; except for the translational d.o.f. in a variable direction andthe rotational d.o.f. around this direction.

2. The direction is defined by the node_ID1 and node_ID

2.

3. The node_ID1 and node_ID

2 belong to the cylindrical joint.

4. At each time step, the center of mass and moment of inertia of the joint are computed.



5. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The cylindrical joint will only be applied to nodes belonging to a nodegroup.

6. For more information, refer to Cylindrical Joint in the RADIOSS User's Guide.



/DAMP


/DAMP - Rayleigh Damping

Description

Sets the parameters required for Rayleigh Damping.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/DAMP/damp_ID

damp_title

a b grnod_ID

Field Contents

damp_ID Damping identifier


damp_title Damping title


a Coefficient

(Real)

b Coefficient

(Real)


(Integer)

Comments

1. The damping parameters can be modified with the Engine option /DAMP.

2. Rayleigh damping computation is as follows:

[C] = a[M] + b [K]

Ci = am

i + bk

i



where,

[C]: viscosity matrix

[M]: mass matrix

[K]: stiffness matrix

a : coefficient

b : coefficient

Ci : nodal viscosity

mi: nodal mass

ki: nodal stiffness

Ccrit

: critical damping

3. The damping is applied to the nodes belonging to a node group (grnod_ID).

The specification of grnod_ID is compulsory.

4. It is possible to define multiple /DAMP keywords in the same input file.

5. If there are several options /DAMP keywords, each with different node groups, then these node groupsshould not have common nodes.



/DEF_SHELL


/DEF_SHELL - Shell Default Values Initialization

Description

This keyword is used to set default values for certain parameters in shell property (/PROP/SHELL).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/DEF_SHELL

Ishell

Ismstr

Ithick

Iplas

Istrain

Ish3n

Field Contents

Ishell

Flag for shell element formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigid modes(Belytschko)= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist)= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation= 24: QEPH shell formulation

Ismstr

Flag for shell small strain formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2.= 1: small strain from time = 0(new formulation compatible with all other formulation flags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activation inRADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with I

shell =2).

= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CST hasno effect)

Ithick

Flag for shell resultant stresses calculation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: thickness change is taken into account= 2: thickness is constant



Field Contents

Iplas

Flag for shell plane stress plasticity

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: iterative projection with 3 Newton iterations= 2: radial return

Istrain

Flag to compute strains for post-processing

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: yes= 2: no

Ish3n

Flag for 3 node shell element formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: standard triangle (C0)= 2: standard triangle (C0) with modification for large rotation= 30: DKT18= 31: DKT_S3

Comments

1. Q4: original 4 node RADIOSS shell with hourglass perturbation stabilization.

QEPH: formulation with hourglass physical stabilization for general use.

QBAT: modified BATOZ Q4 24 shell with 4 Gauss integration points and reduced integration for in-plane shear. No hourglass control is needed for this shell.

DKT18: BATOZ DKT18 thin shell with 3 Hammer integration points.

2. DKT_S3 Sabourin’s triangle shell without rotational degrees-of-freedoms.

3. The flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass

in previous manuals.

4. Shell formulation flags are the default values for shells, and can be changed in property set input.

5. Small strain formulation is activated from time t=0 if Ismstr

=1 or 3. It may be used for a faster

preliminary analysis, but the accuracy of results is not ensured. Any shell for which Dt < Dtmin

can be

switched to a small strain formulation by RADIOSS Engine option /DT/SHELL/CST; except if Ismstr

=4.

6. If Ithick

or Iplas

are activated, the small strain option is automatically deactivated in the corresponding

type of element.

7. If the small strain option is set to 1 or 3, the strains and stresses given in material laws are engineeringstrains and stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.

8. Flags Ithick

, Iplas

and Istrain

are global default values that can be changed in shell property set input

(/PROP/SHELL); in which case, the later will prevail.

9. Flag Ishell

can be changed in property set input.



10. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Laws 2, 22, 27 and 36.

11. Flag Iplas

is available for material Law 2 in case of global integration (N=0 in shell property). The default

value for Iplas

in case of Law 2 and global integration is Iplas

=2: radial return.

12. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Law 36 in case of global integration (N=0 in shell property). The

default value for Iplas

in case of Law 36 and global integration is Iplas

=1: iterative projection.

13. Flag Ithick

is automatically set to 1 for Material Laws 32 and 43.

· Istrain

is automatically set to 1 for Material Laws 25 and 27.

· If Ithick

=1, then Iplas

must be =1; otherwise Ithick

=1 is not taken into account.



/DEF_SOLID


/DEF_SOLID - Solid Default Values Initialization

Description

This keyword is used to set default values for certain parameters in solid property (/PROP/SOLID and /PROP/TSHELL).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/DEF_SOLID

Isolid

Ismstr

Istrain

Iframe

Field Contents

Isolid

Flag for solid elements formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default, set to 1.= 1: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation with orthogonal and rigid deformation modes compensation(Belytschko).= 2: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation without orthogonality (Hallquist).= 12: Standard 8-node solid, full integration (no hourglass).= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node solid or thick shell elements, co-rotational, fullintegration, variable number of Gauss points.= 15: HSEPH/PA6 thick shell elements (8-node and 6-node respectively). Co-rotational, under integrated (1 Gauss point in the plane) with physical stabilization.Variable number of integration points in thickness direction.= 16: Quadratic 16-node thick shell or Quadratic 20-node solid, full integration,variable number of Gauss points in all directions.= 17: H8C compatible solid full integration formulation= 24: HEPH 8-node solid element. Co-rotational, under-integrated (1 Gauss point)with physical stabilization.

Ismstr

Flag for small strain formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default, set to 4.= 1: small strain from time = 0= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/BRICK/CST)= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time =0 (non-objective formulation)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)= 10: Lagrange type total strain.



Field Contents

Istrain


(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: yes= 2: no

Iframe

Flag for element coordinate system formulation (only for standard 8-node bricks:

Isolid =1, 2, 12, 17)

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: non co-rotational formulation= 2: co-rotational formulation

Comments

1. The flag Isolid

is not used with 4-node and 10-node tetrahedron elements. For these elements the

number of integration points is fixed (1 and 4, respectively).

2. If Isolid

=12, brick deviatoric behavior is computed using 8 Gauss points; bulk behavior is still under-

integrated to avoid element locking. This option is currently compatible with material laws 1, 3, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35 and 36.

3. Small strain:

If the small strain option is set to 1, the strains and stresses used in material laws are engineeringstrains and stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.

Small strain option is available for 4 and 8-node elements only: standard, HA8, and HEPH solids orshells (HSEPH) (I

solid =1, 2, 14, 15, 24). It is not compatible with fully integrated 8-point elements

(Isolid =12). In this case, the flag switches to I

smstr =4, and the I

smstr flag in /DEF_SOLID is ignored.

The RADIOSS Engine option /DT/BRICK/CST will only work for brick property sets with Ismstr

=2. The

flag Ismstr

=10 is only compatible with material laws using total strain formulation (e.g.: Laws 28, 38, 42

and 50). The Left Cauchy-Green strain is used for Laws 38 and 42, the Green-Lagrange strainotherwise.

4. Co-rotational formulation:

If the Isolid

=1, 2, 12 and Iframe

=2, the stress tensor is computed in a co-rotational coordinate system.

This formulation is more accurate if large rotations are involved, at the expense of higher computationcost. It is recommended in case of elastic or visco-elastic problems with important sheardeformations. Co-rotational formulation is compatible with 8 node bricks and quads.

5. HEPH and HSEPH elements: hourglass formulation is similar to QEPH shell elements.

6. HA8: Locking-free general solid or thick shell formulation, co-rotational. HA8 formulation is compatiblewith all material laws.

7. Flag Isolid

=17 is compatible with small strain option.



8. For post-processing solid element stress, refer to /ANIM/STRESS for animation and /TH/BRICK for plotfiles.

9. The hourglass formulation is viscous for Isolid

=0, 1, 2.

10. If the small strain option is set to 1, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws areengineering strains and stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.

11. The flag Ismstr

=10 is only available with 8 node solid element and 4 node solid elements.

12. The 8 Gauss points formulation (Isolid

=12) is not available for Ismstr

=1, 2 and 3 (8 Gauss points

formulation switches to Ismstr

=4 in any case).

13. Strains for post-processing are computed whatever the value of the Istrain

flag for material laws 14, 24

and material law number greater than 28.

Solid Flag Isolid

Isolid

(0) 4 Node2D Quad

8 Nodehexahedron

4 Nodetetrahedron

6 Nodepentahedron

10 Nodetetrahedron

16 Nodehexahedron

20 Nodehexahedron

1 Hourglass 1 1 GaussPoint (1)

4 GaussPoints (1)

2 Hourglass 2(1)

Hourglass 2

12 8 Gauss points

14 HA8 thick shell orsolid

15 HSEPH thickshell

PA6 thickshell

16 quadrat.thick shell

quadrat.solid

17 H8C solid

24 co-rotationalHEPH

· (0) only if Isolid

=1, 2, 12 the Iframe

default is 0. If Iframe

=2, it is a co-rotational formulation.

Number of integration points for Isolid

=14, 15, 16 the Inpts

default is 222 (directions i, j, k). Otherwise,

this input is specified in the property types: /PROP/SOLID, /PROP/….

· (1) default value; a different input value is ignored.



/EIG


/EIG - Eigen Modes and Static Modes Computation

Description

Defines the eigen modes and static modes computation for flexible bodies.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/EIG/eig_ID/unit_ID

eig_title

grnod_ID grnod_bc Trarot Ifile

Nmod Inorm Cutfreq Freqmin

Nbloc Incv Niter Ipri Tol

Filename

Field Contents

eig_ID Mode identifier




eig_title Mode title


grnod_ID Node group to which the modes will be computed

(Integer)

grnod_bc Node group to which specific eigen modes are applied (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

Trarot Codes for translations and rotations

(6 Booleans)

Ifile Flag for additional modes file (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

Nmod Maximum number of modes to be computed




Field Contents

Inorm Flag for eigenvector normalization method


= 0: then eignvectors are normalized to the unit value of the generalized mass.

= 1: then eigenvectors are normalized to the unit value of the largest displacementin the analysis set.

Cutfreq Maximum eigen frequency

(Real)

Freqmin Minimum eigen frequency (see Comment 9)

Default = 0.001 Hz (Real)

Nbloc Number of eigen modes per block (see Comment 11)

(Integer)

Incv Factor to obtain the number of Lanczos basis vectors to use throughout thecomputation (see Comment 12)


Niter Maximum number of Arnoldi iterations


Ipri Printout level for ARPACK


Tol Relative accuracy to which eigen values are to be computed (see Comment 13)


Filename Additional modes file name


Comments

1. This functionality is implemented for the purpose of the generation of flexible bodies. For detailednormal modes analysis of a model the use of the Bulk Data Format is strongly recommended.

2. The use of the implicit option /IMPL/LINEAR in the RADIOSS Engine is required to compute normalmodes.

3. If grnod_ID = 0: modes are computed for the entire structure.

4. If grnod_bc = 0: Free eigen modes are computed.

If grnod_bc ¹ 0: The node group defines a set of interface nodes.

Boundary condition corresponding to the codes for translations and rotations are added to these nodesfor the computation of eigen modes. Static modes, one for each additional blocked degree of freedom,are computed.

A static mode corresponds to the static response of the structure, all degrees of freedom of the set ofinterface nodes concerned by additional boundary conditions being blocked; except one taking the 1value.



5. The codes for translations and rotations follow the same rule as for the /BCS option.

6. If Ifile ¹ 0: An additional file is provided containing pre-computed modes from a normal modes analysis,

either experimental or numerical. These modes are used to reduce the dimension of the space inwhich eigenvalues are sought and thus enhance efficiency.

If Ifile = 1: The additional file is given in a format defined in External Modes File.

7. Multi-level condensation is no longer supported.

8. Cutfreq = 0: All Nmod eigen modes whose frequencies are higher than Freqmin are computed.

Cutfreq ¹ 0: At most Nmod eigen modes whose frequencies lie in the frequency range Freqmin, Cutfreq

are computed.

9. The default (if set blank or zero) for Freqmin is 0.001 Hz. If a value other than zero is entered, thatvalue defines a frequency in the unit system set for /EIG. The capability of computing rigid body modesis not fully implemented. It is recommended to either sufficiently constrain the model or to select avalue for Freqmin that is high enough to eliminate all rigid body modes.

10. Eigen modes are computed using ARPACK software (R. Lehoucq, K. Maschhoff, D. Sorensen, C.Yang).

11. Better precision is achieved when only a small number of eigen modes are computed simultaneously.

Nbloc ¹ 0: The modes are computed per block of Nbloc eigen modes.

Nbloc = 0: All eigen modes are computed at the same time.

12. The number of Lanczos basis vectors to use through the course of the computation is given from thenumber of required eigenvalues per block (or total if Nbloc = 0) by the formula:

NLanczos vectors

= Nrequired eigenvalues

* Incv.

13. If Tol =0: The tolerance for eigenvalues accuracy is set to machine precision.

14. For the post-processing of modes shapes in HyperView, RADIOSS Starter input file (*000.rad)

should be chosen in "load model" panel and the first output animation file (*A001 which contains the

first mode) in "load result" panel.



/END


/END - End

Description

This keyword has to be set at the end of the input deck.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/END

Comment

1. All lines or blocks located after /END are ignored.



/FAIL


/FAIL - Failure Models

Description

Describes the failure models.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/key/mat_ID/unit_ID

Field Contents

key Failure model keyword

(see table below for available keywords)

mat_ID Material identifier




Failure Model Keyword

CHANGENERGY

FLDHASHIN

JOHNSONLAD_DAMA

PUCKSPALLINGTBUTCHER

TENSSTRAINUSER1USER2USER3

WIERZBICKIWILKINS

XFEM



Failure Model Description

Failure Model Type Description

CHANG Chang-Chang model Failure criteria for composites

ENERGY Energy isotrop Specific energy

FLD Forming limit diagram Fld

HASHIN Composite model Hashin model

JOHNSON Ductile failure model Johnson-Cook

LAD_DAMA Composite delamination Ladeveze delamination model

PUCK Composite model Puck model

SPALLING Ductile + Spalling Spalling + Johnson-Cook

TBUTCHER Tuler Butcher model Failure due to fatigue

TENSSTRAIN Traction Strain failure

WIERZBICKI Ductile material Bao-Xue-Wierzbicki model

WILKINS Ductile Failure model Wilkins model

XFEM Ductile (brittle) failure model Modified Tuler-Butcher model

Element Compatibility

Failure Model 2DQuad

8 nodeBrick

20 nodeBrick

4 nodeTetra

10 nodeTetra

8 nodeThick Shell

16 nodeThick Shell

CHANG no no no no no no no

ENERGY yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

FLD no no no no no no no

HASHIN yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

JOHNSON yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

LAD_DAMA yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

PUCK yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

SPALLING yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

TBUTCHER yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

TENSSTRAIN yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

WIERZBICKI yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

WILKINS yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

XFEM no no no no no no no



Element Compatibility - following

Failure model SHELL TRUSS BEAM

CHANG yes no no

ENERGY yes no no

FLD yes no no

HASHIN yes no no

JOHNSON yes no no

LAD_DAMA yes no no

PUCK yes no no

SPALLING no no no

TBUTCHER yes no no

TENSSTRAIN yes no no

WIERZBICKI yes no no

WILKINS yes no no

XFEM yes no no

Law Compatibility with Failure Model

No. Law

12 3D_COMP yes yes yes yes yes***

57 BARLAT3 yes yes

34 BOLTZMAN yes yes yes

15 CHANG yes yes yes

25 COMPSH yes yes yes** yes yes yes yes

14 COMPSO yes yes yes yes yes yes***

24 CONC yes yes yes***

68 COSSER yes yes

44 COWPER yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

22 DAMA yes yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes yes

21 DPRAG yes yes yes***

10 DPRAG1 yes yes yes***

1 ELAST yes yes yes yes***

65 ELASTOMER yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

58 FABR_A yes yes yes

19 FABRI yes yes

33 FOAM_PLAS yes yes yes

70 FOAM_TAB yes yes yes yes

35 FOAM_VISC yes yes yes yes

52 GURSON yes yes yes yes

63 HANSEL yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

32 HILL yes yes yes yes yes yes



No. Law

43 HILL_TAB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

28 HONEYCOMB yes yes yes

4 HYD_JCOOK yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes yes

6 HYDRO yes yes yes***

3 HYDPLA yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes

40 KELVINMAX yes yes yes

41 LEE-TARVER yes yes

42 OGDEN yes yes yes

27 PLAS_BRIT yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

23 PLAS_DAMA yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes

2 PLAS_JOHNS yes yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes yes

36 PLAS_TAB yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

60 PLAS_T3 yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

2 PLAS_ZERIL yes yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes yes

13 RIGID

49 STEINB yes yes yes yes yes*** yes yes

53 TSAI_TAB yes yes yes

64 UGINE_ALZ yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

29 USER1 yes* yes yes yes



-- USERij

50 VISC_HONEY yes yes yes

62 VISC_HYP yes yes yes

38 VISC_TAB yes yes yes

0 VOID yes yes

48 ZHAO yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

* : for shells only** : for solid only*** : flag Istrain (defined in property card) must be activated

Comments

1. Failure models are compatible with SPH formulation.

2. Keyword USER1, USER2, USER3, refer to User’s Failure Models for shell and brick elements.

3. Up to 6 failure models can be applied to a single material, each failure model representing a failuremode.



/FAIL/CHANG


/FAIL/CHANG - Chang Failure Model

Description

Describes the Chang failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/CHANG/mat_ID/unit_ID

st1

st2

sc1

sc2

b max Ishell

Field Contents





st1

Longitudinal tensile strength


st2

Transverse tensile strength


Shear strength


sc1

Longitudinal compressive strength


sc2

Transverse compressive strength


b Shear scaling factor


max Time dynamic relaxation




Field Contents

Ishell

Flag for shell failure model


= 1: Shell is deleted if damage is reached for fiber or matrix for one layer.

= 2: Shell is deleted if damage is reached for fiber or matrix for all layers of shell.

= 3: Shell is deleted if damage is reached only for one fiber layer of shell.

= 4: Shell is deleted if damage is reached for all fiber layers of shell.

Comments

1. This failure model is available just for Shell.

2. Where 1 is the fiber direction. The failure criteria for fiber breakage is written as:

Tensile fiber mode: s11

> 0

Compressive fiber mode: s11

< 0

3. For matrix cracking, the failure criteria is:

Tensile matrix mode: s22

> 0

Compressive matrix mode: s22

< 0



4. If the damage parameter is equal to zero or greater than 1.0, the stresses are decreased by using anexponential function to avoid numerical instabilities. We use a relaxation technique by decreasing thestress gradually:

where,

t is the time

tr is the start time of relaxation when the damage criteria is assumed

max is the time of dynamic relaxation

[sd

(tr)] is the stress components at the beginning of damage



/FAIL/ENERGY


/FAIL/ENERGY - Specific Energy Failure Model

Description

Describes the specific energy failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/ENERGY/mat_ID/unit_ID

E1

E2

funct_ID Ishell

Isolid

Field Contents





E1

Maximum specific energy


E2

Rupture specific energy


funct_ID Function identifier of specific energy E1 E

2 scaling factor.

¦( ) function of strain rate.

(Integer)

Ishell

Flag for shell

(Integer)

Isolid

Flag for solid

(Integer)



Specific energy model failure.

Comments

1. The element is deleted, if D = 1 for one integration point.

2. Further explanation about this failure model can be found in the RADIOSS Theory Manual.



/FAIL/FLD


/FAIL/FLD - Forming Limit Diagram

Description

Describes the forming limit.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/FLD/mat_ID/unit_ID

funct_ID Ishell

Field Contents





funct_ID Function identifier

(Integer)

Ishell

Flag for shell

(Integer)

= 1: Shell is deleted, if we have one layer in failure zone.

= 2: The layer tensor stress is set to zero if this layer is in failure zone, and shellis deleted if all layers are in the failure zone.



/FAIL/HASHIN


/FAIL/HASHIN - Hashin Composite Failure Model

Description

Describes the Hashin failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/HASHIN/mat_ID/unit_ID

Imodel

Ishell

Isolid

st1

st2

st3

sc1

sc2

sc sf

12sm

12sm

23sm

13

Sdelam max

Field Contents





Imodel

Formulation flag


= 1: uni-directional lamina model

= 2: Fabric lamina model

Ishell

Shell flag


= 1: Shell is deleted, if damage is reached for one layer.

= 2: Shell is deleted, if damage is reached for all layers shell.

Isolid

Solid flag


= 1: Solid is deleted, if damage is reached for one integration point of solid.

st1





Field Contents

st2



st3

Through thickness tensile strength


sc1



sc2



sc

Crush strength


sf12

Fiber shear strength


sm12

Matrix shear strength 12


sm23



sm13



Coulomb friction Angle for matrix and delamination < 90°

Default = 0 (Real)

Sdelam

Scale factor for delamination criteria


max Dynamic time relaxation




Comments

1. This failure model is available for Shell and Solid.

2. The 3D material failure model:

· Uni-directional lamina model:

Tensile/shear fiber mode:

Compression fiber mode:

Crush mode:

Failure matrix mode:

Delamination mode:

where:



· Fabric lamina model:

Tensile/shear fiber mode:

Compression fiber mode:

Crush mode:

Shear failure matrix mode:

Matrix failure mode:



where:

If the damage parameter is = to 1.0, the stresses are decreased by using an exponential function toavoid numerical instabilities. We use a relaxation technique by decreasing the stress gradually:

where,

t is the time



[sd




/FAIL/JOHNSON


/FAIL/JOHNSON - Johnson-Cook Failure Model

Description

Describes the failure criteria by Johnson-Cook failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/JOHNSON/mat_ID/unit_ID

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

Ishell

Isolid

Field Contents





D1

1st parameter

(Real)

D2

2nd parameter

(Real)

D3

3rd parameter

(Real)

D4

4th parameter

(Real)

D5

5th parameter

(Real)

Reference strain rate

(Real)



Field Contents

Ishell

Flag for shell

(Integer)

= 1: Shell is deleted, if for one integration point or layer.

= 2: For each integration point, the stress tensor is set to zero, if

and shell is deleted, if for all integration points or layers.

Isolid

Flag for solid

(Integer)

= 1: Solid element is deleted, if for one integration point. = 2: For each integration point, deviatoric stress tensor is vanished, if

Comments

1. The parameters are used in the stress-strain relationship:

where, ;

T* is computed in the material law, if this one is thermo plastic, like /MAT/HYD_JCOOK (LAW4).




/FAIL/LAD_DAMA


/FAIL/LAD_DAMA - Ladeveze Composite Failure Model

Description

Describes the Ladeveze failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/LAD_DAMA/mat_ID/unit_ID

K1

K2

K3 1 2

Y0

Yc

k a max

Ishell

Isolid

Field Contents





K1

Stiffness in direction 1


K2



K3



1Coupling factor 1

Default = 0 (Real)

2Coupling factor 2

Default = 0 (Real)

Y0

Yield energy damage


Yc

Critical energy damage

Default = 2 * Y0 (Real)



Field Contents

k Crack propagation velocity time constant

Default = 0 (Real)

a Crack propagation velocity parameter




Ishell

Shell flag




Isolid

Solid flag



= 3: Out of plane stress are set to zero if damage is reached for one integration

point of solid ( s33

= s23

= s13

= 0 ).

Comments


2. The Ladeveze failure damage model for delamination:



For this model we consider that d1 = d

2 = d

3 = d

with:


where,

t is the time



[sd




/FAIL/PUCK


/FAIL/PUCK - Puck Composite Failure Model

Description

Describes the Puck failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/PUCK/mat_ID/unit_ID

st1

st2

sc1

sc2

p+12

p-12

p-22 max I

shellIsolid

Field Contents





st1



st2



Shear strength


sc1



sc2



p+12

Failure envelope factor 12 (+)

Default = 0 (Real)

p-12

Failure envelope factor 12 (-)

Default = 0 (Real)



Field Contents

p-22

Failure envelope factor 22 (-)

Default = 0 (Real)



Ishell





Isolid

Flag for solid failure model



Comments


2. The failure mode criteria is written as:

Tensile fiber failure mode: s11

> 0

Compressive fiber failure mode: s11

< 0

Inter fiber failure:

Mode A if s22

> 0:

Mode C if s22

< 0:



Mode B


where,

t is the time



[sd




/FAIL/SPALLING


/FAIL/SPALLING - Spalling and Johnson-Cook Failure Model

Description

Describes the Spalling and Johnson-Cook failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/SPALLING/mat_ID/unit_ID

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

Pmin

Isolid

Field Contents





D1

1st parameter

(Real)

D2

2nd parameter

(Real)

D3

3rd parameter

(Real)

D4

4th parameter

(Real)

D5

5th parameter

(Real)


(Real)

Pmin

Pressure cutoff

(Real < 0)



Field Contents

Isolid

Flag for failure model

(Integer)

= 1: For each integration point, spalling is allowed: once spalling is detected (P = P

min), the deviatoric stress is set to zero and pressure is required to be

compressive.

= 2: For each integration point, spalling is allowed and solid element is deleted, if

for one integration point or layer.

= 3: For each integration point, spalling is allowed and deviatoric element stresstensor is vanished, if:

= 4: Solid element is deleted, if or P = Pmin

for one integration

point.

Comments

1. In this model we combine two models. The first one is the Johnson-Cook failure model, and the secondone is the Spalling model (Spall is detected if (P = P

min), the deviatoric stress is set to zero and

pressure is required to be compressive).

where: ;

T* is computed in the material law, if this one is thermo plastic, like /MAT/HYD_JCOOK (LAW4).




/FAIL/TBUTCHER


/FAIL/TBUTCHER - Tuler-Butcher Model

Description

Describes the Tuler-Butcher Model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/TBUTCHER/mat_ID/unit_ID

l K sr

Ishell

Isolid

Field Contents





l Exponent

(Real)

K Critical damage integral

(Real)

sr

Fracture stress

(Real)

Ishell

Flag for shell

(Integer)

= 1: Shell is deleted, if D ³ K for one integration point or layer.

= 2: For each integration point, the stress tensor is set to zero if D ³ K, and shellis deleted, if D ³ K for all integration points or layers.

Isolid

Flag for solid

(Integer)

= 1: Solid is deleted, if D ³ K for one integration point.

= 2: For each integration point, deviatoric stress tensor is vanished if D ³ K.



Comment

1. A solid may break owning to fatigue due to Tuler-Butcher criteria:

where sr is the fracture stress, λ material constant, t is the time when solid cracks and d another

material constant called damage integral.



/FAIL/TENSSTRAIN


/FAIL/TENSSTRAIN - Strain Failure Model

Description

Describes the strain failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/TENSSTRAIN/mat_ID/unit_ID

t1 t2 funct_ID

Field Contents





t1 Maximum strain

Default = 1.E30 (Real)

t2 Tensile rupture strain

Default = 2.E30 (Real)

funct_ID Function identifier of strain t1

t2

scaling factor.

function of strain rate.

(Integer)



Strain model failure.

Comments

1. The element is deleted, if D = 1 for one integration point.




/FAIL/USERi


/FAIL/USERi - User Failure Model (USER 1, 2, 3)

Description

Describes the user failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/USERi/mat_ID

Field Contents

i Number of the user failure model

(Integer =1, 2, or 3)

mat_ID Material identifier reference

(Integer =1, 2, or 3)

Comments

1. USER1, USER2, USER3 are failure user models that may be created by users.

2. To program User Failure Model, please contact Altair Development France.



/FAIL/WIERZBICKI


/FAIL/WIERZBICKI - BAO-XUE-Wierzbicki Failure Model

Description

Describes the BAO-XUE-Wierzbicki failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/WIERZBICKI/mat_ID/unit_ID

C1

C2

C3

C4

m

n Ishell

Isolid

Imoy

Field Contents





C1

1st parameter

(Real)

C2

2nd parameter

(Real)

C3

3rd parameter

(Real)

C4

4th parameter

(Real)

m 5th parameter

(Real)

n Hardening exponent

(Real)



Field Contents

Ishell


(Integer)

= 1: Shell is deleted, if for one integration point or layer.

= 2: For each integration point, the stress tensor is set to zero, if

and shell is deleted, if for all integration points or layer.

Isolid

Flag for brick failure model

(Integer)

= 1: Solid element is deleted, if for one integration point.= 2: For each integration point, deviatoric stress tensor is vanished, if

.

Imoy

Flag for failure 3D model (brick)

(Integer)



Comments

1.

For Brick:

;

For Shell:

;

where

sm:

Hydrostatic stress

svm:

von Mises stress

J3 :

Third invariant deviatoric stress




/FAIL/WILKINS


/FAIL/WILKINS - Wilkins Failure Model

Description

Describes the Wilkins failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/WILKINS/mat_ID/unit_ID

a b Plim

D¦ Ishell

Isolid

Field Contents





a Hydrostatic pressure exponent

(Real)

b Deviatoric coefficient

(Real)

Plim

Hydrostatic pressure limit

(Real)

D¦ Critical damage

(Real)

Ishell

Flag for shell

(Integer)

= 1: Shell is deleted, if Dp ³ D¦ for one integration point or layer.= 2: For each integration point, the stress tensor is set to zero, if Dp ³ D¦ andshell is deleted, if Dp ³ D¦ for all integration points or layers.

Isolid

Flag for solid

(Integer)

= 1: Solid is deleted, if Dp ³ D¦ for one integration point.= 2: For each integration point, deviatoric stress tensor is vanished, if Dp ³ D¦ .



Comment

1.

where

where S1, S

2, S

3 are the deviatoric stresses




/FAIL/XFEM (New!)


/FAIL/XFEM - Failure Model for XFEM Crack Initialization

Description

Describes the XFEM (eXtended Finite Element Method) failure model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FAIL/XFEM/mat_ID/unit_ID

l K sr

Ishell

Iduct

a b

Field Contents





l Exponent

(Real)

K Critical damage integral


sr

Fracture stress


Ishell

Flag for shell


= 1: Shell is deleted, if D ³ K for one integration point.= 2: For each integration point, the stress tensor is set to zero if D ³ K; and shellis deleted, if D ³ K for all integration points.

Iduct

Flag for ductile-brittle materials


= 1: if a ductile material is used= 2: if a brittle material is used

a Material parameter (exponent)

(Real)



Field Contents

b Material parameter (exponent)

(Real)

Comments

1. This failure model is available for Shell only.

2. The failure mode criteria are written as:

For ductile materials, the cumulative damage parameter is:

where,

sr is the fracture stress

s is the maximum principal stress

l is the material constant

t is the time when shell cracks for initiation of a new crack within the structure

D is another material constant called damage integral

3. For brittle materials, the damage parameter is:

sr = s

0 (1 - D)b

4. This is a first implementation of the X-FEM method; performance is not optimized yet; they will beimproved in next version (10.0-SA1).



/FRAME/FIX


/FRAME/FIX - Frames

Description

Describes the frames.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FRAME/FIX/frame_ID

frame_title

Ox

Oy

Oz

X1

Y1

Z1

X2

Y2

Z2

Field Contents

frame_ID Reference frame identifier


frame_title Reference frame title


Ox

X coordinate of frame origin O’

(Real)

Oy

Y coordinate of frame origin O’

(Real)

Oz

Z coordinate of frame origin O’

(Real)

X1

X component of frame axis Y’

(Real)

Y1

Y component of frame axis Y’

(Real)

Z1

Z component of frame axis Y’

(Real)

X2

X component of axis Z’

(Real)



Field Contents

Y2

Y component of axis Z’

(Real)

Z2

Z component of axis Z’

(Real)

Comments

1. The reference frame identifier must be different from all skew identifiers.

2. The reference frame is fixed and its directions are defined by Y’ and Z’. Vectors of arbitrary length maybe given.

3. Input is Y’ axis and Z’ axis, but X’ axis is computed as follows:

X’ = Y'LZ’ and Y’ is recomputed Y'’ = Z'LX’

Therefore, the new reference frame is defined by X’, Y'’, Z’.



/FRAME/MOV


/FRAME/MOV - Moving Frames

Description

Describes moving frames. Relative motion with respect to a reference frame.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FRAME/MOV/frame_ID

frame_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents





node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)

Comments

1. Let a moving reference frame Lt(A,u,v,w).

2. For each time t, the frame position and orientation are determined via its original position xA

and a

rotation (orientation) matrix R.

3. Let w the instantaneous rotational velocity of L.

4. For each time t, the local coordinates xl of a point M with respect to the frame are related to its

coordinates xG

into the global system, as follows:

xG

= xA

+ Rxl



5. The relative displacement ul = x

l - x

l0 of M between time 0 and t, with respect to the frame is related to

its displacement with regard to the global system, as follows:

uG

= uA

+ (R - R0)xl + Ru

l

6. The relative velocity of M with respect to the frame is related to its velocity with regard to the globalsystem, as follows:

Rvl = v

G - v

e

where, ve = v

A + w x AM is the driving velocity; that is the velocity of the point coincident with M at

time t and fixed with respect to the reference frame.

7. The relative acceleration of M with respect to the frame M is related to its acceleration with regard tothe global system, as follows:

Rg = gG

- ge - g

c

where, the driving acceleration and c = 2w x v

relative the

acceleration due to Coriolis forces.

8. For a moving reference frame, the reference frame position and orientation vary with time and aredefined by N

1, N

2 and N

3.

The origin of the frame is defined by the position of N1.

Nodes N1, N

2 define X’: X’ = N

1 N

2

Plane N1, N

2, N

3 define Y’:

Z’ is normal to plane X’ Y’

Z' = N1N

2 LN

1N

3

and Y’ is recomputed: Y’ = Z'LX’

9. In a 2D analysis N1, N

2 defines Y’.

Reference frame identifier must be different from all skew identifiers.



/FRAME/MOV2 (New!)


/FRAME/MOV2 - Moving Frames

Description

Describes moving frames. Relative motion with respect to a reference frame.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FRAME/MOV/2frame_ID

frame_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents





node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)

Comments

1. Let a moving reference frame Lt(A,u,v,w).

2. For each time t, the frame position and orientation are determined via its original position xA

and a

rotation (orientation) matrix R.

3. Let w the instantaneous rotational velocity of L.

4. For each time t, the local coordinates xl of a point M with respect to the frame are related to its

coordinates xG

into the global system, as follows:

xG

= xA

+ Rxl



5. The relative displacement ul = x

l - x

l0 of M between time 0 and t, with respect to the frame is related to

its displacement with regard to the global system, as follows:

uG

= uA

+ (R - R0)xl + Ru

l

6. The relative velocity of M with respect to the frame is related to its velocity with regard to the globalsystem, as follows:

Rvl = v

G - v

e

where, ve = v

A + w x AM is the driving velocity; that is the velocity of the point coincident with M at

time t and fixed with respect to the reference frame.

7. The relative acceleration of M with respect to the frame M is related to its acceleration with regard tothe global system, as follows:

Rg = gG

- ge - g

c

where, the driving acceleration and c = 2w x v

relative the

acceleration due to Coriolis forces.

8. For a moving reference frame, the reference frame position and orientation vary with time and aredefined by N

1, N

2 and N

3.

The origin of the frame is defined by the position of N1.

node_ID1, node_ID

2 defines Z’

node_ID1, node_ID

3 defines X’’

Y’ = Z’ ^ X’’

X’ = Y’ ^ Z’

9. In a 2D analysis N1, N

2 defines Y’.



Reference frame identifier must be different from all skew identifiers.



/FRAME/NOD


/FRAME/NOD - Node Defined Moving Frame

Description

Describes the node defined moving frame.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FRAME/NOD/frame_ID

frame_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

X1

Y1

Z1

X2

Y2

Z2

Field Contents





node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)

X1

X component of frame axis Y’

(Real)

Y1

Y component of frame axis Y’

(Real)

Z1

Z component of frame axis Y’

(Real)



Field Contents

X2

X component of axis Z’

(Real)

Y2

Y component of axis Z’

(Real)

Z2

Z component of axis Z’

(Real)

Comments

1. If node_ID2 = 0 or node_ID

3 = 0, Lines 4 and 5 are read.

2. If node_ID2 ¹ 0 and node_ID

3 ¹ 0, the frame is defined by 3 nodes like a moving frame. It is strictly

attached to node_ID1 as its origin.

3. If node_ID2 = 0 and node_ID

3 = 0, the frame is defined by node_ID

1 and its orientation is defined by two

vectors ( and ), like a fixed frame.

The local X axis is equal to the vector .

The local Z axis is calculated as , and the local Y axis as

4. The frame translation and rotation depend only on the displacement and orientation of node_ID1.



/FUNCT


/FUNCT - Functions

Description

Defines a function - e.g: stress (Y-axis) as a function of strain (X-axis).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FUNCT/funct_ID

funct_title

X Y

Field Contents



funct_title Function title


X Abscissa value

(Real)

Y Function value

(Real)

Comments

1. The function may contain any number of points.

2. The function is linearly extrapolated with a slope defined by the two first (resp two last) points of thefunction.



/FXBODY


/FXBODY - Flexible Bodies

Description

Describes the flexible bodies.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FXBODY/fxbody_ID

fxbody_title

node_IDmast

Ianim

Imin

Imax

Filename

Field Contents

fxbody_ID Flexible body identifier


fxbody_title Flexible body title


node_IDmast

Master node identifier

(Integer)

Ianim

Animation output flag (see Comment 2)

(Integer)

Imin

Minimum index of local mode for animation (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

Imax

Maximum index of local mode for animation (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

Filename Flexible body input file name




Comments

1. For the flexible body input file format, see Flexible Body Input File.

2. If Ianim

= 1: Displacement and stress fields corresponding to local modes of the flexible body are written

in RADIOSS Starter Animation File (see option /ANIM/VERS for details about this file).

3. Index of local modes for a flexible body is given by the order in which the modes are written in theFlexible Body Input File.

If Imax

¹ 0: All local modes whose index lie in the range (I

min, I

max) will be taken into account for

Animation File.

If Imax

= 0: All local modes whose index exceeds Imin

will be taken into account for Animation File.



/GJOINT


/GJOINT - Gear Type Joint

Description

Defines complex (gear-type) joints. This keyword is not available for SPMD computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GJOINT/type/joint_ID/unit_ID

joint_title

node_ID0

FscaleV

Mass Inertia node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Mass1

Inertia1

r1x

r1y

r1z

Mass2

Inertia2

r2x

r2y

r2z

Mass3

Inertia3

r3x

r3y

r3z

Field Contents

type Type of input


joint_ID Gear type joint identifier




joint_title Gear type joint title


node_ID0

Primary node identifier (position node)

(Integer)

FscaleV

Scale factor for velocity


Mass Added mass to primary node


Inertia Added to primary node inertia




Field Contents

node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)

Mass1

Added mass to node_ID1


Inertia1

Added to node_ID1 inertia


r1x

Local axis X component


r1y

Local axis Y component


r1z

Local axis Z component


Mass2



Inertia Added to node_ID2 inertia


r2x



r2y



r2z



Mass3



Inertia3

Added to node_ID3 inertia


r3x





Field Contents

r3y



r3z



Complex Joint Types

Type Description

GEAR ¥ rotational gear

DIFF ¥ differential gear

RACK ¥ rack and pinion

Comments

1. Complex (gear-type) joints belong to the family of kinematic constraints treated by a Lagrangemultipliers’ method. A joint position is defined by a central node_ID

0, which are connected to two or

three secondary nodes. Mass and inertia must be added to all nodes. It is advisable to place theprimary node in the mass center of the joint. Kinematic constraints impose relations betweensecondary nodes velocities.

2. Translational velocities of gear joint nodes are constrained by a rigid link relation. For the rotationaldegrees of freedom, a scale factor is imposed between velocities of node_ID

1 and node_ID

2, measured

in their local coordinates. The corresponding constraint equations are the following:



where , are relative rotational velocities of node_ID1 and node_ID

2 in

respect of the rigid body rotational velocity.

3. The rotational velocities of a differential gear joint are constrained by the relations:

4. The rack and pinion joint allows the rotational velocity of node_ID1 to be transformed to a translational

velocity of node_ID2. The constraint equations for these velocities are:

5. The node_ID3 is only necessary for differential gear joint.

6. This option is not available if it is applied on:

· a node with a null mass;

· a node with a null inertia (except in case of node_ID2 of a rack type GJOINT).



/GRAV


/GRAV - Gravity Load

Description

Defines gravity load on node group.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRAV/grav_ID/unit_ID

grav_title

funct_IDT

Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID Ascalex

FscaleY

Field Contents

grav_ID Gravity load block identifier




grav_title Gravity load block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)

Dir Direction in translation (input should be: X, Y or Z)


(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group to which the gravity load is applied

(Integer)

Ascalex



FscaleY





Comments

1. The gravity load direction must be right justified in the ten characters of field No. 2.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0, the gravity load is applied after sensor activation (the time function is shifted in time).

3. The gravity loads are only applied to the nodes defined in grnod_ID, which must not be null.


Y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (force).




/GRBEAM


/GRBEAM - Beam Groups

Description

Describes the beam groups.

Format

Type is BEAM, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRBEAM

Enter selected items numbers (any number may be input, 10 per Line)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRBEAM/type/grbeam_ID

grbeam_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grbeam_ID Beam group identifier


grbeam_title Beam group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn

List item identifiers

(Integer)

Beam Group – Input Type Keywords

Keyword Type of input

BEAM beam numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRBEAM beam groups



Type is BOX or BOX2

If type is BOX, all elements having all nodes inside the box or on its surface are selected.

If type is BOX2, all elements with at least one node inside the box or on its external surface are selected.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A beam group is a set of beams (only). It can be defined by:

· a beam ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all beams belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all beams defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all beams having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of beam groups

· a box (all beams within a defined box are included)

2. If item_ID is a negative number, the item number is deleted from the group.

3. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030

4. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030

5. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030



/GRBRIC


/GRBRIC - Brick Groups

Description

Describes the brick groups.

Format

Type is BRIC, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRBRIC


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRBRIC/type/grbric_ID

grbric_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grbric_ID Brick group identifier


grbric_title Brick group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn


(Integer)

Brick Group – Input Type Keywords


BRIC brick numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRBRIC brick groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments


2. A brick group is a set of bricks (only). It can be defined by:

· a brick ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all bricks belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all bricks defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all bricks having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of brick groups

· a box (all bricks within a defined box are included)

3. Brick groups may include tetrahedron and hexahedron.

4. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030

5. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030

6. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030



/GRNOD


/GRNOD - Node Groups

Description

Describes the node groups.

FormatType is NODE, SUBMODEL, SUBSET, PART, MAT, PROP, GRNOD, SURF, GRSHEL, GRBRIC,GRQUAD, GRSPRI, GRSH3N, GRTRUS, GRBEAM

Enter selected item numbers (any number may be input, 10 per Line)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRNOD/type/grnod_ID

grnod_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Type is NODENSEnter node numbers in the desired order (any number may be input, 10 per Line)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Type is GENEFor each list, enter first node and last node (any number of lists may be input, up to 5 per Line).All nodes between first_ID and last_ID are selected.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input




grnod_title Node group title




Field Contents

item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn

List of item identifiers

(Integer)

node_ID1, node_ID

2...,

node_ID10

List of secondary node identifiers

(Integer)

first_ID1, last_ID

1,...

first_IDn, last_ID

n

List of first and last node identifiers

(Integer)

Node Group – Input Type Keywords


NODE list of nodes

GENE list of nodes with generation

SUBMODEL submodel

SUBSET subset

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX box

GRNOD node groups

SURF surface

GRSHEL 4 node shell group

GRBRIC brick group

GRQUAD quad group

GRSPRI spring group

GRSH3N 3 node shell group

GRTRUS truss group

GRBEAM beam group

NODENS unsorted node numbers



Type is BOX

All nodes which are within the defined box are selected.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A node group is a set of nodes. It can be defined explicitly by:

· a list of nodes

· a list of nodes with generation

· a list of submodels (all nodes belonging to the listed submodel are included)

· a list of submodels (all nodes defined by /NODE or /CNODE in the listed submodel are included)

· a list of subsets or parts (all nodes belonging to the listed subset/part are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all nodes belonging to an element having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of groups of nodes

· a list of element groups (all nodes connected to those elements are included)

· a box (all nodes within a defined box are included)

· an unsorted node list: same as list of nodes, but the nodes are not sorted (only needed in interfacetype 8 and /XELEM option).

2. Node groups are used to define slave nodes of rigid walls, interfaces, rigid bodies or nodes to which aload is applied, like a concentrated load or a fixed velocity.


4. Nodes are stored in this order. For all other input types, nodes are sorted.

5. If first_ID and last_ID are a negative number, the node group (between first_ID and last_ID) is deletedfrom the group.

6. Default values for Xmin

, Ymin

, Zmin

are -1. 1030.

7. Default values for Xmax

, Ymax

, Zmax

are 1. 1030.

8. In 2D analysis, Xmin

and Xmax

are ignored.



/GRQUAD


/GRQUAD - Quad Groups

Description

Describes the quad groups.

Format

Type is QUAD, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRQUAD


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRQUAD/type/grquad_ID

grquad_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grquad_ID Quad group identifier


grquad_title Quad group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn


(Integer)

Quad Group – Input Type Keywords


QUAD quad numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRQUAD quad groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A quad group is a set of quads (only). It can be defined by:

· a quad ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all quads belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all quads defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all quads having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of quad groups

· a box (all quads within a defined box are included)


3. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030.

4. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030.


, Xmax

are irrelevant.



/GRSH3N


/GRSH3N - 3 Node Shell Groups

Description

Describes the 3 node shellgroups.

Format

Type is SH3N, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRSH3N


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRSH3N/type/grsh3n_ID

grsh3n_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grsh3n_ID 3 node shell group identifier


grsh3n_title 3 node shell group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn


(Integer)

3 Node Shell Group – Input Type Keywords


SH3N 3 node shell numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRSH3N 3 node shell groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A 3 node shell group is a set of 3 node shells (only). It can be defined explicitly by:

· a 3 node shell ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all 3 node shells belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all 3 node shells defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all 3 node shells having those Property Type's/MID's areincluded)

· a list of 3 node shell groups

· a box (all 3 node shells within a defined box are included)

2. The 3 node shell groups are used to define sections, TH output.

3. The 3 node shell groups cannot contain 4 node shell elements (use /GRSHEL instead).


5. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030.

6. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030.

7. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030.



/GRSHEL


/GRSHEL - Shell Groups

Description

Describes the shell groups.

Format

Type is SHEL, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRSHEL


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRSHEL/type/grshell_ID

grshell_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grshell_ID Shell group identifier


grshell_title Shell group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...,

item_IDn


(Integer)

Shell Group – Input Type Keywords


SHEL shell numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRSHEL shell groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A shell group is a set of 4 node shells (only). It can be defined explicitly by:

· a shell ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all shells belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all shells defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all shells having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of shell groups

· a box (all shells within a defined box are included)

2. Shell groups are used to define sections, TH output.

3. Shell groups cannot contain 3 node shell elements (use /GRSH3N instead).


5. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030.

6. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030.

7. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030.



/GRSPRI


/GRSPRI - Spring Groups

Description

Describes the spring groups.

Format

Type is SPRI, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRSPRI


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRSPRI/type/grspring_ID

grspring_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grspring_ID Spring group identifier


grspring_title Spring group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...

item_IDn


(Integer)

Spring Group – Input Type Keywords


SPRI spring numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

MAT material

PART part

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRSPRI spring groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A spring group is a set of springs (only). It can be defined by:

· a spring ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all springs belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all springs defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all springs having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of spring groups

· a box (all springs within a defined box are included)


3. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030.

4. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030.

5. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030.



/GRTRUS


/GRTRUS - Truss Groups

Description

Describes the truss groups.

Format

Type is TRUS, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP, GRTRUS


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GRTRUS/type/grtruss_ID

grtruss_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


grtruss_ID Truss group identifier


grtruss_title Truss group title


item_ID1, item_ID

2,...

item_IDn


(Integer)

Truss Group – Input Type Keywords


TRUS truss numbers

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box

GRTRUS truss groups



Type is BOX or BOX2



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A truss group is a set of trusses (only). It can be defined by:

· a truss ID list

· a list of subsets or parts (all trusses belonging to the listed subsets/parts are included)

· a list of submodels (all truss elements defined in the listed submodels are included)

· a list of property sets or materials (all trusses having those Property Type's/MID's are included)

· a list of truss groups

· a box (all trusses within a defined box are included)


3. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, then Xmin

= -1. 1030 and Xmax

= 1.1030.

4. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, then Ymin

= -1. 1030 and Ymax

= 1.1030.

5. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, then Zmin

= -1. 1030 and Zmax

= 1.1030.



/HEAT/MAT


/HEAT/MAT - Thermal Parameters

Description

Defines thermal parameters for an existing material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/HEAT/MAT/mat_ID

T0

r0C

p AS BS Iform

T1 AL BL

Field Contents



T0

Initial temperature (1st part)

Default = 300K (Real)

r0C

pSpecific heat

(Real)

AS Thermal conductivity coefficient A for solid phase

(Real)

BS Thermal conductivity coefficient B for solid phase

(Real)

Iform

Flag for heat transfer formulation

(Integer)

=0: Based on finite volume method available only for solid elements (default)

=1: Based on finite element method available for solid and shell elements

T1

Temperature of melting point


AL Thermal conductivity coefficient A for liquid phase

(Real)

BL Thermal conductivity coefficient B for liquid phase

(Real)



Comments

1. Format Line 2 is used as purely thermal material.

2. Available for all shell elements formulations; except QBAT, DKT18 and T6.

3. Available for all solid elements formulations; except PA6 and standard 8-node solid full integration (nohourglass, I

solid = 12).

4. The k (thermal conductivity) is computed as:

k = AS + BS * T

5. The a (thermal diffusivity) is computed as:

a = k/r0C

p

6. Cp heat capacity at constant pressure.

7. New k’ (thermal conductivity) is computed as:

k' = AL + BL * T

8. T1, AL, and BL can be used only for solid elements when finite volume method is used (I

form = 0 )



/IMPACC


/IMPACC - Imposed Accelerations

Description

Defines imposed accelerations on a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IMPACC/impacc_ID/unit_ID

impacc_title

funct_IDT

Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID

Ascalex

FscaleY

Tstart

Tstop

Field Contents

impacc_ID Imposed acceleration block identifier




impacc_title Imposed acceleration block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)

Dir Direction: X, Y, Z in translation; XX, YY, ZZ in rotation


(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group on which the imposed acceleration is applied

(Integer)

Ascalex



FscaleY





Field Contents

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop

Stop time


Comments

1. The acceleration direction must be right justified in the ten characters of field No. 2.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0, the imposed acceleration is applied at the time of sensor activation and the time vs.

acceleration function is shifted in time.

3. If Tstart

and Tstop

are specified, then an acceleration is imposed between these times. However in this

case the time vs. acceleration function is not shifted in time.


Y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (acceleration).




/IMPDISP


/IMPDISP - Imposed Displacements

Description

Defines imposed displacements on a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IMPDISP/impdisp_ID/unit_ID

impdisp_title

funct_IDT

Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID

Ascalex

FscaleY

Tstart

Tstop

Field Contents

impdisp_ID Imposed displacement block identifier




impdisp_title Imposed displacement block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)



(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group on which the imposed displacement is applied

(Integer)

Ascalex



FscaleY





Field Contents

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop

Stop time


Comments

1. The displacement direction must be right justified in the ten characters of field No. 2.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0, the imposed displacement is applied at time of sensor activation and function is

shifted in time.

3. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The imposed velocities will only be applied to nodes belonging to anode group.

4. If Tstart

and Tstop

are specified, the displacement is imposed between these times. However, in this

case, the time vs. displacement function is not shifted to begin at Tstart

.


Y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (displacement).




/IMPTEMP (New!)


/IMPTEMP - Imposed Temperature

Description

Defines imposed temperatures on a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IMPTEMP/imptemp_ID/unit_ID

imptemp_title

funct_IDT

sensor_ID grnod_ID

Ascalex

Fscaley

Tstart

Tstop

Field Contents

imptemp_ID Imposed temperature block identifier




imptemp_title Imposed temperature block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group to which the imposed temperature is applied

(Integer)

Ascalex



Fscaley



Tstart

Start time

(Real)



Field Contents

Tstop

Stop time


Comment

1. Ascalex and Fscale

y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (temperature).



/IMPVEL


/IMPVEL - Imposed Velocities

Description

Defines imposed velocities on a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IMPVEL/impvel_ID/unit_ID

impvel_title

funct_IDT

Dir skew_ID sensor_ID grnod_ID frame_ID

Ascalex

FscaleY

Tstart

Tstop

Field Contents

impvel_ID Imposed velocity block identifier




impvel_title Imposed velocity block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)



(Integer)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group on which the imposed velocity is applied

(Integer)

frame_ID Frame identifier

(Integer)

Ascalex





Field Contents

FscaleY



Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop

Stop time


Comments

1. The velocity direction must be right justified in the ten characters of field No 2.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0, the imposed velocity is applied after sensor activation. The time function is shifted in

time.

3. If a velocity is imposed in a frame (frame_ID ¹ 0), the frame nodes must not have an imposed velocity

themselves.

4. Velocity can be imposed between a certain start time and stop time, in which case the function isshifted in time.


Y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (velocity).


6. If skew_ID ¹ 0, the imposed velocity is computed in the global frame and projected onto the local skew.

7. If frame_ID ¹ 0, the imposed velocity is computed and applied in the local frame.



/IMPVEL/LAGMUL


/IMPVEL/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Imposed Velocities

Description

Defines imposed velocities on node groups using Lagrange multiplier method.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IMPVEL/LAGMUL/impvel_ID/unit_ID

impvel_title

funct_IDT

Dir skew_ID grnod_ID

Fscale

Field Contents

impvel_ID Imposed velocity block identifier




impvel_title Imposed velocity block title


funct_IDT


(Integer)



(Integer)

grnod_ID Identifier of the node group on which the imposed velocity is applied

(Integer)

Fscale Scale factor




Comments

1. The velocity direction must be right justified in the ten characters of field No. 2.

2. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The imposed velocities will be applied only on nodes that belong to anode group.

3. The translational velocity is not available if it is applied on a node with a null mass.

4. The rotational velocity is not available if it is applied on a node with a null inertia.



/INIBRI


/INIBRI - Initial State for a Brick

Description

Describes the initial state for a brick.

Format

If Keyword2 = AUX

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INIBRI/Keyword2/unit_ID

brick_ID Nb_integr Isolnod Isolid nvars

V1

Vnvars

If Keyword2 = EPSP, ENER or DENS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

brick_ID value

If Keyword2 = STRA_F

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

brick_ID Nb_integr Isolnod Isolid

1 2 3

12 23 31

If Keyword2 = STRESS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

brick_IDst

sx

sY

sz

sxy

syz

sxz



If Keyword2 = STRS_F and 8 node solid element with 1 or 8 integration point

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


Eint

r

1 2 3

12 23 31

p

If Keyword2 = STRS_F and 16 or 20 node solid elements, 8 node HA8 element; 10 nodes tetrahedron orPentahedron 6 nodes

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


1 2 3

12 23 31

p Eint

r

Field Contents




(Integer)

Nb_integr Number of integration points

(Integer)

Isolnod Number of nodes of solid element

(Integer)

Isolid Solid elements formulation

(Integer)

nvars Number of auxiliary internal variables

(Integer)



Field Contents

V1 1st auxiliary variable

(Real)

Vnvars Nvarsth auxiliary variable value

(Real)

value Date value

(Real)

1 Strain

(Real)

2 Strain

(Real)

3 Strain

(Real)

12 Shear strain

(Real)

23 Shear strain

(Real)

31 Shear strain

(Real)

brick_IDst

Stress element identifier

(Integer)

p Plastic strain

(Real)

sx

Stress

(Real)

sY

Stress

(Real)

sz

Stress

(Real)

sxy

Shear stress

(Real)

syz

Shear stress

(Real)

sxz

Shear stress

(Real)



Field Contents

Eint

Internal energy of solid element

(Real)

r Volumetric mass

(Real)

Input Type Keyword

Keyword2 Type of input

AUX Auxiliary variable

EPSP Plastic strain

ENER Internal energy

DENS Density

STRA_F Strain full

STRESS Stress

STRS_F Stress full

Comments

1. If Keyword2 = ENER, the internal energy is expressed by volume unit.

2. Material Law 38 (/MAT/VISC_TAB) is not compatible with /INIBRI/EPSP.

3. The initial state for brick may be defined by more than one block.

4. If Keyword2 = AUX, 3 values per line for auxiliary internal variables.

5. If Keyword2 = AUX, format line 3 has to be repeated in order to have nvars auxiliary internal variables.

6. If Nb_integr > 1, the optional continuation lines have to be repeated for each integration point, ifKeyword2 = STRS_F and 8 node solid element with 1 or 8 integration point.

Format Line 4; Format Line 5; Format Line 6

7. If Nb_integr > 1, the optional continuation lines have to be repeated for each integration point, ifKeyword2 = STRS_F and 16 or 20 node solid elements, 8 node HA8 element; 10 nodes tetrahedron orPentahedron 6 nodes.

Format Line 3; Format Line 4; Format Line 5



/INIQUA


/INIQUA - Initial State for a Quad

Description

Describes the initial state for a quad.

Format

If Keyword2 = EPSP, ENER or DENS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INIQUA/Keyword2/unit_ID

quad_ID value

If Keyword2 = STRESS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

quad_IDst

sy

sz

sx

sxy

Field Contents



quad_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

value Data value

(Real)

quad_IDst

Stress element identifier

(Integer)

sy

Stress

(Real)

sz

Stress

(Real)

sx

Stress

(Real)

sxy

Shear stress

(Real)



Input Type Keyword

Keyword2 Type of input

EPSP Plastic strain

ENER Internal energy

DENS Density

STRESS Stress

Comments

1. If Keyword2 = ENER, the internal energy is expressed by volume unit.

2. The initial state for quad may be defined by more than one block.



/INISHE/AUX or /INISH3/AUX


/INISHE/AUX or /INISH3/AUX - Initial State for Internal Variables

Description

This option is used to initialize internal variables of user type material laws for shells (UVAR buffer).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/AUX/ or

/INISH3/AUX/

shell_ID nb_integr npg nvars

V1

V2

V3

Vnvars

Field Contents

shell_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

nb_integr Integration point number through the thickness

(Integer)

npg Number of surface quadrature points

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1

= 1: must be used for shell formulations shell_ID =1, 2, 3, 4, 24 or Ish3n

=1, 2, 31

= 3: must be used for DKT18 shell formulation (Ish3n

=30)

= 4: must be used for BATOZ formulation (shell_ID =12)

nvars Number of auxiliary internal variables

(Integer)

V1 1st auxiliary variable value

(Real)

Vnvars nvarsth auxiliary variable value

(Real)



Comments

1. It also may be necessary to complete the initial state of shells issued from a previous RADIOSS run. Inthis case, these values may be obtained during the previous RADIOSS Engine run, using option /STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL.

2. It must be noticed that the contents of the blocks will not necessarily be detailed.

3. The nb_integr must be equal to the number of integration points given in the shell property.

4. The npg must be set according to the formulation which is used in the shell property.

5. The nvars is the number of the first user variables to be initialized for a shell. It must be less or equal tothe total number of internal variables used in a user type law (NUVAR).

6. For npg = 0 or 1 and nb_integr > 0, the sequence Line 4 has to be repeated for each integration point.

7. For npg = 3 or 4, sequence Line 4 must be repeated for each quadrature point and for each integrationpoint as follows:

repeat for each quadrature point

repeat for each integration point

Line 4

8. The initial state for shells may be defined by more than one block.



/INISHE/EPSP or /INISH3/EPSP


/INISHE/EPSP or /INISH3/EPSP – Initial Plastic Strain for a Shell

Description

Describes the initial plastic strain for a shell.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/EPSP/unit_ID or

/INISH3/EPSP/unit_ID

shell_ID p

Field Contents




(Integer)

p Plastic strain

(Real)

Comment

1. If the shell property uses several integration points, the given plastic strain value is set to eachintegration point.



/INISHE/EPSP_F or /INISH3/EPSP_F


/INISHE/EPSP_F or /INISH3/EPSP_F – Initial Plastic Strain in an Integration Point

Description

Describes the initial plastic strain for a shell in each integration point.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/EPSP_F/unit_ID or

/INISH3/EPSP_F/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr npg Thick

p1 p2 p3 p4 p5

Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)


(Integer)


= 1: must be used for shell formulations shell_ID =1, 2, 3, 4 or Ish3n

=1, 2, 31


=30)

= 4: must be used for BATOZ or QEPH formulation (shell_ID =12, 24)

Thick Shell thickness

(Real)

p1First plastic strain

(Real)

p2Second plastic strain

(Real)

p3Third plastic strain

(Real)



Field Contents

p4Fourth plastic strain

(Real)

p5Fifth plastic strain

(Real)

Comments


2. The npg must be set according to the formulation, which is used in the shell property.

3. The value given for thickness (Thick value) will be used instead of the thickness given into property or inthe shell definition.

4. Values of Epsp are given in sequence Line 4 in the following order:

For each Integration point through the thickness j=1, nb_integrFor each surface quadrature point i=1,npg

Input pi,j

5. For npg = 0 or 1, this reduces to the list of plastic strain values from the 1st point to the nb_integrth

one.



/INISHE/ORTH_LOC or /INISH3/ORTH_LOC (New!)


/INISHE/ORTH_LOC or /INISH3/ORTH_LOC - Initialization of Orthotropy Direction on each Element

Description

Describes the initialization of orthotropy direction for shells element per element.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/ORTH_LOC/unit_ID or

/INISH3/ORTH_LOC/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr ndir

For each layer (integration point); except for SH_ORTH property ( only one Format ):

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

iα

i

Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)

ndir Number of orthotropy direction for each layer

(Integer)

iAngle of first direction of orthotropy relatively of first direction of the local referenceframe.

(Real)

αi

Angle of second direction of orthotropy for layer i, relatively of first direction oforthotropy.

(Real)



Comments

1. This option can be used to initialize the orthotropy direction for shells element per element. By default,property defined characteristics are used, those defined using this option are priority.


3. The αi parameter is only used for property /PROP/SH_FABR.

4. Local reference frame is described in the RADIOSS Theory Manual.



/INISHE/ORTHO or /INISH3/ORTHO


/INISHE/ORTHO or /INISH3/ORTHO - Initialization of Orthotropy Direction on each Element

Description

Describes the initialization of orthotropy direction for shells element per element.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/ORTHO/unit_ID or

/INISH3/ORTHO/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr Vx Vy Vz

For each layer (integration point):

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1 2

Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)

Vx X coordinate of the reference vector

(Real)

Vy Y coordinate of the reference vector

(Real)

Vz Z coordinate of the reference vector

(Real)

1Angle for first axis of orthotropy

(Real)



Field Contents

2Angle between first and second axis of anisothropy (for property /PROP/SH_FABRonly)

(Real)

Comments

1. This option can be used to initialize the orthotropy direction for shells element per element. By default,property defined characteristics are used, those defined using this option are priority.



4. The projection of the reference vector on the shell surface defines a reference direction for orthotropyaxis.

5. For each layer (integration point), the first orthotropy axis is defined at a given angle from the referencedirection.



/INISHE/STRA_F or /INISH3/STRA_F


/INISHE/STRA_F or /INISH3/STRA_F - Initial State for Strain

Description

This describes the initial state for strain.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/STRA_F/unit_ID or

/INISH3/STRA_F/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr npg Thick

1 2 12 23 31

k1

k2

k12

Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)


(Integer)


= 1: must be used for shell formulations shell_ID =1, 2, 3, 4, 24 or Ish3n

=1, 2, 31


=30)

= 4: must be used for BATOZ formulation (shell_ID =12)


(Real)

1 Membrane strain in 1st direction

(Real)

2 Membrane strain in 2nd direction

(Real)



Field Contents

12 Membrane shear strain

(Real)

23 Shear strain in direction 23

(Real)

31 Shear strain in direction 31

(Real)

k1

Bending strain in direction 1

(Real)

k2


(Real)

k12


(Real)

Comments



3. The value given for thickness (Thick value) will be used instead of the thickness given into property or inthe shell definition.

4. For npg = 3 or 4, the optional continuation lines must be repeated npg times for each integration point.

5. The initial state for shells may be defined by more than one block.



/INISHE/STRS_F or /INISH3/STRS_F


/INISHE/STRS_F or /INISH3/STRS_F - Initial State for Stress

Description

Describes the initial state for stress.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/STRS_F/unit_ID or

/INISH3/STRS_F/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr npg

m b H1

H2

H3

if nb_integr = 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s1

s2

s12

s23

s31

p sb1

sb2

sb12

if nb_integr > 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s1

s2

s12

s23

s31 p

Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)



Field Contents


(Integer)


= 1: must be used for shell formulations shell_ID =1, 2, 3, 4 or Ish3n

=1, 2, 31


=30)

= 4: must be used for BATOZ or QEPH formulation (shell_ID =12, 24)

m Total membrane energy

(Real)

b Total bending energy

(Real)

H1

Hourglass force

(Real)

H2

Hourglass force

(Real)

H3

Hourglass force

(Real)

s1

First plane stress

(Real)

s2

Second plane stress

(Real)

s12

Shear stress

(Real)

s23

Shear stress

(Real)

s31

Shear stress

(Real)

p Plastic strain

(Real)

sb1

Bending stress

(Real)

sb2

Bending stress

(Real)

sb12

Bending stress

(Real)



Comments



3. The H1, H

2 and H

3 are read only when npg = 0 or npg = 1.

4. The bending stresses are:

where, l: length

e: thickness

M: moment

5. For npg = 3 or 4, the optional continuation lines must be repeated npg times.

6. For npg = 0 or 1 and nb_integr > 0, the optional continuation lines have to be repeated for eachintegration point.

7. For npg = 3 or 4, the optional continuation lines must be repeated npg times for each integration pointas follows:

repeat for each integration pointrepeat for each quadrature point

Line 7Line 8

8. Initial shell state option only works with material laws /MAT/LAW2, /MAT/LAW22, /MAT/LAW36 and /MAT/LAW43.

9. The initial state for shell may be defined by more than one block.



/INISHE/STRS_F/GLOB


/INISHE/STRS_F/GLOB - Initial State for a Global Shell

Description

Describes the initial state for a global shell.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISHE/STRS_F/GLOB/unit_ID

shell_ID nb_integr

Em

Eb

H1

H2

H3

if nb_integr ³ 0 - Plane stresses

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sx

sY

sz

if nb_integr = 0 - Shear stresses

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sxy

syz

szx

if nb_integr = 0 - Bending stresses

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sbx

sby

sbz

sbxy

sbyz

sbzx p

if nb_integr > 0 - Shear stresses

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sxy

syz

szx p



Field Contents




(Integer)


(Integer)

Em

Total membrane energy

(Real)

Eb

Total bending energy

(Real)

H1

Hourglass force

(Real)

H2

Hourglass force

(Real)

H3

Hourglass force

(Real)

sx

Plane stress in the global frame

(Real)

sY


(Real)

sz


(Real)

sxy

Shear stress in the global frame

(Real)

syz


(Real)

szx


(Real)

sbx

Bending stress in the global frame

(Real)

sby


(Real)

sbz


(Real)



Field Contents

sbxy


(Real)

sbyz


(Real)

sbzx


(Real)

pPlastic strain

(Real)

Comments

1. The nb_integr should be equal to the nb_integr defined in the shell property definition.

2. Only compatible with shell_ID =1, 2, 3, 4 or Ish3n

=1, 2, 31.

3. If nb_integr ¹ 0, repeat the optional continuation lines for each integration point.



/INISTA


/INISTA - Initial State File

Description

Describes the initial state file.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INISTA

Isrtynnn

Ibal IoutyyFMT

Ioutynnn

Field Contents

Isrtynnn

Complete name of the initial state file

(left tabulated - Character, maximum 100 characters)

Ibal Flag for initial balance

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: do not perform nodal initial balance= 2: nodal initial balance performed= 3: initial balance in shell local frame

IoutyyFMT

(Integer)

= 2: Format 44

¹ 2: Format 51 (default)

Ioutynnn

(Integer)

= 2: Ynnn reading file format is RunnameYnnn (old format)

¹ 2: Ynnn reading file format is Runname_#run.sty (default)

Comments

1. The initial state for shells and solids: density (only solid), internal energy (only solid), plastic strains(only solid), stresses, strains, thickness, hourglass and forces is read in the output file Isrty000:

RunnameYnnn (if Irootyy = 2 in /IOFLAG option) or Runname_#run.sty (if Irootyy ¹ 2 in /IOFLAG

option).

The file Isrty000 is also compulsory to define the initial model. Initial states are only available for

bricks (solids) and shells. For output file formats, see ASCII Output File (STY-File).



2. If using /INISTA option with User’s Material Law, users variables should be initialized with the /OUTP/SOLID/USERS/FULL option in the STY-file.

3. If Ibal = 2, a new initial balance of the model structure is recomputed.



/INITEMP


/INITEMP - Initial Nodal Temperature

Description

Describes the initial nodal temperature.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INITEMP/initemp_ID

initemp_title

T0

grnod_ID

Field Contents

initemp_ID Initial temperature identifier


initemp_title Initial temperature name

(Characters, maximum 100 characters)

T0

Initial temperature

(Real)

grnod_ID Node group on which boundary conditions are applied

(Integer)



/INIVEL


/INIVEL - Initial Velocities

Description

Defines initial velocity on a group of nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INIVEL/type/inivel_ID/unit_ID

inivel_title

VX

VY

VZ

grnod_ID skew_ID

Field Contents

type Type of initial velocity

= TRA: translational material velocity= ROT: rotational material velocity= T+G: translational and grid material velocity (only used for ALE material)= GRID: grid material velocity (only used for ALE material)

inivel_ID Initial velocity block identifier




inivel_title Initial velocity block title


VX

X velocity

(Real)

VY

Y velocity

(Real)

VZ

Z velocity

(Real)

grnod_ID Node group on which specific initial velocities are applied

(Integer)


(Integer)



Comments

1. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The initial velocities will only be applied to nodes belonging to a nodegroup.

2. The following inputs are defined in the ALE section (refer to the /INIVEL/type keywords):

/INIVEL/TRA (translational material velocity)

/INIVEL/ROT (rotational material velocity)

/INIVEL/T+G (translational and grid material velocity)

/INIVEL/GRID (grid material velocity)



/INIVEL/AXIS


/INIVEL/AXIS - Initial Velocities with respect to an Axis

Description

Defines initial rotational velocity on a group of nodes about an axis and/or translational velocity along thataxis. The axis is defined using a base node and a vector.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INIVEL/AXIS/inivel_ID/unit_ID

inivel_axis_title

Vt

Vr

grnod_ID

OX

OY

OZ

node_ID

UX

UY

UZ

Field Contents





inivel_axis_title Initial velocity block title


Vt

Translational velocity along the axis (length/time)

(Real)

Vr

Rotational velocity about the axis (radians/time)

(Real)

grnod_ID Node group on which specified initial velocities are applied

(Integer)

OX

X coordinate of a point on the axis

(Real)

OY

Y coordinate of a point on the axis

(Real)



Field Contents

OZ

Z coordinate of a point on the axis

(Real)

node_ID Base node identifier on the axis

(Integer)

UX

X component of the vector defining the axis

(Real)

UY

Y component of the vector defining the axis

(Real)

UZ

Z component of the vector defining the axis

(Real)

Comments

1. The coordinates OX, O

Y, O

Z are taken into account if node_ID is equal to 0.

2. The components ( UX, U

Y, U

Z ) should be defined a non-null vector.

3. The velocities are initialized with respect to:

4. This keyword is primarily used for simulating the uniform rotation of a structure about an axis by

defining Vr and an axis. A helical (or spiral) shaped motion can also be achieved by defining V

r, V

t and

an axis.



/INTER


/INTER - Interfaces

Description

Describes the interfaces.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/type/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

Field Contents

type Interface type keyword


inter_ID Interface identifier




inter_title Interface title




Interface Types

Type Keyword Description

2 Tied TYPE2 Connection between two Lagrangian materials.

3 Slide / Void TYPE3 Sliding with void opening and friction between two Lagrangiansurfaces.

Symmetric computation (J. Hallquist algorithm).

5 Slide / Void TYPE5 Sliding with void opening and friction between two Lagrangiansurfaces.

Non-symmetric computations (master-slave algorithm).

6 Slide / Void TYPE6 Impact contact between two rigid surfaces.

7 Slide / Void TYPE7 Multipurpose interface.

Can be used in place of type 3 or 5. Node to Segment contact.

8 Slide TYPE8 Drawbead line.

10 Tied / Void TYPE10 Tied contact + void opening (optional)

11 Slide / Void TYPE11 Edge to Edge contact

14 Slide / Void TYPE14 Hyper-ellipsoid to nodes contact

15 Slide / Void TYPE15 Hyper-ellipsoid to elements contact

19 Slide / Void TYPE19 General contact interface.

Node to segment contact and Edge to Edge contact.

Equivalent to one interface type 7 + one interface type 11.

21 Slide / Void TYPE21 Specific interface between a non-deformable master surface and aslave surface designed for stamping.



/INTER/TYPE2


/INTER/TYPE2 - Interface Type 2

Description

Defines a TYPE 2 tied interface that rigidly connects a set of slave nodes to a master surface. It can beused to connect coarse and fine meshes, model spotwelds, rivets, etc.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/TYPE2/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Spotflag

Level Isearch

Idel2

dsearch

If Spotflag

= 20, 21, 22, the following are read:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Rupt Ifiltr

funct_IDsr

funct_IDsn

funct_IDst

Max_N_Dist Max_T_Dist

Fscalestress

Fscalestr_rate

Fscaledist

Alpha

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave

Slave node group identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDmast

Master surface identifier

(Integer)



Field Contents

Spotflag

Flag for spotweld formulation (see Comments 4 through 7)

(Integer)

= 0: default formulation= 1: formulation is optimized for spotwelds or rivets= 2: same formulation as default; except that it is necessary when usinghierarchy levels; but it is not compatible with RADIOSS Engine option /DT/NODA/CST.= 20, 21, 22: formulation with rupture. Not compatible with /DT/NODA/CST

= 20: slave surface is calculated using all types of elements (shells + solids).= 21: slave surface is calculated using shell elements only.= 22: slave surface is calculated using solids elements only.

= 30: formulation with cubic curvature of master segment. Not compatible with /DT/NODA/CST

Level Hierarchy level of the interface

(Integer)

Isearch

Search formulation flag for the closest master segment

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: old formulation= 2: new improved formulation

Idel2

Flag for node deletion


= 0: no deletion= 1: the kinematic condition is suppressed on slave node if the master elementis deleted. (The slave node is removed from the interface).

dsearch

Distance for searching closest master segment (see Comment 2 and Comment3)

(Real)

Rupt Rupture model

(Integer)

= 0: rupture when Max_N_Dist or Max_T_Dist are reached (default)= 1: rupture when SQRT( (N_Dist./ Max_N_Dist)2 + (T_Dist / Max_T_Dist)2 ) >1

Ifiltr

Filter flag

(Integer)

= 0: no filtering= 1: filtering (alpha filter)

funct_IDsr

Function identifier for stress factor versus stress rate (see Comment 11)

(Integer)

funct_IDsn

Function identifier for max normal stress versus normal displacement (N_Dist.)(see Comment 11)

(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_IDst

Function identifier for max tangential stress versus tangential displacement(T_Dist.)(see Comment 11)

(Integer)

Max_N_Dist Maximum normal relative displacement

Default = 1e+20 (Real)

Max_T_Dist Maximum tangential relative displacement


Fscalestress

Stress scale factor (see Comment 11)


Fscalestr_rate

Stress rate scale factor (see Comment 11)


Fscaledist

Distance scale factor (see Comment 11)


Alpha Stress filter alpha value

Default = 1 (Real)

Comments

1. Interface type 2 is a kinematic condition, no other kinematic condition should be set on any node of theslave surface.

2. Default value for dsearch

is the average size of the master segments.

3. The dsearch

is computed as follows (see the RADIOSS Theory Manual):

4. Master nodes of an interface type 2 may be slave nodes of another interface type 2 only if the hierarchylevel of the first interface is lower than the hierarchy level of the second interface. Hierarchy levels areonly available with Spot

flag =2.

5. Formulation Spotflag

=2 is equivalent to formulation 0; except that it is not compatible with RADIOSS

Engine option /DT/NODA/CST.

6. Formulation Spotflag

=2 is used to connect SPH particles to a surface (refer to /SPH keyword).

7. Hierarchy level of the interface (Level) does not work for options Spotflag

=0 or Spotflag

=1.

Possibly work around using Spotflag

=2, which corresponds to the default formulation (Spotflag

=0);

except that it is not compatible with the option /DT/NODA/CST.



8. If flag Idel2

=1 then when a 4 node shell, a 3 node shell or a solid element is deleted, it is also removed

from the master side of the interface (the kinematic condition is suppressed on related slave nodes).

9. The option Idel2

=1 acts also if the master element is deleted using explicit deletion in D0n file for

RADIOSS Engine (using the keyword /DEL in RADIOSS Engine Input (/DEL/SHELL, /DEL/BRICK, ...)).

10. For rupture (Spotflag

= 20, 21 or 22), the reduced force coefficient applied on the slave node of the

interface is computed as:

Coefficient = min([sig_n_max2 / max(sig_n2,1e-20)]1/2,1) * min([sig_t_max2 / max(sig_t2,1e-20) ]1/2,1)

where:

· sig_n_max = maximum normal stress value defined by funct_IDsn

· sig_n = normal stress

· sig_t_max = maximum tangential stress value defined by funct_IDst

· sig_t = tangential stress

11. Input stress-displacement functions are scaled with constant stress factor Fscalestress

and variable

coefficient defined by function funct_IDsr

σNmax = f(∆Xn, )

σTmax = f(∆Xt, )

Fscale( ) = Fscalestress

* funct_IDsr ( / Fscale

str_rate)

σNmax = Fscale( ) * funct_IDsn (∆Xn/ Fscale

dist)

σTmax = Fscale( ) * funct_IDst (∆Xt/ Fscale

dist)



/INTER/TYPE3



Description

Defines TYPE3 Surface to Surface Interface.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_ID1

surf_ID2

Idel

Stfac Fric Gap Tstart

Tstop

IBC

IRS

IRM

Field Contents







surf_ID1

First surface identifier

(Integer)

surf_ID2

Second surface identifier

(Integer)

Idel

Flag for node and segment deletion


= 0: no deletion= 1: when all the elements (4 node shells, 3 node shells, solids) associated toone segment are deleted, the segment is removed from the interface. It is alsoremoved in case of explicit deletion using RADIOSS Engine keyword /DEL inthe D0n file.

Additionally, non-connected nodes are removed from the interface.



Field Contents

= 2: when a 4 node shell, a 3 node shell or a solid element is deleted, thecorresponding segment is removed from the interface. It is also removed in caseof explicit deletion using RADIOSS Engine keyword /DEL in the D0n file.


Stfac Scale factor for interface stiffness


Fric Coulomb friction

(Real)

Gap Gap for impact activation

(Real)

Tstart

Start time for contact impact computation

(Real)

Tstop

Time for temporary deactivation

(Real)

IBC

Flags for deactivation of boundary conditions at impact

(Boolean)

IRS

Renumbering flag for segments of the first surface

(Integer)

= 0: if segment is connected to a solid element its normal is reversed if enteringthe solid element (the segment is renumbered)= 1: normal is always reversed (segment 1234 is read 2143)= 2: normal is never reversed (segments connected to a solid element are notrenumbered)

IRM

Renumbering flag for segments of the second surface (same as IRS

)

(Integer)

= 0: if segment is connected to a solid element its normal is reversed if enteringthe solid element (the segment is renumbered)= 1: normal is always reversed (segment 1234 is read 2143)= 2: normal is never reversed (segments connected to a solid element are notrenumbered)

katherine

Typewritten Text



Flags for Deactivation of Boundary Conditions: IBC

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX

Flag for deactivation of X boundary condition at impact

(Boolean)

IBCY

Flag for deactivation of Y boundary condition at impact

(Boolean)

IBCZ

Flag for deactivation of Z boundary condition at impact

(Boolean)

Comments

1. This interface is used to simulate impacts between two surfaces. This interface works properly if thetwo surfaces are simply convex.

2. The main limitations are:

· the segment normals must be oriented from one surface to the other;

· only works with segments connected to solid or shell elements;

· the same node may not be put in the two impact surfaces.

3. The flag Idel

=1 has a cpu cost higher than Idel

=2.

4. The Stfac must be less than 1.0.

5. If IBCX

is equal to 1, the boundary condition in X direction is deactivated. IBCY

and IBCZ

behave the

same way respectively in Y and Z direction.

6. Boundary conditions are only deactivated on surf_ID1.



/INTER/TYPE5



Description

Describes the interface type 5.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Ibag

Idel

Stfac Fric Gap Tstart

Tstop

IBC

IRM

Ifric

Ifiltr

Xfreq

Read this input only if Ifric

> 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5


> 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C6



Field Contents







grnod_IDslave

Slave nodes group identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Ibag

Flag for airbag vent holes closure in case of contact


= 0: no closure= 1: closure

Idel



= 0: no deletion= 1: when all the elements (4 node shells, 3 node shells, solids) associated toone segment are deleted, the segment is removed from the master side of theinterface. It is also removed in case of explicit deletion using RADIOSS Enginekeyword /DEL in the D0n file.

Additionally, non-connected nodes are removed from the slave side of theinterface.

= 2: when a 4 node shell, a 3 node shell or a solid element is deleted, thecorresponding segment is removed from the master side of the interface. It isalso removed in case of explicit deletion using RADIOSS Engine keyword /DELin the D0n file.





(Real)


(Real)

Tstart


(Real)

Tstop


(Real)



Field Contents

IBC


(Boolean)

IRM

Renumbering flag for segments of the master surface

(Integer)

= 0: if segment is connected to a solid element its normal is reversed if enteringthe solid element (the segment is renumbered)= 1: normal is always reversed (segment 1234 is read 2143)= 2: normal is never reversed (segments connected to a solid element are notrenumbered

Ifric

Friction formulation flag (see Comment 10)


= 0: static Coulomb friction law= 1: generalized viscous friction law= 2: Darmstad friction law= 3: Renard friction law

Ifiltr

Friction filtering flag (see Comment 11)

(Integer)

= 0: no filter is used (Default)

= 1: simple numerical filter

= 2: standard -3dB filter with filtering period

= 3: standard -3dB filter with cutting frequency

Xfreq

Filtering coefficient (see Comment 12)

(Real)

C1

Friction law coefficient

(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4


(Real)

C5


(Real)

C6


(Real)




(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. This interface is used to simulate impacts between a master surface and a list of slave nodes. Thisinterface is mainly used to:

· simulate impact of beam truss spring nodes on a surface;

· simulate impact of a complex fine mesh on a simply convex surface;

· replace a rigid wall.


· the master segment normals must be oriented from master surface to the slave nodes;

· on the master side, the segments must be connected to solid or shell elements;

· the same node may not be put in the two impact surfaces;

· some search problems (see Some Common Problems in the RADIOSS Theory Manual).

3. All the normals of the master surface segments must be oriented toward the slave surface. Otherwise,mixing the orientation of the normals can lead to initial penetrations.

4. Slave and master surfaces should be topologically different: a node cannot be on the two surfaces atthe same time.

5. Flag Idel


=2.

6. If the stiffness on the master side is much lower than the stiffness on the slave side, the stiffness factorStfac can be increased to a value greater than 1; otherwise the stiffness factor should have a valuebetween 0 and 1.



7. For example, the interface stiffness balance is:

where, Em

is the master stiffness

em

is the master thickness

Es is the slave stiffness

es is the slave thickness

8. If IBCX

is equal to 1, the boundary condition in X direction is deactivated. IBCY

and IBCZ

behave the

same way respectively in Y and Z direction.

9. Boundary conditions are only deactivated on slave nodes.

10. If the friction flag is 0 (default), the old static friction formulation is used:

FT £ m * F

N with m = Fric (Coulomb friction)

For flag Ifric

> 0, new friction models are introduced. In this case, the friction coefficient is set by a

function (m = m(p,V)), where p is the pressure of the normal force on the master segment and V is thetangential velocity of the slave node.

Currently, the following formulations are available:

· Ifric

= 1 (generalized viscous friction law):

m = Fric + C1 * p + C

2 * V + C

3 * p * V + C

4 * p2 + C

5 * V2

· Ifric

= 2 (Darmstad law):

· Ifric

= 3 (Renard law):

if

if

if V ³ C6



where,

C1 = m

s, C

2 = m

d

C3 = m

max, C

4 = m

min

C5 = V

cr1, C

6 = V

cr2

First critical velocity Vcr1

= C5 must be different to 0 (C

5 ¹ 0).


= C5 must be lower than the second critical velocity V

cr2 = C

6 (C

5 < C6 ).

The static friction coefficient C1 and the dynamic friction coefficient C

2, must be lower than the

maximum friction C3 (C

1 £ C

3 and C

2 £ C

3 ).

The minimum friction coefficient C4 must be lower than the static friction coefficient C

1 and the dynamic

friction coefficient C2 (C

4 £ C

1 and C

4 £ C

2 ).

11. If Ifiltr

flag is not zero, the tangential forces are smoothed using a filter:

where the a coefficient is calculated from:

if Ifiltr

=1 > a = Xfreq

, simple numerical filter

if Ifiltr

=2 > , standard -3dB filter, with Xfreq

= dt/T, and T = filtering period

if Ifiltr

=3 > a = 2 * p * Xfreq

* dt standard -3dB filter, with Xfreq

= cutting frequency

12. The filtering coefficient Xfreq

should have a value between 0 and 1.

13. The coefficients C1 - C

6 are used to define a variable friction coefficient m for new friction formulations.



/INTER/TYPE6



Description


Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_ID1

surf_ID2

Fric Gap Tstart

Tstop

IRS

IRM

funct_IDId

H Ascalex

FscaleId

funct_IDul

Stiff Fscaleul

Field Contents







surf_ID1

Surface 1 identifier

(Integer)

surf_ID2

Surface 2 identifier

(Integer)


(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

IRS

Renumbering flag for segments of the first surface

(Integer)

= 0: if segment is connected to a solid element, its normal is reversed if enteringthe solid element (the segment is renumbered)= 1: normal is always reversed (segment 1234 is read 2143)= 2: normal is never reversed (segments connected to a solid element are notrenumbered)

IRM

Renumbering flag for segments of the second surface (same as IRS

)

(Integer)

= 0: if segment is connected to a solid element, its normal is reversed if enteringthe solid element (the segment is renumbered)= 1: normal is always reversed (segment 1234 is read 2143)= 2: normal is never reversed (segments connected to a solid element are notrenumbered)

funct_IDId

Function identifier defining the force versus penetration curve

(Integer)

H Formulation flag (see Comment 4)

= 0: elastic contact= 1: non-linear contact

Ascalex

Abscissa scale factor on funct_IDId

and funct_IDul


FscaleId

Ordinate scale factor on funct_IDId


funct_IDul

Function identifier defining the force versus penetration curve for unload

(Integer)

Stiff Loading / unloading stiffness

Default =1.0e30

Fscaleul

Ordinate scale factor for unload funct_IDul




Comments

1. This interface is used to simulate impacts between two rigid bodies. It works like interface type 3;except that the total interface force is a user defined function of the maximum penetration.


· the segment normals must be oriented from one surface to the other;

· only works with segments connected to solid or shell elements;

· the same node may not be put in the two impact surfaces;

· the interface stiffness (user defined) can reduce the time step.

3. Surface 1 and Surface 2 must be part of one and only one rigid body.

4. If H = 1 and funct_IDId

are not defined, then the constant stiffness and f(x) = 0 are used.

H = 0

H = 1



/INTER/TYPE7



Description

Defines a general purpose Type 7 interface.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Istf

Ithe

Igap

Multimp Ibag

Idel

Icurv

Iadm

Fscalegap

Gap_max

Stmin

Stmax

Insert if Icurv

= 1 or 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_ID1

node_ID2

Required Fields

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Stfac Fric Gapmin

Tstart

Tstop

IBC

Inacti VisS

VisF

Bumult

Ifric

Ifiltr

Xfreq

Iform

If Ifric

> 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5



If Ifric

> 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C6

If Iadm

= 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

NRadm Padm Angladm

If Ithe

= 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Rthe

Tint

Ithe_form

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Istf

Flag for interface stiffness definition (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

= 0: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor and interface stiffness is computed basedonly on the master side characteristics= 1: Stfac is a constant stiffness value= 2, 3, 4 and 5: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor and the interface stiffness iscomputed from both master and slave characteristics

Ithe

Flag for heat contact

(Integer)

= 0: no heat transfer= 1: heat transfer activated



Field Contents

Igap

Flag gap/element option (see Comment 13)

(Integer)

= 0: constant gap; equal to the minimum gap Gapmin

= 1: variable gap varies according to the characteristics of the impacted mastersurface and the impacting slave node= 2: variable gap + gap scale correction of the computed gap

Multimp Maximum average number of impacted master segments per slave node (see Comment 3)

Default = 4 for SMP; 12 for SPMD (Integer)

Ibag




Idel







Note: Idel

=1 has a higher CPU cost when compared with Idel

=2

Icurv

Gap envelope with curvature (see Comment 7)

(Integer)

= 0: no curvature= 1: spherical curvature= 2: cylindrical curvature= 3: automatic bicubic surface

Iadm

Flag for computing local curvature for adaptive meshing (see Comment 8 andComment 9)

(Integer)

= 0: not activated (Default)= 1: interface update according mesh size= 2: interface update according mesh size, penetration and angle



Field Contents

Fscalegap

Scale factor for gap (used only when Igap

= 2)


Gap_max Maximum gap (used only when Igap

= 2)

(Real)

Stmin

Minimum stiffness (used only when Istif

> 1)

(Real)

Stmax

Maximum stiffness (used only when Istf

> 1)


node_ID1

First node identifier

(Integer)

node_ID2

Second node identifier (ignored when Icurv

= 1)

(Integer)

Stfac Stiffness scale factor for the interface (if Istf

= 0); or interface stiffness (if Istf

= 1)

Default set to 1.0, if Istf

= 0; Default set to 0, if Istf

> 0

(Real)


(Real)

Gapmin

Minimum gap for impact activation

(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

IBC


(Boolean)

Inacti Flag for deactivation of stiffness in case of initial penetrations (see Comment 15)

(Integer)

= 0: no action= 1: deactivation of stiffness on nodes= 2: deactivation of stiffness on elements= 3: change node coordinates to avoid initial penetrations= 5: gap is variable with time and initial gap is adjusted as follows:

gap0 = gap - P

0, where P

0 is the initial penetration



Field Contents

= 6: gap is variable with time but initial gap is adjusted as follows (the node isslightly depenetrated):

gap0 = gap - P

0 - 5%(gap - P

0 )

VisS

Critical damping coefficient on interface stiffness

Default set to 0.05 (Real)

VisF

Critical damping coefficient on interface friction (see Comment 23)


Bumult Sorting factor (see Comment 16)


Ifric




Ifiltr


(Integer)





Xfreq

Filtering coefficient

(Real)

Iform

Type of friction penalty formulation


= 1: viscous (total) formulation= 2: stiffness (incremental) formulation

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4


(Real)

C5


(Real)



Field Contents

C6


(Real)

Rthe

Heat conduction coefficient (see Comment 27)

(Real)

Tint

Interface temperature

(Real)

Ithe_form

Flag for heat contact formulation

(Integer)

= 0: exchange between constant temperature in the interface and shells (slaveside)

= 1: heat exchange between pieces in contact

NRadm Number of elements through a 90° radius 3

(Integer)

Padm Criteria on the percentage of penetration


Angladm Angle criteria

(Real)


(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)



Comments

1. Interface type 7 is a multi usage impact interface modeling contact between a master surface and agroup of slave nodes. All limitations that were encountered with interfaces type 3, 4 and 5 are solvedwith this interface:

· A node can at the same time be a slave and a master node.

· Each slave node can impact each master segment; except if it is connected to this segment.

· A node can impact on more than one segment.

· A node can impact on the two sides, on the edges and on the corners of each segments.

· It is a fast search algorithm without limitations.

2. The main limitations of this interface are:

· Time step is reduced in case of high impact speed or contacts with small gap;

· It does not work properly if used with a rigid body at high impact speed or rigid body with smallgap.

· It does not solve edge to edge contact (to solve this, /INTER/TYPE11 should be used along withTYPE7)

3. Example of Multimp usage: if there are 1000 slave nodes and if Multimp =4, a maximum number of4000 impacts is allowed for the interface. If the number of impacts is higher than this, RADIOSSEngine will stop with an error message.

4. In case of SPMD, each master segment defined by surf_IDmast

must be associated to an element

(possibly to a void element).

5. For the flag Ibag

, refer to the monitored volume option (/MONVOL keyword).

6. For Istf

=0, stiffness K =Km

If Istf

> 1, stiffness is computed from both master segment stiffness Km and slave node stiffness Ks, as

follows:

· Istf

=2, K =(Km+Ks)/2

· Istf

=3, K =max(Km,Ks)

· Istf

=4, K =min(Km,Ks)

· Istf

=5, K =Km*Ks / (Km+Ks)

and K=max (Stmin

, min (Smax

,K) )

with

· Km = Stfac * 0.5 * Et , when master segment lies on a shell

when master segment lies on a solid:



Km = Stfac * 0.5 * Et, when master segment is shared by shell and solid

where S is the segment area, V is the volume of the solid and B is the Bulk Modulus

Ks is an equivalent nodal stiffness considered for interface type 7, and computed as:

= Stfac * 0.5 * Et when node is connected to a shell element and

when node is connected to solid element.

There is no limitation to the value of stiffness factor (but a value larger than 1.0 can reduce theinitial time step).

7. If Icurv

=1, a spherical curvature is defined for the gap with node_ID1 (center of the sphere).

If Icurv

=2, a cylindrical curvature is defined for the gap with node_ID1 and node_ID

2 (on the axis of the

cylinder).

If Icurv

= 3, the master surface shape is obtained with a bicubic interpolation, respecting continuity of

the coordinates and the normal from one segment to the other.

8. In case of adaptive meshing and Iadm

=1:

If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) whose radius of curvature is lower than the element size(slave side), the element on the slave side will be divided (if not yet at maximum level).


=2:

If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) whose radius of curvature is lower than NRadm times theelement size (slave side), the element on the slave side will be divided (if not yet at maximum level).



If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) where the angles between the normals are greater thanAngladm and the percentage of penetration is greater than Padm, the element on the slave side will bedivided (if not yet at maximum level).

10. The coefficients NRadm, Padm, Angladm are used only if adaptive meshing and Iadm

=2.

11. If Gap_max is equal to zero, there is no maximum value for the gap.

12. If Gapmin

is not specified, a default value is computed as the minimum of:

· t, average thickness of the master shell elements;

· l/10, l: average side length of the master brick elements;

· lmin/2, lmin being the smallest side length of all master segments (shell or brick).

13. If Igap

=1, variable gap is computed max (Gapmin

, (g_s + g_m)/2)

If Igap

=2, variable gap is computed as max (Gapmin

, min (Fscalegap

* (gs + gm), Gap_max) )

where,

· gm

: master element gap:

gm

= t/2, t: thickness of the master element for shell elements

gm

= 0 for brick elements

· gs: slave node gap:

gs = 0 if the slave node is not connected to any element or is only connected to brick or spring

elements.

gs = t/2, t: largest thickness of the shell elements connected to the slave node.

gs = for truss and beam elements, with S being the cross section of the element.

If the slave node is connected to multiple shells and/or beams or trusses, the largest computed slavegap is used.

The variable gap is always at least equal to Gapmin

.



14. Deactivation of the boundary condition is applied to slave nodes group (grnod_IDslave

).

15. Inacti = 3 may create initial energy if the node belongs to a spring element.

Inacti = 5 is recommended for airbag simulation deployment.

Inacti = 6 is recommended instead of Inacti =5, in order to avoid high frequency effects into theinterface.

16. The sorting factor, Bumult is used to speed up the sorting algorithm.

17. The sorting factor Bumult is machine dependent.

18. One node can belong to the two surfaces at the same time.

19. There is no limitation value to the stiffness factor (but a value larger than 1.0 can reduce the initial timestep).


FT £ m * F


For flag Ifric


function (m = m(p,V)), where p is the pressure of the normal force on the master segment and V is thetangential velocity of the slave node. Currently, the following formulations are available:

· Ifric


m = Fric + C1 * p + C

2 * V + C

3 * p * V + C

4 * p2 + C

5 * V2

· Ifric

= 2 (Darmstad law):

· Ifric

= 3 (Renard law):

if

if



if V ³ C6

where,

C1 = m

s, C

2 = m

d

C3 = m

max, C

4 = m

min

C5 = V

cr1, C

6 = V

cr2



5 ¹ 0).



cr2 = C

6 (C

5 < C

6).




1 £ C

3 ) and C

2 £ C

3 ).

The minimum friction coefficient C4, must be lower than the static friction coefficient C

1 and the

dynamic friction coefficient C2 (C

4 £ C

1 and C

4 £ C

2 ).

21. If Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 1 > a = Xfreq


if Ifiltr

= 2 > , standard -3dB filter, with Xfreq

= dt/T, and T= filtering period

if Ifiltr

= 3 > a = 2 * p * Xfreq

* dt, standard -3dB filter, with Xfreq

= cutting frequency



23. If the type of friction penalty formulation is 1 (default) (Iform

= 1, viscous formulation), an adhesion force

is computed as follows:

Fadh

= C * VT

FT = (min (mF

N, F

adh))



24. If the type of friction penalty formulation is 2 (Iform

= 2, stiffness formulation), the friction forces are:



26. Exchange between shell and constant temperature contact Tint

.

27. Rthe

is the inverse of thermal resistance (units: [W/(m2.K)]



/INTER/TYPE8


/INTER/TYPE8 - Interface Type 8 (Drawbeads)

Description


Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Iform

Ft

Tstart

Tstop

Blank Format

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave

Slave unsorted node group identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Iform




Ft

Drawbead force per unit length

(Real)

Tstart


(Real)



Field Contents

Tstop


(Real)

Comments

1. The node group for slave surface must be an unsorted group (/GRNOD/NODENS).

2. Iform

=1 is not available when using Idt =1 in option /ADMESH/GLOBAL.

3. Iform

=2 is recommended in case of the loading speed is low.



/INTER/TYPE10


/INTER/TYPE10 - Interface Type 10 - Tied Contact with Void

Description

Describes the tied contact with void.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Multimp Idel

Stfac Gap Tstart

Tstop

ITIED

Inacti VisS

Bumult

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Multimp Maximum average number of impacted master segments per slave node




Field Contents

Idel










(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

ITIED

Flag for tied option

(Integer)

= 0: slave node is tied during impact with possible rebound= 1: slave node is tied after impact without possible rebound

Inacti Flag for deactivation of stiffness

(Integer)

= 0: no action= 1: deactivation of stiffness on nodes= 2: deactivation of stiffness on elements= 3: change node coordinates to avoid initial penetrations

VisS



Bumult Sorting factor




Comments

1. This interface works like interface type 7, but:

· Interface stiffness is constant.

· The time step remains constant throughout the contact.

· Force computation is incremental.

· Allows initial penetrations if they are smaller than the gap.

· After impact, a slave node becomes tied to the master surface.

· A user enabled flag is defined if rebound is allowed.

2. Example of Multimp usage: if there are 1000 slave nodes and if Multimp =4, a maximum number of4000 impacts is allowed for the interface.




4. Flag Idel


=2.


6. The default gap is the minimum interface shell thickness.




/INTER/TYPE11


/INTER/TYPE11 - Interface Type 11 - Edge to Edge or Line to Line Interface

Description

Describes the edge to edge or line to line interface.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

line_IDslave

line_IDmast

Istf

Igap

Multimp Idel

Stfac Fric Gapmin

Tstart

Tstop

IBC

Inacti VisS

VisF

Bumult

Field Contents







line_IDslave

Slave line identifier

(Integer)

line_IDmast

Master line identifier

(Integer)

Istf

Flag for stiffness definition

(Integer)

= 0: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor= 1: Stfac is a stiffness value

Igap

Flag gap/element option

(Integer)

= 0: gap is constant equal to Gapmin

= 1: gap varies accordingly to the characteristics of the impacted master lineand the impacting slave node.



Field Contents



Idel



= 0: no deletion= 1: when all the elements (4 node shells, 3 node shells, solids, beams,trusses, springs) associated to one segment are deleted, the segment isremoved from the interface. It is also removed in case of explicit deletion usingRADIOSS Engine keyword /DEL in the D0n file.


= 2: when an element (4 node shell, 3 node shell, solid, beam, truss, spring) isdeleted, the corresponding segment is removed from the interface. It is alsoremoved in case of explicit deletion using RADIOSS Engine keyword /DEL inthe D0n file.


Stfac Stiffness scale factor for interface (if Istf


= 1)

Default = 1.0 if Istf

= 0 (Real)


(Real)

Gapmin


(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

IBC


(Booleans)

Inacti Flag for deactivation of stiffness (see Comment 13)

(Integer)

= 0: no action= 1: deactivation of stiffness on nodes= 2: deactivation of stiffness on elements= 3: change node coordinates to avoid initial penetrations= 5: gap is variable with time and initial gap is computed as follows:

gap = gap - P with P the initial penetration

= 6: gap is variable with time but initial penetration is computed as follows (thenode is slightly depenetrated):

gap = gap - P - 5%(gap - P )



Field Contents

VisS



VisF

Critical damping coefficient on interface friction





(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. This interface simulates impact between lines. A line can be a beam or truss element or a shell edge.The interface properties are:

· Impacts occur between a master and a slave line.

· A slave line can impact on one or more master lines.

· A line can belong to the master and the slave side. This allows self impact.

· This interface can be used in addition to the interface type 7 to solve the edge to edge limitation ofinterface type 7.

2. A line can be supported by a beam, truss or spring element, or a shell edge.

3. A non-zero Gapmin

value must be input in case of a line is a spring element.




5. In case of SPMD, each master segment defined by line_IDmast



6. User can define slave and master line with /LINE option.

7. Flag Idel


=2.

8. A default value for Gapmin

is computed as gmmin

+ gsmin

:

· gmmin

: master surface gap: minimum of the following values

t/2, t: average thickness of the master elements for shell elements.

l/20, l: length of the smallest side of solid elements.

, S: smallest cross section of the beam and truss elements.

· gsmin

: slave surface gap: computation identical to gmmin

; except that it is applied on slave side

elements.

9. If gap is constant (Igap

= 0), gap is equal to Gapmin

.

10. If gap is variable (Igap

= 1), the gap is computed for each impact as gm

+ gs, with:

· gm


gm

= t/2, t: thickness of the master element for shell elements.

gm

= l/10, l: length of the smallest side of a solid element.

gm

= for truss and beam elements, S being the cross section of the element.

· gs: is computed the same way.


.

11. There is no limitation value on the stiffness factor (but a value larger than 1.0 can reduce the initial timestep).

12. Deactivation of boundary condition is applied to nodes of surface 1.



Inacti = 6 is recommended instead of Inacti = 5, in order to avoid high frequency effects into theinterface.



14. The sorting factor Bumult is used to speed up the sorting algorithm.




/INTER/TYPE14


/INTER/TYPE14 - Interface Type 14 - Ellipsoidal Surfaces to Node Contact

Description

This interface simulates impacts between an hyper-ellipsoidal rigid master surface and a list of slave nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

funct_IDid

funct_IDf

funct_IDd1 funct_ID

d2

Stif Fric Visc Gap

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

funct_IDid

Function identifier defining the elastic force versus penetration

(Integer)

funct_IDf

Function identifier defining the friction coefficient versus elastic force

(Integer)

funct_IDd1

Function identifier defining the damping coefficient versus normal velocity

(Integer)

funct_IDd2

Function identifier defining the damping coefficient versus elastic force

(Integer)



Field Contents

Stif Interface stiffness

(Real)

Fric Friction coefficient

(Real)

Visc Normal viscosity coefficient

(Real)


(Real)

Comments

1. The hyper-ellipsoidal surface is treated as an analytical surface (hyper-ellipsoidal surfaces are onlydiscretized for post-processing).

2. For this interface, generally, use a mesh whose size is finer than the lowest semi- axis of mastersurface.

3. The master surface must be a Madymo hyper-ellipsoidal surface or a RADIOSS hyper-ellipsoidalsurface.

4. Elastic force is defined as:

if funct_ID is 0, Felocal = Stif * Penetration

otherwise,

so, total elastic force is:

Fetotal = SF

elocal = Stif * funct_ID

id (Maximum_Penetration)

5. Tangential force is defined as:

Ft £ Fric * funct_ID

f (F

elocal) * F

elocal

Default value for funct_IDf is the constant function equal to 1.

6. Damping force is defined as:

Fd = C * V

n, with v

n being the normal velocity of the slave node; and

C = Visc * funct_IDd1

(vn) * funct_ID

d2( F

elocal)

Default value for funct_IDd1

and funct_IDd2

is the constant function equal to 1.

7. There is no default value for Stif, Fric, Visc, Gap.



/INTER/TYPE15


/INTER/TYPE15 - Interface Type 15 - Ellipsoidal Surfaces to Elements Contact

Description

This interface is a penalty contact interface without damping.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Stif Fric

Field Contents







surf_IDslave

Slave surface identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Stif Stiffness factor

(Real)

Fric Friction coefficient

(Real)



Comments

1. This interface replaces interface 14, especially if the mesh is coarser than the ellipsoid size.

2. The slave surface must be a set of 3 or 4 node segments (i.e. any kind of surface; except ELLIPS andMDELLIPS surfaces).

3. The master surface must be a Madymo hyper-ellipsoidal surface or a RADIOSS hyper-ellipsoidalsurface.

4. Interface does not allow penetrations up to half the ellipsoid.

5. Interface stiffness is a non-linear increasing function of penetration. Stif is the interface stiffness whenthe element enters the hyper-ellipsoid (that is when penetration is zero).

6. There is no default value for Stif and Fric.



/INTER/TYPE19



Description

This is a combination of interface Type 7 and Type 11, with common input based on the same slave /master surfaces.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Istf

Igap

Multimp Ibag

Idel

Icurv

Fscalegap

Gap_max

Stmin

Stmax

Insert if Icurv

= 1 or 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_ID1

node_ID2

Required Fields

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Stfac Fric Gapmin

Tstart

Tstop

IBC

Inacti VisS

VisF

Bumult

Ifric

Ifiltr

Xfreq

Iform

Insert if Ifric

> 0 (Optional)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5




> 1 (Optional)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C6

Field Contents







surf_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Istf

Flag for stiffness definition (see Comment 7)

(Integer)

= 0: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor and the stiffness is computed according tothe master side characteristics= 1: Stfac is a stiffness value= 2, 3, 4 and 5: Stfac and the stiffness is computed from both master and slavecharacteristics

Igap


(Integer)

= 0: gap is constant and equal to the minimum gap= 1: gap varies accordingly to the characteristics of the impacted master surfaceand the impacting slave node= 2: variable gap + gap scale correction of the computed gap



Ibag




Idel



= 0: no deletion



Field Contents

= 1: when all the elements (4 node shells, 3 node shells, solids) associated toone segment are deleted, the segment is removed from the master side of theinterface. It is also removed in case of explicit deletion using RADIOSS Enginekeyword /DEL in the D0n file.




Icurv

Slave gap with curvature

(Integer)

= 0: no curvature= 1: spherical curvature= 2: cylindrical curvature= 3: automatic bicubic surface

Fscalegap

Scale factor for gap


Gap_max Maximum gap

(Real)

Stmin

Minimum stiffness

(Real)

Stmax

Maximum stiffness


node_ID1

First node identifier

(Integer)

node_ID2

Second node identifier

(Integer)



= 1)


= 0 (Real)


(Real)

Gapmin


(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)



Field Contents

Tstop


(Real)

IBC


(Boolean)


(Integer)


gap0 = gap - P

0, with P

0 the initial penetration


gap0 = gap - P

0 - 5%(gap - P

0)

VisS



VisF

Critical damping coefficient on interface friction




Ifric




Ifiltr


(Integer)





Xfreq


(Real)

Iform

Type of friction penalty formulation (used only by interface type 7)





Field Contents

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4


(Real)

C5


(Real)

C6


(Real)


(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. The interface is defined in terms of slave and master surfaces. Slave node group for interface type 7, aswell as slave and master line segments used by equivalent type 11 interface are virtually generatedfrom these input surfaces.









5. Flag Idel


=2.

6. If Igap

=2, the variable gap is computed as:

max (Gapmin

, min (Fscalegap

* (gs + g

m), Gap_max))

7. If Istf

> 1, the stiffness is computed from both master segment stiffness Km and slave node stiffness

Ks:

· Istf

=2, K=(Km+Ks)/2

· Istf

=3, K=max(Km,Ks)

· Istf

=4, K=min(Km,Ks)

· Istf

=5, K=Km * Ks / (Km+Ks)

and K = max (Smin

, min (Smax

,K) )

with Km = Stfac * 0.5 * Et in case of master segment lies on a shell.

in case of master segment lies on a solid:

S is the segment area, V is the volume of the solid (recall that in case of Istf

=0: K =Km); and

Ks is an equivalent nodal stiffness considered for interfaces type 7, which is computed from:

Stfac * 0.5 * Et and at elements connected to the node.

8. The values given in Line 4 are ignored, if Igap

¹ 2.


10. The values given in Line 5 are ignored, if Istf

£ 1.

11. Spherical curvature (Icurv

=1) is defined with node_ID1 (center of the sphere).

12. The node_ID2 given in Line 6 is ignored, if I

curv =1.

13. Cylindrical curvature (Icurv

=2) is defined with node_ID1 and node_ID

2 (on the axis of the cylinder).


is computed as the minimum of:






15. The gap is computed for each impact as:

Fscalegap

* (gm

+ gs)

with:

· gm


gm

= t/2, t: thickness of the master element for shell elements

gm

= 0 for brick elements



elements.



If the slave node is connected to multiple shells and/or beams or trusses, the largest computedslave gap is used.


.

16. The Stfac can be larger than 1.0.

17. Deactivation of the boundary condition is applied to slave nodes group (surf_IDslave

).











FT £ m * F


For flag Ifric



· Ifric


m = Fric + C1 * p + C

2 * V + C

3 * p * V + C

4 * p2 + C

5 * V2

· Ifric

= 2 (Darmstad law):

· Ifric

= 3 (Renard law):

if

if

if V ³ C6

where,

C1 = m

s, C

2 = m

d

C3 = m

max, C

4 = m

min

C5 = V

cr1, C

6 = V

cr2



5 ¹ 0).



cr2 = C

6 (C

5 < C

6).




1 £ C

3 and C

2 £ C

3 ).


1 and the


4 £ C

1 and C

4 £ C

2 ).



24. If Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 1 > a = Xfreq


if Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 3 > a = 2 * p * Xfreq


= cutting frequency



26. If type of friction penalty formulation is 1 (default) (Iform

= 1, viscous formulation), the friction forces are

updated as follows:

Fadh

= C * VT

FT = min(mF

N,F

adh)







/INTER/TYPE21 (New!)



Description

Specific interface between a non-deformable master surface and a slave surface designed for stamping.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Istf

Igap

Multimp Iadm

Fscalegap

Gap_max Depth Pmax

Stmin

Stmax

Stfac Fric Gapmin

Tstart

Tstop

IBC

Inacti VisS

Bumult

Ifric

Ifiltr

Xfreq

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C6



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

NRadm Padm Angladm

Blank Format

Mass

Repeat for each condition

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Dir Type Tstartcond

Tstopcond

Ifunct

Ascalex

Fscaley

Field Contents







surf_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Istf


(Integer)

= 0: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor and the stiffness is computed according tothe slave side characteristics= 1: Stfac is a stiffness value

Igap


(Integer)

= 0: gap is constant and equal to the minimum gap= 1: gap is computed accordingly to the characteristics of the impacted slavenode; gap does not take into account variation of shells and 3-node shellsthickness along the time.



Field Contents

= 2: gap is computed accordingly to the characteristics of the impacted slavenode + gap will vary along the time according to the variation of shells and 3-node shells thickness on the slave side.



Iadm

Flag for computing local curvature for adaptive meshing (see Comment 8 andComment 9)

(Integer)

Fscalegap



Gap_max Maximum gap

(Real)

Depth Depth

(Real)

Pmax

Maximum contact pressure due to thickening


Stmin

Minimum stiffness

(Real)

Stmax

Maximum stiffness




= 1)


= 0 (Real)


(Real)

Gapmin


(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

IBC


(Boolean)



Field Contents


(Integer)

= 0: no action= 1: deactivation of stiffness on nodes= 5: gap is variable with time and initial gap is computed as follows:

gap0 = gap - P

0, with P



gap0 = gap - P

0 - 5%(gap - P

0)

VisS



Bumult Sorting factor (see Comment 22)


Ifric




Ifiltr


(Integer)





Xfreq


(Real)

C1

Friction law coefficient (Optional)

(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4


(Real)

C5


(Real)



Field Contents

C6


(Real)

NRadm Number of elements through a 90° radius (used only if Iadm

=2)


Padm Criteria on the percentage of penetration


Angladm Angle criteria

(Real)

Mass Mass of the master surface

(Real)

Dir Direction for which this condition applies

Right justified 1-character field (X, Y or Z)

Type Type for the condition

(Integer)

= 1: boundary condition= 2: imposed velocity= 3: imposed displacement= 4: concentrated load

Tstartcond

Start time for applying the condition

(Real)

Tstopcond

Stop time for applying the condition

(Real)

Ifunct

Function defining the imposed velocity, displacement or concentrated load

(Integer)

Ascalex

Abscissa scale factor on Ifunct


Fscaley

Ordinate scale factor on Ifunct





(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. The master surface must be rigid and only translating and receiving forces, only from this interface.

The master surface is supposed to only translate with a rigid body motion (all nodes of the mastersurface get the same displacement and velocity at any time). Apart of a possible external loading, themaster surface is supposed to receive forces only from this interface.

If the motion of the master surface needs to be prescribed (through an imposed velocity, imposeddisplacement or boundary condition) this motion will be set up in the interface cards.

The master surface is not suppose to be included in a rigid body using option /RBODY; but it issuppose to be defined upon shell or 3-node shell elements using void material (/MAT/VOID) or by usingsegments built upon solid elements.

2. Features of the contact computation:

· A node cannot be a slave and a master node at the same time.

· The normals to the master segments must be oriented toward the slave surface.

· For each slave node, a single impact will be retained, in a way which insures continuity of thenormal force and the tangent force when this impact slides from one segment to a neighboring one.

· Gap may vary according to the variation of shells and 3-node shells thickness, on the slave side.

· Fast search algorithm.

· High speed-up with SPMD version.

3. At any time, each node impacts at most on 1 master segment. But for efficiency reasons, the searchalgorithms retain the master segments which get close to the slave node, up to the gap plus sometolerance.

For this reason, Multimp determines the allocated memory for storing the impacts which are foundwithin this safety distance.



Example of Multimp usage: if there are 1000 slave nodes and if Multimp =4, a maximum number of4000 impacts within the safety distance is allowed for the interface.




5. If Igap

=0 (format line 4), gap is constant over the slave surface and along the time, equal to Gapmin

.

6. If Igap

=1 (format line 4), a variable gap over the slave surface is computed as:

max ( Gapmin

, min ( Fscalegap

* gs, Gap_max ) )

but will not vary along the time.

gs = t/2 , t thickness of the slave element for shell elements.

gs = 0 for brick elements.

7. If Igap

=2, a variable gap over the slave surface and along the time is computed at each time, as:

max ( Gapmin

, min ( Fscalegap

* gs , Gap_max ) )

and will vary along the time according to the variation of shells and 3-node shells thickness, on theslave side.


=1:

If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) whose radius of curvature is lower than the element size(slave side), the element on the slave side will be divided (if not yet at maximum level).


=2:

If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) whose radius of curvature is lower than NRadm times theelement size (slave side), the element on the slave side will be divided (if not yet at maximum level).

If the contact occurs in a zone (master side) where the angles between the normals are greater thanAngladm, and the percentage of penetration is greater than Padm, the element on the slave side will bedivided (if not yet at maximum level).



10. If Igap

=0 (constant gap), Gap_max and Fscalegap

will not be used.

11. If Igap

=1 or 2, the variable gap is always at most equal to Gap_max and default value for Gap_max will

be set to 1030.

12. The interface allows slave nodes to cross the master surface; if a slave node gets into the mastersurface from a distance greater than Depth, no contact force is computed on the node.

13. A default value for Depth is computed as the maximum of:

· upper value of the gap (at time 0) among all nodes

· smallest side length of slave element

If the input value is not equal to 0, Depth will be raised up to the upper value of the gap (at time 0)among all nodes.

14. A depth too large will decrease the performances of search algorithms for contact.

15. Pmax

is used only if Igap

=2.

It can be used for limiting the contact force in case of thickening.



16. F = K

17. If Igap

=0, a default value for Gapmin

is computed as t/2, t being the average thickness of the slave shell

elements.

18. If Igap

=1 or 2, the variable gap is always at least equal to Gapmin

(but there is no default value for

Gapmin).

19. Stfac can be larger than 1.0.

20. Deactivation of the boundary condition is applied to slave nodes.


Inacti = 5 or Inacti = 6, the gap is initially reduced and recovers its computed value as the slave nodedepenetrates.


22. The sorting factor, Bumult, is used to speed up the sorting algorithm.





25. The formulation for friction is a stiffness (incremental) formulation, and the friction forces are:

DFT = K * V

T * dt, with V

T the tangential relative velocity of the slave node with the master segment


FT £ m * F


27. Values of C1 to C

6 are not used if I

fric =0; Value of C

6 is not used if I

fric =1.

28. For flag Ifric


function m = m(p,V), where p is the pressure of the normal force on the master segment and V is thetangential velocity of the slave node. Currently, the following formulations are available:

· Ifric


m = Fric + C1 * p + C

2 * V + C

3 * p * V + C

4 * p2 + C

5 * V2

· Ifric

= 2 (Darmstad law):

· Ifric

= 3 (Renard law):

if

if

if V ³ C6

where,

C1 = m

s, C

2 = m

d

C3 = m

max, C

4 = m

min

C5 = V

cr1, C

6 = V

cr2





5 ¹ 0).



cr2 = C

6 (C

5 < C

6).




1 £ C

3 and C

2 £ C

3 ).


1 and the


4 £ C

1 and C

4 £ C

2 ).

29. If Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 1 > a = Xfreq


if Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 3 > a = 2 * p * Xfreq


= cutting frequency




6 are used to define a variable friction coefficient m.

32. The master surface’s motion will be computed according to the forces applying on it, and its mass.

33. These conditions will apply to the master surface, assuming that the master surface only translates asa rigid body (all nodes of the master surface get the same displacement and velocity at any time).

34. One can define an arbitrary number of conditions, for any direction X, Y and Z; but for each direction,only 1 condition can apply at the same time (intervals [Tstart

cond,Tstop

cond] must not overlap).

35. If the master surface is submitted to a boundary condition, an imposed velocity or an imposeddisplacement in one direction; then the motion of the master surface along this direction is fullydetermined by this condition.

36. If the master surface is submitted to a loading Fe in one direction, then the motion of the master

surface along this direction will be computed using the following equation:

Fe + F

c = Mass *

where Fc is the contact force due to the interface, and is the acceleration of the surface in that

direction.

37. Ifunct

, Ascalex and Fscale

y are ignored if the condition is a boundary condition (Type = 1).



/INTER/HERTZ


/INTER/HERTZ - Interfaces with a Hertz Theory Contact

Description

Describes the interfaces with a Hertz theory contact.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/HERTZ/type/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

Field Contents









Hertz Theory Contact Interface Types


17 Slide or Tied TYPE17 16 nodes thick shells to 16 nodes thick shells



/INTER/HERTZ/TYPE17


/INTER/HERTZ/TYPE17 - Interface Type 17 - Hertz Formulation

Description

This interface simulates impact between external surface of two brick groups.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/HERTZ/TYPE17/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

grbrick_ID1

grbrick_ID2

Fric

Field Contents







grbrick_ID1

First brick group identifier (16 node thick shells group)

(Integer)

grbrick_ID2

Second brick group identifier (16 node thick shells group)

(Integer)


(Real)



Comments

1. The external surfaces can only be 16 node thick shell elements. A Hertz contact theory is used in thisinterface.

2. User can define master brick with /SHEL16 elements.

3. Both surfaces are defined with two brick IDs and not surface IDs.

4. This interface does not use Lagrange multiplier kinematical conditions and is compatible with allkinematic conditions.

5. The formulation is like a penalty formulation; but with a physical penalty stiffness based on Hertzcontact theory.



/INTER/LAGDT


/INTER/LAGDT - Interfaces with Constant Minimum Time Step

Description

Describes the interfaces with a constant minimum time step.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/LAGDT/type/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

Field Contents









Constant Minimum Time Step Interface Types


7 Slide / Void TYPE7 Interface type 7 with constant minimum time step.

Comment

1. When formulation switches to Lagrange multiplier, the same limitations apply:

· Lagrange multiplier interfaces are compatible with all Lagrange multiplier kinematic conditions.

· Lagrange multiplier interfaces are not compatible with other kinematic conditions.

· Lagrange multiplier interfaces are not compatible with SPMD parallel version.



/INTER/LAGDT/TYPE7


/INTER/LAGDT/TYPE7 - Interface Type 7 with constant minimum time step

Description

Describes the interface type 7 with constant minimum time step.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/LAGDT/TYPE7/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Istf

Igap

Multimp Ibag

Idel

Fscalegap

Gap_max

Stmin

Stmax

Stfac Fric Gapmin

Tstart

Tstop

IBC

Inacti VisS

VisF

Bumult

Ifric

Ifiltr

Xfreq

Iform


> 0 (Optional)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5


> 1 (Optional)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

C6



Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Istf

Flag for stiffness definition (see Comment 8)

(Integer)

= 0: Stfac is a stiffness scale factor and the stiffness is computed according tothe master side characteristics= 1: Stfac is a stiffness value= 2, 3, 4 and 5: Stfac and the stiffness is computed from both master and slavecharacteristics

Igap


(Integer)

= 0: gap is constant and equal to the minimum gap= 1: gap varies accordingly to the characteristics of the impacted master surfaceand the impacting slave node= 2: variable gap + gap scale correction of the computed gap



Ibag




Idel







Field Contents



Fscalegap



Gap_max Maximum gap

(Real)

Stmin

Minimum stiffness

(Real)

Stmax

Maximum stiffness




= 1)

Default set to 1.0 if Istf

= 0 (Real)


(Real)

Gapmin


(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

IBC


(Boolean)


(Integer)


gap0 = gap - P

0, with P



gap0 = gap - P

0 - 5%(gap - P

0 )



Field Contents

VisS



VisF

Critical damping coefficient on interface friction (see Comment 24)




Ifric




Ifiltr


(Integer)





Xfreq

Filtering coefficient

(Real)

Iform




C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4


(Real)

C5


(Real)

C6


(Real)




(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8

IBCX

IBCY

IBCZ

Field Contents

IBCX


(Boolean)

IBCY


(Boolean)

IBCZ


(Boolean)

Comments

1. Same behavior as interface type 7 with possible switch to Lagrange multiplier formulation; if minimumtime step defined with /DT/INTER/CST is reached.


· Same limitation as interface type 7 with Lagrange multiplier formulation.

· Friction is not working after switching into Lagrange multiplier formulation.

· Not yet compatible with SPMD.

3. Example of Multimp usage: if there are 1000 slave nodes and if Multimp =4, a maximum number of4000 impacts are allowed for the interface.






6. Flag Idel


=2.

7. If Igap

=2, the variable gap is computed as:

max (Gapmin

, min (Fscalegap

* (gs + gm), Gap_max) )

8. If Istf

> 1, stiffness is computed from both master segment stiffness Km and slave node stiffness Ks:

· Istf

=2 K =(Km+Ks)/2

· Istf

=3 K =max(Km,Ks)



· Istf

=4 K =min(Km,Ks)

· Istf

=5 K =Km*Ks / (Km+Ks)

and K=max (Stmin

, min (Smax

, K) )

with Km = Stfac * 0.5 * Et in case of master segment lies on a shell.

in case of master segment lies on a solid:

S is the segment area, V is the volume of the solid (recall that in case of Istf

=0: K =Km); and

Ks is an equivalent nodal stiffness considered for interfaces type 7, which is computed from:

Stfac * 0.5 * Et and at elements connected to the node.

9. The values given in Line 4 are ignored if Igap

¹ 2.


11. The values given in Line 5 are ignored if Istf

£ 1.


is computed as the minimum of:




13. The gap is computed for each impact as:

Fscalegap

* (gm

+ gs), with:

· gm


gm

= t/2, t: thickness of the master element for shell elements.

gm

= 0 for brick elements.



elements.



If the slave node is connected to multiple shells and/or beams or trusses, the largest computedslave gap is used.


.

14. The Stfac can be larger than 1.0.



15. Deactivation of the boundary condition is applied to slave nodes group (grnod_IDslave

).









FT £ m * F


For flag Ifric



· Ifric


m = Fric + C1 * p + C

2 * V + C

3 * p * V + C

4 * p2 + C

5 * V2

· Ifric

= 2 (Darmstad law):

· Ifric

= 3 (Renard law):

if

if



if V ³ C6

where,

C1 = m

s, C

2 = m

d

C3 = m

max, C

4 = m

min

C5 = V

cr1, C

6 = V

cr2



5 ¹ 0).



cr2 = C

6 (C

5 < C

6 ).




1 £ C

3 and C

2 £ C

3 ).


1 and the


4 £ C

1 and C

4 £ C

2 ).

22. If Ifiltr



if Ifiltr

= 1 > a = Xfreq


if Ifiltr


= dt/T, and T= filtering period

if Ifiltr

= 3 > a = 2 * p * Xfreq


= cutting frequency



24. If the type of friction penalty formulation is 1 (default) (Iform

= 1, viscous formulation), the friction forces

are updated as follows:

Fadh

= C * VT

FT = min(mF

N,F

adh)



/INTER/LAGMUL


/INTER/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Interfaces

Description

Describes the Lagrange multiplier interfaces.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/LAGMUL/type/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

Field Contents









Lagrange Multiplier Interface Types


2 Tied TYPE2 Connection between two Lagrangian materials.

7 Slide / Void TYPE7 Interface type 7 with Lagrange Multiplier formulation.

16 Slide / Void TYPE16 Node to thick shell contact.

17 Slide / Void TYPE17 Quadratic surface to surface contact.

Comments

1. Lagrange multiplier interfaces are compatible with all Lagrange multiplier kinematic conditions.

2. Lagrange multiplier interfaces are not compatible with other kinematic conditions.

3. Lagrange multiplier interfaces are not compatible with SPMD parallel version.



/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE2


/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE2 - Lagrange Multiplier Interface Type 2

Description

Describes the Lagrange multiplier interface type 2.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE2/inter_ID/unit_ID

inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Isearch

dsearch

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Isearch

Search formulation flag for the closest master segment

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 2= 1: old formulation= 2: new improved formulation

dsearch

Distance for searching closest master segment

(Real)



Comments

1. If the Lagrange multiplier formulation is used:

· the incompatibility with standard kinematic conditions are checked out automatically in Starter;

· other Lagrange multiplier conditions may be applied to master and slave nodes, unless there is aphysical incompatibility;

· there is no added mass on master node;

· kinematic conditions are applied to slave and master nodes.

2. The defined nodes must have a non-zero mass.

3. The slave node must have a non-zero inertia.

4. Default value for dsearch

is the average size of the master segments.

5. The dsearch

is computed as follows (see the RADIOSS Theory Manual):



/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE7


/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE7 - Lagrange Multiplier Interface Type 7

Description

Describes the Lagrange multiplier interface type 7.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE7/inter_ID

inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Multimp

Blank Format

Blank Format

Gapmin

Bumult

Blank Format

Blank Format

Blank Format

Field Contents





grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)

Multimp Maximum average number of impacted masters segments per slave node




Field Contents

Gapmin


(Real)



Comments

1. Multi usage impact interface between a master surface and a list of slaves nodes. All limitationsencountered with interfaces type 3 and 5 are solved with this interface:

· A node can be at the same time a slave and a master node.

· Each slave node can impact each master segment; except if it is connected to this segment.

· A node can impact on more than one segment.

· A node can impact on the two sides, on the edges and on the corners of each segments.

· Fast search algorithm without limitations. Time step is not reduced.


· friction models are not yet implemented;

· it is not compatible with any standard kinematic conditions;

· it is not compatible with SPMD parallel version.

3. The defined nodes must have non-zero mass.


5. The Gapmin

may be smaller than non-Lagrange interface type 7. It is used in order to determine if a

slave node is in contact or not.

6. The sorting factor, Bumult, is used to speed up the sorting algorithm.




/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE16


/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE16 - Interface Type 16 - Node to brick contact interface

Description

This interface simulates impact between nodes and external surfaces.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

grbrick_IDmast

ITIED

Field Contents







grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

grbrick_IDmast

Master brick element identifier

(Integer)

ITIED

Flag for tied option (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

= 0: sliding= 1: tied



Comments

1. The external surfaces can be 16 node thick shell element, 20 node brick element or 8 node thick shellelement.

2. The User can define master brick element groups containing 8 node brick, 20 node bricks, 8 node thickshells and 16 node thick shells.

3. For brick elements (8 nodes, 20 nodes), contact is only considered on face 1-2-3-4 and 5-6-7-8.

4. For thick shell elements (8 nodes, 16 nodes), contact only occurs on top and bottom surface (1-2-3-4and 5-6-7-8).

5. The defined nodes must have non-zero mass.

6. If ITIED

=1, the slave node is tied during impact with possible rebound.

7. This interface uses Lagrange multiplier kinematical conditions.

8. This interface formulation is not compatible with SPMD parallel version.

9. These kinematical conditions are only compatible with other Lagrange multipliers kinematicalconditions.

10. The following kinematical conditions can be used with Lagrange multipliers:

· Interface type 16


· Interface type 2

· Interface type 7

· Boundary condition

· Rigid body

· Imposed velocity

· Rigid wall

· General joints

· Multi-point constraints



/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE17


/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE17 - Interface Type 17 - Surface to brick contact interface

Description

This interface simulates impact between external surface of two brick groups.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grbrick_ID1

grbrick_ID2

ITIED

Field Contents







grbrick_ID1

First brick group identifier (16 node thick shells group)

(Integer)

grbrick_ID2

Second brick group identifier (16 node thick shells group)

(Integer)

ITIED

Flag for tied option (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

= 0: sliding= 1: tied

Comments

1. The external surfaces can only be 16 node thick shell elements. Lagrange multiplier conditions areused in this interface.

2. The User can define master brick with /SHEL16 elements.

3. Both surfaces are defined with two brick IDs and not surface IDs.



4. If ITIED

=1, the slave node is tied during impact with possible rebound.

5. This interface uses Lagrange multiplier kinematical conditions.

6. This interface formulation is not compatible with SPMD parallel version.

7. These kinematical conditions are only compatible with other Lagrange multiplier kinematical conditions.

8. The following kinematical conditions can be use with Lagrange multipliers:



· Interface type 2

· Interface type 7

· Boundary condition

· Rigid body

· Imposed velocity

· Rigid wall

· General joints

· Multi-point constraints



/INTER/SUB


/INTER/SUB - Sub Interfaces

Description

Defines a sub-interface. A sub-interface is a portion of an existing interface and is defined in order to outputthe forces applied by nodes of a specified node group on the segments of a specified surface (refer to /THoutput for interfaces).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/SUB/sub_inter_ID

sub_inter_title

inter_ID surf_ID grnod_ID

Field Contents

sub_inter_ID Sub interface identifier


sub_inter_title Sub interface title



(Integer)

surf_ID Surface identifier

(Integer)


(Integer)



Comments

1. Only interface type 7 and interface type 10 are available for defining sub-interfaces.

2. A hierarchy of sub-interfaces is not permitted.

3. An interface and a sub-interface cannot have the same identifier.

4. All nodes of the specified nodes group in the sub-interface should belong to the slave nodes group ofthe interface.

5. All segments of the specified surface in the sub-interface should belong to the master surface of theinterface.



/INTTHICK/V5 (New!)


/INTTHICK/V5 - Shell Thickness defined in /SHELL and /SH3N format not taken into account by interfacetypes 7, 10, 11, 18, 19 and 20.

Description

This option is used to allow behavior of versions prior to 10.0.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTTHICK/V5

Comments

1. For gap and stiffness calculation for interface types 7, 10, 11, 18, 19, 20, shell thickness defined in /SHELL and /SH3N formats are normally taken into account in version 10.0.

2. If this option is used, gap and stiffness for interface types 7, 10, 11, 18, 19, 20 are calculated accordingto the thickness given in the shell property for shells and 3 node shells.



/IOFLAG


/IOFLAG - Input-Output Flags

Description

Describes the input-output flags.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/IOFLAG

Ipri Irtyp Igtyp Ioutp OutyyFMT

Irootyy Irtyp_r

Field Contents

Ipri Printout flag

(Integer)

= 0: Reduced printout= 1: 0 + rigid walls + interfaces + part mass and inertia= 2: 1 + boundary conditions + nodal masses + initial velocities= 3: 2 + ale tables= 4: 3 + nodes coordinates= 5: 4 + element connectivities + deactivated elements from rigid bodies (fullprintout)

Irtyp Flag for the type of the R-file written

(Integer)

= 0: Default, set to 3= 1: Binary= 2: Formatted ASCII coded 32 bits= 3: Binary IEEE 64 bits

Igtyp (Integer)= 0: Default, set to -1= 1: Binary= 2: Formatted ASCII coded 32 bits= 3: Formatted ASCII= 4: Binary IEEE 32 bits

Ioutp (Integer)= -1: No output file written= 0: Default set to -1= 1: Write output ASCII file

OutyyFMT

(Integer)= 2: Format 44

¹ 2: Format 51 (default)



Field Contents

Irootyy (Integer)= 2: Ynnn writing file format is RunnameYnnn (old format)

¹ 2: Ynnn writing file format is Runname_#run.sty (default)

Irtyp_r Flag for the type of the R-file read in case of a Modif file

(Integer)

= 0: Default, set to 3= 1: Binary= 2: Formatted ASCII coded 32 bits= 3: Binary IEEE 64 bits

Comments

1. To output the Mass and Inertia per part, in the L00 file, set Ipri = 1.

2. The flag Irtyp_r is only read in case of a Modif file (refer to Modif Input File).

3. The Igtyp and Ioutp are not read in case of a Modif file.

4. run#: RADIOSS run number (4 digits) from 0000 to 9999.

5. OutyyFMT

= 2 is only working if all ID (node, element, …) are using less than nine digits.



/KEY


/KEY - Crypting by HyperWorks FEA Pre-Processors

Description

RADIOSS is supporting /KEY option. This format is written by HyperWorks FEA pre-processors.

Comment

1. For further details, see the HyperCrash manual.



/LAGMUL


/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Option

Description

Describes the Lagrange multiplier option.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/LAGMUL

Lagmod Lagopt Tol Alpha Alpha_s

Field Contents

Lagmod Conjugates gradient pre-conditioning algorithm


= 1: Cholesky pre-conditioning= 2: Polynomial 1st degree pre-conditioning

Lagopt Lagrange multiplier matrix scaling option


= 0: No scaling= 1: diagonal scaling= 2: L2 norm matrix

Tol Convergence criteria

Default = 1.E-11 (Real)

Alpha Iterative shift parameter


Alpha_s Initial shift value




Comments

1. The Tol value defines a solver precision tolerance for the kinematical conditions treated by Lagrangemultipliers:

/BCS/LAGMUL; /GJOINT; /IMPVEL/LAGMUL; /INTER/LAGMUL; /MPC; /RWALL/LAGMUL; /RBODY/LAGMUL

2. Alpha and Alpha_s are only used with Cholesky pre-conditioning, and may be used to optimize thematrix factorization speed and quality. These are parameters added to matrix diagonal to avoid failureof incomplete factorization algorithm.

3. Kinematical conditions in RADIOSS solver may be optionally treated by a Lagrange multiplier method.

These conditions are incompatible with standard kinematical conditions, and a warning is issued inStarter if a user attempts to merge different solution methods for the same nodes.

Otherwise, all Lagrange multiplier conditions are compatible; except in cases of physicalincompatibility.



/LEVSET (New!)


/LEVSET - Levelset Definition

Description

Definition of the levelset.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/LEVSET/type/levelset_ID

levelset_title

seg_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

Field Contents

type Type of input


levelset_ID Levelset identifier


levelset_title Levelset title


seg_ID Segment identifier (optional)

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

Input Type Keywords


SEG segments



Comments

1. A levelset is a set of 2 node segments that be defined explicitly with segment connectivity.

2. Levelsets are used to define initial cracks in 3D analysis (shells only).

3. All nodes must belong to a shell element.



/MAT


/MAT - Materials

Description

Describes the materials.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/law/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

Field Contents

law Material law keyword






mat_title Material title




Material Law Keyword

Sorted by law name:

Law Manual Keyword Other AvailableKeywords

12 3D_COMP LAW1257 BARLAT3 LAW5734 BOLTZMAN LAW3415 CHANG LAW1525 COMPSH LAW2514 COMPSO LAW1424 CONC LAW2468 COSSER LAW6844 COWPER LAW4422 DAMA LAW2221 DPRAG LAW2110 DPRAG1 LAW101 ELAST LAW1, LAW01

65 ELASTOMER LAW6558 FABR_A LAW5819 FABRI LAW1933 FOAM_PLAS LAW33, CCFOAM70 FOAM_TAB LAW7035 FOAM_VISC LAW3552 GURSON LAW5263 HANSEL LAW6332 HILL LAW3243 HILL_TAB LAW4328 HONEYCOMB LAW284 HYD_JCOOK LAW4, LAW046 HYDRO LAW6, LAW06,

HYD_VISC3 HYDPLA LAW3, LAW03

40 KELVINMAX LAW40, MAXKE41 LEE-TARVER LAW4142 OGDEN LAW4227 PLAS_BRIT LAW27, BRITT23 PLAS_DAMA LAW232 PLAS_JOHNS LAW2, LAW02, JOHNS

36 PLAS_TAB LAW3660 PLAS_T3 LAW602 PLAS_ZERIL ZERIL

54 PREDIT LAW5413 RIGID LAW1349 STEINB LAW4953 TSAI_TAB LAW5364 UGINE_ALZ LAW6429 USER1 LAW2930 USER2 LAW3031 USER3 LAW31-- USERij ---50 VISC_HONEY LAW5062 VISC_HYP LAW62



0 VOID LAW01 ELAST LAW1, LAW012 PLAS_JOHNS LAW2, LAW02, JOHNS2 PLAS_ZERIL ZERIL3 HYDPLA LAW3, LAW034 HYD_JCOOK LAW4, LAW04

6 HYDROLAW6, LAW06,

HYD_VISC10 DPRAG1 LAW1012 3D_COMP LAW1213 RIGID LAW1314 COMPSO LAW1415 CHANG LAW1519 FABRI LAW1921 DPRAG LAW2122 DAMA LAW2223 PLAS_DAMA LAW2324 CONC LAW2425 COMPSH LAW2527 PLAS_BRIT LAW27, BRITT28 HONEYCOMB LAW2829 USER1 LAW2930 USER2 LAW3031 USER3 LAW3132 HILL LAW3233 FOAM_PLAS LAW33, CCFOAM34 BOLTZMAN LAW3435 FOAM_VISC LAW3536 PLAS_TAB LAW3638 VISC_TAB LAW3840 KELVINMAX LAW40, MAXKE41 LEE-TARVER LAW4142 OGDEN LAW4243 HILL_TAB LAW4344 COWPER LAW4448 ZHAO LAW4849 STEINB LAW4950 VISC_HONEY LAW5052 GURSON LAW5253 TSAI_TAB LAW5354 PREDIT LAW5457 BARLAT3 LAW5758 FABR_A LAW5860 PLAS_T3 LAW6062 VISC_HYP LAW6263 HANSEL LAW6364 UGINE_ALZ LAW6465 ELASTOMER LAW65



Sorted by law name:


38 VISC_TAB LAW380 VOID LAW0

48 ZHAO LAW48



68 COSSER LAW6870 FOAM_TAB LAW70-- USERij ---



Material Law Description (Sorted by law name)

No. Law Name Type Description

12 3D_COMP Elastic plastic orthotropic Tsai-Wu formula for composite solid57 BARLAT3 Shell anisotropic Elasto-plastic anisotropic, tabulated law34 BOLTZMAN Visco-elastic Boltzman15 CHANG Elastic plastic orthotropic Chang-Chang model25 COMPSH Elastic plastic orthotropic Composite shell14 COMPSO Elastic plastic orthotropic Composite material24 CONC Elastic plastic brittle Reinforced concrete68 COSSER Orthotropic Honeycomb material44 COWPER Elastic plastic Cowper-Symonds strain rate dependency22 DAMA Elastic plastic Ductile damage21 DPRAG Elastic plastic Drücker-Prager Law for rock or concrete, hydrodynamic

behavior is given by a function10 DPRAG1 Elastic plastic Drücker-Prager Law for rock or concrete, hydrodynamic

behavior is polynomial1 ELAST Elastic Linear elastic model

65 ELASTOMER Elastic plastic Elastomer material58 FABR_A Shell anisotropic Elastic anisotropic fabric19 FABRI Shell orthotropic Linear elastic orthotropic33 FOAM_PLAS Viscoplastic Closed cells, elastic plastic foam70 FOAM_TAB Visco-elastic Non-linear visco-elastic tabulated foam35 FOAM_VISC Visco-elastic Generalized Kelvin-Voigt52 GURSON Elastic plastic Voided materials63 HANSEL Elastic plastic Trip steel plastic material32 HILL Elastic plastic orthotropic Hill’s model43 HILL_TAB Elastic plastic orthotropic Tabulated Hill model28 HONEYCOMB Orthotropic Honeycomb material4 HYD_JCOOK Johnson-Cook Strain rate and temperature dependent

yield stress6 HYDRO Hydrodynamic viscous Turbulent viscous flow3 HYDPLA Elastic plastic hydrodynamic von Mises isotropic hardening, polynomial

pressure40 KELVINMAX Visco-elastic Generalized Maxwell-Kelvin law41 LEE-TARVER Lee-Tarver material42 OGDEN Hyperelastic Ogden-Mooney Rivlin27 PLAS_BRIT Elastic plastic brittle Brittle shell (aluminum, glass)23 PLAS_DAMA Elastic plastic Ductile damage2 PLAS_JOHNS Elastic plastic (Johnson-Cook) von Mises isotropic hardening

36 PLAS_TAB Elastic plastic tabulated Piecewise linear60 PLAS_T3 Elastic plastic tabulated Piecewise non-linear2 PLAS_ZERIL Elastic plastic (Zerilli-Armstrong) von Mises isotropic hardening

54 PREDIT Predit law Predit law13 RIGID Rigid material Rigid material49 STEINB Elastic plastic hydrodynamic Thermal softening polynomial pressure53 TSAI_TAB Orthotropic Foam model64 UGINE_ALZ Elastic plastic Ugine & Alz trip steel material29 USER1 User’s30 USER2 User’s31 USER3 User’s-- USERij User’s law (from 01 to 99)50 VISC_HONEY Orthotropic Honeycomb material




62 VISC_HYP Hyperelastic Mooney Rivlin38 VISC_TAB Visco-elastic Foam (Tabulated law)0 VOID Void material Fictitious

48 ZHAO Elastic plastic Han Zhao strain rate dependency



Material Law Description (Sorted by law number)


0 VOID Void material Fictitious1 ELAST Elastic Linear elastic model2 PLAS_JOHNS Elastic plastic (Johnson-Cook) von Mises isotropic hardening2 PLAS_ZERIL Elastic plastic (Zerilli-Armstrong) von Mises isotropic hardening

3 HYDPLAElastic plastic hydrodynamic von Mises isotropic hardening,

polynomial pressure

4 HYD_JCOOKJohnson-Cook Strain rate and temperature dependent

yield stress6 HYDRO Hydrodynamic viscous Turbulent viscous flow

10 DPRAG1Elastic plastic Drücker-Prager Law for rock or concrete, hydrodynamic

behavior is polynomial12 3D_COMP Elastic plastic orthotropic Tsai-Wu formula for composite solid13 RIGID Rigid material Rigid material14 COMPSO Elastic plastic orthotropic Composite material15 CHANG Elastic plastic orthotropic Chang-Chang model19 FABRI Shell orthotropic Linear elastic orthotropic

21 DPRAGElastic plastic Drücker-Prager Law for rock or concrete, hydrodynamic

behavior is given by a function22 DAMA Elastic plastic Ductile damage23 PLAS_DAMA Elastic plastic Ductile damage24 CONC Elastic plastic brittle Reinforced concrete25 COMPSH Elastic plastic orthotropic Composite shell27 PLAS_BRIT Elastic plastic brittle Brittle shell (aluminum, glass)28 HONEYCOMB Orthotropic Honeycomb material29 USER1 User’s30 USER2 User’s31 USER3 User’s32 HILL Elastic plastic orthotropic Hill’s model33 FOAM_PLAS Viscoplastic Closed cells, elastic plastic foam34 BOLTZMAN Visco-elastic Boltzman35 FOAM_VISC Visco-elastic Generalized Kelvin-Voigt36 PLAS_TAB Elastic plastic tabulated Piecewise linear38 VISC_TAB Visco-elastic Foam (Tabulated law)40 KELVINMAX Visco-elastic Generalized Maxwell-Kelvin law41 LEE-TARVER Lee-Tarver material42 OGDEN Hyperelastic Ogden-Mooney Rivlin43 HILL_TAB Elastic plastic orthotropic Tabulated Hill model44 COWPER Elastic plastic Cowper-Symonds strain rate dependency48 ZHAO Elastic plastic Han Zhao strain rate dependency49 STEINB Elastic plastic hydrodynamic Thermal softening polynomial pressure50 VISC_HONEY Orthotropic Honeycomb material52 GURSON Elastic plastic Voided materials53 TSAI_TAB Orthotropic Foam model54 PREDIT Predit law Predit law57 BARLAT3 Shell anisotropic Elasto-plastic anisotropic, tabulated law58 FABR_A Shell anisotropic Elastic anisotropic fabric60 PLAS_T3 Elastic plastic tabulated Piecewise non-linear62 VISC_HYP Hyperelastic Mooney Rivlin63 HANSEL Elastic plastic Trip steel plastic material64 UGINE_ALZ Elastic plastic Ugine & Alz trip steel material




65 ELASTOMER Elastic plastic Elastomer material68 COSSER Orthotropic Honeycomb material70 FOAM_TAB Visco-elastic Non-linear visco-elastic tabulated foam-- USERij User’s law (from 01 to 99)

Comments

1. All characters beyond the 8th of a keyword are ignored (e.g.: it is possible to input HONEYCOM,instead of HONEYCOMB).

2. The Manual Keyword is the keyword of the law, as referenced in this manual.

3. The Law Number is the material law number used to reference the material law in the fixed formatmanual.

4. The Other Available Keywords column features other keywords, which can be used to define the samematerial law.

5. Material Law compatible with local unit system: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 15, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27,28, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 44, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 54, 57, 58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 68 and 70.



/MAT/LAW0 (VOID)


/MAT/LAW0 - Void Material

Description

This law describes the void material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW0/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/VOID/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

Optional

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

r E

Field Contents







r Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

Comments

1. Only law, mat_ID, mat_title are used (refer to the keyword /MAT).

2. This additional data allows to define contact interfaces with void material and property: all kinds of inputfor interfaces will then be available (I

gap =1, Stfac as a stiffness factor…).



/MAT/LAW1 (ELAST)


/MAT/LAW1 - Elastic Material

Description

This keyword defines an isotropic, linear elastic material using Hooke’s law.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW1/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/ELAST/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Comments

1. This material law is used to model purely elastic materials.

2. Further explanation about this law can be found in the RADIOSS Theory Manual.



/MAT/LAW2 (PLAS_JOHNS)


/MAT/LAW2 - Johnson-Cook Material

Description

This law models an isotropic elastic-plastic material using the Johnson-Cook material model. The Johnson-

Cook material model expresses flow stress in a material as a function of strain, strain rate and temperature.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW2/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PLAS_JOHNS/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n

a b n max smax

c ICC Fsmooth

Fcut

m Tmelt

rCp

Ti

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

a Plasticity yield stress

(Real)



Field Contents

b Plasticity hardening parameter

(Real)

n Plasticity hardening exponent (see Comment 5)


max Failure plastic strain


smax

Plasticity maximum stress


c Strain rate coefficient



If £ , no strain rate effect

(Real)

ICC Flag for strain rate computation (see Comment 8)

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: strain rate effect on s

max

= 2: no strain rate effect on smax

Fsmooth

Smooth strain rate option flag

(Integer)

= 0: no strain rate smoothing (default value)= 1: strain rate smoothing active

Fcut

Cutoff frequency for strain rate filtering (see Comment 9)


m Temperature exponent

(Real)

Tmelt

Melting temperature


rCp

Specific heat per unit of volume

(Real)

Ti

Initial temperature

Default = 298 K (Real)



Comments

1. This is an elasto-plastic law that includes strain rate and temperature effects.

2. Further information about this law can be found in the RADIOSS Theory Manual.

with:

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

T = Temperature (in Kelvin degrees)

3. Yield stress should be strictly positive.

4. When p reaches

max, shell elements are deleted, solid elements of deviatoric stress are permanently

set to 0 (the solid element is not deleted).

5. The plasticity hardening exponent n must be less than 1.

6. There is no strain rate effect on truss elements.

7. If c is 0, there is no strain rate effect. Alternatively, one may set the strain rate coefficient c different to

0 and equals 1030 (no strain rate effect).



8. ICC is a flag of the strain rate effect on smax

:

9. The strain rate filtering input (Fcut

) is available only for shell and solid elements.

10. Strain rate filtering is used to smooth strain rates.

11. If the temperature exponent, m, is 0; there is no temperature effect.

12. There is no temperature effect on trusses and beams.

13. If rCp = 0, temperature is constant: T = T

i.

14. Temperature is computed assuming adiabatic conditions:

where, Eint

is internal energy computed by RADIOSS.

15. To take into account the temperature effect, the strain rate dependence must be activated.



/MAT/LAW3 (HYDPLA)


/MAT/LAW3 - Elastic Plastic Hydrodynamic Material

Description

This law describes the elastic plastic hydrodynamic material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW3/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HYDPLA/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a b n max smax

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)

n Plasticity hardening exponent

(Real)



smax



C0

Hydrodynamic coefficient

(Real)

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin

Pressure cutoff ( < 0 )

Default = -1030 (Real)

Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0

Initial energy per unit volume

(Real)



Comments

1. The strain / stress relationship for the material under tension is:

2. The compression relationship given in terms of pressure, p:

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

3. Young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio u are only used to compute:

4. The yield stress should be strictly positive.

5. When reaches max

, elements are deleted.




/MAT/LAW4 (HYD_JCOOK)


/MAT/LAW4 - Hydrodynamic Johnson-Cook Material

Description

This law describes the hydrodynamic Johnson-Cook material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW4/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HYD_JCOOK/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a b n max smax

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

c m Tmelt

Tmax

r0C

p

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)



Field Contents

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

a Yield stress

(Real)

b Hardening parameter

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

smax

Maximum stress

(Real)

C0


(Real)

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin



Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0


(Real)



= 0: no strain rate effect



Field Contents



(Real)


(Real)

Tmelt

Melting temperature


Tmax

for T > Tmax

: m = 1 is used


r0C

pSpecific heat per unit volume

(Real)

Comments

1. Young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio u are only used to compute:

2. If is 0, no strain rate effect.

3. The equations describing the state of stress and pressure are:

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

nDP = P - P

sh

with

C0, C

1, C

2, C

3, C

4, C

5 = Hydrodynamic constants

En = Energy per unit volume

T0 = 300 K

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

T = Temperature



/MAT/LAW6 (HYDRO)


/MAT/LAW6 - Hydrodynamic Viscous Fluid Material

Description

This law describes the hydrodynamic viscous fluid material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW6/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HYDRO/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

u

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

u Kinematic viscosity

(Real)

C0


(Real)

C1


(Real)



Field Contents

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin



Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0


(Real)

Comments

1. The 8 integration points solid element formulation is not compatible with Material Law 6.

2. This law is specifically designed to model liquids and gases.

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

Perfect gas:

C0 = C

1 = C2 = C

3 = 0

C4 = C

5 = - 1

Incompressible gas:

C0 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E

0 = 0

C1 = r

0 * c2

where,

Sij is the deviatoric stress tensor

eij is the deviatoric strain tensor

c is the sound velocity




/MAT/LAW10 (DPRAG1)


/MAT/LAW10 - Rock-Concrete Material

Description

This law, based on Drucker-Prager yield criteria, is used to model materials with internal friction such asrock-concrete. The plastic behavior of these materials is dependent on the pressure in the material. Thislaw is similar to LAW21 (/MAT/DPRAG); the only difference being that in this law, the pressure is definedas a cubic function of volumetric strain, and hence requires the input of certain coefficients (see Comment 1).This law is compatible only with solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW10/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/DPRAG1/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

A0

A1

A2

Amax

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

B mmax

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

A0

Coefficient

(Real)

A1

Coefficient

(Real)

A2

Coefficient

(Real)

Amax

von Mises limit

(Real)

C0

Coefficient

(Real)

C1

Coefficient

(Real)

C2

Coefficient

(Real)

C3

Coefficient

(Real)

Pmin

Minimum pressure ( < 0 )


B Unloading bulk modulus

(Real)

mmax

Maximum compression

(Real)



Comments

1. Pressure in the material is calculated from the following equation. Coefficient C0, C

1, C

2, and C

3

should be provided as an input.

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3

F = J2 - (A

0 + A

1P + A

2P

2)




/MAT/LAW12 (3D_COMP)


/MAT/LAW12 - Composite Solid Material

Description

This law describes the composite solid material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW12/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/3D_COMP/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

E33

u12

u23

u31

G12

G23

G31

st1

st2

st3

d

B n fmax

s1y

t s2y

t s1y

c s2y

c

s12y

t s12y

c s23y

t s23y

c

s3y

t s3y

c s13y

t s13y

c

a Ef

c ICC

Field Contents







Field Contents



ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E33

Young’s modulus

(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

u23

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

u31

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

st1

Composite tensile strength in direction 1


st2


Default = st1

(Real)

st3


Default = st2

(Real)

d Composite tensile damage parameter


B Composite plasticity hardening parameter

(Real)

n Composite plasticity hardening exponent




Field Contents

fmax

Composite plasticity hardening law maximum value of yield function


s1y

t Composite yield stress in traction in direction 1

(Real)

s2y

t Composite yield stress in traction in directions 2 and 3

(Real)

s1y

c Composite yield stress in compression in direction 1

(Real)

s2y

c Composite yield stress in compression in directions 2 and 3

(Real)

s12y

t Composite yield stress in shear traction in direction 12

(Real)

s12y

c Composite yield stress in shear compression in direction 12

(Real)

s23y


(Real)

s23y


(Real)

s3y


(Real)

s3y


(Real)

s13y


(Real)

s13y


(Real)

a Fiber volume fraction

(Real)

Ef

Fiber Young’s modulus

(Real)


(Real)



(Real)



Field Contents

ICC Flag for strain rate computation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: strain rate effect on f

max

= 2: no strain rate effect on fmax

Comments

1. This law allows the composite materials to be modeled. It can only be used with solid elements.

2. This law is compatible with 10 node tetrahedron elements.


with,



4. Direction 1 is fiber direction and is defined in the appropriate property set of each finite element.

where is the distortion:

Lamina yield surface is TSAI-WU yield criteria.



F = F1s

1 + F

2s

2 + F

3s

3

+

+ 2F12

s1s

2 + 2F

23s

2s

3 + 2F

13s

1s

3

with the limitation:

where:

Wp is the plastic work

¦(Wp) is the yield envelope evolution

B = Hardening parameter for plastic work

n = Hardening exponent

s4 = s

12s

5 = s

23s

6 = s

31




/MAT/LAW13 (RIGID) (New!)


/MAT/LAW13 - Rigid Material

Description

This material law is used to model part(s) as rigid bodies.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW13/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/RIGID/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Comment

1. Young’s modulus E and Poisson’s ratio u are used for computing stiffness in interface.



/MAT/LAW14 (COMPSO)


/MAT/LAW14 - Composite Solid Material

Description

This law describes the composite solid material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW14/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/COMPSO/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

E33

u12

u23

u31

G12

G23

G31

st1

st2

st3

d

B n fmax

s1y

t s2y

t s1yc s

2yc

s12y

t s12y

c s23y

t s23y

c

a Ef

c ICC

Field Contents









Field Contents

ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E33

Young’s modulus

(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

u23

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

u31

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

st1



st2


Default = st1

(Real)

st3


Default = st2

(Real)

d Composite tensile damage parameter


B Composite plasticity hardening parameter

(Real)

n Composite plasticity hardening exponent


fmax

Composite plasticity hardening law maximum value of yield function




Field Contents

s1y


(Real)

s2y

t Composite yield stress in traction in directions 2 and 3

(Real)

s1y


(Real)

s2y

c Composite yield stress in compression in directions 2 and 3

(Real)

s12y


(Real)

s12y


(Real)

s23y


(Real)

s23y


(Real)

a Fiber volume fraction

(Real)

Ef

Fiber Young’s modulus

(Real)


(Real)



(Real)

ICC Flag for strain rate computation

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: strain rate effect on f

max

= 2: no strain rate effect on fmax



Comments

1. This law allows the composite materials to be modeled. It can only be used with solid elements.



with

4. Direction 1 is the fiber direction and is defined in the appropriate property set of each finite element.



where is the distortion:

Lamina yield surface is TSAI-WU yield criteria.

F = F1s

1 + F

2s

2 + F

3s

3

+

+ 2F12

s1s

2 + 2F

23s

2s

3 + 2F

13s

1s

3



with the limitation:

where:

Wp is the plastic work

¦(Wp) is the yield envelope evolution

B = Hardening parameter for plastic work


s4 = s

12s

5 = s

23s

6 = s

31




/MAT/LAW15 (CHANG)


/MAT/LAW15 - Composite Shell Material

Description

This law is used to model composite shell elements, similar to law 25. The plastic behavior is based on theTSAI-WU criteria (see /MAT/LAW25 (COMPSH) for TSAI-WU description) and failure is based on theChang-Chang failure criteria is used.

Note: It is, however, recommended to use material law 25 in combination with a separate Chang-Changfailure criteria (/MAT/LAW25 with /FAIL/CHANG keywords) instead of material law 15.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW15/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/CHANG/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

u12

G12

G23

G31

b n fmax

Wpmax Wpref Ioff

sty

t s2y

t sty

c s2y

c a

s12y

c s12y

t c ICC

b tmax

S1

S2

S12

Fsmooth

Fcut

C1

C12

Field Contents







Field Contents



ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young‘s modulus in direction 1

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus in direction 2

(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)


(Real)



fmax

Maximum value of yield function


Wpmax Maximum plastic work


Wpref Reference plastic work


Ioff

Total element failure criteria

(Integer)

= 0: shell is deleted if Wp*

> Wp*

max for 1 layer


> Wp*

max for all layers

= 2: if for each layer, Wp*

> Wp*

max or tensile failure in direction 1


> Wp*



> Wp*

max or tensile failure in directions 1 and 2

= 5: if for all layers: Wp*

> Wp*


or if for all layers: Wp*

> Wp*



> Wp*

max or tensile failure in direction 1 or 2



Field Contents

s1y


(Real)

s2y


(Real)

s1y

c Composite yield stress in traction compression in direction 1

(Real)

s2y

c Composite yield stress in traction compression in direction 2

(Real)

a F12

reduction factor


s12y

c Yield stress in shear and strain rate compression in direction 12

(Real)

s12y

t Yield stress in shear and strain rate traction in direction 12

(Real)

c Yield stress in shear and strain rate coefficient

(Real)

= 0: no strain rate dependency

Yield stress in shear and strain rate reference

(Real)


(Integer)

= 0: Default set to 1

= 1: Strain rate effect on fmax

no effect on Wpmax

= 2: No strain rate effect on fmax

and Wpmax


and Wpmax


effect on Wpmax

b Shear scaling factor

(Real)

tmax

Time of relaxation


S1



S2





Field Contents

S12

Shear strength


Fsmooth


(Integer)


Fcut

Cutoff frequency for strain rate filtering


C1



C2



Comments

1. The effect of damage is taken into account by decreasing stress components using a relaxationmethod to avoid numerical instabilities.

2. Six material parameters are used in the failure criteria:

· S1 : Longitudinal tensile strength

· S2 : Transverse tensile strength

· S12

: Shear strength

· C1 : Longitudinal compressive strength

· C2 : Transverse compressive strength

· b : Shear scaling factor

Where 1 is the fiber direction. The failure criteria for fiber breakage is written as:

Tensile fiber mode: s11

< 0

Compressive fiber mode: s11

< 0



For matrix cracking, the failure criteria is:

Tensile matrix mode: s22

< 0

Compressive matrix mode: s22

< 0

If the damage parameter is equal to zero or greater than 1.0, the stresses are decreased by using anexponential function to avoid numerical instabilities. We use a relaxation technique by graduallydecreasing the stress:

[s(t)] = f(t) * [sd(t

r)]

with,

and t ³ tr

where,

t is the time


T is the time of dynamic relaxation

[sd(t

r)] is the stress components at the beginning of damage

3. If a shell has several layers with one material per layer (different materials, different Ioff

), the Ioff

used

is the one which is associated to the shell in the shell element definition.

4. Both Wp*

and Wp*max

are defined as follows:

and

5. For ICC = 2, 3 and 4, the plastic work criteria is:

6. Function of relaxation:

, tmax

time when damage criteria is assumed.



/MAT/LAW19 (FABRI)


/MAT/LAW19 - Elastic Orthotropic Material

Description

This law defines an elastic orthotropic material and is available only for shell elements. It is used to modelairbag fabrics.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW19/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/FABRI/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

u12

G12

G23

G31

RE

Arel ZeroStress

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11


(Real)

E22


(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

RE

Reduction factor value


Arel Zero stress relative area in compression (0 = ZeroStress = 1)(see Comment 3)

(Real)

ZeroStress Zero stress flag

(Real)

= 0: No stress reduction= 1: Full stress reduction

Comments

1. This law is only available for shell elements.

2. Material Law 19 must be used with /PROP/TYPE9 (Orthotropic shell element).

3. If the area is smaller than the Arel, the stress tensor is set to 0.

4. Arel acts only on initial compressive stresses. Up to Arel (Area/Area Reference State) the initialcompressive stresses are set to zero. Typical input value of Arel is 80%.

5. If ZeroStress=1, then compressive and tensile initial stresses are set to zero up to the reference state.This option must be used if the airbag folder has generated initial tensile stresses.

6. Both options (Arel and ZeroStress should not be used at the same time).




/MAT/LAW21 (DPRAG)


/MAT/LAW21 - Rock-Concrete Material

Description

This law, based on Drucker-Prager yield criteria, is used to model materials with internal friction such asrock-concrete. The plastic behavior of these materials is dependent on the pressure in the material. Thislaw is similar to LAW10 (/MAT/DPRAG1); the only difference being that in this law, the pressure is input asa user-defined function of volumetric strain. This law is compatible only with solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW21/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/DPRAG/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

A0

A1

A2

Amax

funct_IDf

Kt

FscaleP

Pmin

B mmax

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

A0

Coefficient

(Real)

A1

Coefficient

(Real)

A2

Coefficient

(Real)

Amax

von Mises limit

Default set to 1030 (Real)

funct_IDf

Function identifier describing P(m)

(Integer)

Kt

Tensile bulk modulus

(Real)

FscaleP

Scale factor for pressure function


Pmin

Minimum pressure


B Unloading bulk modulus

(Real)

mmax

Maximum compression

(Real)



Comments

1. Hydrodynamic behavior is given by a user defined function P = f(µ ), where P is the pressure in thematerial, and µ is the volumetric strain.

2. Drücker-Prager yield criteria uses a modified von Mises yield criteria to incorporate the effects ofpressure for massive structures:

F = J2 - (A

0 + A

1P + A

2P2)

where,

J2: second invariant of deviatoric stress

P: pressure

A0, A

1, A

2: material coefficients




/MAT/LAW22 (DAMA)


/MAT/LAW22 - Elastic Plastic with Damage Material

Description

This law is identical to Johnson-Cook material (/MAT/LAW2), except that the material undergoes damage ifplastic strains reach a user defined value (

dam). This law can be applied to both shell and solid elements

(see Comment 5 for note on solids).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW22/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/DAMA/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a b n max smax

c ICC

dam Et

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

a Yield stress

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)



smax

Maximum stress







(Real)


(Integer)


max


dam Damage model starts at dam


Et

Softening damage slope (-E < Et £ 0)




Comments

1. Damage is isotropic, its effect are the same in tension and compression.

where,p = plastic strain

= strain rate



.

4. The damage appears in the material when the strain is larger than a maximum value dam

:

0 £ d £ 1

If < dam

Þ d = 0 Law 22 is identical to law /MAT/LAW2.

If < dam

Þ Edam

= (1 - d)E and



5. For solid elements, the damage law can only be applied to the deviatoric stress tensor sij and

.




/MAT/LAW23 (PLAS_DAMA)


/MAT/LAW23 - Elastic Plastic with Damage Material

Description

This law models an isotropic elastic plastic material and combines Johnson-Cook material model with ageneralized damage model. The law is applicable only for solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW23/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PLAS_DAMA/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a b n max smax

c ICC

dam Et

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)



smax








(Real)


(Integer)


max


dam Damage model starts at dam


Et

Softening damage slope (-E < Et £ 0)


Comments

1. The damage law is applied to the stress tensor sij and damage occurs in tension, compression and

shear

2. The input is the same as material law DAMA (/MAT/LAW22).


4. The plasticity hardening exponent n must be lower than 1.

5. The element is deleted when max

is reached.

6. If is 0, there is no strain rate effect.



/MAT/LAW24 (CONC)


/MAT/LAW24 - Concrete Material

Description

This law is designed to model brittle elastic-plastic behavior of reinforced concrete. The law assumes thatthe two failure mechanisms are tensile cracking and compressive crushing of the concrete material. Thiskeyword is compatible only with solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW24/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/CONC/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

Ec

u

fc

ft/f

cfb/f

cf2/f

cs

0/f

c

Ht Dsup max

ky

rt

rc

Hbp

ay

af

vmax

fk

f0

Hv0

E sy

Et

a1

a2

a3

Field Contents









Field Contents

ri

Initial density

(Real)

Ec

Concrete elasticity Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

fc

Concrete uniaxial compression strength

(Real)

ft/f

cConcrete tensile strength


fb/f

cConcrete biaxial strength


f2/f

cConcrete confined strength


s0/f

cConcrete confining stress


Ht

Concrete data tensile tangent modulus

Default = -Ec (Real)

Dsup

Concrete data maximum damage


max Concrete data total failure strain


ky

Concrete plasticity initial value of hardening parameter (1st part)


rt

Concrete plasticity failure/plastic transition pressure (1st part)


rc

Concrete plasticity proportional yield transition pressure (1st part)

Default = -fc/3 (Real)

Hbp

Concrete plasticity base plastic modulus (1st part)

Default = c = -0.002 (Real)

ay

Concrete plasticity dilatancy factor at yield (2nd part)


af

Concrete plasticity dilatancy factor at failure (2nd part)




Field Contents

vmax

Concrete plasticity maximum volumetric compaction ( < 0 ) (2nd part)

Default = -0.35 (Real)

fk

Initial beginning of cap

Default = -fc/3 (Real)

f0

Initial end of cap

Default = -0.8 fc (Real)

Hv0

Initial triaxial plastic modulus

Default = 0.2 Ec (Real)

E Steel properties Young’s modulus

(Real)

sy

Yield strength

(Real)

Et

Tangent modulus

(Real)

a1

Steel percentage ratio of reinforcement in direction 1

(Real)

a2


(Real)

a3


(Real)



Comments

1. The 10 node tetrahedron elements are compatible with this law.

Where, fc is uniaxial compression strength

The yield envelope is derived from the failure envelope with a scale factor k(sm

,q).



Strain-stress relation in uniaxial tension test.

2. For reinforcement in each direction, the user gives the ratio of reinforcement (e.g.: for a reinforcement ofabout 6%, the user inputs 0.06).

3. Reinforcement behavior is elastic plastic with hardening.

4. Steel directions must be given in property set type 6. Otherwise, the local element coordinate r, s, t aretaken respectively as directions 1, 2, 3; unless I

solid = 1 or 2 with I

frame = 2; in which case the

orthotropic directions 1, 2 and 3 are defined with the local co-rotating element coordinate r, s, t, wheretime = 0. Law Concrete (24), I

solid = 12 with I

frame = 2 and Solid (14) property set cannot be used

simultaneously.

5. In axisymmetrical analysis, direction 3 is the q direction.




/MAT/LAW25 (COMPSH)

Two variations of the same material law type 25 are implemented:TSAI-WU formulation and CRASURVformulation.

· If the formulation flag Iflag

(Line 2, field 7) is set to 0, the plasticity model is based on standard

(TSAI-WU) formulation is used. Refer to the /MAT/LAW25 (TSAI-WU) keyword.

· If the formulation flag Iflag

(Line 2, field 7) is set to 1, the plasticity model is based on CRASURV

formulation is used. Refer to the /MAT/LAW25 (CRASURV) keyword.



TSAI-WU Formulation


/MAT/LAW25 - Composite Shell and Solid Material – TSAI-WU Formulation

Description

This law describes the composite shell and solid material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW25/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/COMPSH/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

u12

Iflag

E33

G12

G23

G31 f1 f2

t1 m1 t2 m2 dtens

Composite Plasticity Hardening

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Wpmax Wpref I

off

b n fmax

Composite Yield Stress in Traction Compression

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s1y

t s2y

t s1y

c s2y

c a

Yield Stress in Shear and Strain Rate

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s12y

c s12y

t c12

ICC



Delamination

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

ini max dmax

Strain Rate Filtering

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fsmooth

Fcut

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11


(Real)

E22


(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Iflag

Formulation flag (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

E33


(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

f1 Total tensile failure in direction 1




t1 Tensile rupture strain in direction 1

(Real)

m1 Maximum strain in direction 1

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

dtens

Composite tensile strength maximum damage (dtens

< 1)


Wpmax

Maximum plastic work




Ioff

Total element failure criteria

(Integer)


> Wp*max

for 1 layer


> Wp*max

for all layers


> Wp*max

or tensile failure in direction 1


> Wp*max



> Wp*max

or tensile failure in directions 1 and 2


> Wp*max



> Wp*max



> Wp*max

or tensile failure in direction 1 or 2


(Real)





Field Contents

fmax

Maximum value of yield function


s1y

t Traction in direction 1

(Real)

s2y


(Real)

s1y

c Compression in direction 1

(Real)

s2y


(Real)

a F12

reduction factor


s12y


(Real)

s12y


(Real)

c12

Strain rate coefficient

(Real)

= 0: there is no strain rate dependency


(Real)

ICC Flag for yield stress in shear and strain rate computation (see Comment 10)

(Integer)

= 0: Default set to 1= 1: Strain rate effect on f

max no effect on W

pmax


and Wpmax


and Wpmax


effect on Wpmax

ini Delamination shear strain (see Comment 11)


max Maximum shear strain

Default = 1.1 1030 (Real)

dmax

Maximum damage




Field Contents

Fsmooth


(Integer)


Fcut



Comments

1. This law is used to model composite shell elements, similar to Law 19; but includes plasticdeformation.

2. This material is not compatible with the Shell Property (Type 1).

This material is not available with QEPH shell formulation; but only available with Q4 and BATOZ shellformulations.

3. The Lamina yield surface is TSAI-WU criteria.

with: Wp is the plastic work

is the reference plastic work

is the yield envelope evolution:

where, b = Hardening parameter for plastic work




and with the general formula which applies to every direction:

(compression and tension directions 1 and 2, and shear direction 12)

where, siy

j, bij, n

ij and c

ij are the parameters in Lines 7, 8 and 9.

where Wp*

is equal to

4. Example for compression direction 1:

5. Direction 1 of orthotropy is given in a property set type /PROP/SH_ORTH, /PROP/SH_COMP or /PROP/SH_SANDW.

6. The formulation flag Iflag

should be set to 0 when using the the standard (TSAI-WU) formulation.

7. If the total tensile failure value (f1

) is reached in the direction 1 and respectively f1

in the direction 2,

the stresses tensor in the layer is reset to 0 permanently.


), the Ioff

used is

the one that is associated to the shell in the shell element definition.

9. Both Wp*

and Wp*max


and



10. For ICC = 2, 3 and 4, the plastic work criteria is:

11. Delamination is a global model:

s31

= G31

(1 - d)31

s23

= G23

(1 - d)23

with applies to the all shell and not independently per each layer.



12. Thereby, the coefficients ini

, max

, and dmax

considered, are the coefficients which are defined in the

global material associated to the shell equivalent out of plane shear strain.




CRASURV Formulation


/MAT/LAW25 - Composite Shell Material – CRASURV Formulation

Description

This law describes the composite shell material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW25/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/COMPSH/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

u12

Iflag

E33

G12

G23

G31 f1 f2

t1 m1 t2 m2 dtens

Composite Plasticity Hardening

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Wpmax Wpref I

off

Global Composite Plasticity Parameters

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

c a ICCglobal



Composite Plasticity in Tension Directions 1 and 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s1y

t b1t n

1t s

1maxt c

1t

1t1

2t1 s

rst1 Wp

maxt1

s2y

t b2t n

2t s

2maxt c

2t

1t2

2t2 s

rst2

Wpmax

t2

Composite Plasticity in Compression Directions 1 and 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s1y

c b1c n

1c s

1maxc c

1c

1c1

2c1 s

rsc1

Wpmaxc1

s2y

c b2c n

2c s

2maxc c

2c

1c2

2c2 s

rsc2

Wpmax

c2

Composite Plasticity in Shear

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

s12y

t b12

t n12

t s12max

t c12

t

1t12

2t12 s

rst12

Wpmax

t12

Delamination

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

ini max dmax



Strain Rate Filtering

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fsmooth

Fcut

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11


(Real)

E22


(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Iflag

Formulation flag (see Comment 1)

(Integer)

E33


(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)







Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

dtens

Composite tensile strength maximum damage (dtens

< 1)


Wpmax

Maximum plastic work




Ioff

Total element failure criteria (shell elements only, not available for solids andthick shell elements) (see Comment 13)

(Integer)


> Wp*max

for 1 layer


> Wp*max

for all layers


> Wp*max



> Wp*max



> Wp*max

or tensile failure in directions 1 and 2


> Wp*max



> Wp*max



> Wp*max

or tensile failure in direction 1 or 2

c Global strain rate coefficient for plastic work criteria

(Real)


(Real)

a F12

reduction factor


ICCglobal

Global composite plasticity parameters flag for strain rate computation:(see Comment 6)

(Integer)




Field Contents

= 1: strain rate effect on s1max

t, s2max

t, s1max

c, s2max

c, s12max

t no strain rate

effect on Wpmax

= 2: no strain rate effect on s1max

t, s2max

t, s1max

c, s2max

c, s12max

t and no strain

rate effect on Wpmax

= 3: strain rate effect on s1max

t, s2max

t, s1max

c, s2max

c, s12max

t and strain rate

effect on Wpmax

= 4: no strain rate effect on s1max

t, s2max

t, s1max

c, s2max

c, s12max

t and strain

rate effect on Wpmax

s1y

t Tension yield stress in direction 1

(Real)

b1t Hardening parameter in direction 1

(Real)

n1t Hardening exponent in direction 1


s1max

t Maximum stress in direction 1


c1t Strain rate coefficient in direction 1

Default = c (Real)


1t1 Initial softening strain in direction 1


2t1 Maximum softening strain in direction 1

Default = 1.2 * t1

(Real)

srs

t1 Residual stress in direction 1

Default = 10-3 * s1y

t (Real)

Wpmaxt1 Maximum plastic work in tension direction 1


s2y


(Real)

b2t Hardening parameter in direction 2

Default = b1t (Real)



Field Contents

n2t Hardening exponent in direction 2

Default = n1t (Real)

s2max



c2t Strain rate coefficient in direction 2

Default = c (Real)





Default = 1.2 * 1t2 (Real)

srs



t (Real)

Wpmaxt2 Maximum plastic work in tension direction 2


s1y

c Compression yield stress in direction 1

(Real)

b1c Hardening parameter in direction 1

Default = b2t (Real)

n1c Hardening exponent in direction 1

Default = n2t (Real)

s1max

c Maximum stress in direction 1


c1c Strain rate coefficient in direction 1

Default = c (Real)


1c1 Initial softening strain in direction 1


2c1 Maximum softening strain in direction 1

Default = 1.2 * 1c1 (Real)



Field Contents

srs

c1 Residual stress in direction 1

Default = 1030 * s1y

c (Real)

Wpmaxc1 Maximum plastic work in compression direction 1


s2y

c Compression yield stress in direction 2

(Real)

b2c Hardening parameter in direction 2

Default = b1c (Real)

n2c Hardening exponent in direction 2

Default = n1c (Real)

s2max

c Maximum stress in direction 2


c2c Strain rate coefficient in direction 2

Default = c (Real)


1c2 Initial softening strain in direction 2


2c2 Maximum softening strain in direction 2

Default = 1.2 * 1c2 (Real)

srs

c2 Residual stress in direction 2


c (Real)

Wpmaxc2 Maximum plastic work in compression direction 2


s12y


(Real)

b12

t Hardening parameter in direction 12

Default = b2c (Real)

n12

t Hardening exponent in direction 12


s12max





Field Contents

c12

t Strain rate coefficient in direction 12

Default = c (Real)





Default = 1.2 * 1t12 (Real)

srs


Default = 1003 * s12y

t (Real)

Wpmaxt12 Maximum plastic work in shear


ini Delamination shear strain (see Comment 9)


max Maximum shear strain


dmax

Maximum damage


Fsmooth


(Integer)


Fcut



Comments

1. The formulation flag Iflag

should be set to 1 when using the CRASURV formulation.

2. Property Type 9 is not compatible with CRASURV formulation.

3. If the total tensile failure value (f1

) is reached in the direction 1 and respectively f1

in the direction 2,

the stresses tensor in the layer is reset to 0 permanently.


), the Ioff

used

is the one that is associated to the shell in the shell element definition.



5. Both Wp*

and Wp*max


and

6. For ICCglobal

= 3 and 4, the plastic work criteria is:

7. Wp*

and Wp*max

are defined as in Line 7.

8. Plasticity coefficients are identical whatever the sign of the shear strain (s12y

c = s12y

t,...)

9. Delamination is a global model:

s31

= G31

(1 - d)31

s23

= G23

(1 - d)23

with applies to the all shell and not independently per each layer.

10. Thereby, the coefficients ini

, max

, and dmax

considered, are the coefficients which are defined in the

global material associated to the shell equivalent out of plane shear strain.

11. In plot files:

/TH/EMIN and /TH/EMAX (the plastic strain output) gives the Material Law 25 the plastic work.

12. In Animation files:

/ANIM/SHELL/EPSP (the plastic strain output) gives the material Law 25 the plastic work.

13. The variable Ioff

has no effect on shell and solid elements, to delete the elements, use failure criteria.




/MAT/LAW27 (PLAS_BRIT)


/MAT/LAW27 - Elastic Plastic Brittle Material

Description

This law is used to model an isotropic elastic plastic material and combines Johnson-Cook material modelwith a damage model for brittle failure. This law is applicable only for shells and damage occurs only intension.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW27/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PLAS_BRIT/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n

a b n max smax

c ICC

t1 m1 dmax1 f1

t2 m2 dmax2 f2

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)



smax








(Real)


(Integer)


max



Default = 1.0.1030 (Real)

m1 Maximum tensile rupture strain in direction 1


dmax1

Maximum tensile rupture damage in direction 1




Field Contents

f1 Tensile strain for element deletion in direction 1




m2 Maximum tensile rupture strain in direction 2


dmax2

Maximum tensile rupture damage in direction 2


f2 Tensile strain for element deletion in direction 2


Comments

1. This law is only used with shell elements: Shell Property (/PROP/TYPE1) and Sandwich Shell Property(/PROP/TYPE11). The isotropic elasto-plastic computation and modeling is the same as law /MAT/PLAS_JOHNS. In addition, this law allows material damage and brittle failure to be modeled.


where,

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

3. The failure plastic strain (max

) has no effect on Law 27, if using Lines 7 and 8.




:

5. Element is removed if one layer reaches failure tensile strain f1

.



/MAT/LAW28 (HONEYCOMB)


/MAT/LAW28 - Honeycomb Material

Description

This law describes the honeycomb material. This law is only used with solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW28/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HONEYCOMB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

E33

G12

G23

G31

funct_ID11

funct_ID22

funct_ID33

Iflag1

Fscale11

Fscale22

Fscale33

max11 max22 max33

funct_ID12

funct_ID23

funct_ID31

Iflag2

Fscale12

Fscale23

Fscale31

max12 max23 max31

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E33

Young’s modulus

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

funct_ID11

Yield stress function identifier in direction 11

(Integer)

funct_ID22


(Integer)

funct_ID33


(Integer)

Iflag1

Strain formulation for yield functions 11, 22, 33 (see Comment 9)

(Integer)

Fscale11

Scale factor for yield function 11


Fscale22



Fscale33



max11 Failure strain in tension/compression in direction 11

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID12

Shear yield stress function identifier in direction 12

(Integer)

funct_ID23


(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_ID31


(Integer)

Iflag2

Strain formulation for shear yield functions 12, 23, 31

(Integer)

Fscale12

Scale factor for shear yield function 12


Fscale23



Fscale31



max12 Failure strain in shear direction 12

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

Comments


2. Local frame (1, 2, 3) is defined in the appropriate property set of each finite element.

3. For General Solid Property Set (/PROP/TYPE14), the global frame is used if Isolid

= 1, 2 or 12.

4. The HONEYCOMB law is not compatible with General Solid Property Set for Iframe

= 1.



5. For each direction, the stress is limited by a volumetric strain or a strain dependent yield curve(according to Iflag value). The yield stress is always positive.

Sign conventions for strain are:

Strain definition compression tension

Volumetric strain + -

Strain - +

6. Large strains:

7. Small strains:

m = -(1 +

2 +

3)

l0 is the initial length.

8. If Iflag =0, yield stress is a function of m (volumetric strains), if Iflag =1, yield stress is a function of (strains), if Iflag = -1, yield stress is a function of - .

9. When switching from a volumetric strain formulation to a strain formulation, Iflag = -1 allows the samefunction definition to be retained.

10. If one of the failure or shear failure strains is reached, the element is deleted.




/MAT/LAW32 (HILL)


/MAT/LAW32 - Hill Orthotropic Plastic Material

Description

This law describes the Hill orthotropic plastic material. It is applicable only to shell elements. This lawdiffers from LAW43 (HILL_TAB) only in the input of yield stress.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW32/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HILL/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a 0 n max smax

m

r00

r45

r90

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

a Yield parameter

(Real)



Field Contents

0 Hardening parameter

(Real)


(Real)



smax

Maximum stress


Minimum strain rate


m Strain rate exponent


r00

Lankford parameter 0 degree


r45

Lankford parameter 45 degrees


r90



Comments

1. The yield stress is defined as follows:

sy = a * (

0 +

p)n * max( , )m

The elastic limit is given by:

s0 = a * (

0)n * ( )m

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

2. The yield stress is compared to equivalent stress:



3. This material law must be used with property set type /PROP/TYPE10 (SH_COMP) or /PROP/TYPE9(SH_ORTH).

4. Iterative projection (Iplas

=1) and radial return (Iplas

=2) for shell plane stress plasticity are available.

5. Angles for Lankford parameters are defined with respect to orthotropic direction 1.

The Lankford parameters rα are determined from a simple tensile test at an angle α to the orthotropic

direction 1.




/MAT/LAW33 (FOAM_PLAS)


/MAT/LAW33 - Visco-Elastic Plastic Foam Material

Description

This law models a visco-elastic plastic foam material. This law is applicable only for solid elements and istypically used to model low density, closed cell polyurethane foams such as impact limiters.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW33/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/FOAM_PLAS/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E Ka

funct_IDf

Fscalecurv

P0 0

A B C

Read only if Ka = 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

E1

E2

Et

h* ho

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

Ka

Flag for analysis type

(Integer)

= 0: the skeletal behavior before yield is elastic= 1: the skeletal behavior before yield is visco-elastic

funct_IDf

Function identifier for yield stress vs. volumetric strain curve

(Integer)

Fscalecurv

Scale factor for stress in yield curve


P0

Initial air pressure (see Comment 3)

(Real)

Ratio of foam to polymer density

(Real)

0 Initial volumetric strain

(Real)

A Yield parameter

(Real)

B Yield parameter

(Real)

C Yield parameter

(Real)

E1

Coefficient for Young’s modulus update

(Real)

E2


(Real)

Et

Tangent modulus

(Real)

h* Viscosity coefficient in pure compression

(Real)

ho

Viscosity coefficient in pure shear

(Real)



Comments

1. If funct_IDf = 0, then s

y = A + B(1 + C )

where = volumetric strain

2. If funct_IDf ¹ 0, s

y vs. is read from input of curve number funct_ID

f .

3. The air pressure is computed as:

4. The Young’s modulus used in the calculation is: E = max(E, E1

+ E2

)

5. is < 0 in compression.

6. u = 0; thus G = E/2.




/MAT/LAW34 (BOLTZMAN)


/MAT/LAW34 - Boltzman (Visco-Elastic) Material

Description

This law describes the Boltzman (visco-elastic) material. This law is applicable only for solid elements andcan be used to model polymers and elastomers.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW34/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/BOLTZMAN/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

K

G0

GI

b

P0 0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

K Bulk modulus

(Real)

G0

Short time shear modulus

(Real)

GI

Long time shear modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

b Decay constant

(Real)

P0

Initial air pressure

(Real)

Foam vs. polymer density ratio

(Real)


(Real)

Comments

1. For closed cell foam material, the pressure may be augmented:

P = -Kkk

+ Pair

where and




/MAT/LAW35 (FOAM_VISC)


/MAT/LAW35 - Visco-Elastic Foam Material

Description

This law describes a visco-elastic foam material using Generalized Maxwell-Kelvin-Voigt model whereviscosity is based on Navier equations. This law is applicable only for shell and solid elements and can beused for open cell foams, polymers, elastomers, seat cushions and dummy paddings.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW35/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/FOAM_VISC/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u E1

E2

n

C1

C2

C3

IFlag

Pmin

funct_IDf

Fscalepres

Et

ut

h0 l

P0 0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

E1

Coefficient for Young’s modulus update E = E1

+ E2

(Real)

E2


(Real)

n Exponent on relative volume

(Real)

C1

Coefficient for pressure calculation

(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

IFlag

Flag for open cell foam

(Integer)

Pmin

Minimum pressure

(Real)

funct_IDf

Curve identifier for pressure versus volumic strain

(Integer)

Fscalepres

Scale factor for pressure function


Et

Tangent modulus

(Real)

ut

Tangent Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

h0

Viscosity coefficient in pure shear (Navier’s constant)

(Real)

l Navier’s constant

(Real)

P0

Initial air pressure

(Real)

Ratio of foam to polymer density

(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)

Comments

1. In all cases, for shear and bulk modulus calculation, the following value of the Young’s modulus will beused:

2. If funct_IDf = 0

where

and

and

3. If funct_IDf ¹ 0, the pressure is read from curve.

if IFlag

= 0, input is a pressure vs. compression curve (as in /MAT/LAW21 (DPRAG)).

if IFlag

= 1, input is a function defining an “equivalent air pressure” that is removed from the system vs.

compression.

This corresponds to an open cell foam formulation.

4. For closed cell polyurethane foam, the skeletal spherical stresses may be augmented by:




/MAT/LAW36 (PLAS_TAB)


/MAT/LAW36 - Elastic Plastic Piecewise Linear Material

Description

This law models an isotropic elasto-plastic material using user-defined functions for the work-hardeningportion of the stress-strain curve (i.e. plastic strain vs. stress) for different strain rates.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW36/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PLAS_TAB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E npmax t1 t2

Nfunct

Fsmooth

Chard

Fcut f

funct_IDp

Fscale

funct_ID1

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

funct_ID4

funct_ID5

Read only if 6 = Nfunct

= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_ID6

funct_ID7

funct_ID8

funct_ID9

funct_ID10

Always Read

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fscale1

Fscale2

Fscale3

Fscale4

Fscale5


= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fscale6

Fscale7

Fscale8

Fscale9

Fscale10



Always Read

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1 2 3 4 5


= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

6 7 8 9 10

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

pmax Maximum plastic strain





Default = 2 1030 (Real)

Nfunct

Number of functions

Default £ 10 (Integer)

Fsmooth



= 0: no strain rate smoothing= 1: strain rate smoothing active



Field Contents

Chard

Hardening coefficient (see Comment 5)

(Real)

= 0: the hardening is a full isotropic model= 1: the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model= value between 0 and 1: the hardening is interpolated between the two models

Fcut



f Maximum tensile failure strain


funct_IDp

Pressure vs. yield factor function (see Comment 11)


Fscale Scale factor for yield factor in funct_IDp


funct_ID1

Yield stress function identifier 1 corresponding to strain rate 1

(Integer)

funct_ID2


(Integer)

funct_ID3


(Integer)

funct_ID4


(Integer)

funct_ID5


(Integer)

funct_ID6


(Integer)

funct_ID7


(Integer)

funct_ID8


(Integer)

funct_ID9


(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_ID10


(Integer)

Fscale1

Scale factor for ordinate (stress) in funct_ID1


Fscale2



Fscale3



Fscale4



Fscale5



Fscale6



Fscale7



Fscale8



Fscale9



Fscale10



1 Strain rate 1

(Real)

2 Strain rate 2

(Real)

3 Strain rate 3

(Real)

4 Strain rate 4

(Real)

5 Strain rate 5

(Real)



Field Contents

6 Strain rate 6

(Real)

7 Strain rate 7

(Real)

8 Strain rate 8

(Real)

9 Strain rate 9

(Real)

10 Strain rate 10

(Real)

Comments

1. The first point of yield stress functions (plastic strain vs stress) should have a plastic strain value of

zero. If the last point of the first (static) function equals 0 in stress, default value of pmax is set to the

corresponding value of p.

2. When p (plastic strain) reaches

pmax, the element is deleted.

3. If 1 (largest principal strain) >

t1, stress is reduced using the following relation:

4. If 1 >

t2, stress is reduced to 0 (but the element is not deleted).

5. The hardening coefficient is used to describe the hardening model. Its value must be between 0 and 1:

· if set to 0, the hardening is fully isotropic;

· if set to 1, the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler Model;

· for any value between 0 and 1, the hardening is interpolated between the two models.

6. The kinematic hardening model is not available in global formulation (N=0 in shell property keyword) i.ehardening is fully isotropic.

7. In case of kinematic hardening and strain rate dependency, yield stress depends on the strain rate.

8. Strain rate filtering input (Fcut

) is only available for shell and solid elements.




10. The first function funct_ID1 is used for strain rate values from 0 to its corresponding strain rate, strain

rate 1. However, the last function used in the model does not extend to the maximum strain rate; forhigher strain rates, a linear extrapolation will be applied.

11. funct_IDp is used to distinguish the behavior in traction and compression for certain materials (i.e.

pressure dependent yield). This is available for both shell and solid elements. The effective yieldstress is then obtained by multiplying the nominal yield stress by the yield factor corresponding to theactual pressure i.e. Sig_y = Sig_y * yield factor.

12. If £ n yield stress is interpolated between ¦

n and ¦

n-1.

13. If £ 1 function ¦

1 is used.

14. Above max

, yield stress is extrapolated.

15. Functions describing strain dependence must be defined for different strain rates values.

16. Strain rate values must be given in strictly ascending order.




/MAT/LAW38 (VISC_TAB)


/MAT/LAW38 - Visco-Elastic Foam Tabulated Material

Description

This law describes the visco-elastic foam tabulated material and can only be used with solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW38/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/VISC_TAB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E0

nt

nc

RV

Iflag Itota

b H RD

KR

KD q

Kair

NP

FscaleP

P0

RP

Pmax

funct_IDunload

Fscaleunload unload a b

Nfunct

CUToff Iinsta

Efinal final l Visc Tol

Fscale1

Fscale2

Fscale3

Fscale4

Fscale5

1 2 3 4 5

funct_ID1

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

funct_ID4

funct_ID5

Field Contents







Field Contents



ri

Initial density

(Real)

E0

Minimum tension modulus, used for interface and time step computation

(Real)

nt

Maximum Poisson’s ratio in tension

Default = 10-30 (Real)

nc

Maximum Poisson’s ratio in compression

(Real)

RV

Exponent for Poisson’s ratio computation

(Real)

Iflag Flag for analysis formulation type (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

= 0: viscoelasticity is computed in each principal stress direction= 1: behavior is linear in both traction and compression

Itota Flag for incremental formulation


Total: 0 or 1= 0: behavior in tension is linear= 1: behavior in tension is read from stress curves INCREMENTAL: 2 or 3= 2: behavior in tension is linear= 3: behavior in tension is read from stress curves

b Relaxation rate for unloading


H Hysteresis coefficient for unloading


RD

Damping factor on strain rate


KR

Recovery model flag on unloading for hysteresis


= 0: No stress recovery on unloading= 1: Stress recovery on unloading

KD

Decay model flag, hysteresis type


= 0: Decay is active during loading and unloading= 1: Decay is only active during loading= 2: Decay is active during unloading



Field Contents

q Integration coefficient for instantaneous module update


Kair

Flag for air content computation (see Comment 7)


= 0: No confined air content= 1: Confined air content computation active= 2: Read hydrostatic curve (number defined by N

P)

NP

Pressure curve number (pressure vs. relative volume)

(Integer)

FscaleP

Scale factor for pressure curve

(Real)

P0

Atmospheric pressure

(Real)

RP

Relaxation rate of pressure


Pmax

Maximum air pressure


Porosity (density of foam/density of polymer)

(Real)

funct_IDunload

Unloading function identifier

(Integer)

Fscaleunload

Scale factor for unloading function


unload Unloading strain rate (must be greater than 1 )

(Real)

a Exponent for stress interpolation


b Exponent for stress interpolation


Nfunct

Number of functions defining rate dependency (5 or less)

(Integer)

CUToff Tension cutoff stress




Field Contents

Iinsta

Material instability control flag


= 0: No material instability control= 1: Material instability control

Efinal

Maximum tension modulus

Default = E0 (Real)

final Absolute value of strain at final modulus


l Modulus interpolation coefficient


Visc Maximum viscosity (see Comment 15)


Tol Tolerance on principal direction update


Fscalei

Scale factor for curve i

(Real)

i Strain rate for curve i

(Real)

funct_IDi

Loading and unloading function identifier for curve i

(Integer)

Comments

1. Nominal stresses are computed by interpolation from input functions :

for given , read two values of function at for the two immediately lower and higher strain rates.

Example below is for 2 strain rate curves (up to 5 may be input).



with

where , , s input are positive in compression.

The parameters a and b define the shape of the interpolation function within each interval. If a = b = 1,the interpolation is linear.

The curves are always nominal stresses versus engineering strains.

2. A “coupled” set of principal nominal stresses is computed with anisotropic Poisson’s ratios:

in tension (ij ³ 0), and n

ij = n

c in compression

where

ij ³ 0

3. Iflag = 0: corresponds to the visco-elastic foam tabulated material (viscoelasticity is computed in eachprincipal stress direction).

4. Iflag = 1: behavior will be linear in both traction and compression, following Hook’s relations. For

compression, Young Modulus E0 and Poisson’s ratio n

c are used; whereas, in traction the

instantaneous Young Modulus ratio Et is used. The other data is ignored (especially, no viscous effect

can be expected).

5. For stability, is filtered using:

.

6. Hysteresis is only applied in compression, using the relation:

7. When Kair

= 1,

If Np ¹ 0:

, where f refers to function number Np



If Np = 0:

Relaxation is applied as Pair

= Min(Pair

, Pmax

)exp(-Rpt)

where, RP is the relaxation rate of pressure and t is the time.

8. When Kair

= 2, difference between pure compression and hydrostatic will be taken into account.

9. When unloading, if the unloading curve is not defined (funct_IDunload

= 0), s is computed from curve 1.

10. If the unloading curve is defined, s is interpolated between curve 1 and curve funct_IDunload

. In this

case, curve 1 must correspond to a quasi-static state.

11. In case of funct_IDunload

> 0 when unloading strain rate equal to the static one, unloading will use only

the function funct_IDunload

.

12. The instantaneous modulus is updated using:

E0 is the minimum tension modulus.

Efinal

is the maximum tension modulus.

VR is the relative volume computed in RADIOSS.

13. E0 < E <

final .

final is the absolute value of the strain corresponding to the maximum compression modulus.

14. The instantaneous modulus is only used for tension.



15. If Visc is input by user, interpolated stress will be limited by this value to have a larger timestep, e.i.:

s £ s1 + Visc * ( =

1)

16. The behavior is strain rate independent when -1 £ £

1.

17. The funct_IDi are the function numbers for curves.

18. If funct_IDi = 0, funct_ID

1 unloading is used instead.




/MAT/LAW40 (KELVINMAX)


/MAT/LAW40 - Generalized Maxwell-Kelvin Material

Description

This law describes the generalized Maxwell-Kelvin material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW40/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/KELVINMAX/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

r i

K G Astass

Bstass

Kvm

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

b1

b2

b3

b4

b5

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

K Bulk modulus

(Real)

G Long time shear modulus

(Real)

Astass

Stassi A coefficient

(Real)

Bstass

Stassi B coefficient

(Real)



Field Contents

Kvm

von Mises coefficient

(Real)

G1

Shear modulus 1

(Real)

G2

Shear modulus 2

(Real)

G3

Shear modulus 3

(Real)

G4

Shear modulus 4

(Real)

G5

Shear modulus 5

(Real)

b1

Time decay constant 1

(Real)

b2


(Real)

b3


(Real)

b4


(Real)

b5


(Real)

Comments

1. This law can only be used with solid elements.

2. Shear modulus is computed using the following equation:



/MAT/LAW41 (LEE-TARVER) (New!)


/MAT/LAW41 - Lee-Tarver Material

Description

This law describes the Lee-Tarver material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW41/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/LEE-TARVER/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

Ireac

αr

br

r1r

r2r

r3r

αp

bp

r1p

r2p

r3p

Cvr

Cvp

enq

itr check

rki

ex ri

rkg

yg

zg

ex1

k X tol

grow2

ex2

yg2

zg2

ccrit fmxig fmxgr fmngr

G Ti



Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0

Reference density used in E.O.S (equation of state) (see Comment 4)

Default = ri (Real)

Ireac (Integer)

= 1: for Lee-Tarver

= 2: for Dyna

αr

αr reagents coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

br

br reagents coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

r1r

r1r reagents coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

r2r

r2r reagents coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

r3r

wr reagents coefficient (JWL equation of state) (see Comment 5)

(Real)

αp

αp product coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

bp

bp product coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

r1p

r1p product coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

r2p

r2p product coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)



Field Contents

r3p

wp product coefficient (JWL equation of state)

(Real)

Cvr

Heat capacity reagents

(Real)

Cvp

Heat capacity product

(Real)

eng Heat reaction

(Real)

itr Maximum number of iterations for the mixing law


Precision on hydrodynamic balance


check Limiter of the massic fraction of products


rki

Chemical kinetic coefficient of the starting phase (Lee-Tarver and Dyna-2D)

(Real)

ex Chemical kinetic coefficient of the starting phase (Lee-Tarver and Dyna-2D)

(Real)

ri

Chemical kinetic coefficient of the starting phase (Lee-Tarver and Dyna-2D)

(Real)

rkg

Chemical kinetic coefficient of the growing phase (Lee-Tarver and Dyna-2D)

(Real)

yg


(Real)

zg


(Real)

ex1

Chemical kinetic coefficient of the growing phase (Dyna-2D)

(Real)

k Numerical limiters coefficient (Lee-Tarver and Dyna-2D)


X Numerical limiters coefficient (Dyna-2D)


tol Numerical limiters coefficient (Dyna-2D)




Field Contents

grow2

Growing phase 2 coefficient (Dyna-2D)

(Real)

ex2


(Real)

yg2


(Real)

zg2


(Real)

ccrit Starting threshold (for compression) (Dyna-2D)

(Real)

fmxig Starting threshold (massic fraction) (Dyna-2D)

(Real)

fmxgr Coefficient (Dyna-2D) (see Comment 6)

(Real)

fmngr Coefficient (Dyna-2D) (see Comment 6)

(Real)

G Shear modulus

(Real)

Ti

Initial temperature (K)

(Real)

Comments

1. If f is the massic fraction of the products and p is the reduced pressure:

“Ignition and growth” according to Lee/Tarver (Ireac =1)



“Ignition and growth” according to the formulation introduced in Dyna-2D (Ireac =2)

2. Coefficient grow1 is initialized by r

kg

3. Coefficients yg1

and zg1

are respectively initialized by yg and z

g.

4. r0 is used only for QUAD and BRICK solid elements.

5. Coefficients r3r and w

r are linked by the relation: w

r = r3

r/Cv

r

6. Coefficients fmxgr and fmngr are the limiters of the growth rate according to the massic fraction ofproducts.

7. In animation files:

/ANIM/USER1 is the massic percentage of liquid

/ANIM/USER2 is the temperature

/ANIM/USER3 is the mixture of coefficient Cv

8. Reference: E.L. Lee and C.M. Tarver "Phenomenological model of shock initiation in heterogeneousexplosives" Phy. Fluids Vol. 23, No. 12, December 1980.



/MAT/LAW42 (OGDEN)


/MAT/LAW42 - Ogden-Mooney Rivlin Material

Description

This keyword defines the Ogden-Mooney Rivlin material. This law is compatible with solid elements onlyand in general is used to model polymers and elastomers.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW42/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/OGDEN/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

r i

u scut

Jstrain

funct_IDbulk

Fscalebulk

m1

m2

m3

m4

m5

Blank Format

a1

a2

a3

a4

a5

Blank Format

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

scut

Cut-off stress in tension




Field Contents

Jstrain

Strain formulation

(Integer)

= 0: True strain formulation= 1: Engineering strain formulation

funct_IDbulk

Bulk function identifier

(Integer)

Fscalebulk

Scale factor for bulk function


m1

Parameter

(Real)

m2

Parameter

(Real)

m3

Parameter

(Real)

m4

Parameter

(Real)

m5

Parameter

(Real)

a1

Parameter

(Real)

a2

Parameter

(Real)

a3

Parameter

(Real)

a4

Parameter

(Real)

a5

Parameter

(Real)



Comments

1. The strain energy density W is computed using the following equation:

with li being the ith principal stretch (l

i = 1 +

i,

i is the ith principal engineering strain).

The Cauchy stress is computed as follows:

with J = l1 * l

2 * l

3 being the relative volume:

The quantity P is the pressure:

P = K * funct_IDbulk

(J) * (J - 1)

The Bulk Modulus K is:

with the ground shear modulus m:

2. An incompressible Mooney-Rivlin material having the following equation:

W = C10

(I1 - 3) + C

01 (I

2 - 3)

where Ii is ith invariant of the right Cauchy-Green Tensor can be modeled using the following

parameters:

m1 = 2 * C

10

m2 = -2 * C

01

a1 = 2

a2 = -2



3. If funct_IDbulk

is zero, the bulk function is a constant equal to 1:

4. Small strain option (Ismstr = 1 in solid property keyword) must be used if strain formulation isengineering (J

strain = 1).

5. The recommended Poisson’s ratio for incompressible material is n = 0.495

6. Further explanation about this law can be found in the RADIOSS Theory Manual and “Non-LinearElastic Deformations”, by R.W Ogden, Ellis Horwood, 1984 .



/MAT/LAW43 (HILL_TAB)


/MAT/LAW43 - Hill Orthotropic Material

Description

This law describes the Hill orthotropic material and is applicable only to shell elements. This law differs fromLAW32 (HILL) only in the input of yield stress (here it is defined by a user function).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW43/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HILL_TAB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

r i

E u

r00

r45

r90

Chard

pmax t1 t2

funct_IDi

Fscalei i

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

r00





Field Contents

r45



r90



Chard


(Real)

= 0: hardening is full isotropic model= 1: hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model= between 0 and 1: hardening is interpolated between the two models







funct_IDi Plasticity curves ith function identifier

(Integer)

Fscalei Scale factor for ith function


i Strain rate for ith function

(Real)

Comments

1. This material law must be used with property set /PROP/TYPE9 (SH_ORTH) or /PROP/TYPE10(SH_COMP).

2. The yield stress is defined by a user function and the yield stress is compared to equivalent stress:



3. Angles for Lankford parameters are defined with respect to orthotropic direction 1.

The Lankford parameters rα are determined from a simple tensile test at an angle α to the orthotropic

direction 1.


· if set to 0, the hardening is full isotropic;

· if set to 1, the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model;


5. If the last point of the first (static) function equals 0 in stress, default value of pmax is set to the


6. If p (plastic strain) reaches




8. If 1 >

t2, the stress is reduced to 0 (but the element is not deleted).

9. The maximum number of curves that can be input is 10.

10. If £ n yield is interpolated between ¦

n and ¦

n-1.

11. If £ 1 function ¦

1 is used.



12. Above max

, yield is extrapolated.




/MAT/LAW44 (COWPER)


/MAT/LAW44 - Cowper-Symonds Material

Description

The Cowper-Symonds law models an elasto-plastic material. The basic principle is the same as thestandard Johnson-Cook model; the only difference between the two laws lies in the expression for strainrate effect on flow stress.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW44/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/COWPER/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

r i

E u

a b n Chard

smax

c p ICC Fsmooth

Fcut

max t1 t2

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)



Chard

Plasticity Iso-kinematic hardening factor (see Comment 4)


smax




(Real)


p Strain rate exponent



(Integer)


max


Fsmooth


(Integer)


Fcut





t1 Tensile rupture strain 1






Comments

1. The difference between the Cowper-Symonds law and the standard Johnson-Cook model lies only inthe strain rate dependent formulation:

with:

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

2. The law is only defined for solids and shells. The global plasticity option for shells is not available in theactual version.


4. The hardening coefficient Chard

is used to describe a hardening model. Its value must be between

0 and 1:

· if Chard

= 0, the hardening is fully isotropic (default);

· if Chard

= 1, the hardening is fully kinematic (Prager-Ziegler model);

· if Chard

between (0, 1) we use a mixed formulation (linear interpolation between the two models).

5. The hardening exponent n must be lower than 1.

6. The strain rate filtering is used to smooth strain rates.




:



9. When p reaches

max, shell elements are deleted, solid elements deviatoric stress are permanently


10. If 1 >

t1 (

1 is the largest principal strain), stress is reduced as follows:

11. If 1 >





/MAT/LAW48 (ZHAO)


/MAT/LAW48 - Zhao Material Law

Description

This law describes the Zhao material law used to model an elasto-plastic strain rate dependent materials.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW48/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/ZHAO/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n

A B n Chard

smax

C D m c k

Fcut

max t1 t2

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

A Plasticity yield stress

(Real)

B Plasticity hardening parameter

(Real)



Chard

Plasticity Iso-kinematic hardening factor (see Comment 5)


smax



C Relative strain rate coefficient


D Strain rate plasticity factor


m Relative strain rate exponent




k Strain rate exponent



(Real)

Fcut











Comments

1. The law is applicable only for solids and shells. The global plasticity option for shells (N=0 in shellproperty keyword) is not available in the actual version.

2. The stress-strain function is based on the formula published by Zhao:

with:

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

3. Except for the strain rate formulation, the plasticity curve is strictly identical to a Johnson-Cook model:

However, compared to Johnson-Cook, the Zhao law allows a better approximation of a non-linear strainrate dependent behavior.


5. The hardening coefficient Chard

is used to describe a hardening model. Its value must be between

0 and 1:

· if Chard

= 0, the hardening is fully isotropic (default);

· if Chard

= 1, the hardening is fully kinematic (Prager-Ziegler model);

· if Chard

between (0, 1) we use a mixed formulation (linear interpolation between the two models).



6. The hardening exponent n must be lower than 1.

7. If £ , the term , then the equation is given by:

8. The strain rate filtering is used to smooth strain rate. It is only available for shell and solid elements.

9. When p reaches

max, shell elements are deleted, solid elements deviatoric stress is permanently


10. If 1 >

t1 (

1 is the largest principal strain), stress is reduced as follows:

11. If 1 >





/MAT/LAW49 (STEINB)


/MAT/LAW49 - Steinberg-Guinan Material

Description

This law defines an elastic plastic material with thermal softening.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW49/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/STEINB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

E0

n

s0

b n max smax

T0

Tmelt

Cv

Pmin

b1

b2

h f

C0

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

E0

Field Contents







E0

Initial Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

s0

Plasticity initial yield stress

Default = none (Real)



Field Contents







smax



T0

Initial Temperature


Tmelt

Melting temperature

(Real)

Cv

Specific heat per volume unit

(Real)

Pmin

Pressure cutoff


b1

Law coefficient


b2

Law coefficient


h Law coefficient


f Law coefficient


C0

Hydrodynamic pressure law coefficient

(Real)

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

C4

Energy pressure law coefficient

(Real)



Field Contents

C5

Energy pressure law coefficient

(Real)

Comments

1. When material approaches melting point, the yield strength and shear modulus diminish to zero.Melting energy is defined as:

Em

= Ec + c

vT

m

2. Ec is cold compression energy and T

m is melting temperature supposed to be constant. If the internal

energy E is less than Em

, the shear modulus and the yield strength are defined as follows:

where is given by a hardening rule:

the value of is limited by s max

3. The material pressure is defined by a polynomial equation of state:

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E



4. Initial Young’s modulus E0 and Poisson’s ratio n are only used to compute:




/MAT/LAW50 (VISC_HONEY)


/MAT/LAW50 - Material

Description

This law describes the honeycomb material with strain rate dependancy (based on material LAW28 + strainrate dependancy).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW50/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/VISC_HONEY/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

E33

G12

G23

G31

asrate

Iflag1 max11 max22 max33

funct_ID11-1

funct_ID11-2

funct_ID11-3

funct_ID11-4

funct_ID11-5

Fscale11-1

Fscale11-2

Fscale11-3

Fscale11-4

Fscale11-5

11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5

funct_ID22-1

funct_ID22-2

funct_ID22-3

funct_ID22-4

funct_ID22-5

Fscale22-1

Fscale22-2

Fscale22-3

Fscale22-4

Fscale22-5

22-1 22-2 22-3 22-4 22-5

funct_ID33-1

funct_ID33-2

funct_ID33-3

funct_ID33-4

funct_ID33-5

Fscale33-1

Fscale33-2

Fscale33-3

Fscale33-4

Fscale33-5

33-1 33-2 33-3 33-4 33-5

Iflag2 max12 max23 max31



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_ID12-1

funct_ID12-2

funct_ID12-3

funct_ID12-4

funct_ID12-5

Fscale12-1

Fscale12-2

Fscale12-3

Fscale12-4

Fscale12-5

12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5

funct_ID23-1

funct_ID23-2

funct_ID23-3

funct_ID23-4

funct_ID23-5

Fscale23-1

Fscale23-2

Fscale23-3

Fscale23-4

Fscale23-5

23-1 23-2 23-3 23-4 23-5

funct_ID31-1

funct_ID31-2

funct_ID31-3

funct_ID31-4

funct_ID31-5

Fscale31-1

Fscale31-2

Fscale31-3

Fscale31-4

Fscale31-5

31-1 31-2 31-3 31-4 31-5

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E33

Young’s modulus

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

asrate Strain rate filtering cutoff frequency

(Real)

Iflag1


(Integer)

max11 Failure plastic strain in direction 11

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID11-1

Yield stress function identifier 11 number 1

(Integer)

funct_ID11-2


(Integer)

funct_ID11-3


(Integer)

funct_ID11-4


(Integer)

funct_ID11-5


(Integer)

Fscale11-1

Scale factor for yield function 11 number 1


Fscale11-2



Fscale11-3



Fscale11-4



Fscale11-5





Field Contents

11-1 Strain rate for function 11 number 1

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID22-1


(Integer)

funct_ID22-2


(Integer)

funct_ID22-3


(Integer)

funct_ID22-4


(Integer)

funct_ID22-5


(Integer)

Fscale22-1



Fscale22-2



Fscale22-3



Fscale22-4



Fscale22-5




(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID33-1


(Integer)

funct_ID33-2


(Integer)

funct_ID33-3


(Integer)

funct_ID33-4


(Integer)

funct_ID33-5


(Integer)

Fscale33-1



Fscale33-2



Fscale33-3



Fscale33-4



Fscale33-5




(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)

Iflag2


(Integer)

max12 Shear failure plastic strain in direction 12

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID12-1

Shear yield stress function identifier 12 number 1

(Integer)

funct_ID12-2


(Integer)

funct_ID12-3


(Integer)

funct_ID12-4


(Integer)

funct_ID12-5


(Integer)

Fscale12-1



Fscale12-2



Fscale12-3



Fscale12-4



Fscale12-5




(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID23-1


(Integer)

funct_ID23-2


(Integer)

funct_ID23-3


(Integer)

funct_ID23-4


(Integer)

funct_ID23-5


(Integer)

Fscale23-1



Fscale23-2



Fscale23-3



Fscale23-4



Fscale23-5




(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)



Field Contents


(Real)

funct_ID31-1


(Integer)

funct_ID31-2


(Integer)

funct_ID31-3


(Integer)

funct_ID31-4


(Integer)

funct_ID31-5


(Integer)

Fscale31-1



Fscale31-2



Fscale31-3



Fscale31-4



Fscale31-5




(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)



Comment

1. If Iflag = 0, yield stress is a function of m (volumetric strains), if Iflag = 1, yield stress is a function of (strains), if Iflag = -1, yield stress is a function of - .




/MAT/LAW52 (GURSON)


/MAT/LAW52 - Gurson Material

Description

This law is based on the Gurson constitutive law, which is used to model visco elastic-plastic strain ratedependent porous metals.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW52/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/GURSON/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u12

Iflag Fsmooth

Fcut

A B N c p

a1

a2

a3

SN N

¦I

¦N

¦c

¦F

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young‘s modulus

(Real)

u12

Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

Iflag Flag for the viscoplastic flow

(Integer)

= 0: See Comment 1= 1: See Comment 2= 2: 1 + void nucleation set to zero in compression= 3: 0 + void nucleation set to zero in compression

Fsmooth

Smooth strain rate are computed

(Integer)

= 0: no strain rate smoothing (default value)= 1: strain rate smoothing is active

Fcut



A Yield stress

(Real)

B Hardening parameter

(Real)

N Hardening exponent

(Real)

c Strain rate coefficient in Cowper-Symond’s law(Real)

p Strain rate exponent in Cowper-Symonds law

(Real)

a1, a

2, a

3Damage material parameters

(Real)

SN

Gaussian standard deviation

(Real)

N Nucleated effective plastic strain

(Real)

¦I

Initial void volume fraction

(Real)

¦N

Nucleated void volume fraction

(Real)

¦c

Critical void volume fraction at coalescence

(Real)

¦F

Critical void volume fraction at ductile fracture

(Real)



Comments

1. If Iflag = 0, the von Mises criteria is:

with

sM

: admissible stress

seq

: von Mises stress

a1, a

2, a

3 : material parameter for Gurson Law and a

3 =a

1 2

sm

= trace[s] (hydrostatic stress)

f* is the specific coalescence function

2. If Iflag = 1, the von Mises criteria are:

with

corresponding to the coalescence function

and

fu = f* (f

F)

f* = f if f £ fc

if f > fc

3.

4. If one integration point reaches f* ³ fF, then the element is deleted.

5. This law is available for shell and solid elements.



6. In plot files (/TH/SHEL, TH/SH3N and TH/BRICK) or animation files (/ANIM), the following variables areavailable:

· USR1: plastic strain M

· USR2: f*

· USR3: admissible stress sM

· USR4: f

· USR5:




/MAT/LAW53 (TSAI_TAB)


/MAT/LAW53 - Material

Description

Describes the law that is a uni-directional orthotropic elasto-plastic law and is only used with solidelements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW53/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/TSAI_TAB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

G12

G23

funct_ID11

funct_ID22

funct_ID12

funct_ID23

funct_ID45

Fscale11

Fscale22

Fscale12

Fscale23

Fscale45

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

funct_ID11


(Integer)

funct_ID22


(Integer)

funct_ID12


(Integer)

funct_ID23


(Integer)

funct_ID45


(Integer)

Fscale11



Fscale22



Fscale12



Fscale23



Fscale45



Comments

1. Orthotropic reference frame (1, 2, 3) is defined in the appropriate property set of each finite element.

For SOLID property set (/PROP/TYPE14), the global frame is used if Isolid

= 1, 2 or 12.



2. The global frame is (x, y, z).

3. The local frame is (t, r, s).

s11

= E11 11

s12

= G12 12

s22

= E22 22

s23

= G23 23

s33

= E33 33

s13

= G13 13

4. The law is othotropic, E33

= E22

and G13

= G12

.

5. The yield surface is TSAI-WU yield criteria:

with

The parameters: are variable and introduced by yield function.

6. If funct_ID45

¹ 0, .



/MAT/LAW54 (PREDIT)


/MAT/LAW54 - Predit Material

Description

This law describes the predit material. This material law is only used with property type 36.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW54/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PREDIT/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

funct_ID A B N Fscaleyield

AY

AZ

BY

BZ

CX

DC

RC max

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

funct_ID Hardening parameter function identifier (optional)

(Integer)



Field Contents

A Hardening parameter yield coefficient A

(Real)

B Hardening parameter yield coefficient B

(Real)

N Hardening parameter yield coefficient N

(Real)

Fscaleyield

Scale factor for yield function


AY

Y shear coefficient of component yield

(Real)

AZ

Z shear coefficient of component yield

(Real)

BY

Y moment coefficient of component yield

(Real)

BZ

Z moment coefficient of component yield

(Real)

CX

X torsion coefficient of component yield

(Real)

DC

Critical damage

(Real)

RC

Critical rupture

(Real)

max Damage strain limit

(Real)

Comments

1. If funct_ID = 0, Law 2 is used and coefficients A, B, N are read.

2. Scale factor is only used for funct_ID; otherwise Law 36 is used.



/MAT/LAW57 (BARLAT3)


/MAT/LAW57 - Barlat 3-Parameters Orthotropic Material

Description

This law describes plasticity hardening defined by a user function and can be used only with shellelements. This is an elasto-plastic orthotropic law for modeling anisotropic materials in forming processesespecially aluminum alloys.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW57/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/BARLAT3/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

r00

r45

r90

Chard

m

pmax t1 t2

funct_ID Fscalei i

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

r00



r45



r90



Chard


(Real)

= 0: hardening is full isotropic model= 1: hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model= between 0 and 1: hardening is interpolated between the two models

m Barlat parameter

(Real)







funct_ID Plasticity curves ith function identifier

(Integer)

Fscalei Scale factor for ith function


i Strain rate for ith function

(Real)

Comments

1. This material law must be used with property set type /PROP/TYPE9 (SH_ORTH) or /PROP/TYPE10(SH_COMP).

2. The anisotopic yield criteria F for plane stress is defined by:



where sy is the yield stress and

3. Angles for Lankford parameters are defined with respect to orthotropic direction 1. The materialconstants a, c, h and p are obtained from the three Lankford parameters:

p is calculated by solving:

4. Recommended values for m are:

8, for face centered cubic (FCC) material

6, for body centered cubic (BCC) material

5. The hardening coefficient is used to define the hardening model. Its value must be between 0 and 1:

· if set to 0, the hardening is full isotropic;

· if set to 1, the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model;


6. If the last point of the first (static) function equals 0 in stress, default value of pmax is set to the






9. If 1 >


10. The maximum number of curves is 10.

11. If £ n, yield is interpolated between ¦

n and ¦

n-1.

12. If £ 1, function ¦

1 is used.



13. Above max

, yield is extrapolated.




/MAT/LAW58 (FABR_A)


/MAT/LAW58 - Elastic Anisotropic Fabric

Description

This law describes the elastic antisotropic fabric.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW58/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/FABR_A/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E1

B1 E2

B2

Flex

G0

GT

aT

Df

Ds

Arel ZeroStress

N1

N2

S1

S2

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E1

Young’s modulus in warp direction

(Real)

B1 Softening coefficient in warp direction


E2

Young’s modulus in weft direction

(Real)



Field Contents

B2

Softening coefficient in weft direction


Flex Fiber bending modulus reduction factor


G0

Initial shear modulus

Default = G (Real)

GT

Tangent shear modulus at a = aT

(Real)

aT Shear lock angle

(Real)

Df

Fiber damping coefficient (0.0 < Df < 1.0)


Ds

Friction coefficient in shear


Arel Zero stress relative area in compression (0 = ZeroStress = 1)(see Comment 5)

(Real)

ZeroStress Zero stress flag

(Real)

= 0: No stress reduction= 1: Full stress reduction

N1

Fiber density in warp direction


N2

Fiber density in weft direction


S1

Nominal stretch in warp direction


S2

Nominal stretch in weft direction


Comments

1. This law is only used with standard shell elements with Anisotropic Layered Shell Property (/PROP/TYPE16 - SH_FABR).

2. The fiber directions (warp and weft) define local axes of anisotropy.

3. Material characteristics are determined independently in these axes.



4. Fibers are non-linear elastic, following the equation:

, with

The shear in fabric material is only supposed to be function of the angle between current fiber directions(axes of anisotropy):

= G0 tan(a) -

0if a < a

T

= G tan(a) + GA

- 0

if a > aT

and

GA

= (G0 - G)tan (a

T), with

0 = G

0 tan(a

0)

where aT is a shear lock angle, G

T is a tangent shear modulus at a

T, and G

0 is a shear modulus at

a = 0.

If G0 =0 in the input Line 5, the default value is calculated to avoid shear modulus discontinuity at a

T:

G0 = G.

a0 is an initial angle between fibers defined in the shell property (Type 16).



5. If the area is smaller than the Arel, the stress tensor is set to 0.



6. Arel acts only on initial compressive stresses. Up to Arel (Area/Area Reference State) the initialcompressive stresses are set to zero. Typical input value of Arel is 80%.

7. If ZeroStress=1, then compressive and tensile initial stresses are set to zero up to the reference state.This option must be used if the airbag folder has generated initial tensile stresses.

8. Both options (Arel and ZeroStress should not be used at the same time).




/MAT/LAW60 (PLAS_T3)


/MAT/LAW60 - Elastic Plastic Piecewise Non-Linear Material

Description

This law models an isotropic elasto-plastic material using user-defined functions for the work-hardeningportion of the stress-strain curve (i.e. plastic strain vs. stress) for different strain rates. It is similar to Law36, except yield stress is a non-linear interpolation from the functions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW60/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/PLAS_T3/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E npmax t1 t2

Nfunct

Fsmooth

Chard

Fcut f

funct_IDp

Fscale

funct_ID1

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

funct_ID4

funct_ID5


= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_ID6

funct_ID7

funct_ID8

funct_ID9

funct_ID10

Always Read

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fscale1

Fscale2

Fscale3

Fscale4

Fscale5


= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fscale6

Fscale7

Fscale8

Fscale9

Fscale10



Always Read

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1 2 3 4 5


= 10

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

6 7 8 9 10

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)







Nfunct

Number of functions

Default £ 10 (Integer)

Fsmooth



= 0: no strain rate smoothing= 1: strain rate smoothing active



Field Contents

Chard


(Real)

= 0: the hardening is a full isotropic model= 1: the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler model= value between 0 and 1: the hardening is interpolated between the two models

Fcut



f Maximum tensile failure strain


funct_IDp

Pressure vs. yield factor function (see Comment 10)


Fscale Scale factor for yield factor in funct_IDp


funct_ID1


(Integer)

funct_ID2


(Integer)

funct_ID3


(Integer)

funct_ID4


(Integer)

funct_ID5


(Integer)

funct_ID6


(Integer)

funct_ID7


(Integer)

funct_ID8


(Integer)

funct_ID9


(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_ID10


(Integer)

Fscale1



Fscale2



Fscale3



Fscale4



Fscale5



Fscale6



Fscale7



Fscale8



Fscale9



Fscale10



1 Strain rate 1

(Real)

2 Strain rate 2

(Real)

3 Strain rate 3

(Real)

4 Strain rate 4

(Real)

5 Strain rate 5

(Real)



Field Contents

6 Strain rate 6

(Real)

7 Strain rate 7

(Real)

8 Strain rate 8

(Real)

9 Strain rate 9

(Real)

10 Strain rate 10

(Real)

Comments

1. The first point of yield stress functions (plastic strain vs stress) should have a plastic strain value of

zero. If the last point of the first (static) function equals 0 in stress, default value of pmax is set to the

corresponding value of p .





4. If 1 >



· if set to 0, the hardening is fully isotropic;

· if set to 1, the hardening uses the kinematic Prager-Ziegler Model;


6. The kinematic hardening model is not available in global formulation (hardening is fully isotropic).

7. In case of kinematic hardening and strain rate dependency, yield stress depends on the strain rate.






10. funct_IDp is used to distinguish the behavior in traction and compression for certain materials (i.e.

pressure dependent yield). This is available for solid elements only. The effective yield stress is thenobtained by multiplying the nominal yield stress by the yield factor corresponding to the actualpressure i.e. Sig_y = Sig_y * yield factor.

11. If n £ £

n+1, yield stress is a cubic interpolation between functions f

n-1, f

n, f

n+1 and f

n+2

12. If £ 1, yield stress is interpolated between functions f

1, f

2 and f

3.

13. If Nfunc-1

£ £ Nfunc

, yield is extrapolated between functions fNfunc-3

, fNfunc-2

, fNfunc-1

and fNfunc

14. If > Nfunc

, yield is extrapolated between functions f Nfunc-2, f

Nfunc-1, f Nfunc

15. Functions describing strain dependence must be defined for different strain rates values.

16. Strain rate values must be given in strictly ascending order.




/MAT/LAW62 (VISC_HYP)


/MAT/LAW62 - Hyper Visco-Elastic Material

Description

This law describes the hyper visco-elastic material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW62/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/VISC_HYP/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

n N M mmax

Define N parameters (5 per Line)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

m1

m2

m3

m4

m5

a1

a2

a3

a4

a5

Define M parameters (5 per Line)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Field Contents









Field Contents

ri

Initial density

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

N Law order (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

M Maxwell model order (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

mmax

Maximum viscosity


mi ith material parameter

(Real)

a1 ith material parameter

(Real)

i ith stiffness ratio

(Real)

i ith time relaxation

(Real)

Comments

1. This law can only be used for solids and used to model polymers and elastomers.

2. Strain energy W is computed using the following equation:

with li being the ith principal stretch, J being the relative volume, N is order of law,

and mi and a

i are material parameters

with ni = n, i = 1, ... , N

and n Poisson’s ratio.



The ground shear modulus:

G:

3. N must be different to zero.

4. If M is zero, the law is hyper elastic.




/MAT/LAW63 (HANSEL)


/MAT/LAW63 - Trip Steel Plastic Material

Description

This law describes the trip steel plastic material. This material law can be used only with shell elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW63/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/HANSEL/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n Cp

A B Q C D

P AHS

BHS

m n

K1

K2

DH Vm0 0

T0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Initial Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

Cp

Specific heat capacity


A Material parameter 1

(Real)

B Material parameter 2


Q Material parameter 3

(Real)

C Material parameter 4

(Real)

D Material parameter 5

(Real)

P Material parameter 6

(Real)

AHS

Material parameter 7

(Real)

BHS


(Real)

m Material parameter 9

(Real)

n Material parameter 10

(Real)

K1


(Real)

K2


(Real

DH Material parameter 13

(Real

Vm0

Initial martensite fraction


0 Initial plastic strain

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature

(Real)



Comments

1. Martensite fraction rate:

2. Martensite fraction:

3. Mechanical behavior:

4. The temperature is computed assuming the adiabatic condition (by default the condition is isothermal

with Cp = 1030):

where Eint

is the internal energy of the element.

5. B must satisfy this condition:



/MAT/LAW64 (UGINE_ALZ)


/MAT/LAW64 - Ugine & Alz Trip Steel Material

Description

This law describes the Ugine & Alz trip steel material. This material law can be used only with shellelements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW64/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/UGINE_ALZ/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n Cp

D n Md

V0

Vm

funct_ID0

funct_ID1

Fscale0

Fscale1

T0

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)


(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Cp

Specific heat capacity




Field Contents

D Material parameter 1

(Real)

n Material parameter 2

(Real)

Md

Limit martensite transformation temperature

(Real)

V0

Material parameter

(Real)

Vm

Constant martensite fraction for second yield stress function 0 < Vmc

£ 1

(Real)

funct_ID0

Yield stress function identifier for 0 martensite fraction

(Integer)

funct_ID1

Yield stress function identifier for Vmc

martensite fraction

(Integer)

Fscale0

Scale factor for yield function for funct_ID0

(Real)

Fscale1

Scale factor for yield function for funct_ID1

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature

(Real)

Comments

1. Martensite fraction:

2. Mechanical behavior:

The yield plastic stress is computed by linear interpolation between two curves funct_ID1 and funct_ID

0.



3. The temperature is computed assuming the adiabatic condition (by default the condition is isothermal

with Cp = 1030):

where Eint

is the internal energy of the element.



/MAT/LAW65 (ELASTOMER)


/MAT/LAW65 - Elastomer Material

Description

This law describes the elastomer material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW65/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/ELASTOMER/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n max

Nrate Fsmooth

Fcut

Nrate times

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDid

funct_IDul

Fscalestress

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)


(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)



Field Contents

max Maximum plastic (failure) strain

(Real)

Nrate Number of loading/unloading function pair


Fsmooth

Smooth strain rate flag

(Integer)

= 0: no strain rate filtering (default)= 1: strain rate filtering

Fcut



funct_IDid

Function identifier for load stress

(Integer)

funct_IDul

Function identifier for unload

(Integer)

Fscalestress

Scale factor for stress


Strain rate


Comments

1. Non-linear elasto-plastic material law with stress-strain functions depending on strain rate.

2. Yield stress is defined by the intersection between loading and unloading curves.

3. Unloading: follows unloading curve shifted by plastic strain value.

4. The law is defined by pairs of stress functions for loading and unloading at a constant strain rate.

5. For each strain rate, the yield stress value is given by the intersection between load and unloadfunctions.

6. For other strain rates, all the values are interpolated using input values.

7. The Young's modulus must be greater than the maximum function slopes, and is used to follow loadingand unloading paths between limiting curves.

8. Within the elastic range, smaller than the yield value, the material behavior is elastic with hysteresis,delimited by loading and unloading curves. Over the yield value, the unloading curve is shifted by thevalue of the plastic deformation.



Loading and unloading function sets for constant strain rates.

For a constant strain rate, user defined functions set the limits for the cycling loading.

Between the curves, the loading and unloading paths follow a slope defined by the Young's modulus. Inplastic domain, the unloading curve is shifted to the right by the value of plastic strain.



/MAT/LAW68 (COSSER)


/MAT/LAW68 - Honeycomb Material

Description

This law describes the honeycomb material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW68/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/COSSER/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E11

E22

E33

G12

G23

G31

funct_ID11i

funct_ID22i

funct_ID33i

Iflag1

Fscale11i

Fscale22i

Fscale33i

max11i max22i max33i

funct_ID12i

funct_ID23i

funct_ID31i

Iflag2

Fscale12i

Fscale23i

Fscale31i

max12i max23i max31i

funct_ID21i

funct_ID32i

funct_ID31i

Fscale21i

Fscale32i

Fscale13i

funct_ID11r

funct_ID22r

funct_ID33r

Fscale11r

Fscale22r

Fscale33r

trans11r trans22r trans33r

funct_ID12r

funct_ID23r

funct_ID31r

Fscale12r

Fscale23r

Fscale31r

trans12r trans23r trans31r

funct_ID21r

funct_ID32r

funct_ID31r

Fscale21r

Fscale32r

Fscale13r



Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E11

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E22

Young’s modulus

(Real)

E33

Young’s modulus

(Real)

G12

Shear modulus

(Real)

G23

Shear modulus

(Real)

G31

Shear modulus

(Real)

funct_ID11i

Initial yield stress function identifier in direction 11

(Integer)

funct_ID22i


(Integer)

funct_ID33i


(Integer)

Iflag1


(Integer)

Fscale11i

Initial yield stress scale factor on function 11


Fscale22i





Field Contents

Fscale33i



max11i Initial failure strain in tension/compression in direction 1

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID12i

Initial shear yield stress function in direction 12

(Integer)

funct_ID23i


(Integer)

funct_ID31i


(Integer)

Iflag2


(Integer)

Fscale12i

Initial shear yield stress scale factor on function 12


Fscale23i



Fscale13i



max12i Initial failure strain in direction 12

(Integer)


(Integer)


(Integer)

funct_ID21i


(Integer)

funct_ID32i


(Integer)

funct_ID31i


(Integer)



Field Contents

Fscale21i



Fscale32i



Fscale31i



funct_ID11r

Residual yield stress function identifier in direction 11

(Integer)

funct_ID22r


(Integer)

funct_ID33r


(Integer)

Fscale11r

Residual yield stress scale factor on function 11


Fscale22r



Fscale33r



trans11r Transition strain in direction 11

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

funct_ID12r

Residual shear yield stress function in direction 12

(Integer)

funct_ID23r


(Integer)

funct_ID31r


(Integer)

Fscale12r

Residual shear yield stress scale factor on function 12


Fscale23r





Field Contents

Fscale31r




(Integer)


(Integer)


(Integer)

funct_ID21r


(Integer)

funct_ID32r


(Integer)

funct_ID13r


(Integer)

Fscale21r



Fscale32r



Fscale13r



Comments

1. This law is compatible with 8 node brick elements, under integrated elements and Isolid =1 or Isolid =2only.

2. If Iflag = 0, yield stress is a function of m (volumetric strains), if Iflag = 1, yield stress is a function of (strains); if Iflag = -1, yield stress is a function of - .

3. When switching from a volumetric strain formulation to a strain formulation, Iflag = -1 allows the samefunction definition to be retained.

4. If one of the failure or shear failure strains is reached, the element is deleted.

5. Transition strains define transition from initial to residual yield stress function.

6. If one of the transition or shear transition strains is reached, element has yield stress described byresidual functions, in each direction. Transition is applied to the neighbor elements.




/MAT/LAW70 (FOAM_TAB)


/MAT/LAW70 - Visco-elastic Foam Tabulated Material

Description

This law describes the visco-elastic foam tabulated material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW70/mat_ID/unit_ID or /MAT/FOAM_TAB/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E0

n Emax max

Fcut

Fsmooth

Nload Nunload Iflag Shape Hys

If Nload

¹ 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDid load Fscale

load

If Nunload

¹ 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDul unload Fscale

unload

Field Contents









Field Contents

ri

Initial density

(Real)

E0

Initial Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

Emax

Maximum Young's modulus

(Real)

max Maximum plastic (failure) strain

(Real)

Fcut



Fsmooth


(Integer)

= 0: no strain rate smoothing (default)= 1: strain rate smoothing active

Nload Number of loading functions


Nunload Number of unloading functions


Iflag Flag to control the unloading response


= 0: The material behavior follows the defined curves for loading and unloading.= 1: The loading curves are used for both loading and unloading behavior. Forunloading the deviatoric stress is damaged by using the quasi-static unloadingcurve

s = (1 - D)(s + pI) - pI

where D is calculated by respecting the quasi-static unloading curve

and P is the pressure p = -(sxx

+ syy

+ szz

) / 3

= 2: The loading curves are used for both loading and unloading behavior. Forunloading the tensor stress is reduced by using the quasi-static unloading curve s= (1 -D)s where D is calculated by respecting the quasi-static unloading curve.

= 3: The loading curves are used for both loading and unloading behavior. Thedeviatoric unloading stress is reduced by:

s = (1 - D)(s + pI) - pI



Field Contents

where, Wcur

and Wmax

are current and maximum energy.

= 4: The loading curves are used for both loading and unloading behavior and thetensor unloading tensor stress is reduced by:

s = (1 - D)s

where, Wcur

and Wmax

are current and maximum energy.

For Iflag = 3, 4 the unloading curves are not used.

Shape Shape factor


Hys Hysteresis unloading factor


funct_IDid

Load function identifier

(Integer)

load Strain rate for load function

(Real)

Fscaleload

Scale factor for load function

(Real)

funct_IDul

Unload function identifier

(Integer)

unload Strain rate for unload function

(Real)

Fscaleunload

Scale factor for unload function

(Real)



Comments

1. This material law can be used only with solid elements. This material is available only for the followingparameters in the solid property:

· Isolid

= 1 (Belytschko)

· Ismtr

= 1 (small strain )

· Iframe

= 1 (non co-rotational)

2. In order to recover the stress and strain the initial state file, the following options have to be save in the ASCII Output File (STY-File):

· /OUTP/STRESS/FULL

· /OUTP/STRAIN/FULL

· /OUTP/USERS/FULL

3. For stresses above the last load function, the behavior is extroplated by using the two last loadfunctions. Then, in order to avoid huge stress values, it is recommended to repeat the last loadfunction.



/MAT/PLAS_ZERIL


/MAT/PLAS_ZERIL - Zerilli-Armstrong Elasto-Plastic Material

Description

This law defines an isotropic elasto-plastic material using the Zerilli-Armstrong plasticity model.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/PLAS_ZERIL/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

ri

E n

C0

C5

n max smax

C1

ICC Fsmooth

Fcut

C3

C4

rCp

Ti

Field Contents







ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)

C0

Plasticity yield stress

(Real)



Field Contents

C5

Plasticity hardening parameter

(Real)





smax



C1

Strain rate formulation coefficient

(Real)

Reference strain rate (must be 1 s-1 converted into user’s units)

(Real)


(Integer)


max


Fsmooth


(Integer)


Fcut



C3

Temperature effect coefficient

(Real)

C4

Temperature effect coefficient

(Real)


rCp

Specific heat per unit of volume

(Real)

= 0: temperature is constant: T = Ti

Ti

Initial temperature

Default = 298 K (Real)



Comments

1. The Zerilli-Armstrong law is applicable only to shells and solids.

2. The equation that describes stress during plastic deformation is:

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

T = Temperature


4. When p reaches

max, shell elements are deleted, solid elements deviatoric stress is permanently set

to 0 (the solid element is not deleted).

5. n must be lower than 1.

6. If is 0, there is no strain rate effect.


:



9. The strain rate filtering is used to smooth strain rates.



10. Temperature is computed assuming adiabatic conditions:

where, Eint

is internal energy computed by RADIOSS.




/MAT/USERij


/MAT/USERij - User Material Laws

Description

This law describes the user material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/USERij/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

Field Contents







Comments

1. User material law number ij = 01, 02, 03, …99.

2. All these materials may be created by users.

3. The user material laws USER1 (Law 29), USER2 (Law 30), USER3 (Law 31) are still supported.

4. For user material laws details, refer to specific manual.



/LINE


/LINE - Line Definition

Description

Definition of the line.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/LINE/type/line_ID

line_title

seg_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

For LINE, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, PROP, MAT, SURF, GRBEAM, GRTRUS, GRSPRIEnter selected items numbers (any number may be input, 10 per Line).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

For EDGEEnter selected surfaces (any number may be input, 10 per Line).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_ID1

surf_ID2

surf_ID3

surf_ID4

surf_ID5

surf_ID6

surf_ID7

surf_ID8

surf_ID9

surf_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input


line_ID Line group identifier


line_title Line group title



(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)



Field Contents

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

item_ID1, item_ID

2, ...

item_IDn

Item identifiers

(Integer)

surf_ID1, surf_ID

2, ...

surf_IDn

Surface identifiers

(Integer)

Input Type Keywords


SEG segments

SUBSET subset

SUBMODEL submodel

PART part

PROP property set

MAT material

GRTRUS group of trusses

GRBEAM group of beams

GRSPRI group of springs

LINE lines

SURF surface

EDGE edges of the surfaces

BOX or BOX2 box

Input Format for BOX or BOX2

Type is BOX or BOX2





Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. A line is a set of 2 nodes segments. It can be defined:

· explicitly, with segment connectivity

· by box

· by subsets, parts, properties or materials (all trusses and beams belonging to these entities areused to define the line)

· by submodels (all trusses, beams and springs belonging to parts defined in the specifiedsubmodels are used to define the line)

· by truss, beam or spring groups

· by a surface (all lines of the surface are used)

· by edges (edges of the surfaces are used)

· with other lines

2. Lines are used to define interfaces in 2D analysis and interfaces type 8 and 11 in 3D analysis.

3. All nodes must belong to a shell, brick, triangular shell, truss, or beam element.

4. If the type of input for /LINE is SUBSET, PART, MAT or PROP only truss, beam, and spring elementsare taken into account.

5. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, then Xmin

= -1. 1030 and Xmax

= 1.1030

6. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, then Ymin

= -1. 1030 and Ymax

= 1.1030

7. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, then Zmin

= -1. 1030 and Zmax

= 1.1030


and Xmax

are irrelevant.



/MAT/GAS (New!)


/MAT/GAS - Airbag Gas

Description

Describes the gas molecular weight and specific heat coefficients.

Format

Type is MASS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/GAS/type/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

MW

Cpa

Cpb

Cpc

Cpd

Cpe

Cpf

Type is MOLE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

MW

Cpa

Cpb

Cpc

Cpd

Cpe

Type is PREDEF

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/GAS/type/mat_ID/unit_ID

mat_title

Field Contents







Field Contents



MW Molecular weight of gas

(Real > 0)

Cpa

Cpa

coefficient in the relation Cp(T)

(Real)

Cpb

Cpb


(Real)

Cpc

Cpc


(Real)

Cpd

Cpd


(Real)

Cpe

Cpe


(Real)

Cpf

Cpf


(Real)

Input Type Keyword

Type Type of input

MASS coefficients per mass unit

MOLE coefficients per mole

PREDEF predefined gas name

Comments

1. If type is MASS:

Cpa

: energy per mass unit per Kelvin

Cpb

: energy per mass unit per Kelvin



2. If type is MOLE:

MW: molecular weight, mass per mole

Cpa

: energy per mole per Kelvin

Cpb

: energy per mole per Kelvin

3. The units in the database are automatically translated to the global unit system.

4. In the table below are names of 13 commonly used gases predefined in RADIOSS: N2, O2, Air, etc. These will be referred to by a gas material identifier, while defining INJECTOR.

Gas Predefined Gas Name

Nitrogen N2

Oxygen O2

Carbon dioxide CO2

Carbon monoxide CO

Argon AR

Neo NE

Helium HE

Hydrogen H2

Water vapor H2O

Ammonia NH3

Hydrogen sulfide N2S

Benzene C6H6

Nitrous oxide N2O

Air AIR

5. Gas data is available on the NIST (National Institute of Standard and Technology) web site:

http://webbook.nist.gov/chemistry/



/MADYMO/EXFEM


/MADYMO/EXFEM - Definition of Exchanged FEM

Description

Describes the definition of exchanged FEM.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MADYMO/EXFEM/exfem_ID

exfem_title

part_ID1

part_ID2

part_ID3

Field Contents

exfem_ID Exchanged FEM identifier


exfem_title Exchanged FEM title


part_ID1

Part identifier 1

(Integer)

part_ID2

Part identifier 2

(Integer)

part_ID3

Part identifier 3

(Integer)

Comments

1. Madymo is a registered trademark of TNO Madymo BV.

2. Both exfem_ID and exfem_title are not exchanged with Madymo.

3. Part IDs, as well as related nodes IDs and elements IDs can be used in the Madymo input file, in orderto define contact interfaces between these RADIOSS entities and Madymo MB or FE models. Theseparts must be parts of shells, 3 node shells or 8 node bricks.

4. Option /MADYMO/LINK cannot use any node belonging to these parts;RADIOSS Starter will generatean error in such a case.

5. A node belonging to such a part cannot be a slave node of an interface Type 2, nor of a rigid bodywithin RADIOSS if it receives contact forces from Madymo contact interfaces, RADIOSS Starter writesa warning if a node belonging to the exchanged parts is a slave node of an interface Type 2 or of a rigidbody.



/MADYMO/LINK


/MADYMO/LINK - Madymo Coupling

Description

Describes the definition of links to Madymo's bodies.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MADYMO/LINK/link_ID

link_title

MDref

node_ID

Field Contents

link_ID Madymo link identifier


link_title Madymo link title


MDref

Madymo body crossed reference number

(Integer)

node_ID RADIOSS node identifier

(Integer)

Comments

1. Madymo is a registered trademark of TNO Madymo BV.

2. Linking a RADIOSS node to Madymo allows connection of the Madymo body cross referenced MDref

to this node:

Madymo body and RADIOSS nodes are treated as a single body, whose mass, inertia and center ofmass are equal to those of the Madymo body.

All forces applied to the node are transferred to the Madymo body and turn, the node’s velocity is setaccording to the body’s velocity.

3. A link is a kinematic condition (the movement of the node is set by the Madymo body); therefore, noother kinematic condition may be set on this node.

4. RADIOSS node mass is not transmitted to the Madymo body; therefore, the RADIOSS node massshould be very small against the Madymo body mass.



5. If the RADIOSS node is the master node of the rigid body, the inertia of the rigid body must be set tospherical.



/MONVOL


/MONVOL - Monitored Volumes

Description

Describes the monitored volume types.

Monitored Volume Type

Type Description

AREA Volume and area output

PRES Pressure load curve

GAS Perfect gas

AIRBAG Airbag

AIRBAG1 Airbag

COMMU Airbag with communications

FVMBAG Airbag with gas flow (Finite Volume Method)



/MONVOL/AIRBAG


/MONVOL/AIRBAG - Airbag

Description

Describes the airbag monitored volume type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/AIRBAG/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

m Pext

T0

Iequi

i cpai

cpai

cpci

Njet

Define Njet

injectors (3 Lines per injector)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

cpa cpb cpc

funct_IDmas

Iflow

Fscalemass

funct_IDT

FscaleT

sensor_ID

Ijet

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

funct_IDPt

funct_IDP

funct_IDPd Fscale

p1Fscale

p2Fscale

p3

Nvent

Read only if Ijet

= 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDPt

funct_IDP

funct_IDPd Fscale

p1Fscale

p2Fscale

p3



Number of vent holes

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nvent

Define Nvent

vent holes membranes (4 Lines per vent hole membrane)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_IDvent

Avent

Bvent

Tstop

Tvent

DPdef

DtPdef

funct_IDV

FscaleV

funct_IDporT

funct_IDporP

funct_IDporA

FscaleporT

FscaleporP

FscaleporA

funct_IDt’

funct_IDP’

funct_IDA'

Fscalet'

FscaleP'

FscaleA'

Field Contents

monvol_ID Monitored volume identifier




monvol_title Monitored volume title


surf_IDext

External surface identifier (see Comment 1)

(Integer)

AscaleT

Abscissa scale factor for time based functions


AscaleP

Abscissa scale factor for pressure based functions


AscaleS

Abscissa scale factor for area based functions


AscaleA

Abscissa scale factor for angle based functions


AscaleD

Abscissa scale factor for distance based functions




Field Contents

m Volumetric viscosity


Pext

External pressure

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature (see Comment 5)


Iequi

Flag for initial thermodynamic equilibrium

(Integer)

= 0: the mass of gas initially filling the airbag is determined with respect to thevolume at time zero.= 1: the mass of gas initially filling the airbag is determined with respect to thevolume at beginning of jetting.

i Gas constant at initial temperature

(Real)

cpai

cpa coefficient in the relation cpi(T)

(Real)

cpbi


(Real)

cpci


(Real)

Njet

Number of injectors

(Integer)

Gas constant

(Real)

cpa cpa coefficient in the relation cp(T)

(Real)

cpb cpa coefficient in the relation cp(T)

(Real)

cpc cpa coefficient in the relation cp(T)

(Real)

surf_IDvent

Vent holes membrane surface identifier

(Integer)

Avent if surf_ID

vent ¹ 0: scale factor on surface

if surf_IDvent

= 0: surface of vent holes

(Real)



Field Contents

Bvent if surf_ID

vent ¹ 0: scale factor on impacted surface

if surf_IDvent

= 0: Bvent

is reset to 0

(Real)

Tstop

Stop time for venting

(Real)

Tvent

Start time for venting

(Real)

DPdef

Pressure difference to open vent hole membrane (DPdef

= Pdef

- Pext

)

(Real)

DtPdef

Minimum duration pressure exceeds Pdef

to open vent hole membrane

(Real)

funct_IDV

Function identifier for outflow velocity

(Integer)

FscaleV

Scale factor on funct_IDV


funct_IDporT

Function identifier for porosity versus time

(Integer)

funct_IDporP

Function identifier for porosity versus pressure

(Integer)

funct_IDporA

Function identifier for porosity versus area

(Integer)

FscaleporT

Scale factor for funct_IDporT

(Real)

FscaleporP

Scale factor for funct_IDporP

(Real)

FscaleporA

Scale factor for funct_IDporA

(Real)

funct_IDmas

Identifier of the function defining mass of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

Iflow

Flag for mass versus time function input type

(Integer)

= 0: mass is input= 1: mass flow is input



Field Contents

Fscalemas

Scale factor on mass function


funct_IDT

Identifier of the function defining temperature of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

FscaleT

Scale factor on temperature function



(Integer)

Ijet

Flag for jetting

(Integer)

= 0: no jetting= 1: jetting

node_ID1, node_ID

2

node_ID3

Node identifiers N1, N

2, N

3 for jet shape definition

(Integer)

funct_IDPt

If Ijet

= 1: identifier of the function number defining DP1(t)

(Integer)

funct_IDP

If Ijet

= 1: identifier of the function number defining DP2(theta)

(Integer)

funct_IDPd If I

jet = 1: identifier of the function number defining DP

3(dist)

(Integer)

Fscalep1

If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDPt


Fscalep2

If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDP


Fscalep3

If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDPd


Nvent


(Integer)

funct_IDt’

Function identifier for porosity versus time when contact

(Integer)

funct_IDP’

Function identifier for porosity versus pressure when contact

(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_IDA’

Function identifier for porosity versus impacted surface

(Integer)

Fscalet'

Scale factor for funct_IDt'

(Real)

FscaleP'

Scale factor for funct_IDP'

(Real)

FscaleA'

Scale factor for funct_IDA'

(Real)

Comments

1. In case of monitored volumes types AREA, PRES or GAS, surf_IDext

must be defined using segments

associated with shell or triangle elements in case of SPMD (possibly void elements). In case ofmonitored volumes types AIRBAG, COMMU or FVMBAG, this constraint is true for both SPMD andSMP.

2. The volume is defined by 3-node or 4-node shell elements. It must be closed and the normals must beoriented outwards.

3. Abscissa scale factors are used to transform abscissa units in airbag functions, for example:

where t is the time

where p is the pressure

4. Initial pressure is set to Pext

.

5. Initial temperature is set to T0, by default to 295(K).

6. Initial thermodynamic equilibrium is written at time zero (Iequi

=0) or at beginning of jetting (Iequi

=1),

based on the following equation with respect to the volume at time zero, or the volume at beginning ofjetting:



where, M0: mass of gas initially filling the airbag

Mi: molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag

R: gas constant depending on the units system,

7. Specific heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit cpi of the gas initially filling the airbag is

quadratic versus temperature:

cpi(T) = cpa + cpb

i * T + cpc

i * T2

8. Gas constant at initial temperature i must be related to specific heat per mass unit at initial

temperature and molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag with respect to the following relation:

where, Mi: molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag


9. The characteristics of the gas initially filling the airbag must be defined (no default) and must be equalfor each communicating airbag.

10. If i = 0, the characteristics of the gas initially filling the airbag are set to the characteristics of the gas

provided by the first injector.

11. Specific heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit cpi of the gas is quadratic with regard to the

temperature:

cp(T) = cpa + cpb * T + cpc * T2

12. Gas constant at initial temperature must be related to specific heat per mass unit at initialtemperature and molar mass of the with respect to the following relation:

where, M: molar mass of the gas


13. If jetting is used, an additional DPjet

pressure is applied to each element of the airbag:



14. With being the normalized vector between the projection of the center of the element upon segment

(node_ID1, node_ID

3) and the center of the element; the angle between vector MN

2 and the vector

(in degrees), d the distance between the center of the element and its projection upon segment(node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ).

The projection of a point upon segment (node_ID1, node_ID

3 ) is defined as the projection of the point in

direction MN2

upon the line (node_ID1, node_ID

3 ) if it lies inside the segment (node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ). If

this is not the case, the projection of the point upon segment (node_ID1, node_ID

3 ) is defined as the

closest node node_ID1 or node_ID

3 (see following figure: dihedral shape of the jet).

15. If node_ID3 = 0, node_ID

3 is set to node_ID

1 and the dihedral shape is reduced to a conical shape.

16. If funct_IDV

= 0: isenthalpic outflow is assumed, else Chemkin model is used and outflow velocity is:

n = FscaleV

* funct_IDV

(P - Pext

)

· Isenthalpic model

Venting or the expulsion of gas from the volume, is assumed to be isenthalpic.

The flow is also assumed to be unshocked, coming from a large reservoir and through a smallorifice with effective surface area, A.

Conservation of enthalpy leads to velocity, u, at the vent hole. The Bernouilli equation is thenwritten as:

(monitored volume) (vent hole)

Applying the adiabatic conditions:


Where P is the pressure of gas into the airbag and r is the density of gas into the airbag.



Therefore, the exit velocity is given by:

The mass out flow rate is given by:

The energy flow rate is given by:

Where V is the airbag volume and E is the internal energy of gas into the airbag.

· Chemkin model

Where r is the density of the gas within the airbag.

17. Vent holes surface is computed as follows:

vent_holes_surface = Avent

* Anon_impacted * funct_ID

porT(A

non_impacted /A

0) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )

+ Bvent

* Aimpacted * funct_ID

t’(A

impacted /A

0) * funct_ID

P’ (P - P

ext )

with impacted surface:

and non-impacted surface:

where for each element e of the vent holes surf_IDvent

, nc(e) means the number of impacted nodes

among the n(e) nodes defining the element.

(see following figure: from nodes contact to impacted/non-impacted surface)



18. Functions funct_IDT’ and funct_ID

P’ are assumed to be equal to 1, if they are not specified (null

identifier).

19. Function funct_IDA

’ is assumed as the funct_IDA

’(A) = A if it is not specified.

20. In order to use porosity during contact, flag IBAG

must be set to 1 in the interfaces concerned (Line 3 of

interface Type 5 and Type 7). If not, the nodes impacted into the interface are not considered asimpacted nodes in the previous formula for A

impacted and A

non_impacted.



/MONVOL/AIRBAG1 (New!)


/MONVOL/AIRBAG1 - Airbag

Description

Describes the airbag monitored volume type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/AIRBAG1/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

mat_ID m Pext

T0

Iequi

Define Njet

injectors

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Njet

For each injector

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

injector_ID sensor_ID Ijet

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Jetting function data ( read only if Ijet

= 1)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDt

funct_IDθ

funct_IDd Fscalet

Fscaleθ

Fscaled

Define Nvent

vent holes

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nvent



For each vent hole

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_IDvent

Ivent

Avent

Bvent

Tstart

Tstop

DPdef

DtPdef

funct_IDT

funct_IDP

funct_IDA

FscaleT

FscaleP

FscaleA

funct_IDt’

funct_IDP’

funct_IDA'

Fscalet'

FscaleP'

FscaleA'

Chemkin model data ( read only if Ivent

=2)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDv

Fscalev

Field Contents







surf_IDext

External surface identifier

(Integer)

AscaleT



AscaleP



AscaleS



AscaleA



AscaleD





Field Contents

mat_ID Material identifier for initial gas

(Real)



Pext

External pressure

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature

Default = 295°K (Real)

Iequi


(Integer)


Njet

Number of injectors

(Integer)

injector_ID Injector property identifier

(Integer)


(Integer)

surf_IDvent


(Integer)

Ivent

Formulation flag

= 1: Isenthalpic (default)

= 2: Chemkin

Avent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent


(Real)

Bvent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent

= 0: Bvent

is reset to 0

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

Tstart


(Real)



Field Contents

DPdef


= Pdef

- Pext

)

(Real)

DtPdef



(Real)

funct_IDv

Function identifier for outflow velocity (Chemkin model)

(Integer)

Fscalev

Scale factor on funct_IDv


funct_IDT


(Integer)

funct_IDP


(Integer)

funct_IDA


(Integer)

FscaleT

Scale factor for funct_IDT

(Real)

FscaleP

Scale factor for funct_IDP

(Real)

FscaleA

Scale factor for funct_IDA

(Real)

Ijet

Flag for jetting

(Integer)


node_ID1, node_ID

2

node_ID3


2, N


(Integer)

funct_IDt

If Ijet

= 1: identifier of the function number defining DP1(t)

(Integer)

funct_IDθ

If Ijet

= 1: identifier of the function number defining DP2(theta)

(Integer)

funct_IDd If Ijet

= 1: identifier of the function number defining DP3(dist)

(Integer)



Field Contents

Fscalet

If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDt


Fscaleθ

If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDθ


Fscaled If Ijet

= 1: scale factor for funct_IDd


Nvent


(Integer)

funct_IDt’


(Integer)

funct_IDP’


(Integer)

funct_IDA’


(Integer)

Fscalet'

Scale factor for funct_IDt'

(Real)

FscaleP'


(Real)

FscaleA'


(Real)



/MONVOL/AREA


/MONVOL/AREA - Output the Volume and the Area

Description

Describes the monitored volume type AREA.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/AREA/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

Field Contents







surf_IDext


(Integer)

AscaleT


(Real)

AscaleP


(Real)

AscaleS


(Real)

AscaleA


(Real)

AscaleD





Comments






where t is the time




/MONVOL/COMMU


/MONVOL/COMMU - Airbag with Communications

Description

Describes the airbag with communications monitored volume type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/COMMU/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

m Pext

T0

Iequi

i cpai

cpbi

cpci

Number of injectors

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Njet

Define Njet

injectors (4 Lines per injector)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

cpa cpb cpc

funct_IDmas

Iflow

Fscalemass

funct_IDT

FscaleT

sensor_ID

Ijet

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

funct_IDPt

funct_IDP

funct_IDPd Fscale

p1Fscale

p2Fscale

p3




(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nvent

Define Nvent

vent holes membranes (4 cards per vent hole membrane)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_IDvent

Avent

Bvent

Tstop

Tvent

DPdef

DtPdef

funct_IDV

FscaleV

funct_IDporT

funct_IDporP

funct_IDporA

FscaleporT

FscaleporP

FscaleporA

funct_IDT’ funct_ID

P' funct_IDA' Fscale

T' FscaleP' Fscale

A'

Number of communicating airbags

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nbag

Define NBAG communicating airbags (1 per communicating airbag)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

bag_ID surf_IDcom

DPdef

Acom

Tcom

DtPdef

Field Contents







surf_IDext


(Integer)



Field Contents

AscaleT


(Real)

AscaleP


(Real)

AscaleS


(Real)

AscaleA


(Real)

AscaleD





Pext

External pressure

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature


Iequi


(Integer)


i Gas constant at initial temperature

(Real)

cpai


(Real)

cpbi


(Real)

cpci


(Real)

Njet

Number of injectors

(Integer)

Nvent


(Integer)



Field Contents

surf_IDvent


(Integer)

Avent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent


(Real)

Bvent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent

= 0: Bvent

is reset to 0

(Real)

Tvent


(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

funct_IDporT


(Integer)

funct_IDporP


(Integer)

funct_IDporA


(Integer)

FscaleporT


(Real)

FscaleporP


(Real)

FscaleporA


(Real)

Gas constant

(Real)


(Real)

cpb cpa coefficient in the relation cp(T)

(Real)

cpc cpa coefficient in the relation cp(T)

(Real)



Field Contents

funct_IDmas


(Integer)

Iflow


(Integer)


Fscalemass



funct_IDT


(Integer)

FscaleT




(Integer)

Ijet

Flag for jetting

(Integer)


node_ID1, node_ID

2

node_ID3


2, N


(Integer)

funct_IDPt

Identifier of the function number defining DP1(t)

(Integer)

funct_IDP

Identifier of the function number defining DP2(theta)

(Integer)

funct_IDPd Identifier of the function number defining DP

3(dist)

(Integer)

Fscalep1

Scale factor for funct_IDPt


Fscalep2

Scale factor for funct_IDP


Fscalep3

Scale factor for funct_IDPd


funct_IDV


(Integer)



Field Contents

FscaleV



funct_IDt’


(Integer)

funct_IDP’


(Integer)

funct_IDA’


(Integer)

Fscalet’

Scale factor for funct_IDt’

(Real)

FscaleP'


(Real)

FscaleA'


(Real)

Nbag Number of communicating airbags

(Integer)

bag_ID Airbag identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDcom

Communicating surface identifier

(Integer)

DPdef

Pressure difference to open communication surface membrane

(Real)

Acom

Communication surface coefficient


Tcom

Start time for communication

(Real)

DtPdef

Minimum duration pressure difference exceeds DPdef

to open communication

surface membrane

(Real)



Comments






where t is the time



.

5. Initial temperature is set to T0, by default to 295(K).

6. The gas within each communicating chamber should have the same characteristics: and cp.

7. Initial thermodynamic equilibrium is written at time zero (Iequi

=0) or at beginning of jetting (Iequi

=1),

based on the following equation with respect to the volume at time zero, or the volume at beginning ofjetting:

where, M0: mass of gas initially filling the airbag

Mi: molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag


8. Specific heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit cpi of the gas initially filling the airbag is

quadratic versus temperature:

cpi(T) = cpa + cpb

i * T + cpc

i * T

2

9. Gas constant at initial temperature i must be related to specific heat per mass unit at initial

temperature and molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag with respect to the following relation:



where, Mi: molar mass of the gas initially filling the airbag


10. The characteristics of the gas initially filling the airbag must be defined (no default) and must be equalfor each communicating airbag.

11. Specific heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit cpi of the gas is quadratic with regard to the

temperature:

cp(T) = cpa + cpb * T + cpc * T2

12. Gas constant at initial temperature must be related to specific heat per mass unit at initialtemperature and molar mass of the with respect to the following relation:

where, M: molar mass of the gas


13. If jetting is used, an additional DPjet

pressure is applied to each element of the airbag:

14. With being the normalized vector between the projection of the center of the element uponsegment (node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ) and the center of the element; the angle between vector MN

2 and the

vector (in degrees), d the distance between the center of the element and its projection uponsegment (node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ).

The projection of a point upon segment (node_ID1, node_ID

3 ) is defined as the projection of the point in

direction MN2 upon the line (node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ) if it lies inside the segment (node_ID

1, node_ID

3 ). If

this is not the case, the projection of the point upon segment (node_ID1, node_ID

3 ) is defined as the

closest node node_ID1 or node_ID

3 (see following figure: dihedral shape of the jet).



15. If node_ID3 = 0, node_ID

3 is set to node_ID

1 and the dihedral shape is reduced to a conical shape.

16. Vent hole membrane is deflated if T > Tvent

or if the pressure exceeds Pdef

during more than ∆tPdef

.

17. If funct_IDV

= 0: isenthalpic outflow is assumed, else Chemkin model is used and outflow velocity is:

n = FscaleV

* funct_IDV

(P - Pext

)

· Isenthalpic model

Venting or the expulsion of gas from the volume, is assumed to be isenthalpic.

The flow is also assumed to be unshocked, coming from a large reservoir and through a smallorifice with effective surface area, A.

Conservation of enthalpy leads to velocity, u at the vent hole. The Bernouilli equation is thenwritten as:


Applying the adiabatic conditions:


Where P is the pressure of gas into the airbag and r is the density of gas into the airbag.

Therefore, the exit velocity is given by:





Where V is the airbag volume and E is the internal energy of gas into the airbag.

· Chemkin model

Where r is the density of the gas within the airbag.

18. If surf_IDvent

¹ 0 (surf_IDvent

is defined).


* funct_IDporA

(A) * funct_IDporT

(t) * funct_IDporP

(P - Pext

)

where, A is the Area of surface surf_ID

19. If surf_IDvent

= 0 (surf_IDvent

is not defined).

vent_holes_surface = Avent * funct_ID

porT(t) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )

20. Functions funct_IDporT

and funct_IDporP

are assumed to be equal to 1, if they are not specified (null

identifier).

21. Function funct_IDporA

is assumed as the funct_IDporA

(A) = A, if it is not specified.




impacted and A

non_impacted.


If surf_IDvent

= 0 (surf_IDvent

is not defined).


* funct_IDporA

(A) * funct_IDporT

(t) * funct_IDporP

(P - Pext

)

24. If surf_IDvent

¹ 0 (surf_IDvent

is defined).



porT(A

non_impacted/A

0) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext)

+ Bvent


t’(A

impacted/A

0) * funct_ID

P’ (P - P

ext)











identifier).

26. Function funct_IDA

’ is assumed as the funct_IDA

’(A) = A, if it is not specified.

27. All communicating airbags bag_ID should be type COMMU monitored volumes.

28. Only the communication from the monitored volume monvol_ID to airbag bag_ID is considered(outwards communication).



/MONVOL/FVMBAG


/MONVOL/FVMBAG - Airbag with Gas Flow

Description

Describes the airbag with FVMBAG type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/FVMBAG/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

m Pext

T0

Iequi

i cpai

Number of injectors

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Njet

Define Njet injectors (4 Lines per injector)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

cpa

funct_IDmas

Iflow

Fscalemass

funct_IDT

FscaleT

sensor_ID

Ijet

funct_IDvel

Fscalevel




(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nvent

Define Nvent

vent holes (4 lines per vent hole)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_IDvent

Avent

Bvent

Itvent

Tvent

DPdef

DtPdef

funct_IDV

FscaleV

funct_IDporT

funct_IDporP

funct_IDporA

FscaleporT

FscaleporP

FscaleporA

funct_IDT’ funct_ID

P' funct_IDA' Fscale

T' FscaleP' Fscale

A'

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Vx3

Vy3

Vz3

Vx1

Vy1

Vz1

X0

Y0

Z0

L1

L2

L3

Nb1

Nb2

Nb3

grbrick_ID

Other FVMBAG parameters

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Igmerg Cgmerg Cnmerg Ptole

qa

qb

Hmin

Ilvout Nlayer Nfacmax Nppmax



Field Contents







surf_IDext


(Integer)

AscaleT



AscaleP



AscaleS



AscaleA



AscaleD





Pext

External pressure

(Real)

T0

Initial temperature


Iequi


(Integer)


i Gas constant at initial temperature (see Comment 5)

(Real)

cpai


(Real)



Field Contents

Njet

Number of injectors

(Integer)

Nvent


(Integer)

surf_IDvent


(Integer)

Avent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent


(Real)

Bvent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent

= 0: Bvent

is reset to 0

(Real)

Itvent

Venting formulation (see Comment 7)


Tvent


(Real)

DPdef


= Pdef

- Pext

)

(Real)

DtPdef



(Real)

funct_IDV


(Integer)

FscaleV



funct_IDporT


(Integer)

funct_IDporP


(Integer)

funct_IDporA


(Integer)

FscaleporT





Field Contents

FscaleporP



FscaleporA



Gas constant

(Real)


(Real)

funct_IDmas


(Integer)

Iflow


(Integer)


Fscalemass



funct_IDT


(Integer)

FscaleT




(Integer)

Ijet

Flag for jetting

(Integer)


funct_IDvel

Function identifier defining injected gas velocity

(Integer)

Fscalevel

Scale factor for injected gas function


funct_IDT’


(Integer)

funct_IDP’


(Integer)

funct_IDA’


(Integer)



Field Contents

FscaleT'

Scale factor for funct_IDT'

(Real)

FscaleP'


(Real)

FscaleA'


(Real)

Vx3

X component of vector V3 (in global frame)

(Real)

Vy3

Y component of vector V3 (in global frame)

(Real)

Vz3

Z component of vector V3 (in global frame)

(Real)

Vx1

X component of vector V1 (in global frame)

(Real)

Vy1

Y component of vector V1 (in global frame)

(Real)

Vz1

Z component of vector V1 (in global frame)

(Real)

X0

X coordinate of local origin O (in global frame)

(Real)

Y0

Y coordinate of local origin O (in global frame)

(Real)

Z0

Z coordinate of local origin O (in global frame)

(Real)

L1

Length L1

(Real)

L2

Length L2

(Real)

L3

Length L3

(Real)



Field Contents

Nb1

Number of finite volumes in direction 1


Nb2



Nb3



grbrick_ID User defined solid group identifier

(Integer)

Igmerg Flag for global merging formulation


Cgmerg Factor for global merging

(Real)

Cnmerg Factor for neighborhood merging

(Real)

Ptole Tolerance for finite volume identification


qa

Quadratic bulk viscosity


qb

Linear bulk viscosity


Hmin Minimum height for triangle permeability (see Comment 21)

(Real)

Ilvout Output level: 0 or 1 (more detail)


Nlayer Estimated number of layers in airbag folding along direction V3

(see Comment 22)


Nfacmax Estimated maximum number of airbag segments concerned by a finite volumein the first automatic meshing step.


Nppmax Estimated maximum number of vertices of a polygon




Comments






where t is the time



.

5. If i = 0, the characteristics of the gas initially filling the airbag are set to the characteristics of the gas

by the first injector.

6. The gas flow in FVMBAG is solved using finite volumes.

Some of these finite volumes can be entered by the user through a group of solids, located inside theairbag and filling a part or the total internal volume. If there still exists a part of the internal volume whichis not discretized by user-defined solids, an automatic meshing procedure produces the remainingvolumes. This can be used for example to model a canister.

A finite volume consist in a set of triangular facets. Their vertices do not necessarily coincide with thenodes of the airbag. The airbag envelope can be modeled with 4 node or 3 node membranes; however,3 nodes are recommended.



7. If Itvent

= 1, venting velocity is equal to the component of the local fluid velocity normal to vent hole

surface. Local density and energy are used to compute outgoing mass and energy through the hole.

If Itvent

= 2, venting velocity is computed from Bernoulli equation using local pressure in the airbag.

Local density and energy are used to compute outgoing mass and energy.

The exit velocity is given by:


mout

- rv * vent_holes_surface * u


If Itvent

= 3, venting velocity is computed from Chemkin equation:

mout

- r * vent_holes_surface * funct_IDV

* FscaleV

(P - Pext

)



during more than DtPdef

.

9. If surf_IDvent

¹ 0 (surf_IDvent

is defined).


* funct_IDporA

(A/A0) * funct_ID

porT(t) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )




A0 is the initial Area of surface surf_ID

vent

10. If surf_IDvent

= 0 (surf_IDvent

is not defined).

vent_holes_surface = Avent * funct_ID

porT(t) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )


and funct_IDporP


identifier).



(A/A0) = 1, if it is not specified.




porT(A

non_impacted /A

0) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )

+ Bvent


t’(A

impacted /A

0) * funct_ID

P’ (P - P

ext )









identifier).




impacted and A

non_impacted.



16. Automatic finite volume meshing parameters.

17. The finite volumes are generated in two steps.

· The first step generates vertices lying exclusively on the envelope of the airbag. This allows toupdate the finite volume along with the deformation of the envelope and correspond to the followingprocedure (displayed in 2D for purpose of clarity):

This procedure requires the input of the direction V3, named cutting direction, and of the direction V

1. A

second direction V2 in the plan normal to the cutting direction will be computed. In order to position the

finite volumes and to determine the cutting width in both direction V1 and V

2, an origin O must be

provided as well as a length Li, counted both positively and negatively from the origin, and a number of

steps Ni. The cutting width is then given by W

i = 2L

i / N

i

It is required that the box drawn in the horizontal plane (normal to V3 ) by the origin O and the length L

i,

counted both positively and negatively from O, includes the bouding-box of the envelope of the volumeto mesh projected in this plane. This is necessary to ensure that this volume in entirely divided intofinite volumes.



· The second step performs horizontal cutting of the finite volumes, and may be useless in manycases of tightly folded airbags. It is especially required when injection is made in a canister filled bythe injected gas before unfolding the airbag.

This second step may generate vertices located inside the airbag. In order for them to be moved alongwith the inflation of the airbag, each is attached to a vertical segment (parallel to direction V

3) between

two vertices lying on the envelope of the airbag (see figure below). The local coordinates of the vertexwithin its reference segment remain constant throughout the inflation process.

The horizontal cutting width is given by W3 = 2L

3 / N

3. It is not necessary that the segment given in

the V3 direction by the origin O and length L

3, counted both positively and negatively, includes the

bounding-box of the envelope of the volume to mesh projection on the V3 direction, since at the second

step only existing finite volumes are cut.

18. Actual vector V1 used for automatic meshing is obtained after orthogonalization of the input vector with

respect to vector V3.

19. When a finite volume fails during the inflation process of the airbag (volume becoming negative, internalmass or energy becoming negative), it is merged to one of its neighbors so that the calculation cancontinue. Two merging approaches are used:

· Global merging: a finite volume is merged if its volume becomes less than a certain factormultiplying the mean volume of all the finite volumes. The flag Igmerg determines if the meanvolume to use is the current mean volume (Igmerg =1) or the initial mean (Igmerg =2). The factorgiving the minimum volume from the mean volume is Cgmerg.



· Neighborhood merging: a finite volume is merged if its volume becomes less than a certainfactor multiplying the mean volume of its neighbors. The factor giving the minimum volume from themean volume is Cnmerg.

20. In case of strong shock, it is recommended to set qa = 1.1 and q

b = 0.05.

21. When two layers of fabric are physically in contact, there should be no possible flow between finitevolumes, which is numerically not the case because of interface gap. Hmin represents a minimumheight for the triangular facets below which the facet is impermeable. Its value should be close to thegap of the auto-impacting interface of the airbag.

22. Nlayer, Nfacmax, Nppmax are memory parameters that help the finite volume creation process.Changing their value cannot cause the calculation to stop. Increasing the leads to a higher amount ofmemory and a smaller computation time for automatic meshing.

23. During the finite volume creation process, plane polygons are first created, which are then assembledinto closed polyhedra and decomposed into triangular facets. Nppmax is the maximum number ofvertices of these polygons.



/MONVOL/GAS


/MONVOL/GAS - Perfect Gas

Description

Describes the perfect gas monitored volume type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/GAS/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

m

Pext

Pini

Pmax

Vinc

Mini

Nvent

Define Nvent vent holes membranes (3 Lines per vent holes membrane)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_IDvent

Avent

Ideleted

Tvent

DPdef

DtPdef

funct_IDporT

funct_IDporP

funct_IDporA

FscaleporT

FscaleporP

FscaleporA

Field Contents







Field Contents



surf_IDext


(Integer)

AscaleT


(Real)

AscaleP


(Real)

AscaleS


(Real)

AscaleA


(Real)

AscaleD



Gas constant

(Real)



Pext

External pressure

(Real)

Pini

Initial pressure

(Real)

Pmax

Bursting pressure (see Comment 4)


Vinc

Incompressible volume

(Real)

Mini

Initial (gas) mass

(Real)

Nvent


(Integer)

surf_IDvent


(Integer)



Field Contents

Avent if surf_ID


if surf_IDvent


(Real)

Ideleted if surf_ID

vent ¹ 0

if Ideleted

= 0: area of surface surf_IDvent

is considered for venting

if Ideleted

= 1: area of deleted elements inside surface surf_IDvent

is considered

for venting

(Integer)

Tvent


(Real)

DPdef


= Pdef

- Pext

)

(Real)

DtPdef



(Real)

funct_IDporT


(Integer)

funct_IDporP


(Integer)

funct_IDporA


(Integer)

FscaleporT


(Real)

FscaleporP


(Real)

FscaleporA


(Real)

Comments








where t is the time


4. When Pmax

is reached, pressure is reset to external pressure and venting has no effect.



while more than DtPdef

.

6. vent_holes_surface = Avent

* A. funct_IDporT

(A/A0) * funct_ID

porP (P - P

ext )

where, A is the Area of surface surf_IDvent


vent


and funct_IDporP


identifier).


is assumed as the function funct_IDporA

(A/A0) = 1 if it is not specified.

9. If surf_IDvent

¹ 0 (surf_IDvent

is defined).


* funct_IDporA

(A) * funct_IDporT

(t) * funct_IDporP

(P - Pext

)



vent

10. If surf_IDvent

= 0 (surf_IDvent

is not defined).


* funct_IDporT

(t) * funct_IDporP

(P - Pext

)


and funct_IDporP


identifier).



(A) = A if it is not specified.



/MONVOL/PRES


/MONVOL/PRES - Pressure Load Curve

Description

Describes the pressure load curve monitored volume type.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MONVOL/PRES/monvol_ID/unit_ID

monvol_title

surf_IDext

AscaleT

AscaleP

AscaleS

AscaleA

AscaleD

funct_ID Fscale

Field Contents







surf_IDext


(Integer)

AscaleT


(Real)

AscaleP


(Real)

AscaleS


(Real)

AscaleA


(Real)

AscaleD





Field Contents

funct_ID Load curve identifier for DP(V0/V)

(Integer)

Fscale Scale factor for load curve


Comments






where t is the time




/MOVE_FUNCT


/MOVE_FUNCT - Function Scale and Shift

Description

This describes the function scale and shift.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MOVE_FUNCT/funct_ID

move_funct_title

Ascalex

Fscaley

Ashiftx

Fshifty

Field Contents



move_funct_title Move function title


Ascalex



Fscaley



Ashiftx

Abscissa shift value


Fshifty

Ordinate shift value


Comment

1. The function linked to this option is scaled first and shifted afterwards, as follows:

X = Fx * Ascalex + Ashift

x

Y = Fy * Fscaley + Fshift

y



/MPC


/MPC - Multi-Point Constraints

Description

Defines multi-point constraints on nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MPC/MPC_ID

MPC_title

node_ID Idof skew_ID a

Field Contents

MPC_ID Multi-point constraint identifier


MPC_title Multi-point constraint title



(Integer)

Idof Degree of freedom (velocity direction)

(Integer)

skew_ID Local skew (for each d.o.f.)

(Integer)

a Scale coefficient

(Real)



Comments

1. This option is not available if it is applied on:

· a translational d.o.f. of a node with a null mass

· a rotational d.o.f. of a node with a null inertia

2. User defined linear relation between nodal velocities.

3. The N formats are necessary to define a kinematic relation between n velocity components. Each termmay be expressed in its own local skew system (skew_ID):

Idof = 1...6

1...3: translational velocity

4...6: rotational velocity



/NODE


/NODE - Nodes

Description

Describes the nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/NODE/unit_ID

node_ID Xc

Yc

Zc

Field Contents




(Integer)

Xc

X coordinate

(Real)

Yc

Y coordinate

(Real)

Zc

Z coordinate

(Real)

Comment

1. Nodes may be defined with more than one block.



/PART


/PART - Parts Definition

Description

Defines a part.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PART/part_ID

part_title

prop_ID mat_ID subset_ID Thick

Field Contents

part_ID Part identifier


part_title Part title


prop_ID Property identifier of the elements in the part

(Integer)

mat_ID Material identifier of the elements in the part

(Integer)

subset_ID Subset identifier to which the part belongs

Default = global model (Integer)

Thick Virtual thickness for shells (optional)

Define a thickness for shells, only used to calculate gap in interfaces

Comments

1. A part is a homogeneous element assembly. In one part, all elements are of the same type, refer tothe same material number (mat_ID), and to the same property identifier (prop_ID).

2. The subset_ID is optional. If omitted, the part belongs to the global model subset.

3. Several different parts may have the same material. This is also true for property and subset.

4. The mat_ID must be 0 for spring and rivet elements.

5. Parts must also be used to define rivets.

6. Thick is only available for parts containing shells and shell3N.



7. Thick is used for a shell instead of the thickness given in the shell property, if the Thick field equals 0 inthe /SHELL or /SH3N keyword.

8. The virtual thickness for shells will be used to compute the gap in interface types 7, 10, 11, 18, 19 and20.



/PENTA6


/PENTA6 - 3D Solid Elements (Pentahedron)

Description

Describes the 3D solid elements (pentahedron).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PENTA6/part_ID

penta_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

Field Contents

part_ID Part identifier of the block.


penta_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

node_ID5

Node identifier 5

(Integer)

node_ID6

Node identifier 6

(Integer)



Comments


2. This option defines a pentahedron, which is only available with Isolid

=15 (PA6 thick shell element

formulation - see /DEF_SOLID keyword).



/PLOAD


/PLOAD - Pressure Loads

Description

Defines pressure load on a surface.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PLOAD/pload_ID/unit_ID

pload_title

surf_ID funct_IDT

sensor_ID Ascalex

Fscaley

Field Contents

pload_ID Pressure load block identifier




pload_title Pressure load block title



(Integer)

funct_IDT


(Integer)


(Integer)

Ascalex

Abscissa (Time) scale factor


Fscaley





Comments

1. In 3D analysis, positive pressure acts in direction = N1 N

3, x N

2 N

4 with N

1, N

2, N

3, N

4 being the

nodes of the segment in the surface definition.

2. In 2D analysis, positive pressure acts in direction normal to N1 N

2, obtained by a rotation in the

counterclockwise direction.

3. If sensor_ID ¹ 0 the pressure load is applied after sensor activation (the time function is shifted in time).


y are used to scale the abscissa (time) and ordinate (pressure).

The actual pressure function value is calculated as following:



/PROP


/PROP - Property Sets

Description

Describes the property sets.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/type/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Field Contents

type Property keyword


prop_ID Property identifier




prop_title Property title




Property Set List

Fixed formatnumber Description Keywords

0 Void element TYPE0, VOID

1 Shell element TYPE1, SHELL

2 Truss element TYPE2, TRUSS

3 Beam element TYPE3, BEAM

4 Spring element TYPE4, SPRING

5 Old Rivet TYPE5, RIVET

6 Orthotropic solid element TYPE6, SOL_ORTH

8 General spring element TYPE8, SPR_GENE

9 Orthotropic shell element TYPE9, SH_ORTH

10 Composite shell element TYPE10, SH_COMP

11 Sandwich shell element TYPE11, SH_SANDW

12 3 node spring element TYPE12, SPR_PUL

13 Beam type spring element TYPE13, SPR_BEAM

14 General solid element TYPE14, SOLID

16 Anisotropic shell element TYPE16, SH_FABR

17 Sandwich shell property set TYPE17, SH_STACK

18 Integrated beam property TYPE18, INT_BEAM

19 Ply-based composite definition TYPE19, SH_PLY

20 General thick shell element TYPE20, TSHELL

21 Orthotropic thick shell element TYPE21, TSH_ORTH

22 Composite thick shell property set TYPE22, TSH_COMP

25 Axisymmetric spring TYPE25, SPR_AXI

28 Multi-strand element TYPE28, NSTRAND

29 User’s property TYPE29, USER1



32 Pretensioner spring TYPE32, SPR_PRE

33 Joint type spring TYPE33, KJOINT

35 Airbag stitch spring TYPE35, STITCH

36 Predit spring TYPE36, PREDIT

Comment

1. Properties of type: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 28, 32, 33, 35, 36 arecompatible with local units system.



/PROP/INJECT1 (New!)


/PROP/INJECT1 - Type 1 Injector

Description

Describes mass injected for each constituent gas.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/INJECT1/injector_ID/unit_ID

injector_title

Ngases

Iflow

AscaleT

Define mixture data for Ngases

gases:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

mat_ID1 funct_IDM

1 funct_IDT1 Fscale

M1 Fscale

T1

mat_ID2 funct_IDM

2 funct_IDT2 Fscale

M2 Fscale

T2

...

mat_IDN funct_IDM

N funct_IDTN Fscale

MN Fscale

TN



Field Contents

injector_ID Injector identifier




injector_title Injector title


Ngases

Number of gases

(Integer)

Iflow


(Integer)


AscaleT



mat_IDi Material identifier that identifies the gas

(Integer)

funct_IDM

Function identifier defining mass of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

FscaleM



funct_IDT

Function identifier defining temperature of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

FscaleT





/PROP/INJECT2 (New!)


/PROP/INJECT2 - Type 2 Injector

Description

Describes molar fraction injected for each constituent gas and total mass injected.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/INJECT2/injector_ID/unit_ID

injector_title

Ngases

Iflow

funct_IDM

funct_IDT

FscaleM

FscaleT

AscaleT

Define mixture data for Ngases

gases: define molar fraction for constant gas mixture or funct_ID for gas

mixture variable with time

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

mat_ID1 Molar_Fraction1 funct_IDmf

1

mat_ID2 Molar_Fraction2 funct_IDmf

2

...

mat_IDN Molar_FractionN funct_IDmf

N



Field Contents

injector_ID Injector identifier




injector_title Injector title


Ngases

Number of gases

(Integer, 1 £ Ngases

£ 100)

Iflow


(Integer)


funct_IDM

Function identifier defining mass of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

funct_IDT

Function identifier defining temperature of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

FscaleM



FscaleT



AscaleT



mat_IDi Material identifier that identifies the gas

(Integer)

Molar_Fractioni Molar fraction of injected gas

(Real)

funct_IDmf

i Function identifier defining molar fraction of injected gas versus time

(Integer)

Comments

1. The sum of Molar Fraction must be 1.0 at any given time.

2. The funct_IDmf

are function identifiers used to define variable molar fraction with time. The function

must be defined with the same time abscissa. If funct_IDmf

> 0, Molar_Fraction is not used.



/PROP/TYPE0 (VOID)


/PROP/TYPE0 - Void Property Set

Description

This property is used to define the void property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE0/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/VOID/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Thick

Field Contents







Thick Thickness

(Real)

Comments

1. An optional format is available.

2. This additional data allows to define contact interfaces with void material and property: all kinds of inputfor interfaces will then be available (I

gap =1, Stfac as a stiffness factor…).



/PROP/TYPE1 (SHELL)


/PROP/TYPE1 - Shell Property Set

Description

Describes the shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE1/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SHELL/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

dn

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

Iplas

Field Contents







Ishell

Flag for 4 node shell element formulation (see Comment 2)

(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko)= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist)= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation= 24: QEPH shell formulation

Ismstr

Flag for shell small strain formulation (see Comment 4)

(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time = 0 (formulation compatible with all other formulationflags)



Field Contents

= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with I

shell = 2)

= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CSThas no effect)

Ish3n


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: standard triangle (C0)= 2: standard triangle (C0) with modification for large rotation= 30: DKT18= 31: DKT_S3

hm

Shell membrane hourglass coefficient


hf

Shell out of plane hourglass


hr

Shell rotation hourglass coefficient


dm

Shell membrane damping

(Real)

dn

Shell numerical damping

(Real)

N Number of integration points through the thickness with 0 £ N £ 10 (see Comment16)

0 means global plasticity model (default)

(Integer)

Istrain


(Integer)

= 0: default set to value defined with /DEF_SHELL= 1: yes= 2: no


(Real)

Ashear

Shear factor

Default is Reissner value: 5/6 (Real)

Ithick


(Integer)

= 0: default set to value defined with /DEF_SHELL= 1: thickness change is taken into account= 2: thickness is constant



Field Contents

Iplas

Flag for shell plane stress plasticity (see Comment 20)

(Integer)

= 0: default set to value defined with /DEF_SHELL= 1: iterative projection with 3 Newton iterations= 2: radial return

Comments





2. The Ishell

replaces Ihourglass

in previous RADIOSS Starter manuals.

3. Flag Ishell

=2 is incompatible with one integration point for shell element.

4. Small strain formulation is activated from time t=0, if Ismstr


preliminary analysis, but the accuracy of the results is not ensured. Any shell for which Dt < Dtmin

can

be switched to a small strain formulation by RADIOSS Engine option /DT/SHELL/CST; except if

Ismstr

=4.

5. If the small strain option is set to 1 or 3, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws, areengineering strains and stresses; otherwise they are true strains and stresses.

6. hm

, hf, h

r are only used for Q4 shells:

· hm

must have a value between 0 and 0.05;

· hf must have a value between 0 and 0.05;

· hr must have a value between 0 and 0.05.

7. For hourglass type 3, hourglass maximum values may be larger, default values are 0.1 for hm

and hr.

8. Shell membrane damping dm

is only active for Material Laws 19, 27, 32 and 36:

· the default value of dm

is 5% for Law 27;

· the default value of dm is 25% for Law 19;


is 0% for Laws 32 and 36.



9. dm

is used in any case for QEPH, Q4 24 (BATOZ) shells:


for QEPH is 1.5% for Material Laws 19, 27, 32 and 36;


for Q4 24 (BATOZ) is 0%.

For further information about dm

coefficient, refer to ‘Shell Membrane Damping’ in the RADIOSS

Theory Manual.

10. dn is only used for I

shell =12, 24:

· for Ishell

=24 dn is used for hourglass stress calculation;

· for QBAT dn is used for all stress terms, except transvers shear;

· for DKT18 dn is only used for membrane.

11. The default value of dn is:

· 1.5% for Ishell

=24

· 0.1% for QBAT

· 0.01% for DKT18

12. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.

13. Flag Iplas

is available for material Laws 2, 22, 27 and 36.

14. Flag Ithick

is automatically set to 1 for Material Law 32.

15. Flag Istrain


16. Global integration (N=0) is only compatible with Material Laws 1, 2, 22, 36 and 43.

17. For material Law 1, an only membrane behavior happens if N=1. Otherwise, N is ignored and globalintegration is used.

18. It is recommended to use Iplas

= 1, if Ithick

= 1.

19. The default value for Iplas

in case of Law 2 and global integration (N=0 in shell property) is Iplas

=2:

radial return.

20. The default value for Iplas

in case of Law 36 and global integration (N=0 in shell property) is Iplas

=1:

iterative projection.



/PROP/TYPE2 (TRUSS)


/PROP/TYPE2 - Truss Property Set

Description

This property is used to define the truss property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE2/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/TRUSS/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Area Gapini

Field Contents







Area Initial cross section

(Real)

Gapini

Initial gap

Default = 0 (Real)

Comments

1. For truss elements, if n ¹ 0 the cross section variation is computed as:

where u is the Poisson’s ratio given in the material law.

2. If Gapini

¹ 0 when the length of the truss is equal to the initial length minus the gap value, then the

truss is activated.



/PROP/TYPE3 (BEAM)


/PROP/TYPE3 - Beam Property Set

Description

Describes the beam property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE3/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/BEAM/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ismstr

dm

df

Area IYY

IZZ

IXX

wDOF

Ishear

Field Contents







Ismstr

Flag for small strain option

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 4= 1: small strain formulation from t = 0= 2: set to 4= 3: set to 4= 4: full geometric non-linearities

dm

Beam membrane damping


df

Beam flexural damping




Field Contents

Area Cross section

(Real)

IYY

Moment of inertia, bending

(Real)

IZZ

Moment of inertia, bending

(Real)

IXX

Moment of inertia, torsion

(Real)

wDOF

Rotation d.o.f code of nodes 1 and 2 (see detail input below)

(6 Booleans)

Ishear

Flag for beam formulation

(Integer)

= 0: takes shear into account= 1: neglects shear

Detail of Rotation d.o.f input fields for nodes 1 and 2

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

wX1

wY1

wZ1

wX2

wY2

wZ2

Field Contents

wX1

= 1 Rotation d.o.f about X at node 1 is released

(Boolean)

wY1

= 1 Rotation d.o.f about Y at node 1 is released

(Boolean)

wZ1

= 1 Rotation d.o.f about Z at node 1 is released

(Boolean)

wX2


(Boolean)

wY2


(Boolean)

wZ2


(Boolean)



Comments


=1. It may be used for a faster preliminary

analysis because Dt is constant, but the accuracy of results is not ensured.

2. If Ismstr

=1, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws are engineering strains and

stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.



/PROP/TYPE4 (SPRING)


/PROP/TYPE4 - Spring Property Set

Description

Defines spring property.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE4/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPRING/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

M sensor_ID Isflag

Ileng

K C A B D

funct_ID1

H funct_ID2

funct_ID3

dmin

dmax

Fscale1

E Ascalex

Field Contents







M Mass or Mass/ L0 depending on flag I

leng (see Comments 6 and 7)

(Real)


(Integer)

Isflag

Sensor flag

(Integer)

=0: See Comment 2

=1: See Comment 3

=2: See Comment 4



Field Contents

Ileng

Flag for input per unit length

(Integer)

= 0: See Comment 6= 1: See Comment 7

K For linear spring: Stiffness or Stiffness*L0 depending on flag I

leng

For elasto-plastic spring: Unloading stiffness or Unloading stiffness*L0 depending

on flag Ileng

(see Comment 6 and Comment 7)

(Real)

C Damping or Damping*L0 for tension depending on flag I

leng


(Real)

A A coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)


B B coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

D D coefficient for tension


funct_ID1

Function identifier defining f(d) or f( ) depending on flag Ileng


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

H Hardening flag

(Integer)

= 0: non-linear elastic spring= 1: elasto-plastic with isotropic hardening= 2: elasto-plastic with decoupling hardening in tension and compression= 4: “kinematic” hardening= 5: elasto-plastic with non-linear unloading

funct_ID2 Function identifier defining g( ) or g( ) depending on flag I

leng


(Integer)

= 0: g( ) or g( ) =0



Field Contents

funct_ID3

If H=4: Function identifier defining lower yield curve f3(d) or f

3( ) depending on

flag Ileng

If H=5: Function identifier defining residual displacement versus maximumdisplacement (or residual displacement*L

0) versus maximum displacement (or

maximum displacement*L0) depending on flag I

leng


(Integer)

dmin

Negative rupture displacement or Negative rupture displacement *L0 depending

on flag Ileng



dmax

Positive rupture displacement or Positive rupture displacement *L0 depending on

flag Ileng



Fscale1 Scale factor for or (abscissa of g function)

(Real)

E Coefficient for or (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

Ascalex

Coefficient for d or (abscissa of f function)

(Real)

Comments

1. Let d = l - l0 be the difference between the current length and the initial length I

0 of the spring element.

2. If sensor_ID ¹ 0 and Isflag

= 0, then the spring element is activated by the sensor_ID.


= 1, then the spring element is deactivated by the sensor_ID.


= 2, then:

· The spring is activated and/or deactivated by sensor_ID(if sensor is ON, spring is ON; if sensor is OFF, spring is OFF).

· The spring reference length (L0) is the distance between the 2 extremities at sensor’s activation.

5. If a sensor is used for activating or deactivating a spring, the reference length of the spring at sensoractivation (or deactivation) is equal to the nodal distance at time =0; except if sensor flag is equal to 2.



6. In case of Ileng

=0, the force in the spring is computed as:

Linear spring:

F = Kd + C

Non-linear spring:

with -Io < d < ¥



7. If Ileng

= 0, the force in the spring is computed as previously detailed formula.

8. If Ileng

= 1, all input are per unit length:

· Spring mass = M * L0 Spring stiffness = Spring damping = Spring inertia = I * L

0

where L0 is the reference spring length

· Force functions are given versus engineering strain and engineering strain rate.

· Failure criteria are defined with respect to strain:

- Input negative rupture displacement =

- Idem for the positive rupture displacement

· The force in the spring is computed as:

- Linear spring:

F = K + C

- Non-linear spring:

where, is engineering strain:

and L0 is the reference length of the element

9. For H > 0, if funct_ID1 = 0, function f is assumed to be constant, equal to 1.

10. If dmin

(or dmax

) is 0, then there will be no rupture in the negative direction (or positive).

11. If hardening flag is 4, hardening is kinematic if lower and upper yield curves are the same.

12. If hardening flag is 5, residual deformation is a function of maximum displacement:

dresid

= fN3

(dmax

).



/PROP/TYPE5 (RIVET)


/PROP/TYPE5 - Rivet Property Set

Description

Describes the rivet property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE5/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/RIVET/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Fnmax F

tmax L

max wflag

Imod

Field Contents







Fnmax Maximum normal force

(Real)

Ftmax Maximum tangential force

(Real)

Lmax

Maximum length

If L > Lmax

rivet is broken

(Real)

wflag

Flag for rotations transmission

(Integer)

= 0: rotations are not transmitted= 1: rotations are transmitted

Imod

Formulation flagDefault = 1 (Integer)

= 0:= 1: rigid body formulation= 2: rigid link formulation



/PROP/TYPE6 (SOL_ORTH)


/PROP/TYPE6 - Orthotropic Solid Property Set

Description

Describes the orthotropic solid property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE6/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SOL_ORTH/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Isolid

Ismstr

Icpre

Inpts

Iframe

dn

qa

qb

h

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Ip

Iorth

Dtmin

Field Contents







Isolid


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation with orthogonal and rigid deformation modes compensation(Belytschko).= 2: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation without orthogonality (Hallquist).= 12: Standard 8-node solid, full integration (no hourglass).= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node solid element, co-rotational, full integration,variable number of Gauss points.= 17: H8C compatible solid full integration formulation



Field Contents

= 24: HEPH 8-node solid element. Co-rotational, under-integrated(1 Gauss point) with physical stabilization

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: small strain from time = 0= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/BRICK/CST)= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time=0 (non-objective formulation)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)= 10: Lagrange type total strain.

Icpre

Flag for constant pressure formulation (HA8 and HEPH only)

(Integer)

= 0: no reduced pressure integration= 1: reduced pressure integration= 2: variable state between I

cpre =0 and I

cpre =1 in function of plasticity state

Inpts

Number of integration points (only for Isolid

=14, 16)

(Integer)

= ijk:2 £ i,j,k £ 9 for I

solid =14

2 £ i,k £ 3, 2 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=16

where:i = number of integration points in r directionj = number of integration points in s directionk = number of integration points in t direction

Iframe

Flag for element coordinate system formulation(only for quad and standard and compatible 8-node bricks: I

solid = 1, 2, 12, 17)

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: non co-rotational formulation= 2: co-rotational formulation

dn

Numerical damping for stabilization (Isolid

=24 only)


qa



qb



h Hourglass viscosity coefficient




Field Contents

VX

X component for reference vector

(Real)

VY

Y component for reference vector

(Real)

VZ

Z component for reference vector

(Real)

skew_ID Skew frame identifier defining orthotropic directions (see Comment 21)

(Integer)

Ip

Reference plane

(Integer)

= 0: use skew_ID= 1: plane (r,s)= 2: plane (s,t)= 3: plane (t,r)

Iorth

Orthotropic system formulation flag

(Integer)

= 0: the first axis of orthotropy is maintained at constant angle with respect tothe orthonormal co-rotational element coordinate system.= 1: the first orthotropy direction is constant with respect to a non-orthonormalisoparametric coordinates.

Orthotropic angle with first reference plane direction

(Real)

Dtmin

Minimum time step


Comments

1. This property set is used to define the fiber plane for Law 14, the steel reinforcement direction for

/MAT/LAW24 (CONC) or the cell direction for /MAT/LAW28 (HONEYCOMB).

2. This property is only available for 8-node linear solid elements and quad elements. Quadratic 20-nodebrick and 6 node pentahedron elements are not compatible. These elements should only be used with /PROP/SOLID.

3. If Isolid


integrated to avoid element locking. This option is currently compatible with Material Laws 1, 3, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35 and 36.

4. Small strain:

If the small strain option is set, the strains and stresses used in material laws are engineering strainsand stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.



Small strain option is not compatible with fully integrated 8-point elements (Isolid

=12). In this case, the

flag switches to Ismstr

= 4, and the Ismstr

flag in /DEF_SOLID is ignored.

The RADIOSS Engine option /DT/BRICK/CST will only work for brick property sets with Ismstr

=2. The

flag Ismstr

=10 is only compatible with material laws using total strain formulation (eg.: Laws 28, 38, 42

and 50). The left Cauchy-Green strain is used for Law 38 and Law 42, the Green-Lagrange strainotherwise.


For Isolid

=1, 2, 12 and Iframe

=2, the stress tensor is computed in a co-rotational coordinate system.

This formulation is more accurate if large rotations are involved, at the expense of higher computationcost. It is recommended in case of elastic or visco-elastic problems with important shear deformations.Co-rotational formulation is compatible with 8 node bricks.

6. Co-rotational formulation is also compatible with bi-dimensional and axisymmetric analysis (quadelement).

7. The hourglass formulation is viscous.

8. If the small strain option is set to 1 or 3, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws areengineering strains and stresses; otherwise they are true strains and stresses.

9. HEPH elements: hourglass formulation is similar to QEPH shell elements.

10. HA8: Locking-free general solid formulation. ex: Isolid

=222 is an 8 Gauss integration points solid. HA8

formulation is compatible with all isotropic material laws.

11. An HA8 solid element should use under integrated pressure (Icpre

=1 in case of elastic or visco-elastic

law; Icpre

=2 in case of elasto-plastic law).

12. If Isolid

=17, brick deviatoric behavior is the same than Isolid

=12, but the bulk behavior can be chosen

with Icpre

, and compatible with all solid type material laws.

13. Flag Icpre

= 2 is the default value and Icpre

=3 there will be no reduced pressure integration for

Isolid

=17.

14. Flag Icpre

is only used for HA8, H8C and HEPH.

15. Flag Icpre

= 2 is only available for elasto-plastic material law.

16. The reduced integration for stress direction can be combined.

For example: Icstr

=1 + 10 = 11 ? reduced integration for s and t directions.

17. Numerical damping dn is only used in hourglass stress calculation for HEPH (I

solid = 24).

18. In animation files, stress components SIGX, SIGY, SIGZ, SIGXY, SIGYZ, SIGXZ are expressed in theorthotropic frame (refer to /ANIM/BRICK for post-processing solid element stress in animation).



19. In plot files, the stress components SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ are expressed in the global frame andthe stress tensors components LSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSYZ, LSXZ are expressed in the orthotropicframe (refer to /TH/BRICK for post-processing solid element stress in plot files).

20. h must have a value between 0 and 0.15.

21. skew_ID is only available for 3D solids.

22. The is given in degrees.

23. Global vector V may be used to define the orthotropy direction, instead of skew_ID.

24. For quad elements, when global formulation is used, orthotropic angle is defined with respect to the firstdirection of the orthogonalized isoparametric frame. When the co-rotational formulation is used, theorthotropic angle is defined with respect to the first direction of the co-rotational frame and so theorthotropic frame keeps the same orientation with respect to the co-rotating (local) frame: orthotropicframe is co-rotating.

25. For 8 node bricks (Isolid

=0, 1 or 2), 4 node tetrahedron and 10 node tetrahedron, the orthotropic system

rotates like the orthogonalized isoparametric system. Attention must be paid to the orientation of theorthotropic system in case of large shear.

r, s, t: isoparametric frame

r: center of (1, 2, 6, 5) to center of (4, 3, 7, 8)

s: center of (1, 2, 3, 4) to center of (5, 6, 7, 8)

t: center of (1, 4, 8, 5) to center of (2, 3, 7, 6)



26. If Ip = 1, 2 or 3, the orthotropic system initial orientation is defined with respect to the initial

orthogonalized isoparametric system, as follows:



27. For bricks, if Iframe

= 2, the orthotropic system rotates like the co-rotational system. A co-rotational

system is an orthogonalization of isoparametric systems r, s, t that has the same orientation whateverthe permutation of r, s, t.

If Ip = 1, 2 or 3, the orthotropic system initial orientation is defined the same way as for bricks, I

solid = 0,

1 or 2 (that is with respect to the orthogonalized isoparametric system), and knowledge of the co-rotational system orientation is unnecessary to input the orthotropic system initial orientation.



/PROP/TYPE8 (SPR_GENE)


/PROP/TYPE8 - General Spring Property Set

Description

This property describes the general spring property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE8/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPR_GENE/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

M I skew_ID sensor_ID Isflag

Ifail

Iequil

KTensX

CTensX

ATensX

BTensX

DTensX

funct_ID1

HTensX

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

dmin TensX

dmax TensX

FscaleTensX

ETensX

AscaleTensX

KTensY

CTensY

ATensY

BTensY

DTensY

funct_ID4

HTensY

funct_ID5

funct_ID6

dmin TensY

dmax TensY

FscaleTensY

ETensY

AscaleTensY

KTensZ

CTensZ

ATensZ

BTensZ

DTensZ

funct_ID7

HTensZ

funct_ID8

funct_ID9

dmin TensZ

dmax TensZ

FscaleTensZ

ETensZ

AscaleTensZ

KTorsX

CTorsX

ATorsX

BTorsX

DTorsX

funct_IDi1

HTorsX

funct_IDi2

funct_IDi3

qmin TorsX

qmax TorsX

FscaleTorsX

ETorsX

AscaleTorsX

KTorsY

CTorsY

ATorsY

BTorsY

DTorsY

funct_IDi4

HTorsY

funct_IDi5

funct_IDi6

qmin TorsY

qmax TorsY



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

FscaleTorsY

ETorsY

AscaleTorsY

KTorsZ

CTorsZ

ATorsZ

BTorsZ

DTorsZ

funct_IDi7

HTorsZ

funct_IDi8

funct_IDi9

qmin TorsZ

qmax TorsZ

FscaleTorsZ

ETorsZ

AscaleTorsZ

Filtering forces

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Israte

Asrate

Field Contents







M Mass

(Real)

I Inertia

(Real)

skew_ID Skew system identifier

(Integer)


(Integer)

Isflag

Sensor flag

(Integer)

Ifail

Rupture criteria

(Integer)

= 0: uni-directional criteria= 1: multi-directional criteria



Field Contents

Iequil

Equilibrium flag (see Comment 5)

(Integer)

= 0: no equilibrium= 1: force and moment equilibrium

KTensX

Transitional stiffness (for linear spring) or unloading stiffness (for elasto-plasticspring) (see Comment 12)

(Real)

CTensX

Transitional damping

(Real)

ATensX

Transitional A coefficient (homogeneous to a force)


BTensX

Transitional B coefficient (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

DTensX

Transitional D coefficient


funct_ID1

Function identifier defining f(d) transitional

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTensX

Transitional hardening flag

(Integer)


funct_ID2 Function identifier defining g( ) transitional

(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID3

If HTensX

=4: Function identifier defining lower yield curve (transitional)

If HTensX

=5: Function identifier defining residual displacement versus maximum

displacement

(Integer)

dmin TensX

Negative rupture displacement, transitional


dmax TensX

Positive rupture displacement, transitional




Field Contents

FscaleTensX

Scale factor for d, transitional

(Real)

ETensX

Coefficient for d, transitional (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

AscaleTensX

Abscissa scale factor for d (funct_ID1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)

KTensY

Transitional stiffness (for linear spring) or unloading stiffness (for elasto-plasticspring)

(Real)

CTensY


(Real)

ATensY



BTensY


(Real)

DTensY



funct_ID4


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTensY


(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID6

If HTensY


If HTensY


displacement

(Integer)

dmin TensY





Field Contents

dmax TensY



FscaleTensY


(Real)

ETensY


(Real)

AscaleTensY


3)

(Real)

KTensZ

Transitional stiffness (for linear spring) or unloading stiffness (for elasto-plasticspring)

(Real)

CTensZ


(Real)

ATensZ



BTensZ


(Real)

DTensZ



funct_ID7


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTensZ


(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID9

If HTensZ


If HTensZ


displacement

(Integer)



Field Contents

dmin TensZ



dmax TensZ



FscaleTensZ


(Real)

ETensZ


(Real)

AscaleTensZ


3)

(Real)

KTorsX

Rotational stiffness (for linear spring) or unloading stiffness (for elasto-plasticspring)

(Real)

CTorsX

Rotational damping

(Real)

ATorsX

Rotational A coefficient (homogeneous to a moment)


BTorsX

Rotational B coefficient (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

DTorsX

Rotational D coefficient


funct_IDi1

Function identifier defining f(q), rotational

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTorsX

Rotational hardening flag

(Integer)

= 0: non-linear elastic spring= 1: elasto-plastic with isotropic hardening= 2: elasto-plastic with decoupled hardening in tension and compression= 4: “kinematic” hardening= 5: elasto-plastic with non-linear unloading

funct_IDi2

Function identifier defining g(q), rotational

(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0



Field Contents

funct_IDi3

If HTorsX

=4: Function identifier defining lower yield curve, rotational

If HTorsX


displacement

(Integer)

qmin TorsX

Negative rupture rotation, rotational


qmax TorsX

Positive rupture rotation, rotational


FscaleTorsX

Scale factor for q, rotational

(Real)

ETorsX

Coefficient for q, rotational (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

AscaleTorsX

Abscissa scale factor for q (funct_ID1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)

KTorsY


(Real)

CTorsY

Rotational damping

(Real)

ATorsY



BTorsY


(Real)

DTorsY



funct_IDi4


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTorsY


(Integer)




Field Contents

funct_IDi5


(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0

funct_IDi6

If HTorsY


If HTorsY


displacement

(Integer)

qmin TorsY



qmax TorsY



FscaleTorsY


(Real)

ETorsY


(Real)

AscaleTorsY


3)

(Real)

KTorsZ


(Real)

CTorsZ

Rotational damping

(Real)

ATorsZ



BTorsZ


(Real)

DTorsZ



funct_IDi7


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTorsZ


(Integer)

= 0: non-linear elastic spring= 1: elasto-plastic with isotropic hardening= 2: elasto-plastic with decoupled hardening in tension and compression



Field Contents

= 4: “kinematic” hardening= 5: elasto-plastic with non-linear unloading

funct_IDi8


(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0

funct_IDi9

If HTorsZ


If HTorsZ


displacement

(Integer)

qmin TorsZ



qmax TorsZ



FscaleTorsZ


(Real)

ETorsZ


(Real)

AscaleTorsZ


3)

(Real)

Israte

Smooth strain rate flag

(Integer)

Asrate

Strain rate cutting frequency

(Real)

Comments

1. The spring has 6 d.o.f. computed in a skew system frame: dX’, dY’, dZ’, qX’, qY’ and qZ’.

· If d is a translational d.o.f., the force in direction d is computed as:

Linear spring:



Non-linear spring:

· If q is a rotational d.o.f., the moment is computed as:

Linear spring:

Non-linear spring:








= 2, then:

· The spring is activated and, or, deactivated by sensor sensor_ID(if sensor is ON, spring is ON; if sensor is OFF, spring is OFF)

· The spring reference length (L0) is the distance between the 2 extremities at sensor’s activation.

5. If Iequil

= 0, then:

f(q) = M2y

= -M1y

6. If Iequil

= 1, then:

-M1y

¹ M2y

-M1z

¹ M2z


8. The 6 d.o.f. are independent. If initial length is not equal to zero, the equilibrium of forces is insured butnot for a few moments. It is then recommended to use spring elements type 8 with a zero length or withone of the two nodes fixed in all directions.

9. If the rupture criteria is uni-directional, the spring fails as soon as one of the criteria is met in onedirection.

10. If the rupture criteria is multi-directional, the spring fails if the following relation is true:

, with being the failure displacement in direction dir

11. For each direction, dmin

Tens

is taken if ddir

is negative, dmax

Tens

if ddir

is positive.

12. If KTens

is lower than the maximum slope of the yield curve (KTens

is not consistent with the maximum

slope of yield curve), KTens

is set to the maximum slope of the curve.

13. If dmin Tens

(resp dmax Tens

) is 0, no rupture in the negative direction (resp positive).

14. The dmin

Tens

must be negative.

15. If hardening flag is 4, hardening is kinematic if lower and upper yield curves are the same.


dresid

= fN3

(dmax

Tens).



17. For linear springs, f and g are null functions and A, B, E, are not taken into account.

18. If KTors

is lower than the maximum slope of the yield curve (KTors

is not consistent with the maximum

slope of yield curve), KTors

is set to the maximum slope of the curve.

19. Both qmin Tors

and qmax

Tors

are expressed in radians.



/PROP/TYPE9 (SH_ORTH)


/PROP/TYPE9 - Orthotropic Shell Property

Description

This property set is used to define the orthotropic shell property.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE9/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_ORTH/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

dn

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

Iplas

VX

VY

VZ

Field Contents







Ishell

Flag for shell element formulation (see Comment 2)

(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko)= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist)= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation= 24: QEPH shell formulation



Field Contents

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time = 0 (formulation compatible with all other formulationflags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with hourglass type 2)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CSThas no effect)

Ish3n


(Integer)


hm



hf



hr



dm


(Real)

dn


(Real)

N Number of integration points through the thickness 1 £ N £ 10

Default set to 1 (Integer)

Istrain


(Integer)

= 0: default set to /DEF_SHELL defined value= 1: yes= 2: no


(Real)

Ashear

Shear factor




Field Contents

Ithick


(Integer)


Iplas


(Integer)


VX

X component


VY

Y component


VZ

Z component


Angle


Comments





2. Flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass


3. Flag Ishell

= 2 is incompatible with one integration point for shell element.


= 1 or 3. It may be used for a faster


can be

switched to a small strain formulation by RADIOSS Engine option /DT/SHELL/CST, except if Ismstr

= 4.




6. hm

, hf, h


· hm





and hr.


can only be used for Material Laws 19, 25, 32 and 36:


is 5% for Law 25;


is 25% for Law 19;


is 0% for Law 32 and Law 36.

9. dm

is used in any case for, QEPH, Q4 24 (BATOZ) shells:


for QEPH is 1.5% for Material Laws 19, 32 and 36;


for Q4 24 (BATOZ) is 0%


coefficient, refer to the RADIOSS Theory Manual.

10. Shell numerical damping dn is only used for I

shell =12 and 24:

· for Ishell

=24, dn is used for hourglass stress calculation;

· for QBAT, dn is used for all stress terms, except transvers shear;

· for DKT18, dn is only used for membrane.


· 1.5% for Ishell

=24

· 0.1% for QBAT

· 0.01% for DKT18

12. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.

13. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Laws 2, 22, 32, 36 and 43.

14. Flag Ithick


15. Flag Istrain





= 1, if Ithick

= 1.

17. Input components of global vector are defined in Line 6.

18. Projection of vector on shell element plane becomes vector

19. Direction 1 of local coordinate system of orthotropy is defined with vector and angle Φ (angle indegree).



/PROP/TYPE10 (SH_COMP)


/PROP/TYPE10 - Composite Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the composite shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE10/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_COMP/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

dn

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

Iplas

VX

VY

VZ

1 2 3 4 5

Field Contents







Ishell


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko)= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist)= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation = 24: QEPH shell formulation



Field Contents

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time = 0 (formulation compatible with all other formulationflags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with I

shell = 2)

= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CSThas no effect)

Ish3n


(Integer)


hm



hf



hr



dm


(Real)

dn


(Real)

N Number of layers

Layer thickness = Thick/N with 0 £ N £ 20


Istrain


(Integer)



(Real)

Ashear

Shear factor




Field Contents

Ithick


(Integer)


Iplas


(Integer)


VX



VY



VZ



1

Angle for layer 1

(Real)

2

Angle for layer 2

(Real)

3

Angle for layer 3

(Real)

4

Angle for layer 4

(Real)

5

Angle for layer 5

(Real)

Comments

1. Q4: original 4 nodes RADIOSS shell with hourglass perturbation stabilization.




2. Flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass


3. Flag Ishell

=2 is incompatible with one integration point for shell element.





preliminary analysis, but the accuracy of the results is not ensured. Any shell for which Dt < Dtmin

can

be switched to a small strain formulation by RADIOSS Engine option /DT/SHELL/CST, except if Ismstr

=4.

5. hm

, hf, h


· hm





and hr.


can be only used for Material Laws 19, 25, 32 and 36:


is 5% for Law 25;


is 25% for Law 19;



8. dm



for QEPH is 1.5% for Material Laws 19, 32 and 36;






shell =12, 24:

· for Ishell

=22, 24 dn is used for hourglass stress calculation;




· 1.5% for Ishell

=24

· 0.1% for QBAT

· 0.01% for DKT18

11. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.




13. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Laws 2, 22, 32, 36 and 43.

14. Flag Ithick


15. Flag Istrain



=1, if Ithick

=1.




20.i is the angle (in degree) between direction 1 of orthotropy and projection of vector on the shell for

layer i.

21. Layer 1 corresponds to zmin

and layer n to zmax

.

22. Input as many formats as necessary to define the angles (5 per Line 7).



/PROP/TYPE11 (SH_SANDW)


/PROP/TYPE11 - Sandwich Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the sandwich shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE11/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_SANDW/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

dn

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

Iplas

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Iorth

Ipos

For each layer (integration point)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

iti

Zi

mat_IDi

Field Contents







Ishell


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL.= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko).= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist).



Field Contents

= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality.= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation= 24: QEPH shell formulation

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time =0 (new formulation compatible with all otherformulation flags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with hourglass type 2)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CSThas no effect)

Ish3n


(Integer)


hm



hf



hr



dm


(Real)

dn


(Real)

N Number of layers, with 1 £ N £ 100


Istrain


(Integer)



(Real)



Field Contents

Ashear

Shear factor


Ithick


(Integer)


Iplas


(Integer)


VX



VY



VZ



skew_ID Skew identifier for reference vector

If the local skew is defined, its X axis replaces the global vector V. V

X, V

Y, V

Z coordinates are ignored.


Iorth

Orthotropic system formulation flag for reference vector


= 0: the first axis of orthotropy is maintained at constant angle with respect tothe X axis of an orthonormal co-rotational element coordinate system.= 1: the first orthotropy direction is constant with respect to a non-orthonormalsystem of deformed element.

Ipos

Layer positioning flag for reference vector


= 0: layer positions are automatically calculated with regard to layerthicknesses. The coherence of global thickness with the sum of layerthicknesses is automatically checked.= 1: all layer positions in the element thickness are user defined. Multiple layersmay have the same special position. Global thickness is not checked in thiscase since it needs to not be equal to sum of layer thicknesses.

i

Angle for layer i

(Real)

ti

Thickness of layer i

(Real)



Field Contents

Zi

Z position of layer i


mat_IDi

Material identifier for layer i

(Integer)

Comments

1. Only compatible with Material Laws 25, 27, 36, 60 and user laws.





3. Flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass


4. Small strain formulation is activated from time t = 0, if Ismstr



can be


=4.

5. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.

6. The hourglass formulation is visco-elastic for Q4 shells.


8. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Law 27.

9. Flag Istrain

is automatically set to 1 for Material Law 25 and Law 27.

10. hm

, hf, h

r are only used for Q4 shells.

· hm





and hr.

12. The default value of dm




13. dm






For further information about dm coefficient, refer to the RADIOSS Theory Manual.


shell =12, 24:

· for Ishell





· 1.5% for Ishell

=24

· 0.1% for QBAT

· 0.01% for DKT18

16. Input components of global vector used to define direction 1 of local coordinate system oforthotropy. Alternatively, it may be defined by a local skew system.


=1, if Ithick

=1.




21. Input as many formats as number of layers (one format per layer, Line 7).

22.i is the angle between direction 1 of orthotropy and projection of vector on the shell for layer i.



23. Layer positions must be defined if the Ipos

flag is active. The Zi values are real layer positions in the

local Z axis (negative and positive value are allowed).

24. Material law type must be the same for each layer.

25. The material law number given in element input section will be used to define the mass and the soundspeed of the composite, as well as the interface stiffness.

26. The material law type input in the element definition must be identical to the material law type used inLine 7.



/PROP/TYPE12 (SPR_PUL)


/PROP/TYEP12 - Pulley Spring Property Set

Description

This property describes the pulley spring property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE12/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPR_PUL/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Mass sensor_ID Isflag

Ileng

m

K C A B D

funct_ID1

H funct_ID2

dmin

dmax

Fscale1

E Ascalex

Field Contents







Mass Mass

(Real)


(Integer)

Isflag

Sensor flag

(Integer)

Ileng


(Integer)

= 0: See Comment 3 and Comment 10= 1: See Comment 11



Field Contents

m Coulomb friction

(Real)

K Stiffness

(Real)

C Damping

(Real)

A A coefficient (homogeneous to a force)


B B coefficient (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

D D coefficient


funct_ID1

Function identifier defining f(d)

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

H Hardening flag

(Integer)

= 0: non-linear elastic spring= 1: elasto-plastic spring= 2: elasto-plastic with decoupling hardening in tension and compression

funct_ID2 Function identifier defining g( )

(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

dmin

Negative rupture displacement


dmax

Positive rupture displacement


Fscale1 Scale factor for (abscissa of g functions)

(Real)

E Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

Ascalex

Scale factor for d (abscissa of f functions)

(Real)



Comments

1. 3 Node Spring

2. Let d =l - l0 be the difference between the current length and the initial length of the spring element.

3. In case of Ileng

=0 (flag Ileng

is defined in Line 3), the force in the spring is computed as:

Linear spring:

F = Kd + C

Non-linear spring:



with -l0 < d < +¥


= 0, then the spring element is activated by the sensor_ID .


= 1, then the spring element is deactivated by the sensor_ID .


= 2, then:

· The spring is activated and/or, deactivated by sensor_ID .(if sensor is ON, spring is ON; if sensor is OFF, spring is OFF).

· The spring reference length (L0) is the distance between the 2 extremities at the sensor’s

activation.


8. If m = 0 (no friction), then F1 = F

2

9. If m ¹ 0:

where, b is angle (radians unit)

10. If Ileng




11. If Ileng



0

where L0 is the spring reference length.




- Idem for the positive rupture displacement.


- Linear spring:

F = K + C


where, is the engineering strain:

and L0 is the reference length of element.

12. If dmin

(resp dmax

) is 0, no rupture in the direction.

13. The dmin

must be negative.

14. For linear springs, f and g are null functions and A, B, E are not taken into account.



/PROP/TYPE13 (SPR_BEAM)


/PROP/TYPE13 - Beam Type Spring Property Set

Description

This property describes the beam type spring property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE13/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPR_BEAM/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Mass Inertia skew_ID sensor_ID Isflag

Ifail

Ileng

Ifail2

KTens

CTens

ATens

BTens

DTens

funct_ID1

HTens

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

dmin Tens

dmax Tens

FscaleTens

ETens

AscaleTens

KY Shear

CY Shear

AY Shear

BY Shear

DY Shear

funct_ID21

HY Shear

funct_ID22

funct_ID23

dmin Y Shear

dmax Y Shear

FscaleY Shear

EY Shear

AscaleY Shear

KZ Shear

CZ Shear

AZ Shear

BZ Shear

DZ Shear

funct_ID24

HZ Shear

funct_ID25

funct_ID26

dmin Z Shear

dmax Z Shear

FscaleZ Shear

EZ Shear

AscaleZ Shear

KTors

CTors

ATors

BTors

DTors

funct_ID11

HTors

funct_ID12

funct_ID13

qmin Tors

qmax Tors

FscaleTors

ETors

AscaleTors

KY Bend

CY Bend

AY Bend

BY Bend

DY Bend

funct_ID31

HY Bend

funct_ID32

funct_ID33

qmin Y Bend

qmax Y Bend



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

FscaleY Bend

EY Bend

AscaleY Bend

KZ Bend

CZ Bend

AZ Bend

BZ Bend

DZ Bend

funct_ID34

HZ Bend

funct_ID35

funct_ID36

qmin Z Bend

qmax Z Bend

FscaleZ Bend

EZ Bend

AscaleZ Bend

v0 w

0

c1

n1 a

1b

1

cXY Shear

nXY Shear a

XY Shearb

XY Shear

cXZ Shear

nXZ Shear a

XZ Shearb

XZ Shear

cX Tors

nX Tors a

X Torsb

X Tors

cY Bend

nY Bend a

Y Bendb

Y Bend

cZ Bend

nZ Bend a

Z Bendb

Z Bend

Field Contents







Mass Spring mass

(Real)

Inertia Spring inertia

(Real)


(Integer)



Field Contents


(Integer)

Isflag

Sensor flag

(Integer)

Ifail

Rupture criteria

(Integer)


Ileng


(Integer)


Ifail2

Rupture model flag


= 0: old displacement criteria= 1: new displacement criteria= 2: force criteria= 3: internal energy criteria

KTens

Stiffness for tension

(Real)

CTens

Damping for tension

(Real)

ATens

A coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)


BTens

B coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

DTens

D coefficient for tension


ETens

Coefficient for d (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

AscaleTens


3)

(Real)

funct_ID1


(Integer)

= 0: for linear spring



Field Contents

HTens

Hardening flag

(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID3

If HTens

=4: Function identifier defining lower yield curve

If HTens


displacement

(Integer)

dmin Tens

Negative rupture limit


dmax Tens

Positive rupture limit


FscaleTens Scale factor for

(Real)

KY Shear

Stiffness for shear

(Real)

CY Shear

Damping for shear

(Real)

AY Shear

A coefficient for shear (homogeneous to a force)


BY Shear

B coefficient for shear (homogeneous to a force)


DY Shear

D coefficient for shear


AscaleY Shear


3)

(Real)


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring



Field Contents

HY Shear

Hardening flag

(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID23

If HY Shear


If HY Shear

=5: Function identifier defining residual displacement versus

maximum displacement

(Integer)

dmin Y Shear



dmax Y Shear



FscaleY Shear Scale factor for

(Real)

EY Shear Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

KZ Shear

Stiffness for shear

(Real)

CZ Shear

Damping for shear

(Real)

AZ Shear



BZ Shear



DZ Shear



AscaleZ Shear


3)

(Real)



Field Contents


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HZ Shear

Hardening flag

(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID26

If HZ Shear


If HZ Shear

=5: Function identifier defining residual displacement versus

maximum displacement

(Integer)

dmin Z Shear



dmax Z Shear



FscaleZ Shear Scale factor for

(Real)

EZ Shear Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

KTors

Stiffness for torsion

(Real)

CTors

Damping for torsion

(Real)

ATors

A coefficient for torsion (homogeneous to a moment)


BTors

B coefficient for torsion (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

DTors

D coefficient for torsion




Field Contents

AscaleTors


3)

(Real)

funct_ID11

Function identifier defining f(q)

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTors

Hardening flag

(Integer)

= 0: non-linear elastic spring= 1: elasto-plastic spring= 2: elasto-plastic with decoupled hardening in tension and compression= 4: “kinematic” hardening= 5: elasto-plastic with non-linear unloading

funct_ID12

Function identifier defining g(q)

(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0

funct_ID13

If HTors


If HTors


displacement

(Integer)

qmin Tors



qmax Tors



FscaleTors

Scale factor for q

(Real)

ETors

Coefficient for g(q) (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

KY Bend

Stiffness for bend

(Real)

CY Bend

Damping for bend

(Real)

AY Bend

A coefficient for bend (homogeneous to a moment)


BY Bend

B coefficient for bend (homogeneous to a moment)




Field Contents

DY Bend

D coefficient for bend


AscaleY Bend


3)

(Real)

funct_ID31


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HY Bend

Hardening flag

(Integer)


funct_ID32


(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0

funct_ID33

If HY Bend


If HY Bend


displacement

(Integer)

qmin Y Bend



qmax Y Bend



FscaleY Bend

Scale factor for q

(Real)

EY Bend

Coefficient for q (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

KZ Bend

Stiffness for bend

(Real)

CZ Bend

Damping for bend

(Real)

AZ Bend





Field Contents

BZ Bend



DZ Bend



AscaleZ Bend


3)

(Real)

funct_ID34


(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HZ Bend

Hardening flag

(Integer)


funct_ID35


(Integer)

= 0: g(q) =0

funct_ID36

If HZ Bend


If HZ Bend


displacement

(Integer)

qmin Z Bend



qmax Z Bend



FscaleZ Bend

Scale factor for q

(Real)

EZ Bend

Coefficient for g(q) (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

v0

Reference translational velocity


w0

Reference rotational velocity in translation X




Field Contents

c1

Relative velocity coefficient in translation X


n1

Relative velocity exponent in translation X


a1

“Mult” factor in translation X


b1

Exponent in translation X


cXY Shear

Relative velocity coefficient in shear XY


nXY Shear

Relative velocity exponent in shear XY


aXY Shear

“Mult” factor in shear XY


bXY Shear

Exponent in shear XY


cXZ Shear

Relative velocity coefficient in shear XZ


nXZ Shear

Relative velocity exponent in shear XZ


aXZ Shear

“Mult” factor in shear XZ


bXZ Shear

Exponent in shear XZ


cX Tors

Relative velocity coefficient in torsion X


nX Tors

Relative velocity exponent in torsion X


aX Tors

“Mult” factor in torsion X


bX Tors

Exponent in torsion X


cY Bend

Relative velocity coefficient in bending Y




Field Contents

nY Bend

Relative velocity exponent in bending Y


aY Bend

“Mult” factor in bending Y


bY Bend

Exponent in bending Y


cZ Bend

Relative velocity coefficient in bending Z


nZ Bend

Relative velocity exponent in bending Z


aZ Bend

“Mult” factor in bending Z


bZ Bend

Exponent in bending Z


Comments

1. Let d = l - l0 be the difference between the current length and the initial length of the spring element.

2. In case of Ileng


Linear spring:

F = Kd + C

Non-linear spring:



with -l0 < d < +¥







5. Spring elements with sensor activation or deactivation are mainly used for the pretensioner model.

6. If a sensor is used for activating or deactivating a spring, the reference length of the spring at sensoractivation (or deactivation) is equal to the nodal distance at time =0.

7. If Ileng


8. If Ileng



0









- Linear spring:

F = K + C




9. All failure criteria are defined with deformation and curvature limits. Input negative rupture displacement

is defined in respect to instead of d.

10. If K is lower than the maximum slope of the yield curve (K is not consistent with the maximum slope ofyield curve), K is set to the maximum slope of the curve.

11. Rupture limits are displacements, forces or internal energy, depending on the failure criteria (Ifail2

) used.

If energy criteria is used, only positive values are taken into account.

12. If dmin

(or dmax

) is 0, no rupture in the negative direction (or positive).

13. The dmin

must be negative.

14. If hardening flag is 4, hardening is kinematic. Lower and upper yield curves are the same.


dresid

= fN3

(dmax

).

16. Rupture criteria:

· If the rupture criteria are uni-directional, the spring fails as soon as one of the criteria is met in onedirection:

, with d ifail

being the failure displacement in direction i =1,...,6

For each direction dmin

is taken if dmax

is negative, dmax

if di is positive.



· If the rupture criteria is multi-directional, the spring fails if the following relation is true:

, i =1,...,6

For “old” displacement formulation (ifail2

= 0), the coefficients ai and bi are equal to 1.0 and 2.0,

respectively.

New formulation (Ifail2

> 0) allows to model velocity dependent rupture limit for translational d.o.f:

where, dmin / max

is static rupture limit in translational directions (Lines 5, 8 and 11), and v0 is the

reference velocity.

The following formula is used for force and energy criteria:

where displacement values being replaced by force or energy values.

17. For linear springs, f and g are null functions and A, B, E, are not taken into account.

18. The qmin Tors

and qmax Tors


19. Rupture criteria


> 0) allows to model velocity dependent rupture limit for rotational d.o.f:

where, qmin / max

is static rupture limit in rotational direction (Lines 14, 17 and 20), and w0 is the

reference velocity.



The following formula is used for moment and energy criteria:

where displacement values being replaced by moment or energy values.

20. If node 3 is not defined in the element input, then the Z direction is:

21. If no skew frame is given in the property set, then the Z direction is:

22. Rupture limits are rotations, moments or internal energy, depending on the failure criteria (Ifail2

) used. If

energy criteria is used, only positive values are taken into account. For displacement based criteria,

qmin Tors and q

max Tors are expressed in radians.



/PROP/TYPE14 (SOLID)


/PROP/TYPE14 - General Solid Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the general solid property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE14/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SOLID/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Isolid

Ismstr

Icpre

Inpts

Irot

Iframe

dn

qa

qb

h

Dtmin

Istrain

Field Contents







Isolid


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation with orthogonal and rigid deformation modes compensation(Belytschko).= 2: Standard 8-node solid element, 1 integration point. Viscous hourglassformulation without orthogonality (Hallquist).= 12: Standard 8-node solid, full integration (no hourglass).= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node solid element, co-rotational, full integration,variable number of Gauss points.= 16: Quadratic 20-node solid, full integration, variable number of Gauss points.= 17: H8C compatible solid full integration formulation= 24: HEPH 8-node solid element. Co-rotational, under-integrated(1 Gauss point) with physical stabilization.



Field Contents

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: small strain from time=0= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time=0 (non-objective formulation)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)=10: Lagrange type total strain.

Icpre

Flag for constant pressure formulation

(Integer)

= 0: no reduced pressure integration= 1: reduced pressure integration= 2: variable state between I

cpre =0 and I

cpre =1 in function of plasticity state

Inpts

Number of integration points (only for Isolid

=14, 16)

(Integer)

= ijk: 2 £ i,j,k £ 9 for I

solid =14

2 £ i,k £ 3, 2 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=16


Irot

This flag is only used by 4 nodes tetras

=0: linear tetra 4 formulation with one integration point=1: quadratic tetra 4 formulation with 6 dof's per node and 4 integration points

Iframe

Flag for element coordinate system formulation

(only for quad and standard 8-node bricks: Isolid

=1, 2, 12, 17)

(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: non co-rotational formulation= 2: co-rotational formulation

dn


=24 only)


qa



qb



h Hourglass viscosity coefficient (see Comment 24)




Field Contents

Dtmin

Minimum time step


Istrain

Flag to compute strain post-processing

(Integer)

= 0: default set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: yes= 2: no

Comments

1. The Isolid

flag is not used with 4-node and 10-node tetrahedron elements. For these elements the

number of integration points is fixed (1 and 4, respectively).

2. If Isolid


integrated to avoid element locking. Those options are currently compatible with Material Laws 1, 3, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35 and 36.

3. Small strain:


4. Small strain option is available for 4 and 8-node elements only: standard, HA8, and HEPH solids

(Isolid

= 1, 2, 14, 24). It is not compatible with fully integrated 8-point elements (Isolid

=12). In this case,

the flag switches to Ismstr

=4, and the Ismstr

flag in /DEF_SOLID is ignored.

5. The RADIOSS Engine option /DT/BRICK/CST will only work for brick property sets with Ismstr

= 2. The

flag Ismstr

= 10 is only compatible with material laws using total strain formulation (eg.: Laws 28, 38, 42

and 50). The Left Cauchy-Green strain is used for /MAT/LAW38 (VISC_TAB) and /MAT/LAW42(OGDEN), the Green-Lagrange strain otherwise.


For Isolid

= 1, 2, 12 and Iframe

= 2, the stress tensor is computed in a co-rotational coordinate system.

This formulation is more accurate if large rotations are involved, at the expense of higher computationcost. It is recommended in case of elastic or visco-elastic problems with important shear deformations.

7. Co-rotational formulation is compatible with 8 node bricks and with quad elements (bi-dimensional andaxisymmetric analysis).

8. HEPH elements: hourglass formulation is similar to QEPH shell elements.

9. Numerical damping dn is only used in hourglass stress calculation for HEPH (I

solid = 24).

10. HA8: Locking-free general solid formulation, co-rotational. The number of Gauss points is defined by

Inpts flag: e.g. combined with I

npts = 222 gives an 8 Gauss integration point element, similar to I

solid = 12.

HA8 formulation is compatible with all material laws.



11. An HA8 solid element should use under integrated pressure (Icpre

= 1 in case of elastic or visco-elastic

law; Icpre

= 2 in case of elasto-plastic law).

12. If Isolid

= 17, brick deviatoric behavior is the same as Isolid

= 12, but the bulk behavior can be chosen

with Icpre

, and compatible with all solid type material laws.

13. Flag Icpre

= 2 is the default value and flag Icpre

= 3 will not reduce pressure integration for Isolid

=17.

14. Flag Icpre

is only used for HA8, H8C and HEPH.

15. Flag Icpre

= 2 is only available for elasto-plastic material law.

16. For quadratic 20 node solid, the number of integration points is defined by Inpts

flag. Valid values are 2

or 3 in r and t directions and 2 to 9 in s direction. The recommended value is Inpts

= 222.


18. In plot files and animation files, stress tensor is attached to the co-rotational frame.

19. The hourglass formulation is viscous for Isolid

= 0, 1, 2.

20. If the small strain option is set to 1, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws areengineering strains and stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.

21. The flag Ismstr

= 10 is only available with Material Laws 38, 42 and 62.

22. The flag Ismstr

= 10 is only available with 8 node solid element and 4 node solid elements.

23. The 8 Gauss points formulation (Isolid

=12) are not available for Ismstr

=1, 2 and 3 (8 Gauss points

formulation switches to Ismstr

=4 in any case).

24. Hourglass viscosity coefficient h must have a value between 0 and 0.15.

25. Hourglass viscosity coefficient h is not active with 8 integration point solids.

26. Strains for post-processing are computed whatever the value of the Istrain

flag for Material Laws 14, 24

and Material Laws greater than 28.



/PROP/TYPE16 (SH_FABR)


/PROP/TYPE16 - Anisotropic Layered Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the anisotropic layered shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE16/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_FABR/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Ipos

ia

iT

iZ

imat_ID

i

Field Contents







Ishell


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko)= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist)= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)



Field Contents

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time = 0 (new formulation compatible with all otherformulation flags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (compatible with hourglass type 2 only)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/SHELL/CST has)

Ish3n


(Integer)


hm



hf



hr



dm


(Real)



Istrain


(Integer)



(Real)

Ashear

Shear factor


Ithick


(Integer)

= 0: default set to value defined with /DEF_SHELL= 1: thickness change is accounted for= 2: thickness is constant



Field Contents

VX



VY



VZ




If the local skew is defined, its X axis replaces the global vector V.V

X, V

Y, V



Ipos



= 0: layer positions are calculated automatically in function of layer thicknesses.The coherence of global thickness with the sum of layer thicknesses isautomatically checked.= 1: all layer positions in the element thickness are user defined. Multiple layersare allowed to have the same space position. Global thickness is not checked inthis case as it need not be equal to sum of layer thickness'.

i

Angle of 1st local axis for layer i

(Real)

ai

Angle between 1st and 2nd axis


Ti

Thickness of layer i

(Real)

Zi



mat_IDi


(Integer)



Comments

1. This property is compatible with Elastic Anisotropic Fabric (/MAT/LAW58 - FABR_A) only and standardshell elements.


3. The flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass





can be


=4.

5. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.



8. hm

, hf, h

r are used only for Q4 shells:

· hm





and hr.

10. Input components of global vector used to define direction 1 of local coordinate system.Alternatively, it may be defined by a local skew system.


12.i is the angle between local X axis and projection of vector on the shell for layer i.

13. ai is the angle between local axes X and Y (directions of anisotropy) for layer i.



local Z axis (negative and positive values are allowed).


16. The material law number given in element input section will be used to define the mass and the soundspeed of the composite as well as the interface stiffness.

17. The material law type input in the element definition must be identical than the material law type usedin Line 7.



/PROP/TYPE17 (SH_STACK) (New!)


/PROP/TYPE17 - Stacking information for ply-based Sandwich Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the sandwich shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE17/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_STACK/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ishell

Ismstr

Ish3n

hm

hf

hr

dm

dn

N Istrain

Thick Ashear

Ithick

Iplas

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Iorth

Ipos

prop_ply_IDi i

Zi

mat_interply_ID

Field Contents







Ishell


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL.= 1: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass modes orthogonal to deformation and rigidmodes (Belytschko).= 2: Q4, visco-elastic hourglass without orthogonality (Hallquist).= 3: Q4, elasto-plastic hourglass with orthogonality.= 4: Q4 with improved type 1 formulation (orthogonalization for warped elements)



Field Contents

= 12: QBAT or DKT18 shell formulation= 24: QEPH shell formulation

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: use value in /DEF_SHELL= 1: small strain from time =0 (new formulation compatible with all otherformulation flags)= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation activationin RADIOSS Engine (option /DT/SHELL/CST)= 3: old small strain formulation (only compatible with hourglass type 2)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (in RADIOSS Engine, option /DT/SHELL/CSThas no effect)

Ish3n


(Integer)


hm



hf



hr



dm


(Real)

dn


(Real)



Istrain


(Integer)



(Real)

Ashear

Shear factor




Field Contents

Ithick


(Integer)


Iplas


(Integer)


VX



VY



VZ




If the local skew is defined, its X axis replaces the global vector V. V

X, V

Y, V



Iorth



= 0: the first axis of orthotropy is maintained at constant angle with respect tothe X axis of an orthonormal co-rotational element coordinate system.= 1: the first orthotropy direction is constant with respect to a non-orthonormalsystem of deformed element.

Ipos



= 0: layer positions are automatically calculated with regard to layerthicknesses. The coherence of global thickness with the sum of layerthicknesses is automatically checked.= 1: all layer positions in the element thickness are user defined. Multiple layersmay have the same special position. Global thickness is not checked in thiscase, since it needs to not be equal to sum of layer thicknesses.

prop_ply_IDi

Ply property identifier for layer i

(Integer)

i =1, 2, 3 …N

iAngle for layer i (see Comment 23)

(Real)



Field Contents

Zi



mat_interply_IDi

Material identifier for interface between ply i and i+1 (see Comment 28)

(Integer)

i =1, 2, … N-1

Comments

1. The stack property is used in combination with /PROP/SH_PLY (/PROP/TYPE19 ...) to createcomposites properties through the ply-based definition, the new shell formulation is modified Q4 Batozshell formulation.






4. Flag Ishell

replaces Ihourglass


5. Small strain formulation is activated from time t = 0, if Ismstr



can be


=4.

6. If Ithick

or Iplas


type of element.



9. Flag Iplas

is available for Material Law 27.

10. Flag Istrain

is automatically set to 1 for Material Law 25 and Law 27.

11. hm

, hf, h

r are only used for Q4 shells.

· hm





and hr.



13. The default value of dm


14. dm









shell =12, 24:

· for Ishell


· for QBAT, dn is used for all stress terms, except transverse shear;



· 1.5% for Ishell

=24

· 0.1% for QBAT

· 0.01% for DKT18

17. Input components of global vector used to define direction 1 of local coordinate system oforthotropy. Alternatively, it may be defined by a local skew system.


=1, if Ithick

=1.





23.i is the angle between direction 1 of orthotropy and projection of vector on the shell for layer i.





local Z axis (negative and positive value are allowed).


26. The material law number given in element input section will be used to define the mass and the soundspeed of the composite, as well as the interface stiffness.

27. The material law type input in the element definition must be identical to the material law type used inLine 7.

28. Shell can be defined with several layers (number of layers is defined by variable N).

Each layer is defined by parameters prop_IDi ,

i , and Z

i .

Interface between each layer is associated to a material defined by mat_IDi . Related material as to be

also defined.

Example: For a number a layer N = 4, shell can be defined with 4 layers and three interfaces:

# Phi Thick Z m

#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|---8---|---9---|--10---|

2 0 0

1

2 45 0

4

2 90 0

1

2 -45 0



/PROP/TYPE18 (INT_BEAM)


/PROP/TYPE18 - Integrated Beam Property Set

Description

Describes the integrated beam property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE18/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/INT_BEAM/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Ismstr

dm

df

Nip Iref

Y0

Z0

Yi

Zi

Area

wDOF

Field Contents







Ismstr

Flag for small strain option

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 4= 1: small strain formulation from t = 0= 2: set to 4= 3: set to 4= 4: full geometric non-linearities

dm

Beam membrane damping




Field Contents

df

Beam flexural damping


Nip Number of integration points

(Integer)

Iref

Section center reference flag

Default = 0 (Real)

= 0: section center is calculated as a barycenter of the integration points.= 1: section center is defined by user using local coordinates (Y

0, Z

0)

Y0

Local Y coordinate of the section center

(Integer)

Z0

Local Z coordinate of the section center

(Integer)

Yi

Local Y coordinate of the integration point

(Integer)

Zi

Local Z coordinate of the integration point

(Integer)

Area Area of the integration point

(Integer)

wDOF

Rotation d.o.f code of nodes 1 and 2 (see detail input below)

(6 Booleans)

Detail of Rotation d.o.f input fields for nodes 1 and 2

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

wX1

wY1

wZ1

wX2

wY2

wZ2

Field Contents

wX1


(Boolean)

wY1


(Boolean)

wZ1


(Boolean)



Field Contents

wX2


(Boolean)

wY2


(Boolean)

wZ2


(Boolean)

Comments


=1. It may be used for a faster preliminary

analysis because Dt is constant, but the accuracy of results is not ensured.

2. If Ismstr

=1, the strains and stresses which are given in material laws are engineering strains and

stresses. Otherwise, they are true strains and stresses.



/PROP/TYPE19 (SH_PLY) (New!)


/PROP/TYPE19 - Ply Information for Sandwich Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the ply property set used in ply-based composite definition.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE19/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SH_PLY/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

mat_IDi

t D

Field Contents







mat_IDi

Material identifier for layer

(Integer)

t Thickness of layer

(Real)

D Incremental angle for layer

(Real)

Comments

1. This ply property is used in combination with /PROP/SH_STACK (/PROP/TYPE17 ...) to create ply-based sandwich composite properties.


3. The angle for layer i: = i + D

where i is defined in the /PROP/SH_STACK for layer i.



/PROP/TYPE20 (TSHELL)


/PROP/TYPE20 - General Thick Shell Property Set

Description

This property is used to define the general thick shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE20/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/TSHELL/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Isolid

Ismstr

Icpre

Icstr

Inpts

Iint

dn

qa

qb

h

Dtmin

Field Contents







Isolid


(Integer)

= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node thick shell element, co-rotational, full integration,variable number of Gauss points in all directions.= 15: HSEPH/PA6 thick shell elements (8-node and 6-node respectively). Co-rotational, under integrated (1 Gauss point in the plane) with physicalstabilization. Variable number of integration points in thickness direction.= 16: Quadratic 16-node thick shell, full integration, variable number of Gausspoints in all directions.

Ismstr

Flag for strain formulation

(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: small strain from time =0= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/BRICK/CST)



Field Contents

= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time =0 (non-objective formulation)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)

Icpre


(Integer)

= 0: no reduced pressure formulation= 1: reduced pressure formulation= 2: variable state between I

cpre = 0 and I

cpre = 1 in function of plasticity

Icstr

Flag for constant stress formulation (HA8 only)

(Integer)

= 0: no reduced stress integration= 001: reduced stress integration in t direction= 010: reduced stress integration in s direction= 100: reduced stress integration in r direction

Inpts

Number of integration points

(Integer)

= j: 1 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=15

= ijk: 2 £ i,j,k £ 9 for Isolid

=14

= ijk: 2 £ i,k £ 3, 2 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=16


Iint

Thickness integration formulation (Isolid

=16 only)

(Integer)

= 0: default set to 1= 1: Gauss integration schema= 2: Lobatto integration schema

dn


=15 only)


qa



qb





Dtmin

Minimum time step




Comments

1. HSEPH elements: hourglass formulation is similar to QEPH shell elements.

2. HA8: Locking-free thick shell formulation, co-rotational. The number of Gauss points is defined by the

Inpts flag: e.g. combined with I

npts =252 shows 2 in r and t directions and 5 in s direction.

3. HA8 element must use constant stress formulation.

4. Lagrange type total strain (Ismstr

=10) is not available with thick shells.


5. The small strain option is available for HA8 and HSEPH shells. The RADIOSS Engine option /DT/BRICK/CST will only work for brick property sets with I

smstr =2.

6. Flag Icstr

is only used for HA8. Usually the reduced integration for stress direction is made in the

thickness direction (local s axis), but it may be combined with other direction, i.e.: Icstr

=011.

7. Numerical damping dn is only used in hourglass stress calculation for HSEPH (I

solid =15).


9. It is possible to use Lobatto integration point in thickness with Isolid

< 0 (for quadratic 16 node thick

shell only).

10. Hourglass viscosity coefficient h must have a value between 0 and 0.15.

11. Hourglass viscosity coefficient h is not active with 8 integration point solids.



/PROP/TYPE21 (TSH_ORTH)


/PROP/TYPE21 - Orthotropic Thick Shell Property Set

Description

This property is used to define the orthotropic thick shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE21/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/TSH_ORTH/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Isolid

Ismstr

Icpre

Icstr

Inpts

Iint

dn

qa

qb

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Iorth

Dtmin

Field Contents







Isolid

Flag for solid elements formulation.

(Integer)

= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node thick shell, co-rotational, full integration, variablenumber of Gauss points in all directions.

= 15: HSEPH/PA6 thick shell (8-node and 6-node respectively), co-rotational,under integrated (1-point in-plan quadrature) with physical stabilization, variablenumber of integration points in thickness direction.

= 16: Quadratic 16-node thick shell, full integration, variable number of Gausspoints in all directions.



Field Contents

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID= 1: small strain from time =0= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/BRICK/CST)= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time =0 (non-objective formulation)= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)

Icpre


(Integer)

= 0: no reduced pressure formulation= 1: reduced pressure formulation= 2: variable state between I

cpre =0 and I

cpre =1 in function of plasticity

Icstr


(Integer)

= 001: reduced stress integration in t direction= 010: reduced stress integration in s direction= 100: reduced stress integration in r direction

Inpts


(Integer)

= j: 1 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=15

= ijk: 2 £ i,j,k £ 9 for Isolid

=14

= ijk: 2 £ i,k £ 3, 2 £ j £ 9 for Isolid

=16


Iint

Thickness integration formulation (Isolid

= 16 only)


= 1: Gauss integration schema

= 2: Lobatto integration schema

dn


= 15 only)

Default = 0.1

qa



qb



VX


(Real)



Field Contents

VY


(Real)

VZ


(Real)


If the local skew has been defined, its X axis replaces the reference vector (VX,

Vy, V

Z will be ignored).

(Integer)

Iorth



= 0: the first axis of orthotropy is maintained at constant angle with respect tothe orthonormal co-rotational element coordinate system.= 1: the first orthotropy direction is constant with respect to a non-orthonormalisoparametric coordinates.

Angle of the first direction of orthotropy

(Real)

Dtmin

Minimum time step


Comments

1. HA8 element must use constant stress formulation.

2. Small strain:


3. For post-processing solid element stress, refer to /ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRESS for animation and /TH/BRICK for plot files.

4. Flag Icpre

=2 is only available for elastoplastic laws.

5. The thick shell orthotropy is planar, third orthotropy direction is coincident with the normal to the shellplane.

6. Global vector V or skew_ID is used to define the othotropy direction.



7. The is an angle between the first direction of orthotropy and projection of reference vector on the shellmean plane (r, t). It is given in degrees.



/PROP/TYPE22 (TSH_COMP)


/PROP/TYPE22 - Composite Thick Shell Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the composite thick shell property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE22/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/TSH_COMP/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Isolid

Ismstr

Icstr

Inpts

Iint

dn

qa

qb

VX

VY

VZ

skew_ID Iorth

Ipos

Ashear

Dtmin

For each layer (integration point):

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

it/t Z

imat_ID

i

Field Contents







Isolid


(Integer)

= 14: HA8 locking-free 8-node thick shell, co-rotational, full integration,variable number of Gauss points in all directions.



Field Contents

= 15: HSEPH/PA6 thick shell (8-node and 6-node respectively), co-rotational, under integrated (1-point in-plan quadrature) with physicalstabilization, variable number of integration points in thickness direction.

Ismstr


(Integer)

= 0: default, set to value defined in /DEF_SOLID

= 1: small strain from time =0

= 2: full geometric non-linearities with possible small strain formulation inRADIOSS Engine (/DT/BRICK/CST)

= 3: simplified small strain formulation from time =0 (non-objectiveformulation)

= 4: full geometric non-linearities (/DT/BRICK/CST has no effect)

Icstr


(Integer)

= 001: reduced stress integration in t direction

= 010: reduced stress integration in s direction

= 100: reduced stress integration in r direction

Inpts


(Integer)

= j: 1 = j = 200 for Isolid

=15

= ijk: 2 = i,j,k = 9 for Isolid

=14


Iint

Number of layers = 200 (Isolid

= 14 only)

(Integer)

dn


= 15 only)


qa



qb



Ashear

Shear factor


VX





Field Contents

VY



VZ




If the local skew has been defined, its X axis replaces the reference vector(V

X, V

y, V

Z will be ignored).

(Integer)

Iorth



= 0: the first axis of orthotropy is maintained at constant angle withrespect to the orthonormal co-rotational element coordinate system.

= 1: the first orthotropy direction is constant with respect to a non-orthonormal isoparametric coordinates.

Ipos



= 0: layer positions are automatically calculated with regard to layerthicknesses partition. The coherence of global thickness with the sum oflayer thicknesses is automatically checked.

= 1: all layer positions in the element thickness are user defined. Multiplelayers may have the same special position.

Dtmin

Minimum time step


1

Angle for layer i

(Real)

t/t Thickness partition of layer i (per total thickness)

(Real)

Zi

Z position of layer i (-0.5 = Zi = 0.5)


mat_IDi


(Integer)



Comments

1. The HA8 element must use constant stress formulation (Icstr

> 0).

2. Use Iint

for HA8 element when number of layers > 9. In this case, the thickness direction integration

points defined by Inpts

should be zero.(e.g.: Icstr

= 10; Inpts

= 202; Iint

= 100).

3. The thick shell orthotropy is planar and the third orthotropy direction is coincident with the normal to theshell plane.

4. Global vector V or skew_ID is used to define the reference orthotropy direction.

5.i is the angle between the first direction of orthotropy and projection of reference vector on the shell

mean plane (r, t) for layer i. It is given in degrees.

6. Material law type can be different for each layer.

7. The material law number defined in part definition will be used to compute the contact interface stiffnessand the hourglass stresses (I

solid = 15).



/PROP/TYPE25 (SPR_AXI)


/PROP/TYPE25 - Axisymmetric Spring Property Set

Description

This property set is used to define the axisymmetric spring property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE25/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPR_AXI/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Mass Inertia skew_ID sensor_ID Isflag

Ifail

Ileng

Ifail2

KTens

CTens

ATens

BTens

DTens

funct_ID1

HTens

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

FscaleTens

dmin Tens

dmax Tens

AscaleTens

ETens

KShear

CShear

AShear

BShear

DShear

funct_ID21

HShear

funct_ID22

funct_ID23

FscaleShear

dmin Shear

dmax Shear

AscaleShear

EShear

KTors

CTors

ATors

BTors

DTors

funct_ID11

HTors

funct_ID12

funct_ID13

FscaleTors min Tors max Tors

AscaleTors

ETors

KBend

CBend

ABend

BBend

DBend

funct_ID31

HBend

funct_ID32

funct_ID33

FscaleBend min Bend max Bend

AscaleBend

EBend

v0 w

0

c1

n1

a1

b1



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

cShear

nShear

aShear

bShear

cTors

nTors

aTors

bTors

cBend

nBend

aBend

bBend

Field Contents







Mass Spring mass

(Real)

Inertia Spring inertia

(Real)


(Integer)


(Integer)

Isflag

Sensor flag

(Integer)

Ifail

Rupture criteria

(Integer)


Ileng


(Integer)


Ifail2

Rupture model flag


= 0: old displacement criteria= 1: new displacement criteria= 2: force criteria= 3: internal energy criteria



Field Contents

KTens

Stiffness for tension

(Real)

CTens

Damping for tension

(Real)

ATens

A coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)


BTens

B coefficient for tension (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

DTens

D coefficient for tension


funct_ID1


(Integer)

= 0 for linear spring

HTens

Hardening flag

(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID3

If HTens


If HTens


displacement

(Integer)

FscaleTens Scale factor for in function g

(Real)

dmin Tens



dmax Tens



AscaleTens Abscissa scale factor for (funct_ID

1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)



Field Contents

ETens Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

KTors

Stiffness for torsion

(Real)

CTors

Damping for torsion

(Real)

ATors

A coefficient for torsion (homogeneous to a moment)


BTors

B coefficient for torsion (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

DTors

D coefficient for torsion


funct_ID11

Function identifier defining f( )

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HTors

Hardening flag

(Integer)


funct_ID12

Function identifier defining g( )

(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID13

If HTors


If HTors


displacement

(Integer)

FscaleTors

Scale factor for in function g

(Real)

min Tors Negative rupture limit


max Tors Positive rupture limit




Field Contents

AscaleTors

Abscissa scale factor for (funct_ID1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)

ETors

Coefficient for (homogeneous to a moment)

(Real)

KShear

Stiffness for shear

(Real)

CShear

Damping for shear

(Real)

AShear



BShear



DShear



funct_ID21 Function identifier defining f( )

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HShear

Hardening flag

(Integer)



(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID23

If HShear


If HShear


displacement

(Integer)

FscaleShear Scale factor for in function g

(Real)

dmin Shear





Field Contents

dmax Shear



EShear Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

AscaleShear Abscissa scale factor for (funct_ID

1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)

KBend

Stiffness for bend

(Real)

CBend

Damping for bend

(Real)

ABend



BBend



DBend



funct_ID31

Function identifier defining f( )

(Integer)

= 0: linear spring

HBend

Hardening flag

(Integer)


funct_ID32

Function identifier defining g( )

(Integer)

= 0: g( ) =0

funct_ID33

If HBend


If HBend


displacement

(Integer)

FscaleBend

Scale factor for in function g

(Real)



Field Contents

min Bend Negative rupture limit


max Bend Positive rupture limit


AscaleBend

Abscissa scale factor for (funct_ID1 and funct_ID

3)

(Real)

EBend

Coefficient for (homogeneous to a force)

(Real)

v0

Reference translational velocity


w0

Reference rotational velocity


c1

Relative velocity coefficient in translation X


n1

Relative velocity exponent in translation X


a1

“Mult” factor in translation X


b1

Exponent in translation X


cShear

Relative velocity coefficient in shear


nShear

Relative velocity exponent in shear


aShear

“Mult” factor in shear


bShear

Exponent in shear


cTors

Relative velocity coefficient in torsion X


nTors

Relative velocity exponent in torsion X


aTors

“Mult” factor in torsion X




Field Contents

bTors

Exponent in torsion X


cBend

Relative velocity coefficient in bending


nBend

Relative velocity exponent in bending


aBend

“Mult” factor in bending


bBend

Exponent in bending


Comments

1. Let d = l - l0 be the difference between the current length and the initial length of the spring element.

2. In case of Ileng


Linear spring:

F = Kd + C

Non-linear spring:



with -l0 < d < +¥







5. Spring elements with sensor activation or deactivation are mainly used for the pretensioner model.

6. If a sensor is used for activating or deactivating a spring, the reference length of the spring at sensoractivation (or deactivation) is equal to the nodal distance at time =0.

7. If Ileng


8. If Ileng



0







- Linear spring:

F = K + C






9. All failure criteria are defined with deformation and curvature limits. Input negative rupture displacement

is defined in respect to , instead of d.

10. If K is lower than the maximum slope of the yield curve (K is not consistent with the maximum slope ofyield curve), K is set to the maximum slope of the curve.

11. Rupture limits are displacements, forces or internal energy, depending on the failure criteria (Ifail2

) used.

If energy criteria is used, only positive values are taken into account.

12. If dmin

(or dmax

) is 0, no rupture in the negative direction (or positive).

13. The dmin

must be negative.

14. If hardening flag is 4, hardening is kinematic. Lower and upper yield curves are the same.


dresid

= ¦N3

(dmax

)

16. Rupture criteria:

· If the rupture criteria are uni-directional, the spring fails as soon as one of the criteria is met in onedirection:

, with difail

being the failure displacement in direction i =1,...,6

For each direction dmin

is taken if di is negative, dmax

if di is positive.

· If the rupture criteria is multi-directional, the spring fails if the following relation is true:

, i =1,...,6

For “old” displacement formulation (ifail2

=0), the coefficients ai and bi are equal to 1.0 and 2.0,

respectively.




> 0) allows to model velocity dependent rupture limit for translational d.o.f:

where, dmin/max

is static rupture limit in translational directions (Lines 5 and 8), and v0 is the

reference velocity.

The following formula is used for force and energy criteria:

where displacement values being replaced by force or energy values.

17. For linear springs, f and g are null functions and A, B, E are not taken into account.

18. Both min

and max


19. Rupture criteria.


> 0) allows to model velocity dependent rupture limit for rotational d.o.f:

where, min/max

is static rupture limit in rotational direction (Lines 11 and 14), and w0 is the reference

velocity.

The following formula is used for moment and energy criteria:

where displacement values being replaced by moment or energy values.

20. If node 3 is not defined in the element input, then the Z direction is:

21. If no skew frame is given in the property set, then the Z direction is:



22. Rupture limits are rotations, moments or internal energy, depending on the failure criteria (Ifail2

) used. If

energy criteria is used, only positive values are taken into account. For displacement based criteria mIn

and max


23. The decoupled hardening (H=2) and kinematic hardening (H=4) models are only valid in axial direction(tension and torsion). They are not available in radial direction (shear and bending).



/PROP/TYPE28 (NSTRAND)


/PROP/TYPE28 - Multi-Strand Property Set

Description

Describes the multi-strand property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE28/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/NSTRAND/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Mass K C

funct_ID1

funct_ID2 min max

m1

m2

Type k m

Field Contents







Mass Mass per unit length

(Real)

K Stiffness for a length of a unitary length

(Real)

C Damping coefficient of a unitary length

(Real)

funct_ID1

Function identifier defining F = f( )

(Integer)

funct_ID2

Function identifier defining G = f( )

(Integer)



Field Contents

min Compression rupture strain


max Tension rupture strain


m1

Pulley general friction coefficient

(Real)

m2

Strand general friction coefficient

(Real)

Type Keyword “Pully” or “Strand” (left justified)

(Integer)

k Pulley or strand number

(Integer)

m Friction coefficient at pulley or along strand

(Real)

Comments

1. To define the connectivity of multi-strand elements, refer to the option /XELEM.

2. The force in the spring is computed as:

Linear spring:

Non-linear spring:

if funct_ID1 ¹ 0 or funct_ID

2 ¹ 0


and L0 is the reference length of element

3. If funct_ID1 = 0,



4. If funct_ID2 = 0,

5. We can define pulley type friction (except at end nodes of the element).

6. Fk-1 is the force in strand connecting nodes N

k-1 and N

k .

7. Fk is the force in strand connecting nodes N

k and N

k+1 .

8. One can also define friction along strands.

9. We can define specific friction coefficients (different from general values) for some pulleys or for somestrands (Line 6).

10. If n is the total number of nodes of an element, strands are numbered from 1 to (n-1) and all pulleys(internal nodes) are numbered from 2 to (n-1).



/PROP/TYPE29, /PROP/TYPE30 or /PROP/TYPE31


/PROP/TYPE29, /PROP/TYPE30 or /PROP/TYPE31 - User’s Property Set

Description

Describes the user's property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE29/prop_ID, /PROP/TYPE30/prop_ID or /PROP/TYPE31/prop_ID

/prop_title

Field Contents





Comments

1. Type USER1 (Type 29), USER2 (Type 30), USER3 (Type 31) are properties that may be created byusers.

2. User Type’s can only be affected to spring elements.

3. For Program User Properties, please contact Altair Development France.



/PROP/TYPE32 (SPR_PRE)


/PROP/TYPE32 - Pre-tension Spring Property Set

Description

This property describes the pre-tension spring property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE32/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/SPR_PRE/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

M sensor_ID Ilock

Stif0

F1

D1

E1

Stif1

funct_ID1

funct_ID2

Field Contents







M Spring mass

(Real)


(Integer)

Ilock Lock feature flag


= 1: old formulation= 2: new formulation (spring is locked after any unload of the spring).

Stif0

Spring stiffness before sensor activation and unloading stiffness after sensoractivation

(Real)

F1

Force at sensor activation

(Real)



Field Contents

D1

Piston’s slide length

(Real)

E1

Initial internal energy at sensor activation

(Real)

Stif1

Loading stiffness after sensor activation

(Real)

funct_ID1

Loading force function versus displacement after sensor activation F = f (x - x0 )

(Integer)

funct_ID2

Loading force function versus time after sensor activation F = g (t - t0 )

(Integer)

Comments

1. To define pretension elements, refer to option /SPRING.

If Ilock = 1, Stif0 is used:

· as unloading stiffness before the end of the piston’s slide is reached;

· as loading and unloading stiffness after the end of the piston’s slide is reached.

If Ilock = 2, Stif0 is used:

· as unloading stiffness before the end of the piston’s slide is reached;

· as loading stiffness after any unloading;




If D1 = 0 or F(D

1) = 0, Stif

0 is used:


If D1 ¹ 0 and F(D

1) ¹ 0, Stif

0 is used:



· as loading and unloading stiffness after that D1 is reached.

2. Exactly two parameters among F1, D

1, E

1 and Stif

1 must be defined. The other two parameters are

computed from the following relation:

and

3. The force is set to 0 at the end of the piston’s slide (D1).

4. If funct_ID1 ¹ 0 or funct_ID

2 ¹ 0, F

1, E

1 and Stif

1 are ignored.

5. If funct_ID1 ¹ 0 or funct_ID

2 ¹ 0, the force is defined as:

F = f (x - x0) * g (t - t

0) f * g ³ 0

where t0 is time at sensor activation

x0 is length at sensor activation

with g = 1, if funct_ID2 = 0

f = 1, if funct_ID1 = 0

6. If f(x) * g(t) = 0, the piston is at the end of sliding (D1 is reached).

7. If Ilock = 2, spring loading and unloading stiffness is equal to Stif0 (spring is locked), after the first

unload of the spring (after sensor activation).

8. Spring is locked once D1 is reached.



/PROP/TYPE33 (KJOINT)


/PROP/TYPE33 - Joint Type Spring

Description

Describes the joint type spring.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE33/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/KJOINT/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Type Skflag

skew_ID1

skew_ID2

Xk

Cr

Spherical Joint (Type 1)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Krx

Kry

Krz

funct_IDXR

funct_IDYR

funct_IDZR

Crx

Cry

Crz

funct_IDXRC

funct_IDYRC

funct_IDZRC

Revolute Joint (Type 2)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Krx

funct_IDXR

Crx

funct_IDXRC



Cylindrical Joint (Type 3)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Ktx

Krx

funct_IDXT

funct_IDXR

Ctx

Crx

funct_IDXTC

funct_IDXRC

Planar Joint (Type 4)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Kty

Kt z

funct_IDYT

funct_IDZT

Krx

funct_IDXR

Cty

Ct z

Crx

funct_IDYTC

funct_IDZTC

funct_IDXRC

Universal Joint (Type 5)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Kry

Krz

funct_IDYR

funct_IDZR

Cry

Crz

funct_IDYRC

funct_IDZRC

Translational Joint (Type 6)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Ktx

funct_IDXT

Ctx

funct_IDXTC



Oldham Joint (Type 7)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Kty

Ktz

funct_IDYT

funct_IDZT

Cty

Ctz

funct_IDYTC

funct_IDZTC

Rigid Joint (Type 8)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn

Free Joint (Type 9)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Kn Ktx

Kty

Ktz

Krx

Kry

Krz

funct_IDXT

funct_IDYT

funct_IDZT

funct_IDXR

funct_IDYR

funct_IDZR

Ctx

Cty

Ctz

Crx

Cry

Crz

funct_IDXTC

funct_IDYTC

funct_IDZTC

funct_IDXRC

funct_IDYRC

funct_IDZRC



Field Contents







Type Joint type

(Integer)

= 1: Spherical joint= 2: Revolute joint= 3: Cylindrical joint= 4: Planar joint= 5: Universal joint= 6: Translational joint= 7: Oldham joint (planar without rotation d.o.f.)= 8: Fixed (rigid) joint= 9: Free joint

Skflag Skew frame selection (see Comment 10)


= 0: joint is defined in a mean skew frame= 1: joint is defined in the first body skew frame

skew_ID1

First skew system identifier

(Integer)

skew_ID2

Second skew system identifier

(Integer)

Xk

Stiffness for interface

(Real)

Cr Critical damping factor


Kn Stiffness for blocked d.o.f.

(Real)

Krx

X rotational stiffness coefficient


Kry

Y rotational stiffness coefficient


Krz

Z rotational stiffness coefficient




Field Contents

funct_IDXR

X rotational stiffness function

(Integer)

funct_IDYR

Y rotational stiffness function

(Integer)

funct_IDZR

Z rotational stiffness function

(Integer)

Crx

X rotational viscosity coefficient


Cry

Y rotational viscosity coefficient


Crz

Z rotational viscosity coefficient


funct_IDXRC

X rotational viscosity function

(Integer)

funct_IDYRC

Y rotational viscosity function

(Integer)

funct_IDZRC

Z rotational viscosity function

(Integer)

funct_IDXT

X translational stiffness function

(Integer)

funct_IDYT

Y translational stiffness function

(Integer)

funct_IDZT

Z translational stiffness function

(Integer)

Ktx

X translational stiffness coefficient (see Comment 12)


Kty

Y translational stiffness coefficient (see Comment 12)


Ktz

Z translational stiffness coefficient (see Comment 12)


Ctx

X translational viscosity coefficient


Cty

Y translational viscosity coefficient




Field Contents

Ctz

Z translational viscosity coefficient


funct_IDXTC

X translational viscosity function

(Integer)

funct_IDYTC

Y translational viscosity function

(Integer)

funct_IDZTC

Z translational viscosity function

(Integer)

Comments

1. Joints are defined by a spring and two local coordinate axes, which belong to connected bodies. Weassume that the connected bodies are rigid to ensure the orthogonality of their local axes. Yet,deformable bodies may be connected with a joint, but a warning will be displayed by RADIOSS in thiscase; moreover if the axis becomes non-orthogonal during deformation, the stability of the joint cannotbe insured.

2. Joint properties are defined in a local frame computed with respect to two connected coordinatesystems. They do not need to be initially coincident. If the initial position of the local coordinate axiscoincides at any time, the joint local frames are defined at a mean position. If the local axes are notinitially coincident, they are first transformed into a mean position between the initial state. Then, thejoint local frame will be computed with respect to these rotated axes.

3. Total number of joint d.o.f. is 6: dX’ dY’ dZ’ X’ Y’ Z’ .

They are computed in the local skew frame.

4. In each type of joint we distinguish blocked d.o.f. and free d.o.f.

5. The blocked d.o.f. are characterized by a constant stiffness.

6. Selecting a high value with respect to the free d.o.f. stiffness is recommended. The free d.o.f. haveuser-defined characteristics, which can be linear or non-linear elastic, combined with a sub-criticalviscous damping.

7. The translational and rotational d.o.f. are defined as follows:

d = dx2 - dx1, where dx1 and dx2 are total displacements of two joint nodes in the local coordinatesystem.

= 2 - 1, where 1 and 2 are total relative rotations of two connected body axes, with respect to thelocal joint coordinate frame.



8. Forces and moments calculation:

· The force in direction d is computed as:

Linear spring:

Kt : translational stiffness (K

tx, K

ty, K

tz)

Ct : translational viscosity (C

tx, C

ty, C

tz)

Non-linear spring:

· The moment in direction is computed as:

Linear spring:

Kr: rotational stiffness (K

rx, K

ry, K

rz)

Cr: rotational viscosity (C

rx, C

ry, C

rz)

Non-linear spring:

· The joint length may be, but is not necessarily equal to 0. It is recommended; however, to use a 0length spring to define a spherical joint or an universal joint.

· To satisfy the global balance of moments in a general case, correction terms in the rotational d.o.f.are calculated as follows:

9. Available joint types:

Joint Types List

TypeNo. Joint type dx dy dz x y z

1 Spherical x x x 0 0 02 Revolute x x x 0 x x3 Cylindrical 0 x x 0 x x4 Planar x 0 0 0 x x5 Universal x x x x 0 06 Translational 0 x x x x x7 Oldham x 0 0 x x x8 Rigid x x x x x x9 Free 0 0 0 0 0 0



where:

x: denotes a blocked d.o.f.

0: denotes a free (user defined) d.o.f.

· Joints do not have user defined mass or inertia, so the nodal time step is always used.

· There are two ways to introduce viscous damping:

1) Defining a critical damping (for blocked d.o.f. only)

Viscous damping is defined in terms of the critical damping factor. The critical dampingcoefficient is calculated using the blocking stiffness value of the element. The mass and inertiaare equal to half of the values of each rigid body connected to the joint. The approximation isthen satisfactory, if only one joint is connected to each rigid body. Otherwise, the criticaldamping is over-estimated, in which case the damping factor in the RADIOSS input should bedecreased. The same damping is applied to all blocked d.o.f.

2) User defined constant or non-linear damping:

It is possible to define independent damping parameters for each free d.o.f.

10. If the Skflag = 1, the joint local frame is chosen as the the local coordinate system of the firstconnected body. In this case a mean skew position is not calculated. However, the second localcoordinate system must still be defined.

11. In the case of universal joint, this option is not active, and both skew axes are always used to calculatethe local joint frame.

12. Coefficients Krx

, Kry

, Krz

are used for linear joint if there are no user defined functions. If a function

number in any d.o.f. is not 0, the corresponding stiffness coefficient becomes a scale factor for thefunction. This rule is applied to any d.o.f. of all joint types.

13. Coefficients Crx

, Cry

, Crz

are used as linear viscosity coefficients if there are no user defined functions.

If a function number in any d.o.f. is not 0, the corresponding coefficient becomes a scale factor for thefunction.

14. The universal joint length must be equal to 0, in the initial state. The universal joint local skew systemis defined as follows:

Y local axis = X axis of the first body local skew system

Z local axis = X axis of the second body local skew system

X local axis = Y x Z

15. This local frame must be initially orthogonal. The X axis of two defining body skew axes must;therefore, be orthogonal in the initial position. The joint local frame can further become non-orthogonaldue to deformation. The forces and moments are then computed in this non-orthogonal frame.



/PROP/TYPE35 (STITCH)


/PROP/TYPE35 - "Stitch" Spring

Description

This property describes the "stitch" spring.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE35/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/STITCH/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Amas Elastif Xlim1 Xk

funct_ID1

funct_ID2

funct_ID3

funct_ID4

Damg Fdelay

Field Contents







Amas Mass per unit length

(Real)

Elastif Stiffness per unit length

(Real)

Xlim1 Traction transition deformation

(Real)

Xk


(Real)

funct_ID1

Initial traction function identifier

(Integer)

funct_ID2

Initial compression function identifier

(Integer)



Field Contents

funct_ID3

Final traction function identifier

(Integer)

funct_ID4

Final compression function identifier

(Integer)

Damg Damage factor 0 < d < 1 (see Comment 4)

(Real)

= 0: no damage= 1: total damage (null stiffness after failure)

Fdelay

Failure delay factor

(Real)

Comments

1. The "stitch" spring is characterized by complex parameterizable rupture criteria, which differ incompression and traction. If maximum deformation is greater than a rupture criteria in a given direction,the spring enters a "damaged mode". The mode information is transmitted to neighboring springelements which will begin to fail.

· The property type STITCH must be used with spring elements.

· Two models are defined in the property:

- First model before damage with the following inputs:

· Elastif

· funct_ID1 defines yield force versus strain in case of traction

· funct_ID2 defines yield force versus strain in case of compression

- Second model after damage with the following inputs:

· Elastif

· funct_ID3 defines yield force versus strain in case of traction

· funct_ID4 defines yield force versus strain in case of compression

2. There is no default value for this property, all parameters should be defined.

3. The damage begins when:

· the spring reaches its strain traction limit Xlim1;

· or a connected spring reaches its own strain traction limit.



4. Damg is used only after n=1/Fdelay

cycles:

· Damg = 0 the spring remains on funct_ID3, funct_ID

4

· Damg = 1 the internal force is reset to zero within 1 cycle

This coefficient was introduced to improve stability when the internal forces are set to 0.0, due torupture.

A value of 0.8 is recommended.



/PROP/TYPE36 (PREDIT)


/PROP/TYPE36 - Predit Property Set

Description

Describes the predit property set. This is a beam-like spring element for spotwelds modelization.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE36/prop_ID/unit_ID or /PROP/PREDIT/prop_ID/unit_ID

prop_title

Iutyp

If Iutyp

= 1

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

skew_ID prop_ID1

prop_ID2

xk

If Iutyp

= 2

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

mat_ID

area Ixx Iyy Izz Ray

Field Contents









Field Contents

Iutyp

Flag for property type

(Integer)

= 1: property type 1= 2: property type 2


(Integer)

prop_ID1

First property identifier

(Integer)

prop_ID2

Second property identifier

(Integer)

xk


(Real)


(Integer)

area Area

(Real)

Ixx Torsion section inertia Ixx

(Real)

Iyy Bending section inertia Iyy

(Real)

Izz Bending section inertia Izz

(Real)

Ray Radius

(Real)

Comments

1. The property type 2 is only used with Predit Material (/MAT/LAW54).

2. A PREDIT type 2 must be reference by a PREDIT type 1: a spring cannot be associated to a PREDITtype 1 only.

3. A PREDIT property type 1 can reference two PREDIT property type 2.

4. If Ray = 0: User defined the values Area, Ixx, Iyy, Izz.

If Ray ¹ 0: Area and inertia are computed.



/QUAD


/QUAD - 2D Solid Elements

Description

Describes the 2D solid elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/QUAD/part_ID

quad_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

Field Contents



quad_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)



Comments


2. More than 1 quad block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of quads can be defined in 1 block.

4. The QUAD elements must be defined in the global YZ plane with the element normal pointing in globalX direction (picture).



/RANDOM


/RANDOM - Nodal Random Noise

Description

Describes the nodal random noise to check stability of model by introducing random noise on nodalcoordinates.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RANDOM/unit_ID or

/RANDOM/GRNOD/grnod_ID/unit_ID

Xalea Seed

Field Contents

grnod_ID Optional node group identifier (defined only if the keyword GRNOD is set)

(Integer)



Xalea Maximum nodal random noise

Range: [0, +8] (Real)

Seed Seed of random noise

Range: [0, +8] (Real)

Comments

1. Xalea is the maximum magnitude of generic random noise applied to specified nodes coordinates.

2. Seed is a Real corresponding to the value used to initialize random number generation.

3. If the Ipri flag defined in /IOFLAG option has a value greater or equal to 4, the output log file will containa listing of new node coordinates.

4. Two computations with the same values for Xalea and Seed will lead exactly to the same results.

5. If a plain /RANDOM option is used (without GRNOD keyword), the random noise is applied to all nodes.When present, it should be defined only once and be the only random noise option.

6. The /RANDOM/GRNOD definition is optional and allows to specify a node group affected by randomnoise. Multiple random noise groups may be defined; however, if one or more /RANDOM/GRNODblocks are present, the random noise is applied only to the specified node groups, regardless if aplain /RANDOM option is present or not.



7. Several definitions with groups containing common nodes are allowed, but the randomization ofcoordinates will be applied more than once for these nodes.



/RBE3 (New!)


/RBE3 - Interpolation Constraint Element

Description

Defines the motion of a reference (slave) node as the weighted average of the motions of sets of masternodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RBE3/rbe3_ID

rbe3_title

Nod_IDref

Trarotref

N_set

For each set with different weighing factors

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

WTi

Trarot_Mi

skew_IDi

grnod_IDi

Field Contents

rbe3_ID Interpolation constraint element identifier


rbe3_title Interpolation constraint element title


Nod_IDref

Reference (slave) node identifier

(Integer)

Trarotref

Code of degrees-of-freedom used for reference node

(6 Booleans)

Default (blank or 6 zeros) set on all degrees-of-freedom

N_set Number of different weighing factor and/or Trarot sets

(Integer)

WTi

Weighing factor of set i

(Real)



Field Contents

Trarot_Mi

Master nodes’ code of degrees-of-freedom used in interpolation of set i

(6 Booleans)

Default (blank or 6 zeros) set on all translation degrees-of-freedom

skew_IDi

Local skew identifier of set i

(Integer)

grnod_IDi

Node group defining master nodes of set i

(Integer)

Codes for Translation and Rotation: Trarotref

and Trarot_Mi

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

VX

VY

VZ w

Xw

Yw

Z

Field Contents

VX


(Boolean)

VY


(Boolean)

VZ


(Boolean)

wX


(Boolean)

wY


(Boolean)

wZ


(Boolean)



Comments

1. This is an equivalent Nastran’s RBE3, in which the motion of slave node depends the motion of a groupof master nodes with weighed average.

Similar but more general than kinematical condition interface type 2 (which is limited by one slave nodeto one master segment (3 nodes or 4 nodes) and for all translations or/and all rotation components),the slave rotation is computed both in function of translation and rotation of master nodes, if alldegrees-of-freedom is set on in Trarot_M

i.

2. It is recommended that for most applications only the translation components be used for Trarot_Mi

(like Spotflag

=1 in /INTER/TYPE2). An exception is the case where the master nodes are co-linear

and some of the slave rotation components can’t be determined; so in this case, some rotationalcomponent should also be set on.

3. The absolute values of weighing factor are not important, the importance is the relative values fromdifferent sets and that they will be normalized after.



/RBODY


/RBODY - Rigid Bodies

Description

Defines rigid bodies.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RBODY/rbody_ID/unit_ID or

/RBODY/rbody_ID/OPTOFF/unit_ID

rbody_title

rb_ID sensor_ID skew_ID Ispher Mass grnod_IDslave

Ikrem ICoG surf_ID

JXX

JYY

JZZ

JXY

JYZ

JXZ

Field Contents

rbody_ID Rigid body identifier




OPTOFF Optional keyword to manage domain decomposition of rigid body for RADIOSSMPP SPMD (see Comment 5)

rbody_title Rigid body title


rb_ID Primary node identifier (center of mass)

(Integer)

sensor_ID Sensor property identifier (see Comment 7)

(Integer)


(Integer)

Ispher Flag for spherical inertia (see Comment 9)(Integer)= 0: Inertia is computed from data= 1: Inertia is set spherical



Field Contents

Mass Mass

(Real)

grnod_IDslave

Node group defining slave nodes

(Integer)

Ikrem Flag for rigid wall deactivation

(Integer)

= 0: Remove rigid body slave nodes from rigid wall= 1: Do not remove rigid body slave nodes from rigid wall

ICoG Flag for center of gravity computation (see Comments 7 and 8)


= 1: Mass and inertia are added at the master node coordinates; the center ofgravity is computed using the master and slave node coordinates, the masternode is moved to the computed center of gravity.= 2: The center of gravity is only computed by taking into account the slave nodemass; the master node is moved to the computed center of gravity, added massand inertia are placed at the center of gravity.= 3: The center of gravity is set at the master node coordinates; added mass andinertia are placed on the master node coordinates; slave node mass and inertiaare transmitted to the center of gravity. The master node is not moved.= 4: The center of gravity is set at the master node coordinates; added mass andinertia are put on center of gravity. The slave node mass and inertia are ignored.The master node is not moved.

surf_ID Surface identifier defining the envelope surface of the rigid body (optional).

(Integer)

JXX

Inertia JXX

(Real)

JYY

Inertia JYY

(Real)

JZZ

Inertia JZZ

(Real)

JXY

Inertia JXY

(Real)

JYZ

Inertia JYZ

(Real)

JXZ

Inertia JXZ

(Real)



Comments

1. Rigid body is set ON by default. All the elements belonging to the rigid body are deactivated inRADIOSS Starter.

2. If the Ipri flag defined in /IOFLAG option has a value greater or equal to 5, a list of deactivated elementsis written in the starter output file (_0000.out).

3. This optimization is not done if a rigid body is defined with a sensor (sensor_ID not equal zero) in whichcase the elements will not be deactivated.

4. For MPP SPMD version, by default the domain decomposition will not take into account the CPU costof these deactivated elements.

5. If OPTOFF keyword is set, then domain decomposition will continue to take into account the CPU costof these elements as they will be reactivated (worth using for rigid body set OFF in RADIOSS Engine).

6. If sensor_ID =0, no sensor is used.

7. If sensor_ID ¹ 0:

· the rigid body is activated and deactivated by the sensor_ID;

· the added mass (Mass) and added inertia (Lines 4 and 5) are not used;

· the flag for the center of gravity computation (ICoG) is ignored;

· the flag for rigid wall deactivation (Ikrem) is equal to 1;

· the rigid body is active (not active) when the sensor is not active (respectively, active);

· at the beginning of the simulation (time t=0), the rigid body is activated as long as the sensor is notactive

· in order to deactivate the rigid body at the beginning of the simulation (from time t=0), use a sensorwhich is active at time t=0.

8. If a rigid body is activated into RADIOSS Engine with option /RBODY/ON, the flag for center of gravitycomputation (ICoG) is then ignored; the rigid body is activated with respect to ICoG =2 characteristics.

9. If a rigid body has the same order of size or is smaller than the elements to which it is connected,using Ispher =1 is recommended in order to ensure the stability of the connected elements.

10. The envelope surface must only contain hyperellipsoids (see /SURF/ELLIPS).

11. Inertia is given in the skew system reference frame.

12. By default, the global reference frame is used.



/RBODY/LAGMUL


/RBODY/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Rigid Bodies

Description

Defines rigid bodies using Lagrange multipliers. This keyword is not available for SPMD computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RBODY/LAGMUL/rbody_IDunit_ID

rbody_title

node_ID grnod_ID

Blank Format

Blank Format

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

node_ID7

node_ID8

node_ID9

node_ID10

Field Contents

rbody_ID Rigid body identifier




rbody_title Rigid body title


node_ID Primary node identifier

(Integer)

grnod_ID Secondary node group identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1, node_ID

2,...,

node_ID10

List of secondary node identifiers

(Integer)



Comments

1. The primary and secondary nodes must have non-zero mass and inertia.

2. The primary node is not moved to the center of gravity of the body.

3. All nodes are equivalent (no distinction between master and slave nodes in this formulation) and mayhave other kinematical conditions of Lagrange Multiplier type.



/REFSTA


/REFSTA - Reference State Files

Description

Describes the reference state files.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/REFSTA

rs_name

Nitrs RS0FMT

Field Contents

rs_name File name for reference state


Nitrs Number of steps from reference to initial state


RS0FMT

RS0 file format


= 0: the RS0 file read is a RADIOSS version 5 file

= 1: the RS0 file read is a RADIOSS version 4 file

Comments

1. The default (blank line) reference state file name is RunnameRS0.

2. A reference state file contains the reference coordinates of the nodes (input format is the same as fornode coordinates in /NODE option; lines starting with # are comment lines).

3. A reference state file does not necessarily contain the coordinates of all nodes in the model. If nocoordinates are given for a node, initial coordinates are used instead.

4. Enhanced reciprocity will be obtained if Nitrs is increased.

5. Reference state is available:

· for shells using law /MAT/LAW1, /MAT/LAW19 or /MAT/LAW58

· for 8-node bricks using Isolid

=1, 2 or 24 and Iframe

=2 (co-rotational formulation) and material laws

/MAT/LAW35, /MAT/LAW38, /MAT/LAW42 or /MAT/LAW70



/RIVET


/RIVET - Rivet or Spotweld

Description

Describes the rivet or spotweld.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RIVET

part_title

rivet_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

Field Contents

part_title Part title


rivet_ID Rivet identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

Comments


2. More than 1 rivet block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of rivets can be defined in 1 block.

4. A rivet is a rigid link between 2 nodes.

5. A rivet is a kinematic condition, but its input is similar to that of an element.



/RLINK


/RLINK - Rigid Links

Description

Defines rigid links. A rigid link imposes the same velocity on all the slave nodes in one or more directions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RLINK/rlink_ID

rlink_title

Trarot skew_ID grnod_IDslave

Ipol

Field Contents

rlink_ID Rigid link integer


rlink_title Rigid link title



(6 Booleans)

0 = free d.o.f.

1 = fixed d.o.f.


(Integer)

grnod_IDslave


(Integer)

Ipol Polar rigid link flag (see Comment 5)

(Integer)

= 0: default= 1: polar rigid link



Codes for Translation and Rotation: input format for the first field (1) Trarot

If Ipol = 0

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

VX

VY

VZ w

Xw

Yw

Z

If Ipol = 1

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

V0X

Vrad

Vtg w0

Xw

radw

tg

Field Contents

VX


(Boolean)

VY


(Boolean)

VZ


(Boolean)

wX


(Boolean)

wY


(Boolean)

wZ


(Boolean)

VX

Code for translation V0X

(Boolean)

Vrad

Code for translation Vrad

(Boolean)

Vtg

Code for translation Vtg

(Boolean)



Field Contents

w0X

Code for rotation w0X

(Boolean)

wrad

Code for rotation wrad

(Boolean)

wtg

Code for rotation wtg

(Boolean)

Comments

1. The velocity is computed using momentum conservation equations However, no global momentumequilibrium is respected.

· For translational degrees of freedom:

· For rotational degrees of freedom:

2. If skew_ID is not zero, the codes refer to this local skew reference frame identifier; if skew_ID is zero,the codes refer to the global skew.

3. Input format details for Trarot are shown above. The six individual codes (one per direction) must beright justified in the ten character fields used by the Trarot variables.

4. The degree of freedom is free if the code is 0; and is fixed if the code is set to 1.

5. If Ipol =1, polar coordinates are used.

Axis: direction 1 of frame

Radius: direction 2 of frame

Tangent: direction 3 of frame



Position of axe is equal to the origin of the frame.



/RWALL


/RWALL - Rigid Walls

Description

Defines a rigid wall of the following types: Infinite Plane, Infinite Cylinder, Sphere and Parallelogram.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RWALL/type/rwall_ID/unit_ID

rwall_title

node_ID Slide grnod_ID1

grnod_ID2

Dsearch

fric ffac ifq

If node_ID = 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

XM

YM

ZM

If node_ID ¹ 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Mass VX0

VY0

VZ0

If type is Plane, Cyl, Paral.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

XM1

YM1

ZM1

If type is Paral.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

XM2

YM2

ZM2



Field Contents

type Rigid wall type keyword

(see table below)

rwall_ID Rigid wall identifier




rwall_title Rigid wall title


node_ID Node identifier (moving rigid wall)

(Integer)

Slide Flag for sliding

(Integer)

= 0: Sliding= 1: Tied= 2: Sliding with friction

grnod_ID1

Node group defining slave nodes to be added to the rigid wall

(Integer)

grnod_ID2

Node group defining slave nodes to be deleted from the rigid wall

(Integer)

Dsearch

Distance for slave search

(Real)

fric Friction

(Real)

Diameter

(Real)

ffac Filtering factor


ifq Filtering flag (see Comments 5 through 8)


XM

X coordinate of M

(Real)

YM

Y coordinate of M

(Real)

ZM

Z coordinate of M

(Real)



Field Contents

Mass Mass of the rigid wall

(Real)

VX0

Initial velocity in X direction

(Real)

VY0

Initial velocity in Y direction

(Real)

VZ0

Initial velocity in Z direction

(Real)

XM1

X coordinate of M1

(Real)

YM1

Y coordinate of M1

(Real)

ZM1

Z coordinate of M1

(Real)

XM2

X coordinate of M2

(Real)

YM2

Y coordinate of M2

(Real)

ZM2

Z coordinate of M2

(Real)

Rigid Wall Type

Type Description

PLANE plane

CYL cylinder of diameter

SPHER sphere of diameter

PARAL parallelogram

Surface Input Type

Type Description

PLANE MM1 defines the normal direction

CYL MM1 defines the axis of the cylinder

SPHER M is the center of the sphere

PARAL MM1 and MM2 define the parallelogram



Comments

1. The first input defines the rigid wall coordinates of one point M or a node_ID in case of moving rigid wall.

2. The next input is the coordinate of a point M1 and possibly a point M2 (in case of a moving wall, M1and M2 have the same motion as node_ID).

3. The slave nodes to a rigid wall can be defined as a group of nodes and/or as nodes initially at adistance lower than the distance (D

search) from the rigid wall.

4. The friction filtering option is only available for a tied rigid wall with sliding.

5. If ifq ¹ 0, the tangential (friction) forces in each slave node in contact are filtered using a simple rule:

FT = a * F'

T + (1 - a) * F'

T-1

where,

FT: tangential force

F'T: tangential force at time t

F'T-1: tangential force at time t-1

a: filtering coefficient

The flag ifq defines a method for filtering, a coefficient.

6. If ifq =1 ? filtering coefficient is directly input by user: a = ffac

7. If ifq =2 ? a corresponds to a 3dB filtering level for user defined frequency:

a = 2p dt * freq, where dt = time step, and freq = ffac

8. If ifq =3 ? a corresponds to a 3dB filtering level for user defined frequency (frequency defined in termsof time step number):

a = 2p / N, with 1/freq = T = N * dt, and N = ffac

9. For parallelograms, the normal is defined using:

10. Nodal thickness of rigid wall slave nodes is not taken into account.



/RWALL/LAGMUL


/RWALL/LAGMUL - Lagrange Multiplier Rigid Wall

Description

Defines infinite plane rigid walls using Lagrange multiplier method. This keyword is not available for SPMDcomputation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RWALL/LAGMUL/type/rwal_ID/unit_ID

rwal_title


grnod_ID2

Dsearch

XM

YM

ZM

Mass VX0

VY0

VZ0

XM1

YM1

ZM1

Blank Format

Field Contents

type Rigid wall type keyword

(see table below)

rwal_ID Rigid wall identifier




rwal_title Rigid wall title


node_ID Node identifier (moving rigid wall)

(Integer)



Field Contents


(Integer)

= 0: Sliding= 1: Tied

grnod_ID1


(Integer)

grnod_ID2

Node group defining slave nodes to be deleted from the rigid wall

(Integer)

Dsearch


(Real)

XM

X coordinate of M, if node_ID = 0

(Real)

YM

Y coordinate of M, if node_ID = 0

(Real)

ZM

Z coordinate of M, if node_ID = 0

(Real)

Mass Mass of the rigid wall, if node_ID ¹ 0

(Real)

VX0 Initial velocity in X direction, if node_ID ¹ 0

(Real)

VY0 Initial velocity in Y direction, if node_ID ¹ 0

(Real)

VZ0 Initial velocity in Z direction, if node_ID ¹ 0

(Real)

XM1

X coordinate of M1

(Real)

YM1

Y coordinate of M1

(Real)

ZM1

Z coordinate of M1

(Real)



Rigid Wall Type

Type Description

PLANE plane

Surface Input Type

Type Description


Comments

1. The first input to define the rigid wall is the coordinates of one point M or a node_ID in case of movingrigid wall.

2. The next input is the coordinate of a point M1 and possibly a point M2 (in the case of a moving wall, M1and M2 have the same motion as node_ID).

3. The slave nodes can be defined as a list by nodes and/or as the nodes that are initially at a distancelower than D

search from the wall.

4. The defined nodes must have a non-zero mass.



/SECT


/SECT - Sections

Description

A section is a set of nodes and a set of elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SECT/sect_ID/unit_ID

sect_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

grnod_ID ISAVE

Frame_ID Dt a

file_name

grbrick_ID grshell_ID grtruss_ID grbeam_IDgrspring_ID grtriang_ID Ninter Iframe

Input read only if Ninter > 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

int_ID1

int_ID2

int_ID3

int_ID4

int_ID5

int_ID6

int_ID7

int_ID8

int_ID9

int_ID10

Field Contents

sect_ID Section identifier




sect_title Section title


node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)



Field Contents


(Integer)

ISAVE

Flag for saving the data

(Integer)

= 0: = 1: Displacements are saved in the file "file_name"

= 2: 1 + forces are saved= 100: The data contained in the file "file_name" is read as input for the

calculation= 101: 100 + forces are recomputed for the error calculation

Frame_ID Moving frame identifier (see Comment 22)

(Integer)

Dt Time step for saving the data

(Real)

a Coefficient for filtering (a < 1)

(Real)

file_name Root name of the file which contains the flag output. The extension for this file is nameSC01


grbrick_ID Brick group identifier

(Integer)

grshell_ID Shell group identifier

(Integer)

grtruss_ID Truss group identifier

(Integer)

grbeam_ID Beam group identifier

(Integer)

grtriang_ID Triangle group identifier

(Integer)

Ninter Number of interfaces

(Integer)

Iframe

Flag for computing the skew center local skew is the skew defined by node_ID1,

node_ID2, node_ID

3 (see figure in Comment 16)

(Integer)

= 0: the center is the origin of the local skew (C0)= 1: the center is the geometrical center of the section (C1)= 2: the center is the CoG of the section (C2)= 3: point o(0,0,0) is the center of the local skew



Field Contents

= 10: the center is the origin of the global skew (C0)= 11: the center is the geometrical center of the section (C1)= 12: the center is the CoG of the section (C2)= 13: point o(0,0,0) is the center of the global skew

int_ID1, int_ID

2,..,

int_IDn

Optional interface identifiers, if Ninter > 0

(Integer)

Comments

1. Resulting forces and moments acting on these sections will be stored in the Time History file.

2. A user can save force and moment in an output file. This output could be used as input for anothercalculation.

3. Nodes node_ID1 and node_ID

2 define the local X-axis of the section.

4. Nodes node_ID1, node_ID

2 and node_ID

3 define the local plane XY of the section.

5. Flag ISAVE

is used for saving data in the SC01 file for the cut methodology.

It is recommended to set ISAVE

=0 if no cut methodology is intended, since performance may be

decreased and memory for RADIOSS Engine will be increased.

6. If ISAVE

= 1 or 2, data are saved in the file "file_nameSC01" at a frequency Dt.

7. If ISAVE

= 100 or 101, displacements from file "file_nameSC01" are read as imposed displacements.

The displacements are filtered according to the following relations:

y+ = ax + (1-a)y

with,

for filtering -3dB

for filtering -6dB

T is the filtering period, in general, T = 10Dt

Typical use

8. ISAVE

= 101 allows the forces read in the file "file_nameSC01" and the forces computed in the

calculation to be compared.

9. Moments are computed with respect to the section center defined by the parameter Iframe

(see figure

in Comment 16) and expressed in the local section frame.



10. Normal force is the component normal to the XY plane of the section. Tangential force is thecomponent in the plane of the section.

In plot file FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZ are respectively the components of normal and tangentialforces in the global frame (see figure below for the definition of the local frame).

11. Moments calculation if Iframe

= 0, 1, 2 or 3.

12. Moments calculation if Iframe

= 10, 11, 12 or 13.



13. Forces and moments calculation.

14. If Iframe

= 0, 1, 2 or 3, the center C is given in the local skew.

15. If Iframe

= 10, 11, 12 or 13, the center C is given in the global skew.

16. Local reference frame (Ox,Oy):

17. The center C0 is given by the nodes: node_ID1, node_ID

2 and node_ID

3.

18. The center C1 is the geometric center of the section nodes:

where, n = nodes

19. The center C2 is the center of gravity of the section nodes:

20. The center C3 is the node with coordinates (0, 0, 0) in the global skew.



21. Frame had to be a moving frame (defined with 3 nodes).

22. If Frame_ID ¹ 0, if N1, N

2, N

3 equal zero, local skew of the section is built with nodes of the frame.

23. If Frame_ID ¹ 0, the set of node is created automatically by intersecting the (oXY) plane of the frame

with the sets of elements.

The set of node contains nodes of intersected elements which are upside (+Z direction) and inside the(oXY) plane of the frame.

24. If Frame_ID ¹ 0, the sets of elements are recalculated automatically by intersecting the (oXY) plane of

the frame with the sets of elements of the input.

The recalculated sets of elements contain elements cut by the (oXY) plane of the frame.



/SENSOR


/SENSOR - Sensors

Description

Describes the sensors.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SENSOR/type/sensor_ID/unit_ID

sensor_title

Tdelay

Sensor Type ACCE

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Nacc

Define Nacc

Accelerometer Reference

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

accel_ID Dirmin

Tmin

Sensor Type DIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_ID1

node_ID2

Dmin

Dmax

Sensor Type Sensor, AND and OR

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sensor_ID1

sensor_ID2



Sensor Type NOT, INTER and RWAL

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sensor_ID1

Field Contents

type Sensor type keyword

(see table below)





sensor_title Sensor title


Tdelay

Time delay

(Real)

Nacc

Number of accelerometers (Nacc

£ 6)

(Integer)

accel_ID Accelerometer identifier

(Integer)

Dir Direction (see Comment 8)

minMinimum absolute value of acceleration

(Real)

Tmin Minimum duration of

min

(Real)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

Dmin

Distance minimum

(Real)

Dmax

Distance maximum

(Real)



Field Contents

sensor_ID1

Activation sensor identifier IS1

(Integer)

sensor_ID2

Deactivation sensor identifier IS2

(Integer)

Sensor Type

Type Description

TYPE0, TIME Start time

TYPE1, ACCE Accelerometer

TYPE2, DIST Nodal distance

TYPE3, SENS Activation with sensor_ID1, deactivation with

sensor_ID2

TYPE4, AND ON as long as sensors sensor_ID1 AND

sensor_ID2 are ON

TYPE5, OR ON as long as sensors sensor_ID1 OR

sensor_ID2 are ON

TYPE6, INTER Interface activation and deactivation

TYPE7, RWAL Rigid wall activation and deactivation

TYPE8, NOT ON as long as sensor_ID1 is OFF

USER1 user’s sensor



Comments

1. The sensor types AND, OR, NOT, INTER and RWAL work with all options using sensors.

2. For type 0 (type TIME), the sensor is activated after the time delay Tdelay

.

3. Sensor type USER1, USER2 or USER3.

4. Sensors can be used to activate airbags, imposed forces, pressures, fixed velocities.

5. Sensors can be used to activate or deactivate these elements: brick, quad, shell, truss, beam, springor 3N Shell.

6. A sensor can only be activated once.



7. Sensor is activated (at Tsensor

) if one of the accelerometers gives an acceleration greater than min

during a time greater than Tmin

:

Tsensor

= Tdelay

+ Tmin

with, Tmin

(time when the criteria is reached)

8. Dir defines the acceleration direction:

= X: X direction

= Y: Y direction

= Z: Z direction

= XY: XY plane

= YZ: YZ plane

= ZX: ZX plane

= XYZ: total acceleration

9. Nodal distance node_ID node_ID2 is defined as: D

min< | node_ID node_ID

2 | <D

max.

10. If Dmax is reached (traction) or D

min is reached (compression) at time T

reach, the sensor is activated at

time Tsensor

:

Tsensor

= Tdelay

+ Treach

11. The sensor is activated after activation of sensor sensor_ID1.

12. Minimum activation duration is given by Tdelay

.

13. After Tdelay

, sensor is deactivated if sensor_ID2 is activated.



14. If sensor_ID2 = 0, the sensor is deactivated after T

delay.

15. The sensor is activated one cycle after activation at the same time as sensor sensor_ID1 and

sensor_ID2.

16. The sensor is activated on cycle after the activation of sensor sensor_ID1 or after the activation of

sensor_ID2.



17. The sensor is activated one cycle after deactivation of sensor_ID1.

18. The sensor is activated one cycle after impact of this interface.

19. If there is no impact during a time equal to Tdelay

(Line 3), the sensor is deactivated.

20. A sensor is used for one interface. You can use several sensors of type INTER.

21. The sensor is activated one cycle after impact on the rigid wall.

22. A sensor is used for one rigid wall. A user can use several type RWALL sensors.

23. USER1, USER2 and USER3 are sensors that may be created by users.

The input format must be defined by a user supplied program. Please contact Altair DevelopmentFrance for assistance with programming user sensors.



/SH3N


/SH3N - Triangular Shell Elements

Description

Describes the triangular shell elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SH3N/part_ID

triang_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Thick

Field Contents



triang_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

Thick Shell thickness (optional)

By default, this shell has the thickness given in the property set prop_ID of thepart part_ID.

(Real)

Comments


2. More than 1 triangular shell block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of triangular shells can be defined in 1 block.



4. Using to have different numbers for 3-node and 4-node shells is recommended.



/SHEL16


/SHEL16 - 3D Shell Elements (16 node thick shell elements)

Description

Describes the 3D shell elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SHEL16/part_ID

shell_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

node_ID7

node_ID8

node_ID9

node_ID10

node_ID11

node_ID12

node_ID13

node_ID14

node_ID15

node_ID16

Field Contents




(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

node_ID5

Node identifier 5

(Integer)

node_ID6

Node identifier 6

(Integer)

node_ID7

Node identifier 7

(Integer)



Field Contents

node_ID8

Node identifier 8

(Integer)

node_ID9

Node identifier 9

(Integer)

node_ID10

Node identifier 10

(Integer)

node_ID11

Node identifier 11

(Integer)

node_ID12

Node identifier 12

(Integer)

node_ID13

Node identifier 13

(Integer)

node_ID14

Node identifier 14

(Integer)

node_ID15

Node identifier 15

(Integer)

node_ID16

Node identifier 16

(Integer)

Comments


2. The 16 node thick shell elements are treated internally as solid elements (brick_ID); they use solidmaterials, and solid groups (grbrick_ID).

3. The 16 node thick shell elements must be used to modelize thick shell structures.

The element formulation is a thick shell formulation able to provide an exact description of the bendingbehavior (elastic and plastic) with only one element in thickness.



4. The 16 node thick shell elements should be used with the properties /PROP/TSHELL and /PROP/TSH_ORTH.

5. The 16 node thick shell elements must have a different ID one from each other.

6. Stress in "s" direction is not zero, but constant.

7. If node 9 to 10 are set to zero, linear behavior is assumed on the corresponding edge.



/SHELL


/SHELL - Shell Elements

Description

Describes the shell elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SHELL/part_ID

shell_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

Thick

Field Contents




(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

Thick Shell thickness (optional)

By default, this shell has the thickness given in the property set prop_ID of thepart part_ID.

(Real)



Comments


2. More than 1 shell block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of shells can be defined in 1 block.



/SHFRA/V4


/SHFRA/V4 - Shell Formulation Version 4

Description

Describes the shell formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SHFRA/V4

Comments

1. For shell elements (Ishell

= 1 , 2, 3 or 4), a local frame formulation is used as of version 5.1.

2. The old formulation of the shell elements in version 4 can be used with the option /SHFRA/V4.



/SKEW/FIX


/SKEW/FIX - Skew Frames

Description

Describes the fixed skew frames.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SKEW/FIX/skew_ID

skew_title

X1 Y1 Z1

X2 Y2 Z2

Field Contents


This ID must be different from all frame (/FRAME) identifiers


skew_title Skew title


X1

X component of skew Y’ axis

(Real)

Y1

Y component of skew Y’ axis

(Real)

Z1

Z component of skew Y’ axis

(Real)

X2

X component of skew Z’ axis

(Real)

Y2

Y component of skew Z’ axis

(Real)

Z2

Z component of skew Z’ axis

(Real)



Comments

1. For fixed skews, the skew system is fixed and is defined by Y’ and Z’. Vectors of arbitrary length maybe given.

2. For a fixed skew, inputs are Y’ axis and Z’ axis, but X’ axis is computed as follows: X' = Z'LY' and Y’ isrecomputed Y" = Z'LX'.

3. The new fixed skew is defined by X', Y", Z'.



/SKEW/MOV


/SKEW/MOV - Moving Skew

Description

Describes a moving local coordinate system.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SKEW/MOV/skew_ID

skew_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents





node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)



Comments

1. Moving skew defines a local coordinate system, defined by three nodes. At each time, the actualorientation of the skew is recalculated according to the actual position of these nodes.

2. For moving skews, the skew system is moving and is defined by node identifiers:

node_ID1, node_ID

2 and node_ID

3

node_ID1, node_ID

2 defines X’

node_ID1, node_ID3 defines Y'’

Z' = X' ̂ Y''

Y' = Z' ̂ X'

Skew is defined by X'Y'Z'.



/SKEW/MOV2 (New!)


/SKEW/MOV2 - Moving Skew

Description

Describes a moving local coordinate system.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SKEW/MOV2/skew_ID

skew_title

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents





node_ID1

Node identifier N1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier N2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier N3

(Integer)



Comments

1. Moving skew defines a local coordinate system, defined by three nodes. At each time, the actualorientation of the skew is recalculated according to the actual position of these nodes.

2. In 3D, the skew is defined as following

node_ID1, node_ID

2 defines Z’

node_ID1, node_ID

3 defines X’’

Y’ = Z’ ^ X’’

X’ = Y’ ^ Z’

3. In a 2D analysis node_ID1, node_ID

2 defines Y’



/SPMD


/SPMD - SPMD Computation

Description

Sets parameters for a Single Program Multiple Data (SPMD) computation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPMD

Domdec Nproc Dkword

Field Contents

Domdec Type of domain decomposition for SPMD version

(Integer)

= 0: Default set to 3

= 2: RSB (Recursive Symmetric Bisection) decomposition

= 3: Multilevel Kway decomposition

= 5: Multilevel Kway decomposition based on DOF

Nproc Number of SPMD processors.


Dkword User defined value for requested memory used by RSB Domain Decomposition

Default value is computed by RADIOSS Starter.

(Integer)

Comments

1. RSB is a domain decomposition method based on the public domain algorithm called "RecursiveSpectral Decomposition".

2. Multilevel Kway is a domain decomposition method based on Metis multilevel Kway algorithm. Thisalgorithm is advised to enhance performance in case of complex contact interfaces and for FluidStructure Interaction problems which include both Lagrangian and ALE formulation.

3. Multilevel Kway domain decomposition based on DOF is suitable if some implicit option is used byRADIOSS Engine - it optimizes decomposition taking into account degrees of freedom.

4. Nproc corresponds to distributed memory parallel version. For shared memory parallel version (SMP),the desired number of processors is given in RADIOSS Engine Input.

5. It is only necessary to define Dkword when the default value is too small for RSB.



/SPRING


/SPRING - Spring Elements

Description

Describes the spring elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPRING/part_ID

spring_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

Field Contents



spring_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1 for spring

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2 for spring

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3 (optional)

(Integer)

Comments


2. More than 1 spring block can be used to define a part.

3. Any number of springs can be defined in 1 block.

4. Spring elements with /PROP/SPRING and /PROP/SPR_GENE may have a length equal to 0.

5. Spring elements with /PROP/SPR_PUL and /PROP/SPR_BEAM should have a non-zero length.



6. Spring element is defined with two nodes: node_ID1 and node_ID

2 (see image below).

The plane XY is defined with the 3 nodes (node_ID1, node_ID

2, node_ID

3); third node node_ID

3 defines

the Y direction also for the non-symmetric spring (/PROP/TYPE8 and /PROP/TYPE13).



/STAMPING (New!)


/STAMPING - Improvement of Error Messages for Stamping Applications

Description

This option allows adapting error messages to stamping applications.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/STAMPING



//SUBMODEL


//SUBMODEL - Submodel

Description

The submodel block defines a part of the model where global offset can be applied.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

//SUBMODEL/submodel_ID/unit_ID/Vers_number

submodel_title

off_def off_nod off_ele off_part off_mat off_type

Field Contents

submodel_ID Submodel identifier




Vers_number Vii: Version of input deck inside submodel

(Example: V41 - Version 41)

Default = V100

submodel_title Submodel title


off_def Default offset value for all option


off_nod Default offset value for the nodes


off_ele Default offset value for the elements


off_part Default offset value for the parts and subsets


off_mat Default offset value for all materials


off_type Default offset value for all properties




Comments

1. A //SUBMODEL block can not be defined inside a submodel block.

2. The keyword //ENDSUB is mandatory at the end of the submodel block.

3. Only the options listed below are compatible with //SUBMODEL:

#include

#enddata

/ACCEL

/ACTIV

/ADMAS

/BCS

/BEAM

/BRIC20

/BRICK

/CLOAD

/CNODE

/DAMP

/FAIL

/FRAME

/FUNCT

/GRAV

/GRBEAM

/GRBRIC

/GRNOD

/GRQUAD

/GRSH3N

/GRSHEL

/GRSPRI

/GRTRUS

/IMPACC

/IMPDISP

/IMPVEL

/INIBRI

/INIVEL

/INIVEL/AXIS

/INTER/TYPE2

/INTER/TYPE7

/INTER/TYPE10

/INTER/TYPE11

/INTER/TYPE19

/LINE

/MAT

/MONVOL

/MOVE_FUNCT

/MPC

/NODE

/PART

/PENTA6

/PLOAD

/PROP

/QUAD

/RBODY

/RWALL

/SECT

/SENSOR/ACCE

/SENSOR/AND

/SENSOR/DIST

/SENSOR/INTER

/SENSOR/NOT

/SENSOR/OR

/SENSOR/RWAL

/SENSOR/SENS

/SENSOR/TYPE1

/SENSOR/TYPE2

/SENSOR/TYPE3

/SENSOR/TYPE4

/SENSOR/TYPE5

/SENSOR/TYPE6

/SENSOR/TYPE7

/SENSOR/TYPE8

/SH3N

/SHEL16

/SHELL

/SKEW

/SPRING

/SUBSET

/SURF

/TETRA10

/TETRA4

/TH

/TRANSFORM

/TRUSS

/UNIT

/XELEM



/SUBSET


/SUBSET - Subsets

Description

Describes the subsets.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SUBSET/subset_ID

subset_title

sub_ID1

sub_ID2

sub_ID3

sub_ID4

sub_ID5

sub_ID6

sub_ID7

sub_ID8

sub_ID9

sub_ID10

Field Contents

subset_ID Subset identifier


subset_title Subset title


sub_ID1, sub_ID

2,...,

sub_ID10

Children subset identifiers

(Integer)

Comments

1. A subset is a non-homogeneous element assembly.

2. A subset contains a set of parts and (or) a set of subsets. Subsets can be structured to generate ahierarchical model.

3. The subset to which a part belongs is defined in the /PART option.

4. The subsets belonging to one subset are defined with the /SUBSET option.

5. Each subset ID referenced by /PART option or by /SUBSET option has to be defined with a /SUBSEToption. The same subset_ID can only be referenced once for all /SUBSET options.

6. Subsets not referenced in any /SUBSET option list are children of the global model subset.

7. The main difference between a subset and an element group (see /GRSHEL, /GRBRIC...) is that asubset hierarchy defines a complete non-redundant model organization. Elements groups only coverone part of the model, and some elements can belong to several groups.



8. The number of levels in a hierarchical organization is not limited.

Example of a Hierarchical Model

Part Definition

/PART/1000/extra part200 100/PART/1001/roof part100 100 1/PART/1002/door part 1100 101 12/PART/1003/door part 2100 102 12/PART/1004/head part 1200 200 21/PART/1005/head part 2201 200 21/PART/1006/legs part 1201 200 22

Subset Definition

/SUBSET/1/car12/SUBSET/12/door/SUBSET/21/head/SUBSET/22/legs/SUBSET/2/dummy21 22



/SURF


/SURF - Surface Definition

Description

Describes the surface definition.

Format for SEG

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SURF/type/surf_ID

surf_title

seg_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

Format for SURF, SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, GRSHEL, GRSH3N, MAT, PROP

Enter selected items numbers (any number may be input, 10 per format).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input




surf_title Surface title



(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)



Field Contents

node_ID4

Node identifier 4 (optional for triangular elements)

(Integer)

item_ID1, item_ID

2,...

item_IDn

Item identifiers (see Comment 8)

(Integer)

Input Type Keywords


SEG segments

SUBSET shell subsets

SUBMODEL submodel

PART shell parts

GRSHEL group of shells

GRSH3N group of 3-node shells

MAT shell material

PROP shell property

SURF surfaces

BOX or BOX2 box

ELLIPS hyper-ellipsoid

MDELLIPS madymo ellipsoid

Format for BOX or BOX2

If type is BOX, all segments supported by solids, shells and 3-node shells with all nodes inside the box oron its external surface are selected (segments lying on solid elements were not considered).

If type is BOX2, all segments with at least one node inside the box or on its surface are selected.



Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

For ELLIPS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

skew_ID n

Xc

Yc

Zc

a b c

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)



Field Contents

Zmax

(Real)

skew_ID Skew identifier defining the initial orientation of the surface

(Integer)

n Degree of the hyper-ellipsoid


Xc

Center coordinate

(Real)

Yc

Center coordinate

(Real)

Zc

Center coordinate

(Real)

a Semi-axis length

(Real)

b Semi-axis length

(Real)

c Semi-axis length

(Real)

Comments

1. A surface is a set of 3 or 4 node segments. It can be defined:

· explicitly, with segment connectivity

· by box

· by subsets or parts (all 3 and 4 node shells belonging to these entities are used to define thesurface)

· by submodels (all 3 and 4 node shells belonging to parts in the listed submodels are used to definethe surface)

· by properties or materials (all 3 and 4 node shells belonging to these entities are used to define thesurface)

· by shell groups.

· with other surfaces

2. Surfaces are used to define interfaces in 3D analysis and pressure loads.

3. The node_ID4 may be omitted for triangular elements.

4. Segments may be given by “cut and paste” of shell element input data.

5. All nodes must belong to a shell element, a brick element or a triangular shell element.



6. A surface cannot be defined using Madymo surfaces.

7. A surface cannot be defined by associating a hyper-ellipsoid and another type of surface.

8. If item_ID is negative, the surface normals are inverted.

9. If Xmin

= Xmax

= 0, Xmin

= -1. 1030, Xmax

= 1.1030

10. If Ymin

= Ymax

= 0, Ymin

= -1. 1030, Ymax

= 1.1030

11. If Zmin

= Zmax

= 0, Zmin

= -1. 1030, Zmax

= 1.1030


and Xmax

are irrelevant.

13. The equation of the hyper-ellopsoid is:

14. A hyper-ellipsoid can only be a master surface of /INTER/TYPE14.

15. Input format for MDELLIPS, see /SURF/MDELLIPS .



/SURF/type/ALL


/SURF - Surface Definition (All)

Description

Describes the surface definition (All).

Format for SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SURF/type/ALL/surf_ID

surf_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input






item_ID1, item_ID

2,...

item_IDn

Item identifiers

(Integer)

Input Type Keywords


SUBSET subsets

SUBMODEL submodel

PART parts

MAT material

PROP property

BOX or BOX2 box






Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. The format is the same as the corresponding options /SURF/type/surf_ID.

2. Input format for SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP:

All the segments built from solids are added to the surface if they belong to the Subset, Submodel orPart, or if they use the Material or the Property.

The segments built from 3 and 4-node shells are still selected the same way as with /SURF/type/surf_ID.

3. Input format for BOX or BOX2:

If type is BOX, all segments built from the faces of all solids with all nodes inside the box or in itsexternal surface are selected.





/SURF/type/EXT


/SURF - Surface Definition (External)

Description

Describes the external surface definition (External).

Format for SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SURF/type/EXT/surf_ID

surf_title

item_ID1

item_ID2

item_ID3

item_ID4

item_ID5

item_ID6

item_ID7

item_ID8

item_ID9

item_ID10

Field Contents

type Type of input






item_ID1, item_ID

2,...

item_IDn

Item identifiers

(Integer)

Input Type Keywords


SUBSET brick subsets

SUBMODEL brick submodel

PART brick parts

MAT brick material

PROP brick property

BOX or BOX2 box






Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Xmin

Xmax

Ymin

Ymax

Zmin

Zmax

Field Contents

Xmin

(Real)

Xmax

(Real)

Ymin

(Real)

Ymax

(Real)

Zmin

(Real)

Zmax

(Real)



Comments

1. The format is the same as the corresponding options /SURF/type/surf_ID.

2. Input format for SUBSET, SUBMODEL, PART, MAT, PROP:

The external faces from the set of solids which belong to the Subset, Submodel or Part, or which usethe material or the property are built. The segments supported by these faces are added to the surface.


3. Input format for BOX or BOX2:

The external faces are built from all solids (the inner faces are not considered).

If type is BOX, the segments supported by these external faces with all nodes inside the box or in itsexternal surface are selected.

If type is BOX2, the segments with at least one node inside the box or on its surface are selected.




/SURF/MDELLIPS


/SURF/MDELLIPS - Madymo Ellipsoid Surfaces in RADIOSS

Description

Defines Madymo ellipsoid surfaces in RADIOSS.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SURF/MDELLIPS/surf_ID

surf_title

MDref

Field Contents





MDref

Madymo ellipsoid crossed reference number

(Integer)

Comment

1. Madymo surfaces are used to define interfaces between Madymo and RADIOSS models (/INTER/TYPE14 or /INTER/TYPE15).



/TETRA4


/TETRA4 - Tetrahedral Solid Element with 4 Nodes

Description

Describes a tetrahedral solid element with 4 nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TETRA4/part_ID

tetra_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

Field Contents



tetra_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)



Comments


2. The part_ID of the tetrahedral 4 node elements must be different from:

· the part_ID of the brick element;

· the part_ID of the tetrahedral 10 node element.

3. The 4 node tetrahedral elements are treated internally as solid elements (brick_ID), using solidmaterials and solid groups (grbrick_ID).



/TETRA10


/TETRA10 - Tetrahedral Solid Elements with 10 Nodes

Description

Describes a tetrahedral solid element with 10 nodes.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TETRA10/part_ID

tetra_ID

node_ID1

node_ID2

node_ID3

node_ID4

node_ID5

node_ID6

node_ID7

node_ID8

node_ID9

node_ID10

Field Contents



tetra_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

node_ID3

Node identifier 3

(Integer)

node_ID4

Node identifier 4

(Integer)

node_ID5


(Integer)

node_ID6


(Integer)

node_ID7


(Integer)

node_ID8


(Integer)



Field Contents

node_ID9


(Integer)

node_ID10


(Integer)

Comments


2. The part_ID of the tetrahedral 10 node elements must be different from:

· the part_ID of the brick element;

· the part_ID of the tetrahedral 4 node element.

3. The values 1, 2 or 3 of the flag (Ismstr

) for solid small strain formulation defined in /DEF_SOLID, are not

compatible with the 10 node tetrahedral.

4. Elements may be degenerated: 4 to 9 nodes.

5. The 10 node tetrahedral elements are treated internally as solid elements (brick_ID), using solidmaterials and solid groups (grbrick_ID).

6. There is a possible problem if the node group is used in an interface, and some of the same tetrahedralare used to define:

· the master surface of an interface type 3, 5, 7 and 10;

· or the slave surface of an interface type 3

(since 10 nodes tetrahedral are degenerated on the surface within RADIOSS Starter). In such acase, it is recommended to create an external surface from the 10 node tetrahedral and to definethe slave node group for the interface through /GRNOD/SURF.



/TH


/TH - Time History

Description

Describes the time history.

Format - if the output object is an element

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

elem_ID elem_name

Format - if the output object is a multi-strand element

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

xelem_ID

xelem_nb xelem_usr xelem_name

Format - if the output object is a node

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

node_ID skew_ID node_name



Format - if the output object is a flexible body

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

Imin

Imax

fxbody_ID

Format - for any other output object

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

Obj_ID1

Obj_ID2

Obj_ID3

Obj_ID4

Obj_ID5

Obj_ID6

Obj_ID7

Obj_ID8

Obj_ID9

Obj_ID10

Format - Option to generate additional TH files (example for any other output object)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ATH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

Obj_ID1

Obj_ID2

Obj_ID3

Obj_ID4

Obj_ID5

Obj_ID6

Obj_ID7

Obj_ID8

Obj_ID9

Obj_ID10

See also Comments 33, 34, 35 and the additional supported keywords:

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/BTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/DTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ETH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/FTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/GTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/HTH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ITH/keyword/thgroup_ID

thgroup_name

Field Contents

keyword Keyword for the TH output type

(see table below)

thgroup_ID TH group identifier


thgroup_name TH group name


var_ID1, ..n Variables saved for TH (see table below)




Field Contents

elem_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

elem_name Name of the element to appear in the time history

(Integer, maximum 80 characters)

xelem_ID Multi-strand element identifier

(Integer)

xelem_nb Strand order number for multi-strand element

(Integer)

xelem_usr Strand identifier given by user (see Comment 29)

(Integer)

xelem_name Name of the multi-strand element (see Comment 29)

(Integer, maximum 80 characters)


(Integer)

skew_ID Skew system or reference frame identifier for time history plot

Default is global (Integer)

node_name Name of the node to appear in the time history


Imin

Minimum mode index (see Comment 32)

(Integer)

Imax

Maximum mode index (see Comment 32)

(Integer)

fxbody_ID Identifier of the flexible body to which the mode belongs

(Integer)

Obj_ID1,... Identifiers of the objects to be saved

(Integer)



TH Output Keyword & Variables

Keyword Object saved Variables

SUBS Subsets IE, KE, XMOM, YMOM, ZMOM, MASS, HETURBKE, XCG, YCG, ZCG, XXMOM, YYMOM, ZZMOMIXX, IYY, IZZ, IXY, IYZ, IZX, RIE, KERB, RKERB, RKE

PART Parts IE, KE, XMOM, YMOM, ZMOM, MASS, HETURBKE, XCG, YCG, ZCG, XXMOM, YYMOM, ZZMOMIXX, IYY, IZZ, IXY, IYZ, IZX, RIE, KERB, RKERB, RKE

NODE Nodes DX, DY, DZ, VX, VY, VZ, AX, AY, AZVRX, VRY, VRZ, ARX, ARY, ARZ, X, Y, Z, TEMP

SHEL 4 node shells F1, F2, F12, Q1, Q2, M1, M2, M12, IEM, IEB, OFF, THIC, EMIN,EMAX, EPSD, E1, E2, E12, SH1, SH2, K1, K2, K12, USRi (i=1,60)USRII_JJ (II=1,60; JJ=1,99), USII_JKK (II=1,60; J=1,4; KK=1,99)SX_JJ, SY_JJ, SXY_JJ, SYZ_JJ, SZX_JJ (JJ=1,99)

SH3N 3 node shells F1, F2, F12, Q1, Q2, M1, M2, M12, IEM, IEB, OFF, THIC, EMIN,EMAX, EPSD, E1, E2, E12, SH1, SH2, K1, K2, K12, USRi (i=1,60)USRII_JJ (II=1,60; JJ=1,99), USII_JKK (II=1,60; J=1,4; KK=1,99)SX_JJ, SY_JJ, SXY_JJ, SYZ_JJ, SZX_JJ (JJ=1,99)

BRIC Solids OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, LSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSYZ,LSXZ, IE, DENS, BULK, VOL, PLAS, TEMP, PLSR, DAM1, DAM2,DAM3, DAM4, DAM5, DAMA, SA1, SA2, SA3, CR, CAP, K0, RK,TD, EFIB, ISTA, VPLA, BFRAC, WPLA, SFIB, EPSXX, EPSYY,EPSZZ, EPSXY, EPSXZ, EPSYZSXi (i=1,8), SYi (i=1,8), SZi (i=1,8), SXYi (i=1,8), SYZi (i=1,8), SXZi(i=1,8), LSXi (i=1,8), LSYi (i=1,8), LSZi (i=1,8), LSXYi (i=1,8), LSYZi(i=1,8), LSXZi (i=1,8), USRi (i=1,60)SXijk, SYijk, SZijk, SXYijk, SYZijk, SXZijk, EPijk (i=1,3; j=1,9; k=1,3)SXiUk, SYiUk, SZiUk, SXYiUk, SXZiUk, SYZiUk, EPiUk (i=1,3;k=1,3)SXiDk, SYiDk, SZiDk, SXYiDk, SXZiDk, SYZiDk, EPiDk (i=1,3;k=1,3)USR1_ijk, USR2_ijk, USR3_ijk, USR4_ijk, USR5_ijk, USR6_ijk,USR7_ijk, USR8_ijk, USR9_ijk (i=1,3; j=1,9; k=1,3)

QUAD 2D quads OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, IE, DENS, BULK, VOL, PLAS,TEMP, PLSR, DAM1, DAM2, DAM3, DAM4, DAM5, DAMA, SA1,SA2, SA3, CR, CAP, K0, RK, TD, EFIB, ISTA, VPLA, BFRAC,WPLA, SFIBLSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSXZ, LSYZ

BEAM Beams OFF, F1, F2, F3, M1, M2, M3, IETRUSS Trusses OFF, F, IE, A, L, PLASSPRING Springs OFF, FX, FY, FZ, MX, MY, MZ, LX, LY, LZ, RX, RY, RZ, IE, F1, F2NSTRAND Multi-strand OFF, FX, LX, IEACCEL Accelerometer AX, AY, AZ, WX, WY, WZSECTIO Section FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZ, M1, M2, M3, WORK, WORKR,

FX_error, MX_error, MX, MY, MZ, F1, F2, F3, CX, CY, CZCYL_JO Cylindrical joints FX, FY, FZ, MX, MY, MZMONV Monitored volume MASS, VOL, P, A, T, AO, UO, AC, UC, CP, CV, GAMA

AO1, BO1, UO1, MO1, HO1AO2, BO2, UO2, MO2, HO2AO3, BO3, UO3, MO3, HO3AO4, BO4, UO4, MO4, HO4



Keyword Object saved Variables

AO5, BO5, UO5, MO5, HO5AO6, BO6, UO6, MO6, HO6AO7, BO7, UO7, MO7, HO7AO8, BO8, UO8, MO8, HO8AO9, BO9, UO9, MO9, HO9AO10, BO10, UO10, MO10, HO10

RWALL Rigid wall FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZRBODY Rigid body FX, FY, FZ, MX, MY, MZ, RX, RY, RZ, FXI, FYI, FZI, MXI, MYI, MZIFXBODY Flexible body IE, KE, EFW, DEINTER Interface FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZ, SFW (only Interface types 14 and

15)Following variables are only for interface types 7, 10 and their Subinterfaces (/INTER/SUB):|FNX|, |FNY|, |FNZ|, ||FN||, |FX|, |FY|, |FZ|, ||F||, MX, MY, MZ

FRAME Frame OX, OY, OZ, R11, R12, R13, R21, R22, R23, R31, R32, R33VX, VY, VZ, VRX, VRY, VRZ, AX, AY, AZ, ARX, ARY, ARZ

MONV Airbag MASS, VOL, P, A, T, AO, UO, AC, UC, CP, CV, GAMAAO1, BO1, UO1, MO1, HO1AO2, BO2, UO2, MO2, HO2AO3, BO3, UO3, MO3, HO3AO4, BO4, UO4, MO4, HO4AO5, BO5, UO5, MO5, HO5AO6, BO6, UO6, MO6, HO6AO7, BO7, UO7, MO7, HO7AO8, BO8, UO8, MO8, HO8AO9, BO9, UO9, MO9, HO9AO10, BO10, UO10, MO10, HO10

MODE Flexible body localmodes

D, V, A



Table of available variables (part 2)

Keyword variable saved TH-variables

SUBS, PARTS DEF IE, KE, XMOM, YMOM, ZMOM, MASS, HENODE DEF

DVAVRARXYZ

DX, DY, DZ, VX, VY, VZDX, DY, DZVX, VY, VZAX, AY, AZVRX, VRY, VRZARX, ARY, ARZX, Y, Z

BRIC DEFSTRESSLOCSTRS

OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, IE, DENS, PLAS, TEMPSX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZLSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSYZ, LSXZ

QUAD DEFSTRESS

OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, IE, DENS, PLAS, TEMPSX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ

SHEL, SH3N DEFSTRESSSTRAINPLASFAILUREWPLA01_10WPLA11_20WPLA21_30WPLA31_40WPLA41_50WPLA51_60WPLA61_70WPLA71_80WPLA81_90WPLA91_99

F1, F2, F12, M1, M2, M12, IEM, IEB, OFF, EMIN, EMAXF1, F2, F12, Q1, Q2, M1, M2, M12E1, E2, E12, SH1, SH2, K1, K2, K12EMIN, EMAXNFAIL, PFAIL, FAIL_D1, FAIL_D2, FAIL_ENWPLAY01, …, WPLAY10WPLAY11, …, WPLAY20WPLAY21, …, WPLAY30WPLAY31, …, WPLAY40WPLAY41, …, WPLAY50WPLAY51, …, WPLAY60WPLAY61, …, WPLAY70WPLAY71, …, WPLAY80WPLAY81, …, WPLAY90WPLAY91, …, WPLAY99

BEAM DEF OFF, F1, F2, M2, M3, IETRUSS DEF OFF, F, IE, PLASSPRING DEF OFF, FX, FY, MY, MZ, LX, LY, LZ, RX, RY, RZ, IENSTRAND DEF OFF, FX, LX, IEACCEL DEF

WAX, AY, AZWX, WY, WZ

SECTIO DEFFNFTM

CENTERGLOBALLOCAL

FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZ, M1, M2, M3FNX, FNY, FNZFTX, FTY, FTZM1, M2, M3WORK, WORKR, FX_error, MX_errorCX, CY, CZFNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZ, MX, MY, MZF1, F2, F3, M1, M2, M3

CYL_JO DEFFM

FX, FY, FZ, MX, MY, MZFX, FY, FZMX, MY, MZ

MONV DEFGASOUT1OUT2OUT3

MASS, VOL, P, A, T, AO, UOCP, CV, GAMAAO1, BO1, UO1, MO1, HO1AO2, BO2, UO2, MO2, HO2AO3, BO3, UO3, MO3, HO3



Keyword variable saved TH-variables

OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10

AO4, BO4, UO4, MO4, HO4AO5, BO5, UO5, MO5, HO5AO6, BO6, UO6, MO6, HO6AO7, BO7, UO7, MO7, HO7AO8, BO8, UO8, MO8, HO8AO9, BO9, UO9, MO9, HO9AO10, BO10, UO10, MO10, HO10

RWALL DEFFNFT

FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZFNX, FNY, FNZFTX, FTY, FTZ

RBODY DEFFMRFIMI

FX, FY, FZ, MX, MY, MZ, RX, RY, RZFX, FY, FZMX, MY, MZRX, RY, RZFXI, FYI, FZIMXI, MYI, MZI

FXBODY DEF IE, KE, EFWINTER DEF

FNFT|FN||F|

FNX, FNY, FNZ, FTX, FTY, FTZFNX, FNY, FNZFTX, FTY, FTZ|FNX|, |FNY|, |FNZ|, ||FN|||FX|, |FY|, |FZ|, ||F||

FRAME DEF

O+RV+VRA+AR

OX, OY, OZ, R11, R12, R13, R21, R22, R23, R31, R32, R33, VX, VY,VZ, VRX, VRY, VRZOX, OY, OZ, R11, R12, R13, R21, R22, R23, R31, R32, R33VX, VY, VZ, VRX, VRY, VRZAX, AY, AZ, ARX, ARY, ARZ

MODE DEF D, V, A

Output for Available Material law

OutputAvailable for material law

Truss Beam

OFF: element flag for deactivation 1, 2 1, 2

F: normal force 1, 2

F1: normal force in direction 1 1, 2



M1: torsional moment 1, 2

M2: bending moment in direction 12 1, 2

M3: bending moment in direction 13 1, 2

IE: internal energy 1, 2 1, 2

A: area 1, 2

L: initial length 1, 2

PLAS: equivalent plastic strain 2



Output for global variables:

IE Global internal energy

KE Global kinetic energy

TE Total energy: TE = IE + KE

RTE Rotational total energy: RTE = IE + KE + RKE

TTE Total total energy: TTE = IE + KE + RKE + CE + HE

DTE Delta total energy: DTE = TTE – EFW

RKE Global rotational energy

CE Global contact energy

HE Global hourglass energy

EFW Global external work

Output for monitored volume:

· MASS: mass

· VOL: volume

· P: pressure

· A: area

· T: temperature

· AO: vent area

· UO: vent velocity

· AC: common area

· UC: common velocity

· CP: average heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit

· CV: average heat capacity at constant volume per mass unit

· GAMA: CP/CV

where m(i) mass of the ith gas in the airbag at a given time, cp(i)(T) heat capacity at constant

pressure per mass unit of ith gas at actual airbag temperature, cv(i)(T) heat capacity at constant

volume per mass unit of ith gas at actual airbag temperature.



· AO1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10): non closed vent area for vent hole n1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10)

· BO1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10): non closed vent area for vent hole n1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10)

· UO1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10): outgoing velocity at vent hole n1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)

· MO1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10): outgoing mass at vent hole n1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)

· HO1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10): outgoing energy at vent hole n1 (resp 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)

Output for interface:

· INX: normal impulse in direction X

· INY: normal impulse in direction Y

· INZ: normal impulse in direction Z

· ITX: tangent impulse in direction X

· ITY: tangent impulse in direction Y

· ITZ: tangent impulse in direction Z

· SFW is the work of forces along the interface. For the moment, it is only available for interfaces type14 and 15.

· Interface friction is taken into account in contact energy computation.

· FXI, FYI, FZI, MXI, MYI, MZI are the forces applied by interfaces type 14 on the envelope surface (ifavailable).

· FNX: normal force in direction X

· FNY: normal force in direction Y

· FNZ: normal force in direction Z

· FTX: tangent force in direction X

· FTY: tangent force in direction Y

· FTZ: tangent force in direction Z

· |FNX

| represents S|FNX

(S,m)|

S slave node of the interfacem master segment of the interface

FNX

(S,m) is the X-component of normal contact force applied to the master segment m due to slave

node S.



· |FX| represents S|F

X(S,m)|

S slave node of the interfacem master segment of the interface

FX

(S,m) is the X-component of normal contact force applied to the master segment m due to slave

node S.

· MX: moment around X-axis of global system.

· MY: moment around Y-axis of global system.

· MZ: moment around Z-axis of global system.

· IMX: moment impulse around X-axis of global system.

· IMY: moment impulse around Y-axis of global system.

· IMZ: moment impulse around Z-axis of global system.

Output for subset or part in the global skew system:

· IE: internal energy

· KE: kinetic energy

· XMOM: translational X momentum in the global reference frame

· YMOM: translational Y momentum in the global reference frame

· ZMOM: translational Z momentum in the global reference frame

· HE: hourglass energy

· TURBKE: turbulence energy (only for fluid applications)

· XCG

· YCG center of gravity coordinates

· ZCG

· XXMOM: rotational X momentum in the global reference frame

· YYMOM: rotational Y momentum in the global reference frame

· ZZMOM: rotational Z momentum in the global reference frame

· IXX

· IYY

· IZZinertia matrix

· IXY

· IYZ



· IZX

· RIE: shear internal energy

· KERB: transitional rigid body kinetic energy

· RKERB: rotational rigid body kinetic energy

· RKE: rotational kinetic energy

Output for section:







· IM1: moment impulse in direction 1



· WORK: work of the forces and moments in the section, due to elements and interfaces saved in thesection

· IDFX - FX error

· IDFY - FY error Errors in forces in the component section

· IDFZ - FZ error

· DF2: quadratic error on forces in the component section

all nodes of the cut section

· WORKR: work of the moments in the section, due to elements and interfaces saves in the section

· IDMX - MX error

· IDMY - MY error Errors in moments in the component section

· IDMZ - MZ error



· DM2: quadratic error on moments in the component section

all nodes of the cut section

· KIN: translational kinetic energy (section nodes)

· KINR: rotational kinetic energy (section nodes)

(Be aware that if you compare these values of the component model with those of the full model, itwill be different because the nodal masses are different.)

· DMVX - MVX error

· DMVY - MVY error Errors in the translational velocities

· DMVZ - MVZ error

· DMV2: error translational kinetic energy

· DMVRX - MVRX error

· DMVRY - MVRY error Errors in the rotational velocities

· DMVRZ - MVRZ error

· DMVR2: error rotational kinetic energy

· EFW: external work of the component section. This is equal to the global external work if there isno other external work (due to another cut section, rigid wall friction, imposed velocities ...). It isequal to WORK with the difference of the inertia work force.

EFW = WORK - KIN ENERGY







· MX : Moment in direction X of global axis

· MY : Moment in direction Y of global axis

· MZ : Moment in direction Z of global axis

· F1 : Force in direction 1 of local axis





· CX : Coordinates of center of section in direction X of global axis

· CY : Coordinates of center of section in direction Y of global axis

· CZ : Coordinates of center of section in direction Z of global axis

Output for node:

· X: X coordinate

· Y: Y coordinate

· Z: Z coordinate

· DX: X displacement

· DY: Y displacement

· DZ: Z displacement

· VX: X velocity

· VY: Y velocity

· VZ: Z velocity

· AX: X acceleration

· AY: Y acceleration

· AZ: Z acceleration

· VRX: X rotational velocity

· VRY: Y rotational velocity

· VRZ: Z rotational velocity

· ARX: X rotational acceleration

· ARY: Y rotational acceleration

· ARZ: Z rotational acceleration

Output for spring:

· OFF: element flag for deactivation

· FX: force in direction X

· FY: force in direction Y

· FZ: force in direction Z

· F1 and F2 (only available for /PROP/SPR_PUL) are internal forces of each spring force.

· MX: moment X

· MY: moment Y



· MZ: moment Z

· LX: elongation in direction X

For springs 29, 30, 31, 32, 35, 36 output is elongation speed of the spring.

· LY: elongation in direction Y

· LZ: elongation in direction Z

· RX: rotation X

· RY: rotation Y

· RZ: rotation Z

· IE: internal energy

Output for joint:

· IX: impulse in direction X

· IY: impulse in direction Y

· IZ: impulse in direction Z

· MX: moment X

· MY: moment Y

· MZ: moment Z

· IMX: moment impulse in direction X

· IMY: moment impulse in direction Y

· IMZ: moment impulse in direction Z

Output for accelerometer:

· AX: acceleration in direction X

· AY: acceleration in direction Y

· AZ: acceleration in direction Z

· WX: integral of acceleration in direction X

· WY: integral of acceleration in direction Y

· WZ: integral of acceleration in direction Z

· Let g the nodal acceleration vector with laboratory expressed in the global skew system,

s the

nodal acceleration vector with laboratory projected onto the moving skew.

Let vg the nodal velocity vector with laboratory expressed in the global skew system, v

s the nodal

velocity vector with laboratory projected onto the moving skew.



Let R(t) the orientation matrix of the skew at time t, so that:

s = R(t)

g

vs = R(t)v

g

Derivating vs versus time leads to:

This shows that derivating the nodal velocity with laboratory projected onto the moving skew, vs does

not give as a result the nodal acceleration with laboratory projected onto the moving skew, s

The vector WX, WY, WZ available for output in the accelerometer, is the following:

Derivating to this output will give a value of s nodal acceleration with laboratory projected onto the

moving skew, the integration-derivation acting as another filter other than the 4-pole Butterworth,which is used in the accelerometer and computes the filtered accelerations AX, AY, AZ.

Output for monitored volume:

· MASS: mass

· VOL: volume

· P: pressure

· A: area

· T: temperature

· AO: vent area

· UO: vent velocity

· AC: common area

· UC: common velocity

· CP: average heat capacity at constant pressure per mass unit

· CV: average heat capacity at constant volume per mass unit



· GAMA: CP/CV

where m(i) mass of the ith gas in the airbag at a given time, cp(i)(T) heat capacity at constant

pressure per mass unit of ith gas at actual airbag temperature, cv(i)(T) heat capacity at constant

volume per mass unit of ith gas at actual airbag temperature.

Output for rigid wall:













Output for rigid body:

· IX: impulse in direction X

· IY: impulse in direction Y

· IZ: impulse in direction Z

· MX: moment X

· MY: moment Y

· MZ: moment Z

· IMX: moment impulse in direction X

· IMY: moment impulse in direction Y



· IMZ: moment impulse in direction Z

· RX: rotation X

· RY: rotation Y

· RZ: rotation Z

· IXI: interface impulse in direction X

· IYI: interface impulse in direction Y

· IZI: interface impulse in direction Z

Output for flexible body:

· IE: Internal energy

· KE: Kinetic energy

· EFW: Work of applied forces

· DE: Damping energy

Output for nstrand:

· FX, LX are given in the local frame.

Output for frame:

· OX, OY, OZ: coordinates of the frame origin

· R11, R12, R13, R21, R22, R23, R31, R32, R33: components of the orientation matrix

· VX, VY, VZ: components of the translational velocity

· VRX, VRY, VRZ: components of the instantaneous rotational velocity

· AX, AY, AZ: components of the translational velocity

· ARX, ARY, ARZ: components of the instantaneous rotational velocity

Output for flexible body modes:

· D: modal displacement (i.e. participation of local mode to the flexible local displacement field)

· V: modal velocity (i.e. participation of local mode to the flexible body local velocity field)

· A: modal acceleration (i.e. participation of local mode to the flexible body local acceleration field)



Comments

1. A part (resp. a subset) can not be in several time history groups. In this case, the only variables outputin time history are the variables declared in the last option which refers to the part (resp. subset).

2. It is not possible to have several times the same node in the same /TH/NODE group. RADIOSS Startergives an error message in such a case. In order to have several outputs on the same node, in differentskew systems use several /TH/NODE groups.

3. Variable names must be left justified.

4. Available names are given in the 2 tables above.

In the first table, TH-variables are given. If a TH-variable name is input, this variable is saved.

In the second table, other variables are given. If one of those variables is input, all the associated TH-variables are saved.

5. The contribution of added masses is taken into account in global kinetic energy.

XMOM Global momentum in X direction in global reference frame

YMOM Global momentum in Y direction in global reference frame

ZMOM Global momentum in Z direction in global reference frame

MASS Global mass of the structure. Added masses are included in global mass

DT Time step

SIE Global spring internal energy

6. In 2D axisymmetrical computation, energies are given per radian.

7. Global internal energy includes all material internal energy and global spring internal energy, but notspring rotational internal energy.

8. The value for EPSD (equivalent strain rate) is only computed in case of the strain rate filtering is askedfor the material law. It is available for Laws 2, 15, 25, 27, 36, 44 and 48.

9. In case of co-rotational formulation for quad elements, the local stresses LSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSXZ,LSYZ are given:

· for isotropic law in the co-rotational frame;

· for orthotropic law in the orthotropic frame.

10. The strain tensor variables EPSXX, EPSYY, EPSZZ, EPSXY, EPSXZ, EPSYZ are only available withHEPS or PA6 (thick shell) and 8, 10, 16, 20 nodes brick and HA8.

11. SX, SY ... are the stress tensor components expressed in the global skew frame.

12. LSX, LSY ... are the stress matrices expressed in the local skew (only available if Isolid

=1, 2, 12, 101,

102 and 112).

Local skew means the co-rotational frame in case of an isotropic law.

Local skew means the orthotropic system in case of an orthotropic law (Law 14, 24 or 28).



13. SXi, SYi, SZi ... are the stress matrices expressed in the global skew per integration point (onlyavailable with 8 node bricks and I

solid = 12 for (i =1,8) or 10 node tetrahedrons for (i =1,4)).

14. LSXi, LSYi, LSZi ... are the stress matrices expressed in the local skew per integration point (onlyavailable with 8 node bricks and I

solid =112).

Local skew means the co-rotational frame in case of an isotropic law.

Local skew means the orthotropic system in case of an orthotropic law (Law 14, 24 or 28).

15. USR1, USR2, ... USR9_ijk are the output for the user variables for the material user’s law on eachintegration points. Available for Brick with 16 and 20 nodes.

16. SXijk, SYijk, SZijk, SXYijk, SYZijk, ... EPijk are the stress tensor and plastic strains on eachintegration point in the global skew. Available for Brick with 16 and 20 nodes.

17. Stresses and plastic strain are available per integration point using SX1j1, SY1j1, SZ1j1, SXY1j1,SYZ1j1, ... EP1j1. This output is in local element frame.

18. SXiDk, SYiDk, EPiUk, SXiDk, SYiDk, ... EPiDk are the stress tensor and plastic strains on upper andlower skin (D for lower skin and U for upper skin) in the global skew. Available for Brick with 16 and 20nodes.

19. USR1_ijk, USR2_ijk, ... USR9_ijk are the output for the user variables for the material user’s law oneach integration points. Available for Brick with 16 and 20 nodes.

20. Output available for material law /MAT/LAW68 is only compatible for standard 8 node solid element (/BRICK) with 1 integration point (flag I

solid =1).

For material Law 68, the stress tensor is not symmetric and an additional moment is added to insurethe equilibrium.

The stress tensor values are: Sxx, Syy, Szz, Sxy, Syx, Syz, Szy, Szx, Sxz, Mx, My, Mz

Tauxy = (Sxy + Syx) / 2

Tauyz = (Syz + Szy) / 2

Tauzx = (Szx + Sxz) / 2

The strain tensor values are: EPSxx, EPSyy, EPSzz, EPSxy, EPSyx, EPSyz, EPSzy, EPSzx,EPSxz, Omegax (micro rotation), Omegay, Omegaz

Gamma_xy = EPSxy + EPSyx

Gamma_yz = EPSyz + EPSzy

Gamma_zx = EPSzx + EPSxz

21. SX, SY ... are the stress tensor components expressed in the global skew frame.

22. LSX, LSY … are stress tensors components expressed in the global skew frame for the globalformulation or in the co-rotational skew frame for the co-rotational formulation.

23. Shear strains are ij =

ij +

ji = 2

ij .

24. For Material Law 25, the output EMIN and EMAX corresponds to minimum plastic work andrespectively maximum plastic work.



25. The value of EPSD will be computed only in case of strain rate filtering is asked for in the material law.

26. Output for subset or part:

NFAIL is the total number of ruptured layers

PFAIL is the percentage of ruptured layers

FAIL_D1 is the number of layers which reached the failure level in direction 1

FAIL_D2 is the number of layers which reached the failure level in direction 2

FAIL_EN is the number of layers which reached the failure level in plastic work

WPLAJJ is the plastic work for layer JJ

HE: global hourglass energy with visco-energy added for numerical stabilization if QBAT and QEPHshell formulations (I

shell =12, 24) are used (refer to the /PROP/SHELL)

27. Only one nstrand element is allowed for the group.

28. Within a group, 2 xelem_usr must not be equal.

29. Both xelem_usr and xelem_name appear in the Time History.

30. If a skew system is specified, coordinates, displacement, linear and angular velocities, linear andangular accelerations of the node with respect to the global system are projected onto the skewsystem.

31. If a reference frame is specified, the local coordinates, relative displacement, relative linear and angularvelocities, relative linear and angular accelerations of the node with respect to the frame are output.

32. Index of local modes for a flexible body is given by the order in which the modes are written in theFlexible Body Input File.

All local modes whose index lie in the range (max(1,Imin

), min(Imax

, Nmod)), where Nmod is the number

of local modes of the flexible body identified by fxbody_ID, will be taken into account.

33. This /TH option (/ATH, /BTH ....) allows other plot files (Runname_run#_a.thy, Runname_run#_b.thy...)with different frequencies and different variables to be generated.

34. This new option also uses the same "Keyword" and "variables" as in option /TH.

35. The RADIOSS Engine option /ATFILE may be used in addition to this option.



Output for Brick

Output for brick Available for material law

OFF: element flag for deactivation 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48, 50, 51, 52, 53

SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ:

component of the stress matrix in the globalframe

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

LSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSYZ, LSXZ:

component of the stress matrix in the localframe

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

IE: internal energy 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48, 50, 51, 52, 53

DENS: density 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48, 50, 51, 52, 53

BULK: bulk viscosity 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

VOL: volume 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

PLAS: plastic strain 2, 3, 4

TEMP: temperature 4, 6, 11

PLSR: strain rate 4

DAM1: tensile damage in direction 1




Tsai Wu yield function


DAMA: sum of damages 15, 24

SA1: stress reinforced in direction 1 15, 24



CR1: E crack in direction 1 15



CR: volume of open cracks 24

CAP: cap parameter 24

K0: plastic parameter 15, 24



Output for brick Available for material law

RK: turbulent energy 6, 11

TD: turbulent dissipation 6, 11

EFIB: fiber strain

ISTA: phase state

VPLA: equivalent volumetric plastic strain

BFRAC: burn fraction 5

WPLA: plastic work

SFIB

EPSXX, EPSYY, EPSZZ, EPSXY, EPSXZ,EPSYZ

AUX1, AUX2, AUX3: user variables 29, 30, 31, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48

SXi, SYi, SZi, SXYi, SXZi, SYZi (i=1,8) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

LSXi, LSYi, LSZi, LSXYi, LSXZi, LSYZi (i=1,8) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

USRi (i=1,60) 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

SXijk, SYijk, SZijk, SXYijk, SXZijk, SYZijk,EPijk (i=1,3; j=1,9; k=1,3)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

SXiUk, SYiUk, SZiJk, SXYiUk, SXZiUk,SYZiUk, EPiUk, SXiDk, SYiDk, SZiDk,SXYiDk, SXZiDk, SYZiDk (i=1,3; k=1,3)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

USR1_ijk, USR2_ijk, USR3_ijk, USR4_ijk,USR5_ijk, USR6_ijk, USR7_ijk, USR8_ijk,USR9_ijk (i=1,3; j=1,9; k=1,3)

28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

Sxx, Syy, Szz, Tauxy, Tauyz, Tauzx, EPSxx,EPSyy, EPSzz, Gammaxy, Gammayz,Gammazx

68



Output for Quad

Output for quad Available for material law

OFF: element flag for deactivation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ:

component of the stress matrix in the globalframe

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

LSX, LSY, LSZ, LSXY, LSYZ, LSXZ:

component of the stress matrix in the localframe

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28, 29,30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48,50, 51, 52, 53

IE: internal energy 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

DENS: density 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

BULK: bulk viscosity 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

VOL: volume 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28,29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46,48

PLAS: plastic strain 2, 3, 4, 10, 16TEMP: temperature 4, 6, 11, 16PLSR: strain rate 4, 16DAM1: tensile damage in direction 1DAM2: tensile damage in direction 2DAM3: tensile damage in direction 3DAM4: tensile damage in direction 1Tsai Wu yield functionDAM5: tensile damage in direction 23DAMA: sum of damages 15, 24SA1: stress reinforced in direction 1 15, 24SA2: stress reinforced in direction 2 15, 24SA3: stress reinforced in direction 3 15, 24CR1: E crack in direction 1 15CR2: E crack in direction 2 15CR3: E crack in direction 3 15CR: volume of opened cracks 24CAP: cap parameter 24K0: plastic parameter 15, 24RK: turbulent energy 6, 11TD: turbulent dissipation 6, 11EFIB: fiber strainISTA: phase state 16VPLA: equivalent volumetric plastic strain 10BFRAC: burn fraction 5WPLA: plastic workSFIB



Output for quad Available for material law

AUX1 user variable 29, 30, 31, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48AUX2 user variable 29, 30, 31, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48AUX3 user variable 29, 30, 31, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48



Output for Shell 3 or 4 Nodes

Output for shell 4 or 3 nodes Available for material law

OFF: element flag for deactivation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

F1: stress in direction 1 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48, 52



Q1: mean stress in direction 13 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48, 52

Q2: mean stress in direction 23 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48, 52

M1: moment per unit length per unitthickness square in direction 1

0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48


0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48


0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

IEM: membrane energy 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

IEB: bending energy 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

THIC: thickness 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

EMIN: minimum equivalent plastic strainover integration point

0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 48

EMAX: maximum equivalent plastic strainover integration point

0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48

EPSD: equivalent strain rate 2, 15, 25, 27, 36, 44, 48E1: membrane strain in direction 1 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,

44, 48E2: membrane strain in direction 2 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,

44, 46, 48E12: membrane strain in direction 12 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,

44, 46, 48SH1: shear strain in direction 1 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,

44, 46, 48SH2: shear strain in direction 2 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,

44, 46, 48K1: curvature in direction 1 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,



44, 46, 48USR1 ..., USR5 29, 30, 31, 52USR1 ..., USR5, ..., USR60 29, 30, 31USRII_JJ, USII_JKK 29, 30, 31, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48



Output for shell 4 or 3 nodes Available for material law

SX_JJ, SY_JJ, SXY_JJ, SYZ_JJ, SZX_JJ(JJ=1,99)

0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43,44, 46, 48, 52

NFAIL 25PFAIL 25FAIL_D1 25FAIL_D2 25FAIL_EN 25WPLAJJ (JJ=1,99) 25



/THERM_STRESS/MAT


/THERM_STRESS/MAT - Thermal Material Expansion

Description

This option is used to add thermal expansion property for RADIOSS material (shell and solid).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/THERM_STRESS/MAT/mat_ID

funct_IDT

Fscaley

Field Contents



funct_IDT

Function identifier for defining thermal linear expansion coefficient as a function oftemperature.

(Integer)

Fscaley

Ordinate scale factor for thermal expansion coefficient function



2DQuad

8 nodeBrick

20 nodeBrick

4 nodeTetra

10 nodeTetra

8 nodeThick Shell

16 nodeThick Shell

yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

Element Compatibility - following

SHELL TRUSS BEAM

4-nodes shells: only for Belytshko-Tsaiand QEPH elements(I

shell =1, 2, 3, 4 and 24)

3-nodes shells: only for standard triangle(I

sh3n =1, 2)

no no



Law Compatibility with Thermal Expansion Model for Shell

No. Law Expansion

57 BARLAT3 yes

15 CHANG yes

25 COMPSH yes

44 COWPER yes

22 DAMA yes

1 ELAST yes

58 FABR_A yes

19 FABRI yes

52 GURSON yes

32 HILL yes

43 HILL_TAB yes

27 PLAS_BRIT yes

2 PLAS_JOHNS yes

36 PLAS_TAB yes

60 PLAS_T3 yes

2 PLAS_ZERIL yes

49 STEINB

29 USER1yes

(shells only)

30 USER2yes

(shells only)

31 USER3yes

(shells only)

0 VOID yes

48 ZHAO yes

Comments

1. The /THERM_STRESS/MAT option should be used with HEAT material (/HEAT/MAT option).

2. For material solid law, this option is available just for /MAT/LAW3, /MAT/LAW4, /MAT/LAW6 and /MAT/LAW49.



/TITLE


/TITLE - Title

Description

Describes the title.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TITLE

Title

Field Contents

Title Title to appear on plots


Comment

1. The title must not start with “/”.



/TRANSFORM


/TRANSFORM - Transformation

Description

This describes the transformation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRANSFORM/type/transform_ID/unit_ID

transform_title

Field Contents

type Transformation type keyword


transform_ID Transformation identifier




transform_title Transformation title


Transformation Type Keywords

Type Description

TRA Defines a translation for a node group with a defined vector.

ROT Defines a rotation for a node group around a defined axis, center ofrotation and rotation angle.

SYM Defines a symmetry for a node group normal to the plane defined by avector.

SCA Defines a scale for a node group with defined scale center and scalefactor.

Comments

1. This format can be used anywhere in the model.

2. The transformations will be applied according to the order defined in the input deck.

3. Several transformations may be applied on the same nodes group.



/TRANSFORM/ROT


/TRANSFORM/ROT - Transformation: Rotation

Description

Defines a rotation for a node group around a defined axis, center of rotation and rotation angle.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRANSFORM/ROT/transform_ID/unit_ID

transform_title

grnod_ID X_point_1 Y_point_1 Z_point_1 node_ID1

node_ID2

X_point_2 Y_point_2 Z_point_2 Angle

Field Contents








(Integer)

X_point_1 X coordinate of point 1


Y_point_1 Y coordinate of point 1


Z_point_1 Z coordinate of point 1


node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)





Field Contents





Angle Rotation angle value (in degree's)


Comments

1. If node_ID1 and node_ID

2 are defined, the rotation will be done around the vector defined by node_ID

1

and node_ID2. The center of rotation will be the node_ID

1. If only one node is defined, the error

message is displayed.

Otherwise, the rotation will be done around the vector defined by point_1 and point_2. The center ofrotation will be the point_1.

2. The rotation angle is given in degree's.



/TRANSFORM/SCA


/TRANSFORM/SCA - Transformation: Scale

Description

Defines a scale for a node group with defined scale center and scale factor.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRANSFORM/SCA/transform_ID/unit_ID

transform_title

grnod_ID FscaleX

FscaleY

FscaleZ

node_IDc

Field Contents








(Integer)

FscaleX

X scale factor


FscaleY

Y scale factor


FscaleZ

Z scale factor


node_IDc

Center node identifier

(Integer)



Comments

1. The node node_IDc is the scale center.

2. If the node node_IDc is not defined, the origin (0,0,0) will be used as scale center.

3. The scaling is done in the global frame.



/TRANSFORM/SYM


/TRANSFORM/SYM - Transformation: Symmetry

Description

Defines a symmetry for a node group normal to the plane defined by a vector.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRANSFORM/SYM/transform_ID/unit_ID

transform_title

grnod_ID X_point_1 Y_point_1 Z_point_1 node_ID1

node_ID2

X_point_2 Y_point_2 Z_point_2

Field Contents








(Integer)







node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)





Field Contents





Comment


2 are defined, the symmetry will be done on the plane normal to the vector

defined by node_ID1 and node_ID

2. The plane includes node_ID

1. If only one node is defined, the error

message is displayed.

Otherwise, the the symmetry will be done on the plane normal to the vector defined by point_1 andpoint_2. The plane includes the point_1.



/TRANSFORM/TRA


/TRANSFORM/TRA - Transformation: Translation

Description

Defines a translation for a node group with a defined vector.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRANSFORM/TRA/transform_ID/unit_ID

transform_title

grnod_ID X_translation Y_translation Z_translation node_ID1

node_ID2

Field Contents








(Integer)

X_translation Translation value along global X axis


Y_translation Translation value along global Y axis


Z_translation Translation value along global Z axis


node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)



Comment


2 are defined, the translation will be performed with the vector (node_ID

1,

node_ID2 ). If only one node is defined, an error message is displayed.

Otherwise, the translation will be done with the defined value X_translation, Y_translation andZ_translation.



/TRUSS


/TRUSS - Truss Elements

Description

Describes the truss elements.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TRUSS/part_ID

truss_ID node_ID1

node_ID2

Field Contents



truss_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

node_ID1

Node identifier 1

(Integer)

node_ID2

Node identifier 2

(Integer)

Comments


2. More than 1 truss block may be used to define a part.

3. Any number of trusses may be defined in 1 block.

4. If a truss element is used with Law 2, the strain rate dependency is not available.



/UNIT


/UNIT - Local Unit System

Description

This keyword is used to define a local unit system for the keywords listed below.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/UNIT/unit_ID

unit_title

mass_unit length_unit time_unit

Field Contents

unit_ID Optional local unit system identifier


unit_title Local unit system title


mass_unit Local unit system multiplying factor for mass

(Real) or code

length_unit Local unit system multiplying factor for length

(Real) or code

time_unit Local unit system multiplying factor for time

(Real) or code

Comments

1. The unit keyword works in conjunction with the Input Units System. An Input Units System (keyword: /BEGIN) has to be defined in the input deck.

2. A unit factor must be defined for mass, length and time.

3. Supported codes are defined under the /BEGIN table.



4. Local units system is optional and it is compatible with the following keywords:

material law types: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 14, 15, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 40,42, 43, 44, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 54, 57, 58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 68 and 70

property types: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 25, 28, 32, 33, 35 and 36

interface types: 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 19

/ACCEL

/ADMAS

/BEM/FLOW

/CLOAD

/CNODE

/EIG

/FAIL

/GJOINT

/GRAV

/IMPACC

/IMPDISP

/IMPVEL

/INIBRI

/INIQUA

/INISHE

/INISH3

/INIVEL

/INTER

/INTER/HERTZ

/INTER/LAGMUL

/MAT

/PLOAD

/PROP

/RANDOM

/RANDOM/GRNOD

/RBODY

/RBODY/LAGMUL

/RWALL

/RWALL/LAGMUL

/SECT

/SENSOR

//SUBMODEL

/TRANSFORM

5. Each of the keywords listed above can be input in its own unit system, which will then be converted tothe Input Units System of the input deck using the multiplying factors that are provided in this format.

Example

Global unit for mass defined in kg:

/BEGIN/

EXAMPLE_UNIT

#---1----|----2----|----3----|----4----|----5----|----6----|----7----|----8----|----9----|---10----|

100 0

kg m s

kg m s



Local unit for mass for a particular option defined in g:

/UNIT/1

Unit_grams

# mass_unit length_unit time_unit

g m s

Use of defined local units for a particular option:

#/ACCEL/accel_ID/unit_ID

/ACCEL/1/1



/XELEM


/XELEM - Multi-Strand Element

Description

Describes the multi-strand element.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/XELEM/part_ID

elem_ID grnod_ID

Field Contents

part_ID Part identifier of the multi-strand


elem_ID Element identifier

(Integer)

grnod_ID Ordered node group identifier

(Integer)

Comments


2. Nodes define a line from the first to the final node of the group.

3. The grnod_ID must be defined with the keyword /GRNOD/NODENS.

4. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The element will only be composed of the nodes belonging to a nodegroup.



Arbitrary Lagrangian-Euler (ALE) Formulation

Description

ALE Starter section contains a description of the keywords used in ALE applications.

All the parameters used for ALE based computation are defined after the keyword /ALE:

· /ALE/BCS

· /ALE/DONEA

· /ALE/DISP

· /ALE/SPRING

· /ALE/MAT

The initial velocity for an ALE material is defined after the keyword:

· /INIVEL

The specific ALE interfaces are:

· /INTER/TYPE1

· /INTER/TYPE9

· /INTER/TYPE18

There are six specific materials for ALE with the following keywords:

· the biphase liquid gas material (/MAT/LAW37)

· the two materials in ALE or Euler formulation (/MAT/LAW20)

· the material with boundary conditions in flow calculation (/MAT/LAW11)

· the multiphase Gray and Johnson’s shear material (/MAT/LAW16)

· the purely thermal material (/MAT/LAW18)

The specific rigid wall for ALE is:

· /RWALL/THERM

The Eulerian formulation can be applied by using the following specific keywords:

· /ALE/ZERO

· /EULER/MAT



ALE Compatibility


ALE Compatibility

Description

The following tables list the compatibility options.

Element Compatibility 1

Law QUAD BRICK

6 yes yes

11 yes yes

16 yes yes

18 yes yes

20 yes

37 yes

51 yes yes

Element Compatibility 2

Law Law Name 2D QUAD8 nodeBRICK

20 nodeBRICK

4 nodeTETRA

10 nodeTETRA

8 nodeTHICKSHELL

16 nodeTHICKSHELL

6 HYDRO yes yes yes yes

11 BOUND yes yes

16 GRAY yes yes

18 THERM yes yes

20 BIMAT yes

37 BIPHAS yes

51 LAW51 yes yes

Solid & Thick Shell Property Compatibility

Law Law Name Type 14 Type 6

6 HYDRO yes

11 BOUND yes

16 GRAY yes

18 THERM yes

20 BIMAT yes

37 BIPHAS yes

51 LAW51 yes



Comment

1. Please note that the co-rotational formulation is not compatible with quad elements for bi-dimensionalALE analysis.



/ALE/BCS


/ALE/BCS - ALE Boundary Conditions

Description

Describes the ALE boundary conditions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/BCS/bcs_ID

bcs_title

Grilag skew_ID grnod_ID

Field Contents



bcs_title Boundary condition block title


Grilag Codes for grid velocity and Lagrange

(6 Booleans)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Node group to which boundary conditions are applied

(Integer)



Codes for Grid Velocity and Lagrange: Grilag

(1)-1 (1)-2 (1)-3 (1)-4 (1)-5 (1)-6 (1)-7 (1)-8 (1)-9 (1)-10

WX

WY

WZ

LX

LY

LZ

Field Contents

WX

Code for grid velocity WX

(Boolean)

WY

Code for grid velocity WY

(Boolean)

WZ

Code for grid velocity WZ

(Boolean)

LX

Lagrange code WX = V

X

(Boolean)

LY

Lagrange code WY

= VY

(Boolean)

LZ

Lagrange code WZ = V

Z

(Boolean)

Comments

1. If a node is constraint with ALE boundary conditions and classical boundary conditions (see /BCS).Both boundary conditions must be set is the same skew system (skew_ID).

2. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The boundary conditions will only be applied to nodes belonging to anode group.

3. Detail input format for Grilag is shown above. The three individual codes (one per direction), must beright justified in the ten character fields used by the variable Grilag.

4. The degree of freedom is 'free' if the code is 0; and is 'fixed' if the code is set to 1.

5. If the Lagrange code is set to 1, the node is Lagrangian in the corresponding direction i.e. Wi = V

i.



/ALE/DISP


/ALE/DISP - Displacement Formulation

Description

Describes the displacement formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/DISP

Umax

Vmin

Field Contents

Umax

Maximum absolute grid velocity


Vmin

Elements with a volume less than Vmin

will be deleted




/ALE/DONEA


/ALE/DONEA - ALE Grid Velocity

Description

Describes the ALE grid velocity.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/DONEA

a Fscalex

Fscaley

Fscalez

Vmin

Field Contents

a DONEA coefficient


Grid velocity limitation factor


Fscalex

X grid velocity scale factor


Fscaley

Y grid velocity scale factor


Fscalez

Z grid velocity scale factor


Vmin

Elements with a volume less than Vmin

will be deleted


Comment

1. This option is available for 3D analysis only.



/ALE/MAT


/ALE/MAT - ALE Material

Description

Describes the ALE material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/MAT/mat_ID

Flrd

Field Contents



Flrd Modification factor on surfaces fluxes

(Real)

= 0: the fluid transmission is not allowed.

= 1: the fluid transmission is totally allowed.

Comment

1. If the boundary is not connected to a material specifying a Elementary Boundary Condition (Type 11),the Flrd is by default 0. The flow is reduced otherwise by the Flrd factor value specified at theelementary boundary level.



/ALE/SPRING


/ALE/SPRING - Spring Formulation

Description

Describes the spring formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/SPRING

Dt0

h n

Vmin

Field Contents

Dt0

Typical time step

(Real)

Non-linearity factor


h Damping coefficient


n Shear factor


Vmin

Element with a volume less than Vmin

will be declared


Comment




/ALE/STANDARD


/ALE/STANDARD - Standard Formulation

Description

Describes the standard formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/STANDARD

α h lc

Blank Format

Field Contents

α Stability factor

(Real)

Non-linearity factor

(Real)



lc

Characteristic length(Real)

Comments


2. /ALE/STANDARD formulation is an improved /ALE/SPRING formulation.



/ALE/ZERO


/ALE/ZERO - Euler Formulation

Description

Describes the Euler formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/ZERO

Comment

1. No calculation is performed on the grid.



/DFS/DETPOIN


/DFS/DETPOIN - Point Detonators

Description

Describes the point detonators.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/DFS/DETPOIN/detpoin_ID

XDET

YDET

ZDET

TDET

mat_IDDET

Field Contents

detpoin_ID Point detonator identifier


XDET

X coordinate

(Real)

YDET

Y coordinate

(Real)

ZDET

Z coordinate

(Real)

TDET

Detonation time

(Real)

mat_IDDET

Explosive material number concerned by detonation time

(Integer)

= 0: then all JWL material law (explosives) are affected by the detonation time.



/EBCS


/EBCS - Elementary Boundary Conditions Sets (EBCS)

Description

Describes the elementary boundary condition sets.

FormatType GRADP0, PRES, VALVIN, VALVOUT

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/EBCS/type/ebcs_ID

ebcs_title

surf_ID

C

funct_IDpres

Fscalepres

funct_IDrho

Fscalerho

funct_IDener

Fscaleener

lc

r1

r2

Type VEL

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_ID

C

funct_IDvx

Fscalevx

funct_IDvy

Fscalevy

funct_IDvz

Fscalevz

funct_IDpres

Fscalepres

funct_IDrho

Fscalerho



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDener

Fscaleener

lc

r1

r2

Type NORMV

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_ID

C

funct_IDvimp

Fscalevimp

funct_IDrho

Fscalerho

funct_IDener

Fscaleener

lc

r1

r2

Type INIP, INIV

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

surf_ID

Rho C lc

Field Contents

type Elementary boundary condition keyword


ebcs_ID Elementary boundary condition identifier


ebcs_title Elementary boundary condition title



(Integer)



Field Contents

C Speed of sound

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDpres

Function ¦(t) identifier for pressure

(Integer)

= 0: P = Fscalepres

= n: P = Fscalepres

* ¦(t)

Fscalepres

Scale factor for pressure

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDrho

Function ¦(t) identifier for density

(Integer)

= 0: r = Fscalerho

= n: r = Fscalerho

* ¦(t)

Fscalerho

Scale factor for density

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDener

Function ¦(t) identifier for energy

(Integer)

= 0: E = Fscaleener

= n: E = Fscaleener

* ¦(t)

Fscaleener

Scale factor for energy

Default = 0 (Real)

lc

Characteristic length

Default = 0 (Real)

r1

Linear resistance

Default = 0 (Real)

r2

Quadratic resistance

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDvx

Function ¦(t) identifier for X velocity

(Integer)

= 0: VX = Fscale

vx

= n: VX = Fscale

vx * ¦(t)

Fscalevx

Scale factor for X velocity

Default = 0 (Real)



Field Contents

funct_IDvy

Function ¦(t) identifier for Y velocity

(Integer)

= 0: Vy = Fscale

vy

= n: Vy = Fscale

vy * ¦(t)

Fscalevy

Scale factor for Y velocity

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDvz

Function ¦(t) identifier for Z velocity

(Integer)

= 0: VZ = Fscale

vz

= n: VZ = Fscale

vz * ¦(t)

Fscalevz

Scale factor for Z velocity

Default = 0 (Real)

funct_IDvimp

Function ¦(t) identifier for imposed velocity

(Integer)

= 0: V = Fscalevimp

= n: V = Fscalevimp

* ¦(t)

Fscalevimp

Scale factor for imposed velocity

Default = 0 (Real)

Rho Initial density

Default = 0 (Real)

The following table gives the element compatibilities with material:

EBCS Type


0 GRADP0 Zero pressure gradient

1 PRES Imposed density and pressure

2 VALVIN Inlet valve (Imposed density and pressure)

3 VALVOUT Outlet valve (Imposed density and pressure)

4 VEL Imposed velocity

5 NORMV Imposed normal velocity

6 INIP Initial pressure

7 INIV Initial velocity



Comments

1. If Type =0, (GRADP0) is not allowed for SPMD parallel version.

2. Input is general, no prior assumptions are enforced! The users must verify that the elementaryboundaries are consistent with general assumptions of ALE (equation closure). This problem is fixed inthis version.

3. It is not advised to use the Hydrodynamic Bi-material Liquid Gas Law (/MAT/LAW37) with theelementary boundary conditions.

4. Density, pressure, energy are imposed according to a scale factor and a time function. If the functionnumber is 0, the imposed density, pressure and energy are used.

5. All EBCS which type is inferior to 4 or equal to 6 are silent. The following equation is used:

Pressure in the far field P¥ is imposed with a function of time. The transient pressure is derived from P∞,the local velocity field V and the normal of the outlet facet.

lc is the characteristic length, it allows to compute cutoff frequency ¦

c as:

6. In order to impose a positive velocity funct_IDvimp

(for instance 15 m/s), you must input -funct_IDvimp

(for instance -15 m/s).



/EULER/MAT


/EULER/MAT - Euler Material

Description

Describes the Euler material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/EULER/MAT/mat_ID

Flrd

Field Contents



Flrd Modification factor for fluxes at boundaries


= 0: convection is not allowed at domain boundaries.

= 1: convection is totally allowed at domain boundaries.

Comment

1. If the boundary is not connected to a material specifying an Elementary Boundary Condition (Type 11),the Flrd is by default 0. The flow is reduced otherwise by the Flrd factor value specified at theelementary boundary level.



/INIVEL


/INIVEL - Initial Velocities

Description

Describes the initial velocities.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INIVEL/type/inivel_ID

inivel_title

VX

VY

VZ grnod_ID skew_ID

Field Contents

type Type of initial velocity

= TRA: translational material velocity= ROT: rotational material velocity= T+G: translational and grid material velocity= GRID: grid material velocity



inivel_title Initial velocity block title


VX

X velocity

(Real)

VY

Y velocity

(Real)

VZ

Z velocity

(Real)

grnod_ID Node group to which initial velocities are applied

(Integer)


(Integer)



Comments

1. The grnod_ID input is obligatory. The initial velocities will only be applied to nodes belonging to a nodegroup.

2. Type = T+G and type = GRID are only used for ALE material.

3. Type = T+G and type = GRID can be used in addition to type = TRA.



/INTER


/INTER - ALE Interface

Description

Describes the interfaces.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/type/inter_ID

inter_title

Field Contents







Interface Type


1 Tied TYPE1 Boundary between an ALE material and a Lagrangian material

9Slide /Void

TYPE9 ALE / Lagrange, with void opening and free surface

18Slide /Void

TYPE18 Coupling between a Lagrangian material and an ALE material



/INTER/TYPE1



Description


Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/TYPE1/inter_ID

inter_title

surf_IDale

surf_IDlag

Field Contents





surf_IDale

ALE slave surface identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDlag

Lagrangian master surface identifier

(Integer)



/INTER/TYPE9


/INTER/TYPE9 - Interface Type 9 (ALE Lagrange with void opening and free surface)

Description

Describes the ALE Lagrange with void opening and free space.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_IDale

surf_IDlag

RTH Fric Gap

ITH

IEUL Upwind F

S

Field Contents





surf_IDale

ALE slave surface identifier

(Integer)

surf_IDlag


(Integer)

RTH

Thermal resistance per surface unit

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

ITH

Thermal bridge flag

(Integer)

= 1: yes



Field Contents

IEUL

Flag for Eulerian behavior in tangent direction

(Integer)

Upwind Upwind for free surface normal computation

(Real)

= 0: no upwind= 1: full upwind

FS

Surface tension force

(Real)

Comments

1. Non-impacted ALE nodes are on a free surface. The grid velocity is equal to the material velocity innormal direction.

2. If surf_IDlag

is equal to 0, this interface is used as ALE free surface.

3. The normal of the master surface elements must be oriented toward the slave nodes.

4. If IEUL

is equal to 1, the grid velocity is set to zero in the tangent direction of the surface for non-

impacted slave nodes. The grid velocity of impacted nodes is fixed by the master segment. Flag IEUL

is ignored for slave nodes having a grid boundary condition.

5. Format Line 5 is not compatible with the master/slave formulation of rigid bodies. If some nodes of theLagrangian master surface are in a rigid body, the rigid body motion does not take into account theinterfaces forces applied to these nodes.



/INTER/TYPE18


/INTER/TYPE18 - Interface Type 18 (Euler/Lagrange or ALE/Lagrange)

Description

Describes the Euler/Lagrange or ALE/Lagrange.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

grnod_IDslave

surf_IDlag

Istf

Multimp Ibag

Idel

Stfac Gap Tstart

Tstop

VisS

Bumult

Blank Format

Field Contents





grnod_IDslave

Slave nodes group identifier (Eulerian or ALE nodes)

(Integer)

surf_IDlag


(Integer)

Istf


(Integer)

= 1 (only): Stfac is a stiffness value





Field Contents

Ibag

Flag for pressure correction

(Integer)

= 0: no pressure correction= 1: reduce pressure by median pressure= 2: reduce pressure by mean surface pressure= 3: reduce pressure by mean estimated volumetric pressure

Idel


(Integer)

= 0: no deletion (default)= 1: when all the elements (4 node shells, 3 node shells, solids) associated toone segment are deleted, the segment is removed from the master side of theinterface.


= 2: when a 4 node shell, a 3 node shell or a solid element is deleted, thecorresponding segment is removed from the master side of the interface.


Stfac Interface stiffness

(Real)

Gap Interface gap

(Real)

Tstart

Start time

(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

VisS


(Real)



Comments

1. Euler-Lagrange or ALE-Lagrange impact interface between a Lagrangian master surface and a list ofEulerian or ALE slaves nodes.

2. Material velocity for all slave nodes is imposed by master surface with a penalty formulation. ALE slavenode grid velocity is not modified by this interface.




4. In case of SPMD, each master segment defined by surf_IDlag


(possibly to avoid element).

5. The flag Ibag

refers to the monitored volume option (/MONVOL keyword).

6. The sorting factor Bumult is used to speed up the sorting algorithm.





/MAT


/MAT - ALE Materials

Description

Describes the ALE materials.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/law/mat_ID

mat_title

Field Contents







Material Keyword

Listed by keyword name:

Manual Keyword Law NumberOther Available

Keywords

BIMAT 20 LAW20

BIPHAS 37 LAW37

BOUND 11 LAW11

GRAY 16 LAW16

HYDRO 6LAW6, LAW06,

HYD_VISC

JWL 5 LAW5 or LAW05

LAW51 51 LAW51

THERM 18 LAW18

Listed by law number:


Keywords

JWL 5 LAW5 or LAW05

HYDRO 6LAW6, LAW06,

HYD_VISC

BOUND 11 LAW11

GRAY 16 LAW16

THERM 18 LAW18

BIMAT 20 LAW20

BIPHAS 37 LAW37

LAW51 51 LAW51



Material Laws Description

Number Manual Keyword Type Description

5 JWL Jones Wilkins Lee Detonation driven by time

6 HYDRO Hydrodynamic viscous Turbulent viscous flow

11 BOUND Boundary element Stagnation conditions in flow calculations

16 GRAY Gray modelMultiphase Gray E.O.S + Johnson’s shear

law

18 THERM ThermalThermal conductivity, purely thermal

material

20 BIMAT Bimaterial Two materials in ALE or Euler formulation

37 BIPHAS Hydrodynamic Bi-phase liquid gas

51 LAW51 Multimaterial 3 materials (each in solid, liquid, gas state)

Comments

1. All characters beyond the tenth of a keyword are ignored (ex: it is possible to input HONEYCOM,instead of HONEYCOMB).

2. The Manual Keyword is the keyword of the law as referenced in this manual.


4. The Other Available Keywords column features other keywords, which can be used to define the samematerial laws.

5. The grayed lines specify the laws are only compatible with RADIOSS ALE (Laws 20, 37 and 51).

6. In addition to the ALE material laws, the material Laws 1, 2, 3, 4 and the isotropic material laws with volumetric properties are compatible with the ALE approach.

7. If a node is connected to an ALE material, the nodal value output to /TH and Animation files have thefollowing description:

· positions and displacements represent the grid positions and displacements;

· accelerations and velocities represent the material accelerations and velocities.



/MAT/LAW5 (JWL)


/MAT/LAW5 - Jones Wilkins Lee Material

Description

This law describes the Jones Wilkins Lee material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW5/mat_ID or /MAT/JWL/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

A B R1

R2 w

D PCJ

E0

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0

Reference density used in E.O.S (equation of state)

Default = ri (Real)

A A parameter of equation of state

(Real)

B B parameter of equation of state

(Real)

R1

R1 parameter of equation of state

(Real)

R2

R2 parameter of equation of state

(Real)



Field Contents

w ω parameter of equation of state(Real)

D Detonation velocity

(Real)

PCJ

Chapman Jouguet pressure

(Real)

E0


(Real)

Comments

1.

where, V is relative volume:

E is the internal energy per unit initial volume:

w = - 1 and with is the adiabatic constant.

2. The r0 is used only for QUAD and BRICK solid elements.

3. The Jones Wilkins Lee Material Law (Law 5) can be a boundary for Hydrodynamic Viscous FluidMaterial (/MAT/LAW6) only if the flow direction is done from Law 5 to Law 6 (simulation of anexplosion), and if the gas properties are identical ( ).



/MAT/LAW6 (HYDRO)


/MAT/LAW6 - Hydrodynamic Viscous Fluid Material

Description

Describes the hydrodynamic viscous fluid material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW6/mat_ID or /MAT/HYDRO/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

n

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

n Kinematic viscosity

(Real)

C0

Constant parameter coefficient

(Real)

C1


(Real)



Field Contents

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin



Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0


(Real)

Comments

1. Sij = 2rn

eqe

ij

2. No turbulence > neq

= n

Turbulence > neq

= n + cmk2 /

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

where,

Sij is the deviatoric stress tensor

eij is the deviatoric strain tensor

C is the sound velocity

3. In case of a perfect gas:

C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = 0 and C

4 = C

5 = - 1

4. In case of an incompressible gas:

C0 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E

0 = 0 and C

1 = r

0 * c2



5. In case of a linear material with a volumetric dilatation:

and

C4 = C

5 = - 1 and C

0 = C

2 = C

3 = 0

then:

P = C1m + C

4rCnT = C

1m + anT

If P = cst = 0, then C1m + anT = 0 ; so

where, m is the dilatation coefficient, m < 0 for dilatation.

6. All thermal data ( r0C

p, T

o, A,B ) can be defined with keyword /HEAT.

7. If using Law 6 coupled with Law 37 for liquid phase (without gas phase), the compatibility of the liquidEOS is as follows:

· DP1 = C

1m for Law 37

· p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E = 0

then, P = C1m

8. If using Law 6 coupled with Law 37 for gas phase (without liquid phase), the compatibility of the gasEOS is as follows:

· PV = cst for Law 37

· p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = 0 and C

4 = C

5 = - 1

m = (r/r0) - 1

then,

where,

E is the energy per unit volume

e is the energy per unit mass



/MAT/LAW11 (BOUND)


/MAT/LAW11 - Boundary Conditions Material in Flow Analysis

Description

This law describes the boundary conditions material in flow analysis.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW11/mat_ID or /MAT/BOUND/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

Ityp Psh

FscaleT

Ityp =0 – Perfect Gas

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDV

Cd

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

Blank Format

Blank Format

Blank Format

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =1 - Linear Compressible

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDV

C1

Cd

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDE

FscaleE

Blank Format

Blank Format

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =2 - General Option

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

c

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDE

FscaleE

Blank Format

Blank Format

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =3 - Silent Boundary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDV

c lc

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDE

FscaleE

Blank Format

Blank Format

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ



Ityp =8 - Enthalpy

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

c

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDH

FscaleH

Blank Format

Blank Format

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

Ityp Type of boundary condition (see Comment 10)

(Integer)

= 0: perfect gas= 1: linear compressible= 2: general option= 3: silent boundary= 8: enthalpy

Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

FscaleT

Scale factor for time

(Real)



Field Contents

node_IDV

Node identifier for velocity computation V = VINOD

(Integer)

Gamma constant

(Real)

Cd

Discharge coefficient

(Real)

funct_IDr Function ¦(t) identifier for density (see Comment 12)

(Integer)

If Ityp = 0 or 1

= 0: ra = r0

= n: ra = r0 * ¦(t)

If Ityp = 2 or 3 or 8

= 0: ra = rneighbor

= n: ra = r0 * ƒ(t)

funct_IDp

Function ¦(t) identifier for pressure

(Integer)

If Ityp = 0 or 1

= 0: Pa = Fscalep0

+ Psh

= n: Pa = Fscalep0

* ¦(t) + Psh

If Ityp = 2 or 8

= 0: Pa = Pneighbor

= n: Pa = Fscalep0

* ƒ(t) - Psh

If Ityp = 3

= 0: Pa = Pneighbor

= n: P8 = P8 * ƒ(t) - Psh

Fscalep0


(Real)

funct_IDT

Function ¦(t) identifier for temperature (see Comment 12)

(Integer)

= 0: T = Tneighbor

= n: T = T0 * ¦(t)

funct_IDQ

Function ¦(t) identifier for flux

(Integer)

= 0: no imposed flux= n: Q = ¦(t)



Field Contents

C1

Bulk modulus

(Real)

funct_IDE

Function ¦(t) identifier for energy

(Integer)

= 0: E = Eneighbor

= n: Ea = FscaleE * ¦(t)

FscaleE


(Real)

c Sound speed

(Real)

lc


(Real)

funct_IDH

Function ¦(t) identifier for enthalpy

(Integer)

= 0: H = Hneighbor

= n: Ha = FscaleH * ¦(t)

FscaleH

Scale factor for enthalpy

(Real)

Comments

1. Input is general, no prior assumptions are enforced! The user must verify that the elementaryboundaries are consistent with general assumptions of ALE (equation closure). This problem is fixed inthis version.

2. It is not advised to use the Hydrodynamic Bi-material Liquid Gas Law (/MAT/LAW37) with the BoundaryConditions Material Law (Law 11).

3. Bernouilli inlet for linear compressible material, imposed stagnation conditions:

4. If node_IDV

= 0, then V = <Vi >; average facet velocity.

5. Density, pressure, enthalpy, temperature, turbulent enthalpy and dissipation are imposed according toa scale factor and a time function.

6. If the function number is 0, the neighbor element value is used when the flow is going out of thecomputational domain or the last value when the flow is reversed.



7. Bernouilli inlet for perfect gas, imposed stagnation conditions:

Discharge coefficient accounts for entry loss and depends on shape orifice.

8. If node_IDV

= 0, the

Vi incoming normal velocity

n is the number of nodes in 1 element


p, T

0, A,B ) can be defined with keyword /HEAT.

10. Ityp =3 - Silent Boundary

11. Pressure in the far field P¥ is imposed with a function of time. The transient pressure is derived from P∞, the local velocity field V and the normal of the outlet facet:

· density, energy, temperature, turbulent energy and dissipation are imposed with a function of timeas in Ityp = 2;

· if the function number is 0, the neighbor element value is used to respect continuity;

· lc is the characteristic length, it allows to compute cutoff frequency f

c as:

12. For funct_IDT and funct_IDr , input for ordinate of the curve is adimensional, contrary to others

functions where input for ordinate of the curve is homogeneous to a physical value.



/MAT/LAW16 (GRAY)


/MAT/LAW16 - Gray Johnson Cook Material

Description

This law describes the Gray Johnson Cook material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW16/mat_ID or /MAT/GRAY/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

E n

a b n max smax

P0 C S 0 a

e

AW Pmin

E0

c m Tmelt

Tmax

0m am e g

e DS

Tm0

Vj

Vb

U Eoh

Ay θ

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)



Field Contents

r0


Default = ri (Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)

n Poisson’s ratio

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)





smax



P0

Initial pressure

(Real)

C Hugoniot parameters

(Real)

S Us = C + S U

p

(Real)

0 Lattice gamma

(Real)

ae

=0 - a x

(Real)

AW Atomic weight

(Real)

Pmin

Pressure cutoff


E0


(Real)



Field Contents



Reference strain rate (time unit)-1

(Real)



Tmelt

Melting temperature


Tmax

For T > Tmax

: m =1 is used


0m Melting gamma

Default =0 (Real)

am m

=0m

- am

x

Default = a (Real)

e Electronic gamma

Default = 2/3 (Real)

ge

Electronic energy coefficient


DS Entropy of melting

Default = U x 9.637e-5 (Real)

Tm0

Melting temperature parameter

Default = 1.3 Tmelt

(Real)

Vj

Volume where EOS are joined

(Real)

Vb

Excluded volume for vapor phase

Default = 0.5/r0 (Real)

U 1 Mbar cm3 to be converted in user’s unit


Eoh

Energy at V=V0, T=300K, P=0


Ay

Coefficient of attractive potential

(Real)



Field Contents

θ Join parameter


Comment

1.



/MAT/LAW18 (THERM)


/MAT/LAW18 - Purely Thermal Material

Description

This law describes thermal material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW18/mat_ID or /MAT/THERM/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

r0C

p A B

funct_IDT

T0

FscaleT

funct_IDsph

funct_IDas

Fscalesph

FscaleE

FscaleK

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

r0C

pSpecific heat

(Real)

A Conductivity coefficient A

(Real)

B Conductivity coefficient B

(Real)



Field Contents

funct_IDT

Function f(t) identifier for T (see Comment 11)

(Integer)

= 0: T is computed= n: T = T

0 * f(t)

T0

Initial temperature

Default = 300K (Real)

FscaleT

Scale factor for time

(Real)

funct_IDsph

Function g(T, E) identifier for temperature versus energy (see Comment 9)

(Integer)

funct_IDas

Function h(k, T) identifier for conductivity versus temperature

(Integer)

Fscalesph

Scale factor for temperature

(Real)

FscaleE


(Real)

FscaleK

Scale factor for conductivity

(Real)

Comments

1. This material can be used:

· as purely thermal material (only Line 4 is read);

· as boundaries conditions (temperature or flux) (use Line 5).

2. The k (thermal conductivity) is computed as:

k = A + BT.

3. The a (thermal diffusivity) is computed as:

a = k / r0C

p

4. Cp heat capacity at constant pressure.

5. The k (thermal conductivity) is given by curve funct_IDas

.

6. funct_IDas

= k(T)



7. The a (thermal diffusivity) is computed with curve funct_IDsph

a = k / r0C

p

with,

8. Function g(T, E) is similar as following curve:

9. If funct_IDsph

¹ 0,

; T = funct_IDsph

(Especific

)Fscalesph

.

10. If funct_IDsph

= 0,

with Sph = r0C

p

11. If funct_IDT ¹ 0,

T = ¦ (Time) * T0 with Time = Time * Fscale

T ;

E

int = T * Sph

12. If funct_IDas

¹ 0,

; A = funct_IDas

(T)FscaleE ; B = 0



/MAT/LAW20 (BIMAT)


/MAT/LAW20 - Bimaterial

Description

This law describes the bimaterial.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW20/mat_ID or /MAT/BIMAT/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

mat_ID1

mat_ID2

a1

a2

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

mat_ID1

1st material identifier (ALE or Euler material)

(Integer)

mat_ID2

2nd material identifier (ALE or Euler material)

(Integer)

a1

Ratio of 1st material

(Real)

a2

Ratio of 2nd material

(Real)



Comments

1. The User enters the ratio of material (ex: for a percentage about 0.5%, input 0.005).

2. Percentages must be less than 0.0005 or greater than 0.995.

3. Material identifiers mat_ID1 or mat_ID

2 cannot be used with material Law 11.

4. Only a material type Law 20 can be frontier to the material Law 20.



/MAT/LAW37 (BIPHAS)


/MAT/LAW37 - Hydrodynamic Bi-Material Liquid Gas Material

Description

Describes the hydrodynamic bi-material liquid gas material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW37/mat_ID or /MAT/BIPHAS/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

rl0

Cl

al n

ll /

r

l0

rg0

P0 n

gl /

r

g0

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

rl0

Liquid reference density

(Real)

Cl

Liquid bulk modulus

(Real)

al

Initial massic liquid proportion

(Real)

= 0: gas= 1: liquid



Field Contents

nl

Shear kinematic viscosity (= m / rl0

)

(Real)

l / r

l0Bulk kinematic viscosity

(Real)

rg0

Reference gas density

(Real)

Perfect gas constant

(Real)

P0

Reference gas initial pressure

(Real)

ng

Shear kinematic viscosity (= m / rg0

)

(Real)

l / r

g0Bulk kinematic viscosity

(Real)

Comments

1. Describes the hydrodynamic bi-material liquid gas material.

Viscosity:

skk

= lkk

Liquid EOS:

DP1 = C

1m

Gas EOS:

Equilibrium:

P = P0

2. Sij is the deviatoric stress tensor.

3. eij is the deviatoric strain tensor.

4. If * Cl = 0 is the case of boundaries elements.



5. In Animation files:

USER1 is the massic percentage of liquid

USER2 is the density of gas ( rg)

USER3 is the density of liquid ( rl)

Refer to the /TH option in the RADIOSS Starter Manual, or refer to the /ANIM/Eltyp/Restype option inthe RADIOSS Engine Manual).

6. If using Law 37 coupled with Law 6 for liquid phase (without gas phase), the compatibility of the liquidEOS is as follow:

· DP1 = C

1m for Law 37

· p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E = 0

then, P = C1m

7. If using Law 37 coupled with Law 6 for gas phase (without liquid phase), the compatibility of the gasEOS is as follow:

· PV = cst for Law 37

· p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = 0 and C

4 = C

5 = - 1

m = (r/r0) - 1

then,

where,





/MAT/LAW51


/MAT/LAW51 - Multi-Material Solid, Liquid, Gas Material

Description

Describes the multi-materials solid, liquid, and gas.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW51/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

Iflg

If Iflg =0 3 Phases elastic solid, liquid or gas

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Pext

n l

a1

r01

E01

Pmin1

C01

C11

C21

C31

C41

C51

G1

n

a2

r02

E02

Pmin2

C02

C12

C22

C32

C42

C52

G2

a3

r03

E03

Pmin3

C03

C13

C23

C33

C43

C53

G3



If Iflg =1 3 Phases elastoplastic solid, liquid or gas

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Pext

n l

a1

r01

E01

Pmin1

C01

C11

C21

C31

C41

C51

G1

BB1

N1

CC1

CM1

T10

T1melt

T1limit

Rhocv1

KA1

KB1

a2

r02

E02

Pmin2

C02

C12

C22

C32

C42

C52

G2

BB2

N2

CC2

CM2

T20

T2melt

T2limit

Rhocv2

KA2

KB2

a3

r03

E03

Pmin3

C03

C13

C23

C33

C43

C53

G3

BB3

N3

CC3

CM3

T30

T3melt

T3limit

Rhocv3

KA3

KB3



If Iflg =2, 4 or 5 Inlet condition

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Fscaletime

a1

r01

E01

funct_IDa1

funct_IDr1

funct_IDE1

C11

C21

C31

C41

C51

Pmin1

C01

a2

r02

E02

funct_IDa2

funct_IDr2

funct_IDE2

C12

C22

C32

C42

C52

Pmin2

C02

a3

r03

E03

funct_IDa3

funct_IDr3

funct_IDE3

C13

C23

C33

C43

C53

Pmin3

C03

If Iflg =3 Outlet condition

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Blank Format

a1

r01

E01

Pmin1

C01

Blank Format

Blank Format

a2

r02

E02

Pmin2

C02

Blank Format

Blank Format

a3

r03

E03

Pmin3

C03



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Blank Format

Blank Format

If Iflg =10 3 Phases elastoplastic solid, liquid or gas + 1 additional explosive phase

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Pext

n l

a1

r01

E01

Pmin1

C01

C11

C21

C31

C41

C51

G1

BB1

N1

CC1

CM1

T10

T1melt

T1limit

Rhocv1

KA1

KB1

a2

r02

E02

Pmin2

C02

C12

C22

C32

C42

C52

G2

BB2

N2

CC2

CM2

T20

T2melt

T2limit

Rhocv2

KA2

KB2

a3

r03

E03

Pmin3

C03

C13

C23

C33

C43

C53

G3

BB3

N3

CC3



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

CM3

T30

T3melt

T3limit

Rhocv3

KA3

KB3

a4

r04

E04

Pmin4

C04

B1

B2

R1

R2

W

D PCJ

C14

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

IflgFormulation flag

(Integer)

= 0: 3 phases liquid or gas= 1: 3 phases elasto plastic solid, liquid or gas (not available in version 51d)= 2: 3 phases Inlet condition

Imposed pressure is computed for each phase as:

= 3: outlet condition

= 4: gas stagnation pressure inlet condition

Stagnation pressure is computed for each phase as:

= 5: liquid stagnation pressure inlet condition

Stagnation pressure is computed for each phase as:

= 10: 3 phases liquid or gas + explosive

Pext

External pressure

(Real)



Field Contents

n Viscosity

(Real)

l Volumetric viscosity

(Real)

a1

Volumetric fraction

(Real)

r01

Initial density

(Real)

E01


(Real)

Pmin1

Hydrodynamic cavitation pressure

(Real)

C01

Initial pressure

(Real)

C11


(Real)

C21


(Real)

C31


(Real)

C41


(Real)

C51


(Real)

G1

Elasticity shear modulus

(Real)

Yield stress

(Real)

BB1

Plasticity yield factor

(Real)

N1

Plasticity yield exponent

(Real)

CC1

Plasticity strain rate factor

(Real)



Field Contents

Plasticity reference strain rate

(Real)

CM1

Thermal exponent

(Real)

T10

Heat yield stress

(Real)

T1melt

Melting temperature

(Real)

T1limit

Limit temperature

(Real)

Rhocv1

Specific heat

(Real)

Maximum heat plastic strain

(Real)

Maximum heat stress

(Real)

KA1

Thermal conductivity coefficient 1

(Real)

KB1

Thermal conductivity coefficient 2 K = KA1

+ KB1

* T

(Real)

a2

Volumetric fraction

(Real)

r02

Initial density

(Real)

E02

Initial energy per unit initial volume

(Real)

Pmin2


(Real)

C02

Initial pressure

(Real)

C12


(Real)

C22


(Real)



Field Contents

C32


(Real)

C42


(Real)

C52


(Real)

G2


(Real)

BB2


(Real)

N2


(Real)

CC2


(Real)


(Real)

CM2

Thermal exponent

(Real)

T20

Heat yield stress

(Real)

T2melt

Melting temperature

(Real)

T2limit

Limit temperature

(Real)

Rhocv2

Specific heat

(Real)


(Real)

Maximum heat stress

(Real)

KA2


(Real)

KB2


+ KB2

* T

(Real)



Field Contents

a3

Volumetric fraction

(Real)

r03

Initial density

(Real)

E03

Initial energy per unit initial volume

(Real)

Pmin3


(Real)

C03

Initial pressure

(Real)

C13


(Real)

C23


(Real)

C33


(Real)

C43


(Real)

C53


(Real)

G3


(Real)

BB3


(Real)

N3


(Real)

CC3


(Real)


(Real)

CM3

Thermal exponent

(Real)

T30

Heat yield stress

(Real)



Field Contents

T3melt

Melting temperature

(Real)

T3limit

Limit temperature

(Real)

Rhocv3

Specific heat

(Real)


(Real)

Maximum stress

(Real)

KA3


(Real)

KB3


+ KB3

* T

(Real)

Fscaletime

Inlet condition function time scale factor

(Real)

funct_IDa1

Volumetric fraction function identifier

(Integer)

funct_IDr1

Density function identifier

(Integer)

funct_IDE1

Energy per unit initial volume function identifier

(Integer)

funct_IDa2


(Integer)

funct_IDr2


(Integer)

funct_IDE2


(Integer)

funct_IDa3


(Integer)

funct_IDr3


(Integer)

funct_IDE3


(Integer)



Field Contents

a4

Volumetric explosive fraction

(Real)

r04

Initial explosive density

(Real)

E04

Initial explosive energy per unit initial volume

(Real)

Pmin4

Explosive cavitation pressure

(Real)

C04

Initial explosive pressure

(Real)

B1

Explosive coefficient

(Real)

B2


(Real)

R1


(Real)

R2


(Real)

W Explosive coefficient

(Real)

D Explosive detonation velocity

(Real)

PCJ

Explosive Chapman Jouguet pressure

(Real)

C14


(Real)

Comments

1. This law is used with Eulerian or ALE formulation. It allows a mixture of up to three materials in eachelement. Each material uses a Mïe-Gruneisen equation of state that can describe solid, liquid or gasstate. Elastic or Johnson-Cook plastic models are available for solid material.

2. The material boundary inside an element is not explicitly defined, but an anti-diffusive technique can beused to avoid expansion of transition zone (see /UPWM in RADIOSS Engine Input).



3. This law can be used to emulate Law 37 (liquid and gas mixture) with less diffusion. It can also beused to replace Law 20 (Law 20 is only compatible with 2D quad element).

Viscosity (viscosity is not specific for each material, only a global viscosity is used):

skk

= lkk

Polynomial EOS for solid, liquid or gas for each material:

DP = P - Pext

Ci0, Ci

1, Ci

2, Ci

3, Ci

4, Ci

5 = Hydrodynamic constants for material i

Ei = Energy per unit volume

Equilibrium:

P1 = P

2 = P

3



/RWALL/THERM


/RWALL/THERM - ALE Rigid Wall (Thermal Conductivity)

Description

Describes the ALE rigid wall.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/RWALL/THERM/wall_ID

wall_title

Format only if node_ID = 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


grnod_ID2

Dsearch

fric F

XM

YM

ZM

XM1

YM1

ZM1

funct_IDT

FscaleT R

Format only if node_ID > 0

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


grnod_ID2

Dsearch

fric F

Mass VX0

VY0

VZ0

XM1

YM1

ZM1

Blank Format

funct_IDT

FscaleT R



Surface Input Type

Type Description


CYL MM1 defines the axis of the cylinder

SPHER M is the center of the sphere

PARAL MM1 and MM2 define the parallelogram

Field Contents

wall_ID Rigid wall identifier


wall_title Rigid wall title


node_ID Node identifier of the moving rigid wall

(Integer)


(Integer)

= 0: Sliding= 1: Tied= 2: Sliding with friction

grnod_ID1


(Integer)

grnod_ID2

Node group defining slave nodes to be deleted to the rigid wall

(Integer)

Dsearch


(Real)

fric Friction

(Real)

F Friction

(Real)

XM

X coordinate of M, if node_ID = 0

(Real)

YM

Y coordinate of M, if node_ID = 0

(Real)

ZM

Z coordinate of M. if node_ID = 0

(Real)

Mass Mass of the rigid wall, if node_ID > 0

(Real)



Field Contents

VX0

Initial velocity in X direction, if node_ID > 0

(Real)

VY0

Initial velocity in Y direction, if node_ID > 0

(Real)

VZ0

Initial velocity in Z direction, if node_ID > 0

(Real)

XM1

X coordinate of M1

(Real)

YM1

Y coordinate of M1

(Real)

ZM1

Z coordinate of M1

(Real)

funct_IDT

Wall temperature function

(Integer)

FscaleT

Scale factor for wall temperature

(Real)

R Thermal resistance R = d / K

(d = length, K = thermal conductivity)

(Real)

Comments

1. An ALE rigid wall is defined by its normal and either the coordinates of one point.

2. The first input to define the rigid wall is the coordinates of one point M or a node identifier node_ID incase of moving rigid wall.

3. Next input is the coordinate of a point M1 and eventually a point M2 (in case of a moving wall M1 andM2 have the same motion as node_ID).

4. The slave nodes can be defined as a list of nodes and/or as the nodes initially at a distance lower than D

search from the wall.

5. Coordinates XM1

, YM1

, ZM1 are read only if, Type = PLANE, CYL, PARAL.

6. For parallelograms, the normal is defined using:

M or node identifier node_ID in case of a moving rigid wall



/UPWIND


/UPWIND - Upwind Coefficient

Description

Describes the upwind coefficient.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/UPWIND/upwind_ID

upwind_title

h1

h2

h3

Field Contents

upwind_ID Upwind identifier


upwind_title Upwind title


h1

Upwind coefficient on ALE momentum transport


h2

Upwind coefficient on other ALE transports (mass, energy ...)


h3

Upwind coefficient for wet area


Comments

1. This option can be used for ALE or Eulerian cases (momentum upwind formulation can be reset byusing /UPWM options during restart: refer to the RADIOSS Engine Manual).

2. The h3 is a coefficient for multi-phase law. h

3 is only available for /MAT/LAW51.



Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)

CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) code enables to predict steady flows (drag and lift) and slow transientflows like heating and defrosting.

Aero-Acoustic is the engineering field dealing with noise generated generally by a turbulent fluid flowinteracting with a vibrating structure. This field differs from pure acoustic domain where the object is thepropagation of acoustic pressure waves, including reflections, diffractions and absorptions, in a medium atrest.

A classification of Aero-Acoustic problems can be made using the following three categories:

· External wind noise transmitted to the inside through a structure: In the automotive industry,a pillar, side mirror and windshield wipers noise are typical problems of this category.

· Internal flow noise transmitted to the outside through a structure: Examples of this class ofproblems are exhaust, HVAC and Intakes noises.

· Rotating machines noise: Axial and centrifugal fans are noisy components that bring with themmany interesting Aero-acoustic problems.

The necessary ingredients to perform direct Aero-Acoustic numerical simulation are implemented in asingle numerical code and they are:

· Compressible Navier Stokes: To be able to propagate pressure waves; and therefore, take intoaccount in a single simulation the flow and the noise including all possible cavity modes.

· Fluid structure coupling: To be able to treat the problems involving a turbulent flow, one side ofthe structure and the noise radiation on the other side.

· Transient turbulence modeling: Unlike the Reynolds Averaged Navier Stokes (RANS) methodthat make the assumption that flow is a combination of a steady state and turbulent fluctuations.Aero-acoustic noise is directly linked to the small scale turbulent fluctuations and strongly timedependant.

· Acoustic boundaries with prescribed impedance: This is a critical point of a good Aero-Acoustic simulation. Boundaries need to be able to perform tasks, such as giving a free fieldimpedance to an inlet with fixed velocity, prescribing a specific impedance at the outlet of a duct tomake sure long wavelength stay trapped inside, treat exterior air impedance effect on a vibratingstructure and be used to model absorbing materials (carpet, foams …) that are used to coat manycomponents.

· Large Eddy Simulation Turbulence modeling: The noise induced by turbulent structures istaken into account properly. Unfortunately, the turbulent structures that are simultaneously activeany given time range from the full size of the problem to the microscopic Kolmogorov size.

These ingredients are needed to perform Aero-Acoustic simulations with no particular assumptions on theflow (excepted of course, the use of a turbulence model), the fluid structures coupling or the vibrations.



/ALE/CLOSE


/ALE/CLOSE - Treatment of Elements Closure

Description

Describes the treatment of element closure.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/ALE/CLOSE/prop_ID

htest hclose

Field Contents



htest Element size to activate element closure


hclose Element size to activate resistance to flow

Default = 0.1*htest (Real)

Comments

1. This option can be used with fluid properties /PROP/FLUID (Type 14) or /PROP/POROUS (Type 15).

2. The algorithm can handle closure in any but in only one direction, namely when one element is alreadyor is becoming flat.

3. The element closure treatment is activated whenever one element dimension is becoming smaller thanthe threshold value htest. When the element "thickness" becomes smaller than hclose, then a flowresistance is added in order to account for friction effects.



/CAA


/CAA - Computation Aero-Acoustic Formulation

Description

Describes the computation Aero-Acoustic formulation.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/CAA

Comments

1. To use "Computation Aero-Acoustic" formulation and specific options, it is necessary to put theoption /CAA in the input deck.

2. It is possible that some default values defined in the RADIOSS ALE options are changed by activationof /CAA option.

3. For old CFD input (input deck V43 or V46 format), this option will be automatically activated runningRADIOSS.

4. For other Block Format input (V41, V44), it is allowed to put this option in the input deck file to enablethis feature running RADIOSS.



/EBCS/MONVOL


/EBCS/MONVOL - Elementary Boundary Conditions

Description

Describes the elementary boundary conditions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/EBCS/MONVOL/ebcs_ID

surf_ID monvol_ID Fscale

Field Contents

ebcs_ID Elementary boundary condition identifier


surf_ID Surface identifier where flux with monitored volumes are available

(Integer)

monvol_ID Monitored volume identifier with which fluxes are accounted

(Integer)

Fscale Scale factor communication fluxed are scale by this value


Comments

1. The communication surface must lie on the outer surface of a fluid (ALE or Euler) domain.

2. There is no need for the geometry of the fluid domain to be consistent with the monitored volumegeometry.

3. This EBCS formulation is not compatible with SPMD parallel version.



/INTER


/INTER - Fluid Interface

Description

Describes the fluid interface.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/INTER/type/inter_ID

inter_title

Field Contents







Interface Type


12FLUID /FLUID

TYPE12 Connects 2 fluid meshes with free, tied or periodic options

Comment

1. ALE (Arbitrary Lagrangian Eulerian) interfaces (1, 9 and 18) are described in the ALE options.



/INTER/TYPE12


/INTER/TYPE12 - Interface Type 12 – Fluid/Fluid

Description

Describes the interface type 12 - fluid/fluid.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)


inter_title

surf_IDslave

surf_IDmast

Interpol

Tol Tstart

Tstop

ITIED Bcopt skew_ID node_ID

Periodic Transformation (if ITIED

=2)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

XC

YC

ZC

XN

YN

ZN θ

XT

YT

ZT

Field Contents





surf_IDslave


(Integer)

surf_IDmast


(Integer)



Field Contents

Interpol Interpolation flag

(Integer)

= 0: linear= 1: polar

Tol Tolerance for segment search


Tstart


(Real)

Tstop


(Real)

ITIED

Both surface connection option (see Comment 3)

(Integer)

= 0: free= 1: tied= 2: periodic= 3: no convection

Bcopt Kinematic constraint deactivation flag (see Comment 5)

(Integer)

skew_ID Skew system identifier for polar interpolation

(Integer)

node_ID Reference node number for polar interpolation

(Integer)

XC

X coordinate of center of rotation

(Real)

YC

Y coordinate of center of rotation

(Real)

ZC

Z coordinate of center of rotation

(Real)

XN

X component of the vector defining the rotation axis

(Real)

YN

Y component of the vector defining the rotation axis

(Real)

ZN

Z component of the vector defining the rotation axis

(Real)

θ Angle of rotation

(Real)



Field Contents

XT

X component of translation vector

(Real)

YT

Y component of translation vector

(Real)

ZT

Z component of translation vector

(Real)

Comments

1. This interface, like interface 2 and 1, is applied as a kinematic conditions. The same restrictions apply.

2. Master surface must be coarser or equal to slave surface. More than one master node cannot be facinga single slave segment.

3. If ITIED

=0, the algorithm continuously looks for a master segment neighbor corresponding to each slave

node. The node does not need to lie in the segment plane.

If ITIED

=1, the neighbor search is done initially and the grid velocity are then computed to keep the

slave node on its initial master segment.

If ITIED

=2, a transformation matrix is created according to Lines 6 to 8 and applied to the slave nodes

and neighbors are then searched, like in option ITIED

=1.

If ITIED

=3, only the momentum equation couples the two surfaces and convection of density, energy are

inhibited. This can be used to couple one Lagrangian side and a fluid side with meshes remainingindependent. The result is normally a one-way coupling; setting explicitly the modification scale factorfluxes to 1 in the relevant /ALE/MAT will activated two-way coupling.

4. If interpol =1, the user should provide a skew (skew_ID) and a center (node_ID); otherwise the followingdefaults are used:

· If skew_ID =0, the program will consider global x axis as the polar axis. If a center node isprovided (node_ID), it will be considered as the origin of the polar coordinate system, otherwise(0,0,0) will be the origin.

· If a skew system is provided, the first axis of the skew is the polar axis. If the skew system type is"Moving", then the first node given in the skew system is considered; otherwise if defined thecenter node (node_ID) is the origin, if not defined the global origin (0,0,0) is considered.

5. This Bcopt option allows omitting some slave nodes in the interface treatment of momentum. Nodesare omitted if some other kinematic conditions are applied, depending on the flag value.

· Bcopt =0: Default idem Bcopt =2

· Bcopt =1: All nodes will be considered. Warnings are displayed for nodes, to which otherkinematic conditions have been set. This is not recommended but allowed as long as the severalkinematic conditions result in the same behavior (e.g. a slave node may have fixed b.c. when it istied to a fixed master node).



· Bcopt =2: Slave nodes will be omitted if they are also slave of a Lagrange/Lagrange interface (/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE2) or slave of a rigid body. Other conflicting kinematic conditions will issuea warning as in option 1.

· Bcopt =3: Same as option 2; but fully fixed nodes are also omitted.

This option does not affect mass and energy transfer.

6. These values are used to define the periodic transformation bringing the slave nodes on the mastersurface.

7. This transformation is a rotation of angle q around axis (XN, Y

N, Z

N) and center (X

C, Y

C, Z

C), followed by

a translation (XT, Y

T, Z

T).



/MAT


/MAT - Fluid Materials

Description

Describes the fluid materials.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/law/mat_ID

mat_title

Field Contents







Material Keyword

Listed by keyword name:


Keywords

B-K-EPS 11 with k -

HYD_JCOOK 4 LAW4, LAW04

K-EPS 6 with k -

LES_FLUID 46 LAW46

Listed by law number:


Keywords

HYD_JCOOK 4 LAW4, LAW04

K-EPS 6 with k -

B-K-EPS 11 with k -

LES_FLUID 46 LAW46

Material Laws Description

Number Manual Keyword Type Description

11 with k - B-K-EPS Boundary element Boundary conditions in flow calculations

4 HYD_JCOOK Johnson-CookStrain rate and temperature dependent yield

stress

6 with k - K-EPS Hydrodynamic viscous Turbulent viscous flow

46 LES_FLUID Viscous fluid LES subgrid scale viscosity



The following table gives the element compatibilities with material:


Law QUAD BRICK

4 yes yes

6 with k - yes yes

11 with k - yes yes

46 yes yes

Comments

1. ALE (Arbitrary Lagrangian Eulerian) material laws (5, 6, 11, 16, 18, 20, 37 and 51) are described in theALE options.

2. The Manual Keyword is the keyword of the law is referenced in this manual.


4. The Other Available Keywords column features other keywords, which can be used to define the samematerial laws.

5. The grayed lines specify the laws only compatible with RADIOSS CFD.

6. Laws 4, 6, k-eps and 46 are not compatible with Shell, Truss and Beam elements.



/MAT/LAW4 (HYD_JCOOK)


/MAT/LAW4 - Johnson-Cook Material

Description

Describes the Johnson-Cook Material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW4/mat_ID or /MAT/HYD_JCOOK/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

E u

a b n max smax

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

c m Tmelt

Tmax

r0C

p

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

E Young’s modulus

(Real)



Field Contents

u Poisson’s ratio

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

smax


(Real)

C0


(Real)

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin



Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0


(Real)






Field Contents



(Real)


(Real)

Tmelt

Melting temperature


Tmax

For T > Tmax

: m =1 is used


r0C

pSpecific heat per unit volume

(Real)

Comments


p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

nDP = P - P

sh

C0, C

1, C

2, C

3, C

4, C

5 = Hydrodynamic constants

En = Energy per unit volume

T0 = 300 K

p = plastic strain

= strain rate

T = Temperature



2. E and u are only used to compute:

3. If is 0, no strain rate effect.



/MAT/LAW6 (K-EPS)


/MAT/LAW6 - Turbulence Material (with )

Description

Describes the turbulence material.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW6/mat_ID or /MAT/K-EPS/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

n

C0

C1

C2

C3

Pmin

Psh

C4

C5

E0

r0k

0 SSL

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

c1

c2

c3

k E a

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)



Field Contents

r0


Default = ri (Real)

n Kinematic viscosity

(Real)

C0

Constant parameters coefficient

(Real)

C1


(Real)

C2


(Real)

C3


(Real)

Pmin



Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

C4

Energy coefficient

(Real)

C5

Energy coefficient

(Real)

E0


(Real)

r0k

0Initial turbulent energy (1st part)

(Real)

SSL Subgrid scale length (1st part)


cm Turbulent viscosity coefficient (2nd part)


sk

k diffusion coefficient (2nd part)


se Prandtl number of dissipation (2nd part)


Pr / P

rtLaminar/turbulent Prandtl ratio (2nd part)

Default = 0.7/0.9 (Real)



Field Contents

c1

equation coefficient 1 (3rd part)


c2



c3



k Wall constant (4th part)


E Wall constant (4th part)


a k, , excentration (4th part)


Source term factor (4th part)

(Real)

Comments

1.

No turbulence > neq

= n

Turbulence > neq

= n + cmk2 /

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E

where,

Sij is the deviatoric stress tensor.

eij is the deviatoric strain tensor.

C is the sound velocity.

2. In case of a perfect gas:

C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = 0 and C

4 = C

5 = - 1

3. In case of an incompressible gas:

C0 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E

0 = 0 and C

1 = r

0 * c2



4. In case of a linear material with a volumetric dilatation:

and

C4 = C

5 = - 1 and C

0 = C

2 = C

3 = 0

then:

P = C1m + C

4rCnT = C

1m + anT

If P = cst = 0, then C1m + anT = 0, so

Where, m is the dilatation coefficient, m < 0 for dilatation.

5. If using Law 6 coupled with Law 37 for liquid phase (without gas phase), the compatibility of the liquidEOS is as follows:

· DP1 = C

1m for Law 37

· p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = C

4 = C

5 = E = 0

then, P = C1m

6. If using Law 6 coupled with Law 37 for gas phase (without liquid phase), the compatibility of the gasEOS is as follows:

PV = cst for Law 37

p = C0 + C

1m + C

2m2 + C

3m3 + (C

4 + C

5m)E for Law 6

with C0 = C

1 = C

2 = C

3 = 0 and C

4 = C

5 = - 1

m = (r/r0) - 1

then,



where,




p, T


8. Turbulence data (4th part):



/MAT/LAW11 (B-K-EPS)


/MAT/LAW11 - Elementary Boundary Conditions for Turbulent Flow Analysis (with )

Description

This law describes the elementary boundary conditions for turbulent flow analysis.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW11/mat_ID or /MAT/B-K-EPS/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

Ityp Psh

Ityp =0 – Perfect Gas

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDvel

Cd

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

Blank Format

r0k

0r

0 0funct_ID

k funct_IDe

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =1 - Linear Compressible

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDvel

C1

Cd



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDE

FscaleE

r0k

0r

0 0funct_ID

k funct_IDe

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =2 – General Option

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

c

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDE

FscaleE

r0k

0r

0 0funct_ID

k funct_IDe

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =3 - Silent Boundary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

node_IDvel c l

c

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDE

FscaleE

r0k

0r

0 0funct_ID

k funct_IDe



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Ityp =8 - Enthalpy

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

c

funct_IDr

funct_IDp

Fscalep0

funct_IDH

FscaleH

r0k

0r

0 0funct_ID

k funct_IDe

cm sk

se Pr / P

rt

funct_IDT

funct_IDQ

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

Ityp Type of boundary condition (see Comment 6)

(Integer)

= 0: perfect gas= 1: linear compressible= 2: general option= 3: silent boundary= 8: enthalpy



Field Contents

Psh

Pressure shift

(Real)

node_IDvel

Node identifier for velocity computation V = VINOD

(see Comment 3)

(Integer)

Gamma constant

(Real)

Cd

Discharge coefficient

(Real)

funct_IDr Function ƒ(t) identifier for density

(Integer)

If Ityp = 0 or 1

= 0: ra = ra

= n: ra = r0 * ƒ(t)

If Ityp = 2, 3 or 8

= 0: ra = rneighbor

= n: ra = r0 * ƒ(t)

funct_IDp

Function ƒ(t) identifier for pressure

(Integer)

If Ityp = 0 or 1

= 0: Pa = Fscalep0

+ Psh

= n: Pa = Fscalep0

* ƒ(t) + Psh

If Ityp = 2 or 8

= 0: Pa = Pneighbor

= n: Pa = Fscalep0

* ƒ(t) - Psh

If Ityp = 3

= 0: Pa = Pneighbor

= n: P8 = P8 * ƒ(t) - Psh

Fscalep0


(Real)

r0k

0Initial turbulent energy

(Real)

r0 0

Initial turbulent dissipation

(Real)

lc


(Real)



Field Contents

funct_IDk

Function ¦(t) identifier for turbulence

(Integer)

= 0: continuity= n: r

k = r

0k

0 * ¦(t)

funct_IDe Function ¦(t) identifier for

(Integer)

= 0: continuity= n: re = r

0 0 * ¦(t)

cm Turbulent viscosity coefficient


sk

k diffusion coefficient


se diffusion coefficientDefault = 1.30 (Real)

Pr / P

rtLaminar / turbulent Prandtl ratio

Default = 0.7/0.9 (Real)

funct_IDT

Function ¦(t) identifier for temperature

(Integer)

= 0: T = Tneighbor

= n: T = T0 * ¦(t)

funct_IDQ

Function ¦(t) identifier for flux

(Integer)

= 0: no imposed flux

= n: Q = ¦(t)

C1

Bulk modulus

(Real)

funct_IDE

Function ƒ(t) identifier for energy

(Integer

= 0: E = Eneighbor

= n: Ea = E0 * ƒ(t)

FscaleE


(Real)

c Sound speed

(Real)



Field Contents

funct_IDr

Function ¦(t) identifier for density

(Integer)

= 0: H = Hneighbor

= n: Ha = FscaleH * ¦(t)

funct_IDH

Function ¦(t) identifier for enthalpy

(Integer)

= 0: ra = rneighbor

= n: ra = r

0 * ¦(t)

FscaleH

Scale factor for enthalpy

(Real)

Comments

1. Input is general, not a priority, assumptions are enforced! The user must verify that the elementaryboundaries are consistent with general assumptions of ALE (equation closure). This problem is fixed inthis version.

2. Bernouilli inlet for perfect gas, imposed stagnation conditions:

Discharge coefficient accounts for entry loss and depends on shape orifice.



3. If node_IDvel

=0,

Vi is incoming normal velocity

n is the number of nodes in 1 element


p, T


5. Bernouilli inlet for linear compressible material, imposed stagnation conditions:

6. Ityp =3 - Silent Boundary:

7. If the function number is 0, the neighbor element value is used, when the flow is going out of thecomputational domain, or the last value when the flow is reversed.

8. Density, pressure, enthalpy, temperature, turbulent enthalpy and dissipation are imposed according toa scale factor and a time function.

9. Pressure in the far field P¥ is imposed with a function of time. The transient pressure is derived from P∞,the local velocity field V and the normal of the outlet facet:

· Density, energy, temperature, turbulent energy and dissipation are imposed with a function of timeas in Ityp =2.

· If the function number is 0, the neighbor element value is used to respect continuity.

· lc is the characteristic length, it allows to compute cutoff frequency f

c as:

10. If node_IDvel

=0, then V = <Vi > ; average facet velocity.



/MAT/LAW46 (LES_FLUID)


/MAT/LAW46 - Viscous Fluid Material with Sub-grid Scale Viscosity

Description

Describes the viscous fluid material with sub-grid scale viscosity.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/MAT/LAW46/mat_ID or /MAT/LES_FLUID/mat_ID

mat_title

ri

r0

c n

Isgs Cs Csp

Field Contents





ri

Initial density

(Real)

r0


Default = ri (Real)

c Speed of sound

(Real)

n Molecular kinematic viscosity

(Real)

Isgs

Sub-grid scale model


= 0: no sub-grid viscosity= 1: Smagorinsky model= 2: Smagorinsky with acoustic damping= 3: Identical to I

sgs =2 with modified D value



Field Contents

Cs Smagorinsky constant


Csp Pressure damping coefficient

Default = Cs (Real)

Comments

1. For Isgs

= 1 or 2, .

2. For Isgs

= 3, D is the smallest dimension of each element.

3. nsgs

is computed as follows:

4. This law is modified near wall boundaries:

if ³ 11.225

nsgs

= 0, otherwise,

nsgs

being the sub grid scale viscosity, and k the von Kahrman constant.



/PROP


/PROP - Fluid Property Sets

Description

Describes the fluid property sets.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/type/prop_ID

prop_title

Field Contents

type Property keyword






Property Set List

Fixed formatnumber

Description Keywords

14 General fluid solid element TYPE14, SOLID

15 Porous fluid TYPE15, POROUS



/PROP/TYPE14 (FLUID)


/PROP/TYPE14 - General Fluid Property Set

Description

Describes the general fluid property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE14/prop_ID or /PROP/FLUID/prop_ID

prop_title

Blank Format

qa

qb h

Field Contents





qa



qb





Comment

1. The qa and q

b default values are equal to 1.10 and 0.05 in non-CFD versions.



/PROP/TYPE15 (POROUS)


/PROP/TYPE15 - Porous Solid Element Property Set

Description

Describes the porous solid element property set (extended Darcy's law).

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/TYPE15/prop_ID or /PROP/POROUS/prop_ID

prop_title

Blank Format

qa

qb h

Por

R1

R2

R3

skew_IDr Ihon

Itu a lmix

rbody_IDs

Field Contents





qa



qb







Field Contents

Por Porosity


R1

Specific resistance factor in direction 1


R2



R3



skew_IDr

Skew identifier for resistance orthotropy

(Integer)

Ihon Flag for honeycomb substrate

Default = 0.0 (Integer)

Itu Turbulence imposed by medium flag (see Comment 8)


a Turbulence coefficient for honeycomb substrate


lmix

Turbulence mixing length

(Real)

rbody_IDs

Rigid body identifier modeling rigid substrate


Comments

1. The qa and q

b default values are equal to 1.10 and 0.05 in non-CFD versions.

2. Porosity (relative volume of pores) is taken into account for 3D Euler materials only. Porosity isotherwise set to 1.

3. Force Fi = -mRij V

j is added to nodal force vector, R

ij being the tension representation of the specific

resistance factor in the global skew system.

4. If all resistance factors are set to 0., no computation is performed but the grid velocity can be tied torigid body rbody_ID

s (Line 9).

5. Specific resistances along orthotropic axis are defined in Line 7 with respect to skew_IDr (by default

global system).

6. When honeycomb option is on (Ihon =1), resistance applies only in direction 1 of skew_IDr and

velocities are constrained in directions 2 and 3.

7. Relevant only if material is material 6 with turbulence.



8. If Itu =0, turbulence is done according to model.

If Itu =1, turbulence is imposed by porous model, k = (aV)2 and

9. Fluid reaction force vector and moment are transmitted to specified rigid body; this option is available in3D only.

10. Grid velocity is computed according to rbody_IDs rigid body movement. This option is useful to impose

such a movement to a grid, even for non-porous material.



Smooth Particle Hydrodynamics (SPH)

The Smooth Particles Hydrodynamics method formulation is used to solve the equations of mechanics,when particles are free from a meshing grid. It is specially adapted to simulate phenomena with a verysubstantial deformation, i.e. a range of application where the Finite Element method, with ALE andLagrangian formulation looses its efficiency and accuracy.

The SPH method built in the RADIOSS code is compatible with most functions.

For instance, it is possible to cause two objects to interact, one discretized by finite elements and theother by particles.

User can put the SPH formulation in an ALE model, only if the boundary between SPH and ALE isLagrangian.

The SPH formulation is only available in 3D analysis.



SPH Material Compatibility


Description

The following table gives the material laws available for SPH.

Law Law Number SPHBRICK(recall)

BOLTZMAN 34 yes yes

COMPSH 25

COMPSO 14 yes

CONC 24 yes

DAMA 22 yes yes

DPRAG 21 yes yes

ELAST 1 yes yes

FABRI 19

FOAM_PLAS 33 yes yes

FOAM_VISC 35 yes yes

HILL 32

HILL_TAB 43

HONEYCOMB 28 yes

HYD_JCOOK 4 yes yes

HYDRO 6 yes yes

HYDPLA 3 yes yes

KELVINMAX 40 yes yes

DPRAG1 10 yes yes

PLAS_DAMA 23 yes yes

OGDEN 42 yes yes

PLAS_BRIT 27

PLAS_JOHNS 2 yes yes

PLAS_TAB 36 yes yes

PLAS_ZERIL 2 yes yes

USER1 29 isotropic laws only yes



VISC_TAB 38 yes yes

VOID 0 yes



/PROP/SPH


/PROP/SPH - SPH Property Set

Description

Describes SPH property set.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/PROP/SPH/prop_ID

prop_title

mp

qa

qb

acs

order h

Field Contents





mp

Mass of the particles

(Real)

qa



qb



acs

Conservative smoothing coefficient

(Real)

order SPH correction order


h Smoothing length

Default: see Comment 3 (Real)



Comments

1. The kinetic energy absorbed by conservative smoothing of velocities is output as hourglass energy intoTH files.

2. SPH correction order (-1) means no correction at all.

Default SPH correction order 0 means order 0 correction; SPH correction order 1 means correction upto order 1.

3. order =1 is not allowed for SPMD parallel version.

4. Default value for smoothing length is set as:

which corresponds to the inter-particles distance assuming that the particles distribution is hexagonalcompact.

5. It is recommended to use a regular distribution of particles even when using SPH corrections. Concerning the smoothing length value to be given (refer to SPH Cells Distributions).



/SPHBCS


/SPHBCS - SPH Symmetry Conditions

Description

Describes the SPH symmetry conditions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPHBCS/type/sphbcs_ID

sphbcs_title

Dir frame_ID grnod_ID Ilev

Field Contents

type Type of symmetry condition: "Slide" or "Tied"

sphbcs_ID Symmetry condition identifier


sphbcs_title Symmetry condition title


Dir Direction: X,Y or Z

(see Comment 3)


(Integer)

grnod_ID Nodes group identifier for kinematic boundary condition reinforcement

(Integer)

Ilev Formulation level

(Integer)

=0, (real) particles crossing symmetry plane will progressively not be taken intoaccount anymore in the computation.

=1, (real) particles will rebound on the symmetry plane, following the elasticshock equations (see SPH Symmetry Conditions).



Comments

1. Two types of symmetry conditions are available:

with type = "Slide" or "Tied".

2. The SPH symmetry conditions are insured through the automatic creation of ghost particles,symmetric to the real particles with respect to the symmetry plane.

3. Dir = "X", "Y" or "Z"

Condition is a symmetry condition with respect to the plane going through the origin of the frame andnormal to the local direction "Dir" of the frame.

Particles should lie into the positive semi-space:

where 0 means the origin of the frame and the local direction "Dir" of the frame (see the figure below).

4. The frame must be fixed.

5. For "Slide" type condition, material is perfectly sliding along the plane. For "Tied" type condition,material cannot slide along the symmetry plane.

6. For mass consistency, it is recommended for the symmetry plane to be coincident to a plane of theinitial net (ie: particles to lie on the symmetry plane at the time t =0).

7. The nodes group identifier for kinematic boundary condition reinforcement is useful when modelizingaxi-symmetry or spheric symmetry conditions through the use of several SPH symmetry conditions. For a description of how to use SPH symmetry conditions to modelize axi-symmetry or sphericsymmetry conditions, refer to SPH Symmetry Conditions.

Symmetry plane for the SPH symmetry condition



/SPHCEL


/SPHCEL - SPH Cells

Description

Describes the SPH cells.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPHCEL/part_ID

node_ID

Field Contents



node_ID Supporting node identifier

(Integer)

Comments

1. The particles will have the same identifier as their supporting node.

2. The particles should be distributed with respect to an hexagonal compact net or a cubic net (refer toSPH Cells Distribution).



/SPHGLO


/SPHGLO - SPH Global Parameters

Description

Describes the SPH global parameters.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPHGLO

asort Nghost Nneigh

Field Contents

asort

Security coefficient on search for neighbors


Nghost Maximum number of ghost particles allowed

(Integer)

Nneigh Maximum number of neighbors


Comments

1. asort

is a security coefficient which is used when searching for neighbors, so that for each particle more

than the actual neighbors are found. This allows to reduce the computational time.

2. Nevertheless, the number of neighbors found within the security distance should not be too large.

We recommend to set the value of asort

, so that neighbors next to the neighbors lying at distance 2h

into the initial net will be retained (where h is the smoothing length defined into property).

This leads to asort

=0.25 (default value), if the net is an hexagonal net and h is the minimum distance

between 2 particles into the net.

3. Maximum value for asort

is set to 0.5.

4. "Nghost" is the maximum number of ghost particles which will be allowed to be created at one time. Itis used to allocate memory for ghost particles creation.

"Nghost" default’s value is the number of SPH symmetry conditions multiplied by the number ofparticles, which corresponds to the case of all particles are symetrized with respect to each conditionsand is sufficient to treat any problem.



5. It is recommended to use the default value for "Nghost".

Nevertheless, all particles do not generally need to be symetrized with respect to each condition and "Nghost" default’s value can lead in specific cases to a large over-estimation of the necessary memory(refer to Maximum Number of Ghost Particles to be Created).

6. "Nneigh" is the maximum number of neighbors to be stored around each particle.

It determines the memory allowed for storing the neighbors within the security distance at each bucketsort (refer to Maximum Number of Neighbors to be Stored).



/SPH/INOUT


/SPH/INOUT - SPH Inlets/Outlets Conditions

Description

Describes the SPH inlet/outlet conditions.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPH/INOUT/condition_ID

condition_name

Ityp part_ID surf_ID Dist

funct_IDr

Fscaler funct_IDE

FscaleE

funct_IDVn

Ityp =2 – General Outlet

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDP

FscaleP

Blank Format

Ityp =3 – Silent Boundary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

funct_IDP

FscaleP

lc

Blank Format



Field Contents

condition_ID Inlet/Outlet condition identifier


condition_name Inlet/Outlet condition name


Ityp Condition type

(Integer)

=1: general inlet

=2: general outlet

=3: silent boundary

part_ID Part identifier (see Comment 3)

(Integer)


(Integer)

Dist Distance from the surface for particle control

(Real)

funct_IDr

Function fr(t) identifier for density

(Integer)

Fscaler Scale factor on function for density

(Real)

funct_IDE

Function fE(t) identifier for energy

(Integer)

FscaleE

Scale factor on function for energy per volume unit

(Real)

funct_IDVn

Function fVn

(t) identifier for velocity in normal direction

(Integer)

funct_IDP

Function fP(t) identifier for pressure

(Integer)

FscaleP

Scale factor on function for pressure

(Real)

lc

Characteristic length (see Comment 22)

(Real)



Comments

1. The surface segments must be orientated so that their normal vectors point towards the interior of thedomain.

2. The surface must be fixed.

3. The part_ID is used in order to define the SPH particles concerned by the condition.

4. In case of an inlet condition, the condition enters particles belonging to its related part, so long asinactive particles are available for this part. The behavior of the particles belonging to the part which isrelated to the condition is set with respect to the condition characteristics for all particles lying on thepositive side of the surface, within the distance "Dist" from the inlet surface.

5. In case of an outlet condition, the behavior of the particles belonging to the part which is related to thecondition is set with respect to the condition characteristics for all particles lying on the negative side ofthe surface, within the distance "Dist" from the outlet surface. Such a particle is deactivated if it doesnot interact with any non-outgoing particle.

6. A particle deactivated by an outlet condition can be re-used by an inlet condition acting on the samepart for incoming.

7. If using outlets, order = -1 is recommended in the relative SPH property.

8. In case of an outlet, the initial net must be provided up to the distance 2*h down to the outlet surface(where h is the smoothing length into the relative property).

In case of inlet or outlet, the distance must be large enough, in order to control incoming or outgoingparticles within at least a distance 2*h.

Overview of the inlet/outlet conditions organization

9. The domains defined by 2 inlet/outlet surfaces and distances must not overlap.

10. It is recommended for both inlets and outlets, particles to be initially defined and controlled within morethan twice the smoothing length of the particles.

11. Inlet/outlet conditions option is not allowed for SPMD parallel version.



12. Each incoming particle belonging to the part which is related to the condition gets the same mass mp

(defined into the geometrical property which is attached to the part).

A particle belonging to this part is entered at the center of a surface segment each time t such that:

where Si is the area of the segment, r (t) and v(t) are the density and velocity of the incoming matier

(Lines 4 and 5), and tlast

was time at last incoming through this segment.

It is recommended to use a regular surface mesh.

13. If no inactive particle belonging to this part is available for incoming, the program stops and the usershould provide a larger set of inactive particles for this part.

14. If a particle belonging to the part which is related to the condition lies on the positive side of the surfacewithin the "Dist", its velocity is set with respect to the data given at Line 5.

15. If funct_IDr = 0, density of the incoming particles is set to: ra = r

0, else ra = r

0 * ¦

p(t).

16. If Ifunct_IDE = 0, energy per volume unit of the incoming particles is set to Ea = Fscale

E, else Ea =

FscaleE * ¦

p(t).

17. If a particle belonging to the part which is related to the condition lies on the negative side of thesurface within the "Dist", its internal pressure is set with respect to the data given at Line 6.

18. If the particle does not interact with any non-outgoing particle, the particle is deactivated.

19. If funct_IDP = 0, internal pressure of the outgoing particles is set to the internal pressure of the closest

particle lying above the outlet surface, else it is set to P0 * f

P(t).

20. If a particle belonging to the part which is related to the condition lies on the negative side of thesurface within the "Dist", its internal pressure is set with respect to the equation:

21. If funct_IDP = 0, pressure in the far field P¥ is set to Fscale

P, else it is set to Fscale

P f

P(t).

22. lc is the characteristic length, it allows to compute cutoff frequency f

c as:



/SPH/RESERVE


/SPH/RESERVE - SPH Particles Reserves

Description

Describes the SPH particle reserves.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/SPH/RESERVE/part_ID

Np

Field Contents



Np Number of particles

(Integer)

Comments

1. This option is useful when using SPH Inlet conditions. It allows to automatically define inactiveparticles related to the part given by its identifier "part_ID".

2. The Np particles and supporting nodes are created.

3. These particles are deactivated at time =0. A deactivated particle does not interact with the otherparticles (stresses and internal energy of the particle are set to 0).

4. These particles are provided in order to be activated by the inlet conditions, if necessary.

5. The particles automatically created through the options /SPH/RESERVE get identifiers going from themaximum identifier of the particles defined through the options /SPHCEL, plus 1.

6. The supporting nodes automatically created through the options /SPH/RESERVE get identifiers goingfrom the maximum identifier of the nodes defined through the options /NODE plus 1.



/TH/SPHCEL


/TH/SPHCEL - SPH Cells Output to Time History

Description

Describes the SPH cell output to time history.

Format

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

/TH/SPHCEL/th_group_ID

th_group_title

var_ID1

var_ID2

var_ID3

var_ID4

var_ID5

var_ID6

var_ID7

var_ID8

var_ID9

var_ID10

Particle per line, any number of particles may be input

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

sphcel_ID sphcel_name

Field Contents

th_group_ID Time history group identifier


th_group_title Time history group title


var_ID1, ..n Variables saved for TH (see table below)


sphcel_ID Particle identifier

(Integer)

sphcel_name Name of the particle to appear in time history


(Integer)



Comments

1. Variable names must be left justified.

2. Available names are given in the 2 tables below.

In the first table, TH-variables are given. If a TH-variable name is input, this variable is saved.

In the second table, other variables are given. If one of those variables is input, all the associated TH-variable are saved.

3. If variable name is ALL, all TH-variables are saved for this object.

variables

OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, IE, DENS, WFVIS, VOL, PLAS, TEMP, PLSR, VPLA, DIAMETER

variable saved TH-variables

DEF OFF, SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ, IE, DENS, PLAS, TEMP

4. Same variables for the option /TH/BRICK are available; except that variable BULK is not available andvariables WFVIS (work of artificial viscous forces) and DIAMETER (diameter of the particle) were added.

5. The following variables are available for all material laws:

Variable Description

OFF Element flag

SX, SY, SZ, SXY, SYZ, SXZ Stresses in global system

IE Specific internal energy per initial volume

DENS Density

VOL Particle initial volume

WFVIS Work of artificial viscous forces

DIAMETER Particle diameter (smoothing length)

6. The following variables are only available for given material laws:

Variable Description Law Numbers

TEMP Temperature 4, 6, 11, 33, 38PLAS Equivalent plastic strain 2, 3, 4, 22, 23, 33, 38PLSR Plastic strain rate 4, 33, 38VPLA Equivalent volumetric plastic strain 10



Engine Input

This manual contains the description of the Keywords for the RADIOSS Engine. This manual is compatiblewith the version 10.0 of the RADIOSS Block Format.

The RADIOSS Block Format is executed in two steps:

1. The Starter

2. The Engine

The Starter reads a Runname_0000.rad file that contains the model definition. The Starter diagnosis

possible errors in the models and outputs a binary restart file.

The Engine executes the actual computation. It expects the binary file produced by the Starter plus a Runname_run#.rad input file in Block Format. The Engine Input describes the case control. The Engine

produces output files for animation, plotting (time history), and restart.



Syntax of Engine Keywords

The input deck is divided into sections identified by keywords separated by “/”:

/Keyword1/Keyword2/Keyword3/ . . .

The sections may be input in any order and may appear several times.

Comment lines should begin with a # or $.

Input data are read in free format within 100 characters per line of data. Every variable must be given andmust be separated by at least one blank.

The first character of the first line of the free format input file Runname_0000.rad must be a #.

If a non-compulsory section is missing, default values will be taken.

There are 2 compulsory keywords: /RUN and /VERS.



Compatibility Table of Implicit Solvers with Parallel Version

Option RADIOSS SMPRADIOSS

MPP SPMD

Implicit Resolution

/IMPL/SOLVER/1 PCG

/IMPL/SOLVER/3 BCS MUMPS

/IMPL/SOLVER/5 BCS+PCG MUMPS+PCG

Buckling Modes/IMPL/BUCKL/1

with Isolv=1SuperLU MUMPS

Eigen Modes /EIG (Starter) SuperLU MUMPS

Acronyms:

PCG: Iterative Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient

BCS: Boeing Solver

MUMPS: Massively Parallel Multi-Frontal Solver



Engine Keywords



/ANIM

Engine Keyword

/ANIM - Animation of Results

Description

Generates animation files containing results according to the keywords specified.

Format

/ANIM/Keyword2/Keyword3

Comment

1. The Keywords are specified in the following pages.



/ANIM/BRICK/TENS

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS - Animation for Tensor Data for Brick Elements

Description

Generates animation files containing tensor data for brick elements according to keyword.

Format

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/Keyword4

Data Description

Keyword4 DAMA - cracks (Law 24 only)

STRESS - stress tensor

STRAIN - strain tensor

Comments

1. Stress tensor is output in the global reference frame, irrespective of solid element formulation.

2. Strain tensor is output in the global reference frame, irrespective of solid element formulation (availablefor brick Material Laws 14, 24 and 28 only).

3. The "SPH outputs" are available with Keyword4 = STRESS or DAMA.

4. This keyword allows output of tensors to animation files for solids, as well as SPH.



/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN - Animation of strain tensor for a specified integration point of a solid, inglobal coordinate system

Description

Generates animation files containing strain tensor for a specified integration point of a solid, in globalcoordinate system.

Format

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN/ijk

Data Description

ijk Integration Point Number:

i : integration point number in direction r

j : integration point number in direction s

k : integration point number in direction t

Comments

1. If the integration point ijk does not exist in a solid, strain tensor is set to 0. (for example: for a 1integration point 8 nodes solid, strain tensor for integration point 112 is set to 0. Only strain tensor forintegration point 111 can have non-null components).

2. If j is superior or equal to 10 (in case of /PROP/TYPE22), syntax becomes:

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN/i0k/j

With 1 = j = 200



/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRESS

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRESS - Animation of stress tensor for a specified integration point of a solid, inglobal coordinate system

Description

Generates animation files containing stress tensor for a specified integration point of a solid, in globalcoordinate system.

Format

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRESS/ijk

Data Description

ijk Integration Point Number:

i : integration point number in direction r

j : integration point number in direction s

k : integration point number in direction t

Comments

1. If the integration point ijk does not exist in a solid, stress tensor is set to 0. (for example: for a 1integration point 8 nodes solid, stress tensor for integration point 112 is set to 0. Only stress tensor forintegration point 111 can have non-null components).

2. If j is superior or equal to 10 (in case of /PROP/TYPE22), syntax becomes:

/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN/i0k/j

With 1 = j = 200



/ANIM/DT

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/DT - Frequency of Writing Animation Files

Description

Write animation files (A-files) at a time frequency equal to Tfreq

, the first file being written at time Tstart

. The

animation file name will be “RunnameAnnn” where Runname is the Run Name (see /RUN) and nnn is the

file number.

Format

/ANIM/DT

Tstart

Tfreq

Data Description

Tstart

Start time for writing the animation files

Tfreq

Frequency for writing the animation files



/ANIM/Eltyp/FORC

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/Eltyp/FORC - Animation of Element Forces and Moments

Description

Generates animation files containing force and moment data for the specified type of element.

Format

/ANIM/Eltyp/FORC

Data Description

Eltyp BEAM - Beam elements

TRUS - Truss elements

SPRING - Spring elements



/ANIM/Eltyp/Restype

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/Eltyp/Restype - Animation of Element Data for Specified Result

Description

Generates animation files containing element data for the specified result.

Format

/ANIM/Eltyp/Restype

Data Description

Eltyp ELEM - The variable is saved for all types of elements; except where notapplicable.

BRICK - Brick elements

SHELL - Shell elements

BEAM - Beam elements


TRUS - Truss elements

Restype DAM1, DAM2 or 3 - Spring damage in direction 1, 2 or 3

DENS - Density

ENER - Energy density (internal energy divided by the element mass)

EPSP - Plastic strain p

EPSD - Equivalent strain rate in bricks

(only available in case of strain rate filtering)

FAIL - Failed layers displaying(use with /PROP/TYPE10 and /PROP/TYPE11 and /MAT/LAW15 and /MAT/LAW25)

For the other property sets and material laws the values are:

=0: if the element is not broken

=1: if the element is broken (only available in case shell element: /ANIM/SHELL/FAIL)

HOURG - Hourglass energy

K - only used with Eltyp = ELEM, specific for CFD

P - Pressure

SIGX - Stress XX



Data Description

SIGY - Stress YY

SIGZ - Stress ZZ

SIGXY - Shear stress XY

SIGYZ - Shear stress YZ

SIGZX - Shear stress ZX

TEMP - Temperature

THIC - Thickness

TVIS - only used with Eltyp = ELEM, specific for CFD

THIN - % thinning for shell

USRi - Variable of user law (i =1 to 18)

USRII/JJ - Variable of user law on each integration points (II =1 to 99 number ofthe variable, JJ =1 to 99 number of layer).

(only available in case of shell element: /ANIM/SHELL/USRII/JJ)

VONM - von Mises stress

VORTX - only used with Eltyp = ELEM, specific for CFD

THKERR - Estimated error on shell thickness

Comments

1. Damage in springs is defined as the maximum value between time 0 and the current time of the

displacement versus rupture displacement ratio:

2. For type 13 (/PROP/SPR_BEAM) springs, direction 1 is traction / compression, 2 and 3 are shear yand z.

3. For type 8 (/PROP/SPR_GENE) springs, directions 1, 2 and 3 are, respectively x, y and z.

4. User variables are only available for shell and brick elements. User variable is an average on integrationpoints.

5. For brick elements, if using co-rotational formulation, stresses are output in the local (co-rotational)system if Type /PROP/SOLID, and in the orthotropic system if Type /PROP/SOL_ORTH. In all othercases, strain and stress are output in the global coordinate system.

6. The option /ANIM/ELEM/SIGX is only applied for shell elements. For brick elements the option /ANIM/BRICK/TENS must be used.

7. In options /ANIM/ELEM/SIGX and /ANIM/ELEM/SIGY, shell stress is located on the center of the element.



8. The option /ANIM/SHELL/EPSP give for Material Law 25 the plastic work output.

9. For Quad or Brick elements, the options /ANIM/ELEM/DAM1, DAM2, DAM3, are available for MaterialLaw 24. These values are the principal values of the damage (values in the local cracking skew).

10. For Shell and 3-node shell elements, the options /ANIM/ELEM/DAM1, DAM2, DAM3, are available forMaterial Laws 15 and 25. These values are the principal values of the damage (values in the localorthotropic skew).

11. The "SPH outputs" are available with /ANIM/Eltyp = ELEM/Restype (all Restype values; exceptRestype = THIC or HOURG). The Restype values: DAM1, DAM2 or DAM3 are only available withMaterial Law 24.

12. THIN is only available with Eltyp = SHELL.

13. THIN is computed as:

14. With Thkerr, an estimated error on shells and 3-node shells thickness is computed as follows:

Nodal thickness is computed as:

where are the area and thickness of element Ek(n) containing node n.

Then the thickness error is evaluated for each element E, using the formula

If the thickness error is greater than the criteria Thkerr, then the element is divided.



/ANIM/GPS1 (New!)

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/GPS1/Keyword3 - Animation Files Containing Grid Point Stress Data

Description

Generates animation files containing simple average GPS data.

Format

/ANIM/GPS1/Keyword3

Data Description

Keyword3 GPS data type:

P - Pressure


SIGX - Stress XX

SIGY - Stress YY

SIGZ - Stress ZZ

SIGXY - Shear XY

SIGYZ - Shear YZ

SIGZX - Shear ZX

TENS - All six stress components listed above

SHELL/UPPER - Six stress components at upper layer of shell element

SHELL/LOWER - Six stress components at lower layer of shell element



/ANIM/GPS2 (New!)

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/GPS2/Keyword3 - Animation Files Containing Grid Point Stress Data

Description

Generates animation files containing volume based averaged GPS data.

Format

/ANIM/GPS2/Keyword3

Data Description

Keyword3 GPS data type:

P - Pressure


SIGX - Stress XX

SIGY - Stress YY

SIGZ - Stress ZZ

SIGXY - Shear XY

SIGYZ - Shear YZ

SIGZX - Shear ZX

TENS - All six stress components listed above

SHELL/UPPER - Six stress components at upper layer of shell element

SHELL/LOWER - Six stress components at lower layer of shell element



/ANIM/GZIP

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/GZIP - Compressed Animation Output

Description

Generates animation files in GZIP format.

Format

/ANIM/GZIP

Comments

1. Only available on platforms that support GZIP.

2. Not available on Windows.



/ANIM/KEEPD

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/KEEPD - Keep Deleted Elements of Animation Files

Description

In animation files, keep deleted elements in their original part; otherwise group all deleted elements in anextra part (named “deleted elements”).

Format

/ANIM/KEEPD

Comment

1. This keyword is irrelevant for the animation format later than version 42.



/ANIM/MASS

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/MASS - Animation File for Nodal Masses

Description

Generates animation files containing nodal masses.

Format

/ANIM/MASS

Comment

1. This option is required with option /ANIM/ELEM/ENER or /ANIM/VECT/VEL.



/ANIM/MAT

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/MAT - Animation File with One Part for each Material

Description

Generates animation files with one part for each material.

Format

/ANIM/MAT

Comments

1. By default, one part is defined for each property set.

2. Solid and spring elements are not affected by this option:

· Solid parts are always defined by material;

· Spring parts are always defined by property sets.



/ANIM/NODA

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/NODA - Animation Files containing Nodal Scalar Data

Description

Generates animation files containing nodal scalar data.

Format

/ANIM/NODA/Restype

Data Description

Restype Nodal data type:

DT - Nodal time step

DMAS - Mass variation (see time step control option /DT/NODA/CST)

DINER - Output of added inertia per nodes

Comments

1. with DM = M - M0.

· M0

is the nodal mass at the beginning of the restart

· M is the current mass

2. DM is reset to 0 at the beginning of each restart file.

3.

· Io

is the nodal inertia at the beginning of the current run

· Inertia(t) is the current inertia



/ANIM/SENSOR

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/SENSOR - Writes Additional Animation Files

Description

Write additional animation files (A-files) at a time frequency equal to Tfreq

, the first file being written at

sensor activation time. The sensor activation time is given by the sensor property set Isens

.

Format

/ANIM/SENSOR

Isens

Tfreq

Data Description

Isens

Sensor activation time

Tfreq

Time frequency

Comments

1. The additional animation files are written in addition to classical animation files (/ANIM/DT).

2. After sensor deactivation, the additional animation files are stopped. For more explanation, see option /SENSOR.



/ANIM/SHELL/EPSP

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/SHELL/EPSP - Plastic Strain in a Shell Element Layer

Description

Generates animation files containing plastic strain as function of a shell element integration point.

Format

/ANIM/SHELL/EPSP/Keyword4

Data Description

Keyword4 Output location:

N - Layer number N

UPPER - Upper layer

LOWER - Lower layer (number of integration point is equal to 1)

Comment

1. In case of BATOZ shell element, the value is the average value of the Gauss points in the layer.



/ANIM/SHELL/TENS

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/SHELL/TENS - Animation of Shell Tensor Results

Description

Generates animation files containing shell tensor data for a specified result.

Format

/ANIM/SHELL/TENS/Restype/Keyword5

Data Description

Restype Output tensor:

STRESS - Stress tensor

STRAIN - Strain tensor

EPSDOT - Strain rate tensor

Keyword5 Result type or location:

MEMB - Membrane

BEND - Bending

UPPER - Upper layer

LOWER - Lower layer

N - Layer number N

Comments

1. Format may be simplified as: /ANIM/TENS/Restype/Keyword4.

2. For the stress tensor, UPPER, LOWER and N only work with integration points. UPPER and LOWERare the UPPER and LOWER integration points.

3. For STRAIN, UPPER gives + (t/2)k and LOWER gives - (t/2)k with being the strain, t thethickness and k the curvature. For EPSDOT, strain and curvature are replaced by strain rate andcurvature rate.

4. Options /ANIM/SHELL/TENS/STRESS/MEMB and /ANIM/SHELL/TENS/STRESS/BEND aregeneralized forces (mean values through thickness) per element. For full-integrated element, meanvalue of 4 gauss points of the shell surface is calculated. Shell stress can be considered at the centerof the element.



/ANIM/VECT

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/VECT - Animation of Vectorial Data

Description

Generates animation files containing vectorial data for the specified variable.

Format

/ANIM/VECT/Restype

Data Description

Restype Name of the variable to be saved in animation file:

VEL - Velocities

DISP - Displacements

ACC - Accelerations

CONT - Contact forces

FINT - Internal forces

FEXT - External forces

FOPT - Forces and moments for rigid bodies, rigid walls and sections

PCONT - Contact pressure animation vector

VROT - Rotational velocities

VFLU - Fluid velocities for Incompressible fluid flow by BEM and monitored volumetype FVMBAG (/MONVOL/FVMBAG keyword)

Comment

1. If Restype =PCONT, two nodal vectors are output:

where:

is the sum of normal contact forces applied to the node

is the sum of tangential contact forces applied to the node

S is the extrapolated surface of segments connected to the node



/ANIM/VERS

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/VERS - Set Format of Previous RADIOSS Version

Description

Generates animation files in RADIOSS environment post processing formats 41 and 44.

Format

/ANIM/VERS/Version Number

Data Description

Version Number RADIOSS version number 44 or 41

Default = 41

Comment

1. If the deck includes SPH, one may use /ANIM/VERS/44:

· The size of the animation files will be smaller

· The displaying of SPH particles is best



/ATFILE

Engine Keyword

/ATFILE - Type of T-File

Description

Sets type of the T-file “RunnameTnnx”

Format

/ATFILE/Type

DThis

Data Description

Type Output format.

No value – Built-in format of current RADIOSS version.

= 1: Binary (not readable by most RADIOSS post-processors)

= 3: ASCII

= 4: Binary IEEE 32 bits.

DThis Time frequency to write data on history plot file T-file.

Comment

1. This option is used in addition to RADIOSS Starter /TH output (/ATH, /BTH ....) and allows thegeneration of other plot files Tnnx (Tnna, Tnnb, Tnnc, Tnnd, Tnne, Tnnf, Tnng, ...) with

different frequencies and different variables.

· With “nn”: two numbers (0 to 9) corresponding to the run number

· “x”: letter (a to i)



/BCS/ROT

Engine Keyword

/BCS/ROT - Constrain Rotational d.o.f. of Nodes

Description

Given node numbers will be constrained in specified directions X, Y or Z for rotational degrees of freedom: W = 0.

Format

/BCS/ROT/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1 N

2 …, N

N

Data Description

Keyword3 Any combination of X, Y, Z:

X, Y, Z, XY, XZ, YZ, YX, ZX, ZY, XYZ, YXZ, ...

skew_ID Optional. If omitted, the boundary conditions are applied in the global skewsystem; otherwise they are applied in the given skew_ID.

N1, N

2 . . ., N

NList of node numbers to which the boundary condition will be applied.



/BCS/TRA

Engine Keyword

/BCS/TRA - Constrain Translation d.o.f. of Nodes

Description

Given node numbers will be constrained in specified directions X, Y or Z for material translational degrees offreedom: V = 0.

Format

/BCS/TRA/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1 N

2 …, N

N

Data Description



skew_ID Optional. If omitted, the boundary conditions are applied in the global skewsystem; otherwise they are applied in the given skew_ID.

N1, N

2 . . ., N

NList of node numbers to which the boundary condition will be applied



/BCSR/ROT

Engine Keyword

/BCSR/ROT - Release Rotational d.o.f. of Nodes

Description

Given node numbers will be released in specified directions X, Y or Z for rotational degrees of freedom.

Format

/BCSR/ROT/Keyword3

N1 N2 …, NN

Data Description



N1, N

2 . . ., N

NList of node numbers for boundary condition release.



/BCSR/TRA

Engine Keyword

/BCSR/TRA - Release Translational d.o.f. of Nodes

Description

Given node numbers will be released in specified directions X, Y or Z for material translational degrees offreedom.

Format

/BCSR/TRA/Keyword3

N1 N

2 …, N

N

Data Description



N1, N

2 . . ., N

NList of node numbers for boundary condition release.



/DAMP

Engine Keyword

/DAMP - Damp Option

Description

Identifying damp option.

Format

/DAMP/damp_ID

a b

Data Description

damp_ID Identifier of damping option in RADIOSS Starter (/DAMP).

a Coefficient

b Coefficient

Comments

1. Rayleigh damping computation:

[C] = a [M] + b[K]

Ci = am

i + bk

i

where,

[C]: damping matrix

[M]: mass matrix

[K]: stiffness matrix

a: coefficient

b: coefficient

Ci: nodal damping matrix

mi: nodal mass matrix

ki: nodal stiffness matrix

Ccrit

: critical damping

2. If this option is not declared in the Runname_0000.rad file, it will not be available in RADIOSS

Engine: arbitrary coefficients alpha, beta may be declared in the Runname_0000.rad file and

modified when repeating the option into Runname_run#.rad file for RADIOSS Engine.



/DEL

Engine Keyword

/DEL - Deleted Elements by List

Description

Delete element numbers N1, N

2, . . ., N

N.

Format

/DEL/Eltyp

N1, N2 . . ., N

N

Data Description

Eltyp Element type:


QUAD - Quad elements


SH_3N - Triangular shell elements

SPHCEL - SPH Cells Time Step elements

TRUSS - Truss elements



N1, N

2, . . ., N

NList of element numbers

Comment

1. For element numbers, it is possible to enter several lines.



/DEL/Eltyp/1

Engine Keyword

/DEL - Delete Elements by Range

Description

Delete element numbers N1first

to N1last

, . . ., NIfirst

to NIlast

.

Format

/DEL/Eltyp/1

N1first N

1last … N

Ifirst N

Ilast

Data Description

Eltyp Element type:





SPHCEL - SPH Cell Time Step elements




N1first

... N1last

First and last element number of a range to delete.

Comment

1. For element numbers, it is possible to enter several lines.



/DEL/INTER

Engine Keyword

/DEL/INTER - Delete Interface by Numbers

Description

Delete interface numbers N1, N

2, . . ., N

N.

Format

/DEL/INTER

N1, N2 . . ., N

N

Data Description

N1, N

2 . . ., N

NList of interface numbers



/DELINT

Engine Keyword

/DELINT - Node Deactivation from Interface

Description

If a slave node is only connected to 2D solid elements that are all deleted, the node is deactivated from theinterface.

Format

/DELINT/Keyword2

Data Description

Keyword2 Activation flag

ON or OFF (Default).

Comment

1. In 3D, this option has been replaced by Idel

interface flag in RADIOSS Starter Input file.



/DT

Engine Keyword

/DT - Time Step Defaults for all Elements

Description

Time step defaults for all elements.

Format

/DT

DTsca

DTmin

Data Description

DTsca

Default scale factor on time step for all elements.

DTmin

Default minimum time step for all elements.



/DT/Eltyp/Iflag

Engine Keyword

/DT - Time Step for Select Entities

Description

Time step for select entities.

Format

/DT/Eltyp/Iflag

DTsca

DTmin

grnod_ID

Data Description

Eltyp Entity selection:








AIRBAG - Airbag

INTER - Interface (Type 7 only)

NODA - Nodes

Iflag Node group flag

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for the option defined by “Eltyp”.

DTmin

Minimum time step for the option defined by “Eltyp”.

grnod_ID Node group identifier.

Read only if Eltyp is NODA and Iflag =1



Comments

1. The “Eltyp” INTER only concerns interface type 7 time step.

2. The “Eltyp” NODA activates nodal time step computation. With this option, the computation of eachcycle is slightly more expensive, but the time step can be higher, mainly for non-optimized meshes.

3. The “Iflag” can be only used with Eltyp = NODA.

· If Iflag =1, only the nodes belonging the node group grnod_ID are affected(not available for RADIOSS Engine Version 4.2).

· If Iflag =0, all nodes are affected.

4. If Eltyp is BEAM, TRUSS, SPRING, NODA or INTER, the value of DTmin

has no effect.



/DT/Eltyp/Keyword3/Iflag

Engine Keyword

/DT - Time Step with Entity Selection and Time Step Control

Description

Time step with entity selection and time step control.

Format

/DT/Eltyp/Keyword3/Iflag

DTsca

DTmin

grnod_ID

Data Description

Eltyp Entity selection:








AIRBAG - Airbag

INTER - Interfaces (Type 7 only)

NODA - Nodes

Keyword3 Time step control type:

STOP - The run will stop if the time step reaches DTmin

and a restart file will be

written. This option is the default for brick and quad elements.

DEL - The element which fixes the time step is removed. This option is thedefault for shell elements. (see Comment 1)

CST - The time step becomes constant after reaching DTmin

. This option only

works if “Eltyp” is BRICK, SHELL, INTER or NODA.

For shell or brick elements (except 8 integration points bricks) the formulationswitches to a small strain formulation for each element that reaches the DT

min.

For nodes and interfaces, the nodal mass of the node that reaches DTmin

is

increased. The user should check the evolution of the mass of the model.



Data Description

SET - Is only used if “Eltyp” = NODA; it imposes an identical nodal time stepduring computation.

Iflag Node group flag

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for the option defined by “Eltyp”.

Default = 0.9

DTmin

Minimum time step


Comments

1. If “Keyword3” = DEL and “Eltyp” = INTER, the impacted node which fixes the time step is removed fromthe interface.

2. The “Iflag” can be only used with Eltyp = NODA and “Keyword3” = CST.

· If Iflag = 1, only the nodes belonging to node group grnod_ID are affected.

· If Iflag = 0, all nodes are affected.

3. When using /DT/NODA/CST using a scale factor on time step, DTsca

= 0.67 is recommended.

4. The option /DT/BRICK/CST is only active if the brick elements have the flag Ismstr

=2 in Type definition.

This option is not available for 8 integration points.

5. The table below gives the different combinations of “Eltyp” and “Keyword3” which are available.

STOP DEL CST

QUAD Default Optional

BRICK Default Optional Optional

SHELL, SH_3N Optional Default Optional

BEAM, TRUSS, SPRING Optional Optional

INTER (Type 7 only) Optional Optional Optional

AIRBAG Optional

NODA Optional Optional



/DT/SHELL

Engine Keyword

/DT/SHELL - Time Step Control for Shell Elements

Description

The time step for shell elements using /DT1 is lower but more accurate. Otherwise, this option is identicalto /DT1/SHELL.

Format

/DT/SHELL/Keyword3

DTsca

DTmin

Data Description




written.

DEL - The element which fixes the time step is removed.


.

The formulation switches to a small strain formulation for each element thatreaches the DT

min.

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for the option defined by “Keyword3”.

DTmin

Minimum time step.



/DT/SHNOD or /DT/SHNOD/CST

Engine Keyword

/DT/SHNOD or /DT/SHNOD/CST - Sub-cycling Method

Description

Time step for shells.

Format

/DT/SHNOD or /DT/SHNOD/CST

DTsca

DTmin

Data Description

DTsca

Scale factor on nodal stability time step for shells.

DTmin

Minimum time step.

Comments

1. /DT/SHNOD/CST can be set in the RADIOSS Engine file, in order to use an imposed nodal time stepfor SHELL and SH3N elements sub-cycling: mass will be added if the nodal time step for shells sub-cycling.

is lower than DTmin

2. /DT/SHNOD set different time step for all shells (SHELL and SH3N) and shells only. Time stepparameters of the rest of the model are defined in /DT/NODA. /DT/NODA is required, if /DT/SHNOD isused.



/DT1/SHELL

Engine Keyword

/DT1/SHELL - Alternative Time Step for Shell Elements

Description

The time step for shell elements using /DT1 is lower, but more accurate. Otherwise, this option is identicalto /DT/SHELL.

Format

/DT1/SHELL/Keyword3

DTsca

DTmin

Data Description




written.

DEL - The element which fixes the time step is removed.


.

The formulation switches to a small strain formulation for each element thatreaches the DT

min.

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for the option defined by “Keyword3”.

DTmin

Minimum time step.



/DTIX

Engine Keyword

/DTIX - Initial Time Step

Description

Sets initial and maximum time step for this run.

Format

/DTIX

DTini

DTmax

Data Description

DTini

Initial time step for this run.

DTmax

Maximum time step.

Comments

1. DTini

will only be used if it is less than the element or nodal time step required for stability.

2. The time step DT will not be higher than DTmax

.



/DYREL

Engine Keyword

/DYREL - Dynamic Relaxation

Description

Dynamic relaxation.

Format

/DYREL

b T

Data Description

b Relaxation factor

Default = 1.0

T Period to be damped

with

Comment

1. For further explanation, please refer to the RADIOSS Theory Manual.



/DYREL/1

Engine Keyword

/DYREL/1 - Dynamic Relaxation for a Group of Nodes

Description

Dynamic relaxation applied to node group identifier grnod_ID.

Format

/DYREL/1

grnod_ID b T

Data Description


b Relaxation factor

Default = 1.0

T Period to be damped

with

Comments

1. Can be used only if Starter Input uses Block Format.

2. Use Modif files to define a non-existing node group (For Modif files, see Modif Input File).



/END/ENGINE (New!)

Engine Keyword

/END/ENGINE - End

Description

This keyword has to be set at the end of the Engine input deck when using Single File Input.

Format

/END/ENGINE

Comment

1. This card is followed by Starter deck, in case of Single File Input.



/FUNCT

Engine Keyword

/FUNCT - Function Number

Description

Redefines the funct_ID initially defined in the RADIOSS Starter Input. The same number of points shouldbe given.

Format

/FUNCT

funct_ID X1 X2

. . . XN Y1 Y2 . . . YN

Data Description


X1

X2. . .X

NOrdinate value

Y1 Y2

. . .YN

Abscissa value



/FXINP

Engine Keyword

/FXINP - Flexible Bodies Input Files

Description

Generates input files for flexible bodies from eigenmodes and static modes computation.

Format

/FXINP

EIGID1 CDAMP

1 ITYP1

…

EIGIDN

CDAMPN ITYPN

Data Description

EIGID1 … EIGID

N Identification number of eigenmodes and static modes computation problemdefined in RADIOSS Starter (/EIG option).

The corresponding flexible body will have the same support as that defined in the /EIG option. Local reduction modes for this flexible body will be those requested in the /EIG option. If static modes are requested, they will be orthogonalized withrespect to mass matrix.

CDAMP1 CDAMP

NCritical structural damping coefficient (Real). It is used to compute Rayleighdamping coefficients to be used on the flexible body from the lowest and thehighest local eigen frequencies.

ITYP1

… ITYPN

Type of computed flexible body. A flexible body is either fully free or fully blocked. See Flexible Body Input File for details about IBLO variable.

= 0: Flexible body variable IBLO is set automatically by RADIOSS from the kernelof the stiffness matrix.

= 1: Flexible body variable IBLO is forced to 0 (the flexible body is free ofblockage and its finite overall rotations and translations are computed).

= 2: Flexible body variable IBLO is forced to 1 (the flexible has no rigid bodymodes).



/IMPL

Engine Keyword

/IMPL – Implicit Solution

Description

An implicit solution sequence will be called this.

Format

/IMPL/Keyword2[/Keyword3]

data1 data2 ….

Comment

1. The /IMPL keywords have one or two additional keywords. These keywords and the respective inputdata are defined in the following.



/IMPL/AUTOSPC (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/AUTOSPC - Constraining Automatically Zero Stiffness d.o.f.

Description

A zero stiffness degree-of-freedom will be constrained automatically.

Format

/IMPL/AUTOSPC/Keyword3

Data Description

Keyword3 Default = ON: Node will be constrained in translational or rotational dofs, only ifzero stiffness is true in all directions.

= OFF: Deactivation flag

= ALL: Constrains any degree-of-freedom of zero stiffness.

Comment

1. /IMPL/AUTOSPC/ALL could lead to an over-constrained structure, especially for geometric non-linearanalysis, where using Quasi-static is the better choice.



/IMPL/BUCKL/1 (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/BUCKL/1 - Euler Buckling Solution

Description

Euler buckling modes will be computed.

Format

/IMPL/BUCKL/1

V1 V2 Nbuck MSGLVL MAXSET SHFCL

Data Description

V1, V2 Eigenvalue range of interest (see Comment 2)

(Real)

Nbuck Number of modes to be computed.

(Integer > 0)

MSGLVL Diagnostic (printout) level

(Integer Range: [0;4])

MAXSET Number of vectors in block or set


= 0: set to 8

SHFCL Shift in buckling modes pencil

= 0: set to 1.e-2

Comments

1. Computation of Euler buckling modes follows a linear implicit computation. /IMPL/LINEAR must bedefined.

2. The units of V1, V2 are eigenvalues. Each buckling eigenvalue is the factor by which the pre-bucklingstate of stress is multiplied to the produce buckling in the shape defined by the correspondingeigenvector. Negative eigenvalue means the critical loading is in the opposite direction.

3. Only version SMP MONOPROC is available using BCSLIB-EXT (Lanczos method).

4. MSGLVL controls the amount of diagnostic output during the eigenvalue extraction. The default valueof zero suppresses all diagnostic output. A value of one prints eigenvalues accepted at each shift. High values result in increasing levels of diagnostic output.

5. MAXSET is used to limit the maximum block size in the Lanczos solver. It may be reduced if there isinsufficient memory available. The default value is recommended.

6. A specification of SHFCL near the first factor of critical loading may improve the performance,especially when the applied load differs from the first buckling load by orders of magnitude.



/IMPL/BUCKL/2 (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/BUCKL/2 - Euler Buckling Solution with Restart or Pre-stresses

Description

Euler buckling modes will be computed based on actual pre-stress stat.

Format

/IMPL/BUCKL/2

V1 V2 Nbuck MSGLVL MAXSET SHFCL

Data Description

V1, V2 Eigenvalue range of interest (see Comment 2).

(Real)

Nbuck Number of modes to be computed.

(Integer > 0)

MSGLVL Diagnostic (printout) level


MAXSET Number of vectors in block or set


= 0: set to 8

SHFCL Shift in buckling modes pencil

= 0: set to 1.e-2

Comments

1. Computation of Euler buckling modes follow a linear or non-linear implicit or explicit analysis.

2. The units of V1, V2 are eigenvalues. Each buckling eigenvalue is the factor by which the pre-bucklingstate of stress is multiplied to the produce buckling in the shape defined by the correspondingeigenvector. A negative eigenvalue means the critical loading is in the opposite direction.

As the former analysis can be variable options, the critical loading factors should be explained aseffective ones.

3. Eigenvalues are found in order of increasing magnitude; that is, those closest to zero are found first. Different V1, V2 inputs show the ranges in the following table:

V1 V2 [V1,V2] (V1 < V2)

0. V2 Lowest Nbuck roots below V2

V1 0. [V1,+8 ]

0. 0. [- 8,+8 ]



4. Only version SMP MONOPROC is available using BCSLIB-EXT (Lanczos method).

5. MSGLVL controls the amount of diagnostic output during the eigenvalue extraction. The default valueof zero suppresses all diagnostic output. A value of one prints eigenvalues accepted at each shift. High values result in increasing levels of diagnostic output.

6. MAXSET is used to limit the maximum block size in the Lanczos solver. It may be reduced if there isinsufficient memory available. The default value is recommended.

7. A specification of SHFCL near the first factor of critical loading may improve the performance,especially when the applied load differs from the first buckling load by orders of magnitude.



/IMPL/CHECK

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/CHECK - Implicit Model Checking

Description

Implicit model checking will be run.

Format

/IMPL/CHECK

Comment

1. When this key is used, only checking is carried out in actual run, all other types of analysis will beignored.



/IMPL/DT/1

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DT/1 - Implicit Time Step Control - Method 1

Description

Implicit time step control method 1.

Format

/IMPL/DT/1

L_dtp DTsca_i

L_dtn DTsca_d

Data Description

L_dtp Maximum number of converge iteration from which time step will be increased forthe next loading increment.

= 0: set to 2

DTsca_i

Scaling factor for increasing time step.

= 0: set to 1.1

L_dtn Minimum number of iteration from which iteration is reset with decreasing timestep.

= 0: set to 15

DTsca_d

Scaling factor for decreasing time step.

= 0: set to 0.67

Comment

1. Line-search will be used with this method to accelerate the convergence.



/IMPL/DT/2

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DT/2 - Implicit Time Step Control - Method 2

Description

Implicit automatic time step control method 2.

Format

/IMPL/DT/2

It_w L_arc L_dtn DTsca_i

DTsca_max

Data Description

It_w Wished number of converge iteration.

= 0: set to 6

L_arc Input arc-length

= 0: will be calculated automatically

L_dtn Minimum number of iteration from which iteration is reset with decreasing timestep.

= 0: set to 20

DTsca_i

Scaling factor for decreasing time step when L_dtn is reached.

= 0: set to 0.67

DTsca_max

Max scaling factor for increasing time step

= 0: set to 1.1

Comments

1. Arc-length and Line-search are used with this method to accelerate and to control the convergence. The time step is determined by displacement norm control (arc-length).

2. It is recommended to use one of these time step control methods. Method 2 is preferred for generalnon-linear implicit analysis.



/IMPL/DT/STOP

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DT/STOP - Implicit Minimum and Maximum Time Step

Description

The computation will be stopped, if DT_min is reached.

Format

/IMPL/DT/STOP

DT_min DT_max

Data Description

DT_min Minimum time step

= 0: set to 1.0e-10

DT_max Maximum time step during the run (the computation will not stop when this valueis reached).



/IMPL/DTINI

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DTINI - Initial Implicit Time Step

Description

Initial time step for non-linear implicit analysis.

Format

/IMPL/DTINI

DT

Data Description

DT Initial implicit time step.

Comment

1. Initial time step determines initial loading increment in this run session. This key should be defined innon-linear analysis.



/IMPL/DYNA/1

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DYNA/1 - Implicit Dynamics with a -HHT Method

Description

Describes the implicit dynamics with a -HHT method.

Format

/IMPL/DYNA/1

a

Data Description

a Implicit dynamic with a (HHT method)

(-1/3 < a < 0) a =0 set to -0.05

Comments

1. The non-linear parameters, rather than default values can be defined in /IMPL/NONLINEAR.

2. An a -HHT method is the default implicit dynamic method, if /1 is omitted.



/IMPL/DYNA/2

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/DYNA/2 - Implicit Dynamics with a General Newmark Method

Description

Describes the implicit dynamics with a general Newmark method.

Format

/IMPL/DYNA/2

g b

Data Description

g Implicit dynamic with general Newmark method

(-2 b = g = 1/2) g , b =0 set to g =1/2; b =1/4.

b Implicit dynamic with general Newmark method

(-2 b = g = 1/2) g , b =0 set to g =1/2; b =1/4.

Comments

1. The non-linear parameters, rather than default values can be defined in /IMPL/NONLINEAR.

2. An a -HHT method is the default implicit dynamic method, if /2 is omitted.



/IMPL/GSTIF/OFF (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/GSTIF/OFF - Deactivation of Geometrical Stiffness Matrix

Description

Geometrical stiffness matrix will not be used for implicit non-linear calculation.

Format

/IMPL/GSTIF/OFF



/IMPL/INTER/KCOMP

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/INTER/KCOMP - Stiffness Matrix (for SPMD)

Description

Describes the stiffness matrix; due to contact interfaces will be assembled completely.

Format

/IMPL/INTER/KCOMP

Comments

1. This keyword is used only for SPMD version.

2. When MUMPS direct solver is used, this key is automatically activated.



/IMPL/INTER/KNONL (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/INTER/KNONL - Non-linear Contact using Special Solver

Description

Defines including some contact non-linearities in PCG linear solver.

Format

/IMPL/INTER/KNONL

Comment

1. This option can be used both for linear (with contact) or non-linear analysis, but it is only available whena PCG iterative solver or a mixed solver has been used in /IMPL/SOLVER.



/IMPL/LBFGS/L

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/LBFGS - Parameters of BFGS quasi-Newton Method for Implicit Non-linear

Description

Change the maximum number of BFGS quasi-Newton method for implicit non-linear.

Format

/IMPL/LBFGS/L

L

Data Description

L Maximum number of BFGS vectors

Comments

1. /IMPL/NONLIN/2 should have been defined.

2. If L =0 or /IMPL/LBFGS/L is not defined, L =L_A defined in /IMPL/NONLIN/2.

When this keyword is defined, the new update vectors are accumulated over the old ones by slidingdown the set of vectors loosing the oldest ones.



/IMPL/LINEAR

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/LINEAR - Linear Implicit Solution

Description

Linear implicit solution will be computed.

Format

/IMPL/LINEAR

Comment

1. Required for linear statics, normal modes and linear buckling solution.



/IMPL/LINEAR/INTER

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/LINEAR/INTER - Implicit Linear Analysis of Contact Interfaces

Description

Implicit linear analysis will take into account contact interfaces.

Format

/IMPL/LINEAR/INTER

Comments

1. Non-linear implicit analysis takes into account contact interfaces automatically.

2. When /IMPL/LINEAR/INTER is present in the Engine input file, the key /IMPL/LINEAR is optional.



/IMPL/MONVOL/OFF

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/MONVOL/OFF - Deactivation Stiffness of Monitored Volume

Description

Describes the stiffness of gas in monitored volume type 3 (tire modeling).

Format

/IMPL/MONVOL/OFF

Comment

1. This should be set when a direct solver is used, considering its stiffness negligible.



/IMPL/NONLIN

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/NONLIN - Non-linear Implicit Solution

Description

Non-linear implicit methods.

Format

/IMPL/NONLIN/N

L_A Itol Tol

Data Description

N Non-linear solver method

= 0: set to 1

= 1: Modified Newton method

= 2: BFGS Quasi-Newton method

L_A Maximum iteration number of stiffness matrix updates

= 0: set to 3, if iterative solver and set to 6 if direct solver

Itol Termination criteria

= 0: set to 2

= 1: relative residual in energy

= 2: relative residual in force

Tol Tolerance for termination

= 0.0: set to 1.0e-3

Comment

1. For static implicit computation, the loading should be defined as monotonous, increasing time functionto better manage the convergence.



/IMPL/PREPAT

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/PREPAT - Pre-Conditioning Pattern

Description

Describes the implicit option for pre-conditioning.

Format

/IMPL/PREPAT/N

Data Description

N (1 < N < 5) sparse pattern of AN will be used for pre-conditioning.

Comment

1. This keyword is only used for Iprec =5.



/IMPL/PRINT/LINEAR

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/PRINT/LINEAR - Printout Frequency for Linear Solvers

Description

Printout frequency for linear solvers.

Format

/IMPL/PRINT/LINEAR/Nprint

Data Description

Nprint Printout frequency for linear solvers (works also in non-linear analysis but ratheras debug uses).

Comment

1. This keyword is mainly used for iterative solver. When direct solver has been used, only relativeresidual will print out and only in case of linear analysis.



/IMPL/PRINT/NONLIN

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/PRINT/NONLIN - Printout Frequency for Non-linear Implicit Iterations

Description

Printout frequency for non-linear implicit iterations.

Format

/IMPL/PRINT/NONLIN/Nprint

Data Description

Nprint Printout frequency for non-linear iteration (same as /PRINT/Nprint).



/IMPL/QSTAT

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/QSTAT - Quasi-static Implicit Solution

Description

Quasi-static implicit solution will be computed.

Format

/IMPL/QSTAT

Comments

1. When quasi-static has been used, positive definite property of stiffness matrix will be reinforced byincluding the inertia matrix. The extra stiffness is in function of masses, inertia and the time-step.Smaller the time-step, more change will be affected to the stiffness. A scale factor can be defined by /IMPL/QSTAT/DTSCAL to scale this adding matrix (inversely square proportional just like time-step).For non-linear analysis, this will only modify the convergence speed without changing the result; forlinear analysis, time step (one step) should be chosen carefully (not too small to significantly changethe result and not too big to keep the matrix positive definite). This option is quite suitable for the modelin which some free pieces are connected only by contact during simulation and failed with otheranalysis types. Linear quasi-static analysis can also be used for model checking of high level (can beused also for explicit analysis), with a time-step not too big, the result can be always found, whetherthe model is well constrained or not.

2. This key can be combined with /IMPL/LINEAR or /IMPL/NONLIN key.



/IMPL/QSTAT/DTSCAL

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/QSTAT/DTSCAL - Quasi-static Implicit Inertia Stiffness Scale Factor

Description

Quasi-static implicit solution with a factor for inertia stiffness matrix.

Format

/IMPL/QSTAT/DTSCAL

DTscal

Data Description

DTscal

Scale factor of inertia stiffness matrix used in quasi-static analysis.

Comment

1. Inertia stiffness matrix will be scaled inversely square proportional like time-step.



/IMPL/RREF/OFF (New!)

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/RREF/OFF - Deactivation of Reference Residual Option

Description

Deactivation reference residual option and using the previous one in stop criteria for implicit non-linearanalysis.

Format

/IMPL/RREF/OFF

Comments

1. /IMPL/RREF becomes the default option from this version. In this case, Residual r = fext

- fint

- Ma, ||r||0

= max(||fext

||, || fint

||, ||Ma||), (a =0 for static).

When /IMPL/RREF/OFF is used, the previous criteria is used: ||r||0 = ||r|| at the beginning of each cycle.

2. This keyword is used only for implicit non-linear implicit,and is generally more difficult to converge.



/IMPL/SINIT

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/SINIT - Loading Control for Initial Stresses in Implicit Non-Linear Analysis

Description

Describes the initial stresses that will be imposed gradually (from v51).

Format

/IMPL/SINIT

Comment

1. This keyword is used only for non-linear implicit analysis. When there is monitored volume type 3 inthe model, the keyword is activated automatically.



/IMPL/SOLVER

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/SOLVER - Linear Solver Selection

Description

Selects linear solver.

Format

/IMPL/SOLVER/N

Iprec It_max Itol Tol

Data Description

N Linear solver method number (solve Ax=b)

= 0: set to 1

= 1: Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient (PCG)

= 3: Direct

SMP: Boeing Solver (BCS)

SPMD: Massively parallel multi-frontal solver (MUMPS)

= 5: Mix

SMP: BCS and PCG (Iprec =5)

SPMD: MUMPS and PCG (Iprec =5)

Iprec Flag for precondition methods

= 0: set to 5

= 1: No preconditioner

= 2: Diagonal Jacobi

= 3: Incomplete Cholesky (0 level fill-in)

= 4: Stabilized Incomplete Cholesky (0 level fill-in)

= 5: Factored approximate inverse

It_max Maximum iteration number used for stop criteria

= 0 or > NDOF: set to NDOF (system dimension)

Itol Flag of stop criteria for Preconditioned iterative solver

= 0: set to 3

= 1: Relative Residual of original matrix (residual r =Ax-b, ||r|| < Tol * ||b||)

= 2: Relative Residual of preconditioned matrix (||r|| < Tol * ||b’||)

= 3: Relative Residual of preconditioned matrix (||r|| < Tol * ||b’|| * ||A’|| * ||x||)

Tol Input tolerance for stop criteria

= 0.0: set to 1.0e-5, if Itol =1 or 2

set to machine precision, if Itol =3



Comments

1. When this keyword is not defined, all default values will be used.

2. Linear solvers are also used in each non-linear iteration. When /IMPL/NONLIN/N is used, the linearsolver parameters, rather than default values can be defined in this keyword.



/IMPL/SPRING

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/SPRING - Implicit Spring Stiffness

Description

Describes the linear or non-linear stiffness choices for non-linear spring in implicit non-linear analysis.

Format

/IMPL/SPRING/Keyword3

Data Description

Keyword3 Spring stiffness type:

LINEAR - Linear

NONLIN - Non-linear

Comment

1. This keyword is used only for non-linear implicit analysis. Only the spring stiffness defined by functionwith H=0 is applicable. When the keyword is not defined, “NONLIN” is taken by default.



/IMPL/SPRBACK

Engine Keyword

/IMPL/SPRBACK - Implicit Spring Back Selection

Description

Implicit spring back will be run in this session.

Format

/IMPL/SPRBACK

Comment

1. In the spring back run session, the internal force will be reduced to the input tolerance, which is definedby /IMPL/NONLIN/N.



/INIV/ROT

Engine Keyword

/INIV/ROT - Initialize Rotational Velocity by List

Description

Initialize rotational velocity in the specified direction X, Y or Z.

Format

/INIV/ROT/Keyword3

W N1

N2 … NN

Data Description

Keyword3 X, Y or Z.

W Rotational velocity

N1 N

2 . . . N

NList of nodes

Comment

1. The nodes N1 N

2 . . . N

N have the rotational velocity W.



/INIV/ROT/Keyword3/1

Engine Keyword

/INIV/ROT - Initialize Rotational Velocity by Range

Description

Initialize rotational velocity in the specified direction X, Y or Z.

Format

/INIV/ROT/Keyword3/1

W N1first N

1last … N

Ifirst N

Ilast

Data Description

Keyword3 X, Y or Z.

W Rotational velocity

N1first N

1last … N

Ifirst

NI last

First and last list of nodes.

Comment

1. The nodes between N1first

and N1last

. . . NIfirst

and NIlast

have the rotational velocity W.



/INIV/TRA

Engine Keyword

/INIV/TRA - Initialize Translational Velocity by List

Description

Initialize translational velocity in the specified direction X, Y or Z.

Format

/INIV/TRA/Keyword3

V N1 N2

… NN

Data Description

Keyword3 X, Y or Z.

V Translational velocity

N1 N2 … NN

List of nodes

Comment

1. The nodes N1 N

2 . . . N

N have the translational velocity V.



/INIV/TRA/Keyword3/1

Engine Keyword

/INIV/TRA - Initialize Translational Velocity by Range

Description

Initialize translational velocity in the specified direction X, Y or Z.

Format

/INIV/TRA/Keyword3/1

V N1first N

1last … N

Ifirst N

Ilast

Data Description

Keyword3 X, Y or Z.

V Translational velocity

N1first N

1last … N

Ifirst

NI last

First and last list of nodes.

Comment

1. The nodes between N1first

and N1last

. . . NIfirst

and NIlast

have the translational velocity V.



/INTER

Engine Keyword

/INTER - Interface

Description

Describes an Interface.

Format

/INTER

inter_ID Nsearch

Tstart

Tstop

Data Description


Nsearch

Search of closest node every Nsearch

cycle

Tstart

Start time

Tstop

Stop time

Comments

1. An interface can be activated and deactivated using Tstart

and Tstop

.

2. If Nsearch

is not used, any value can be set.



/KEREL

Engine Keyword

/KEREL - Kinetic Energy Relaxation

Description

Kinetic energy relaxation.

Format

/KEREL

Comment

1. Set all velocities to 0 each time the kinetic energy reaches a maximum.



/KEREL/1

Engine Keyword

/KEREL/1 - Kinetic Energy Relaxation for a Group of Nodes

Description

Kinetic energy relaxation applied to node group grnod_ID.

Format

/KEREL/1

grnod_ID

Data Description


Comments

1. Can be used only if Starter Input uses Block Format.

2. Use Modif files to define new node groups (for Modif files, see Modif Input File).



/KILL

Engine Keyword

/KILL - Kill Job

Description

The Engine is stopped if one of the following criteria is exceeded.

Format

/KILL

Emax DM

max DNmax

Data Description

Emax

Energy error ratio criteria is defined as the ratio of energy error to total energy ofthe system. Unlike the error displayed in list files, it has no 99.9% limitation.

Default = 1030

DMmax

Total mass ratio criteria is defined as the total mass at a given time divided by theinitial mass.

Default = 1030

DNmax

Nodal mass ratio criteria is defined for each node as its mass divided by its initialmass. The computation is stopped, if at least one node meets the criteria.

Default = 1030

Comment

1. No restart file is written if the Engine is stopped; due to one of these events (to write a restart file, use /STOP option instead).



/MADYMO

Engine Keyword

/MADYMO - MADYMO-RADIOSS Coupling

Description

Activates MADYMO-RADIOSS coupling.

Format

/MADYMO

lunit

tunit

munit

Data Description

lunit

Length unit conversion factor, must be 1 meter in RADIOSS model unit.

tunit

Time unit conversion factor, must be 1 second in RADIOSS model unit.

munit

Mass unit conversion factor, must be 1 Kg in RADIOSS model unit.

Comments

1. For example, if RADIOSS model units are mm, s, Kg, the factors will be respectively 1000, 1, 1.

2. If using RADIOSS-MADYMO coupling, /MADYMO/ON must be input into every Engine file

(Runname_run#.rad).

3. MADYMO is a registered trademark of TNO Road-Vehicle Research Institute.



/MON

Engine Keyword

/MON - CPU Time Estimation

Description

Provides an estimation of the CPU time spent for each processor.

Format

/MON/Keyword2

Data Description

Keyword2 Activation flag: ON or OFF (default)

For each process, the following information is written:

PROC - Core number

CONT.SORT - CPU time spent in sorting algorithms for contact interfaces

CONT.F - CPU time spent in computing interface forces

ELEMENT - CPU time spent in computing the elements, including material lawcomputation

MAT - CPU time spent in computing the material laws only

KIN.COND. - CPU time spent in computing kinematic conditions

INTEGR. - CPU time spent in time integration

I/O - CPU time spent in input output subroutines

TASK0 - CPU time spent in various non-parallel subroutines, including time spentin ASSEMB

ASSEMB - CPU time spent in forces assembly

RESOL - Total CPU time, except time for reading first restart file

Comments

1. An estimate of the decomposition of the CPU time (in second) is written for each RADIOSS process inthe standard output and in the listing file at the end of the simulation. Percentage of CPU time is addedin the listing file.

2. For SMP, it is recommended to look at percentage rather than amount of CPU time (which is acumulation of the CPU time of all the processes for every process).



3. For SPMD, additional information on communication time (message exchange plus waiting time) isgiven for each process:

PROC: Core number

FORCES: Element forces and contact interfaces exchange

RBY FOR: Rigid body forces exchange

RBY VEL: Rigid bodies velocity updating

VELOCITIES: Elements velocity updating

TOTAL: Total of all previous communications

% CPU: Percentage of previous communications regarding to total CPU

4. In case of MADYMO coupling, the following information is added for each process:

MADYMO: Time spent in MADYMO

5. For Adaptive Meshing, additional information on specific tasks are given for each process:

PROC: Core number

CRITER: Computation of the refinement criteria, plus Refinement and fields mapping

ADAPT FOR: Upload contact forces from the nodes at maximum level to the actual mesh

ADAPT VEL: Download velocities from the actual mesh to the nodes at maximum level

6. The total elapsed time of the run is written to the standard output and the listing file.

7. The option /MON/ON is not available on old Windows platform (wnt).



/OUTP

Engine Keyword

/OUTP - ASCII Formatted Output File

Description

Write ASCII formatted output files.

Format

/OUTP/Keyword2/Keyword3/Keyword4

Data Description

Keyword2 Refer to ASCII Output Files (STY-File)



Comments

1. To have exact format and available functionalities, refer to ASCII Output Files (STY-File).

2. The OUTP files are named according to RADIOSS Starter Input /IOFLAG.



/PARITH

Engine Keyword

/PARITH - Parallel Arithmetic Flag

Description

Turns on/off the parallel arithmetic.

Format

/PARITH/Keyword2

Data Description

Keyword2 ON or OFF

Comments

1. The default value is defined by RADIOSS Starter (Iparith

flag of RADIOSS Starter option /ANALY) for the

first Engine run or by the value of the previous run.

2. If this option is ON, the same numerical results will be obtained whatever the number of processors.This result is not guaranteed in case of incompatible kinematic conditions in the model.

3. For MPP (SPMD) versions, the previous run must be PARITH =ON to be able to use PARITH =ON forthe current run in case of multiple RADIOSS Engine runs.



/PATRAN

Engine Keyword

/PATRAN - Displacement and Element File

Description

Write PATRAN displacement file and element file at a time frequency equal to Tfreq

, the first file being

written at time Tstart

.

Format

/PATRAN

Tstart Tfreq

Data Description

Tstart

Start time

Tfreq

Time frequency

Comments

1. The displacement file name will be “RunnameUnn” and the element file name will be “RunnameEnn”,

where Runname is the Run Name and nn is the Run Number (see /RUN).

2. PATRAN element file “RunnameEnn” contains the following data:

Column 1: Flag = 1, if the element is active

Flag = 0, if the element is deleted

Column 2:p: von Mises equivalent plastic strain.

3. This option is not available for SPMD parallel version.



/PRINT

Engine Keyword

/PRINT - Printout

Description

Sets printout frequency for list file.

Format

/PRINT/Nprint

Data Description

Nprint

Printout every Nprint

cycles on file “Runname_nnnn.out”

Default = -1000

Comment

1. If Nprint

is negative, printout is made in the standard output as well as in the list file. If it is positive, the

printout is only made in the list file.

The energy error in the RADIOSS Engine listing file (_0001.out…_9999.out) is defined as:

where,

Ek: Kinetic energy

Ekr: Rotational kinetic energy

Ei: Internal energy

Ek0: Initial translational kinetic energy

Ekr0: Initial rotational kinetic energy

Ei0: Initial internal energy

Ewk: External work

Ewk0: Initial external work

Hourglass energy is not included in internal energy.

Normal amount of hourglass energy is about 10% to 15%.

Hourglass energy is not a true energy error but a part of internal energy computed with a non-physicalequations. If this energy remains small, the assumptions concerning these equations are acceptable.

Initial values are values at cycle zero and not at time zero.

At time t=0, err% =0 the energy error is bounded at ± 99%.



/PROC

Engine Keyword

/PROC - Number of Processors

Description

Number of processors.

Format

/PROC/N/M

Data Description

N Number of MIMD processors for this run.

M Minimum number of MIMD processors for this run.

Default = N

Comments

1. This option has no effect in the MPP (SPMD) version: the number of processors is defined in RADIOSSStarter by domain decomposition.

2. /PROC is only applied for RADIOSS SMP parallel version (for RADIOSS SPMD parallel version, thenumber of processors is set in the Runname_0000.rad input deck using the /SPMD option).

3. For Flexlm type licenses:

· if the number of available licenses is greater or equal to N, the computation runs normally on Nprocessors.

· if the number of available licenses is between N and M, the computation runs on the number ofavailable processors.

· if the number of available licenses is lower than M, the computation does not run.



/RBODY

Engine Keyword

/RBODY - Activate / Deactivate Rigid Bodies

Description

Given rigid bodies will be activated or deactivated.

Format

/RBODY/Keyword2

rb_D1 ... rb_ID

N

Data Description

Keyword2 Flag of activation: ON or OFF

rb_ID1 ... rb_ID

NList of primary node numbers of rigid bodies.

Comments

1. When switched ON, some part of the previous kinetic energy is accounted for as rotation energy of therigid body.

2. When switched OFF, most of the rotation energy of the rigid body becomes translational kineticenergy.

3. This option can lead to the deactivation of shells and solids entirely connected to a given rigid body, asshown below:

Activation flag Effect on elements Effect on rigid bodies

On deactivated activated

Off activated deactivated

Default (first run) deactivated activated

Default (subsequent runs) as previous run as previous run

4. A limitation with the /RBODY/OFF option occurs on the solid or thick shell formulation in case of a rigidbody is set off, and next set on:

The stresses in solid elements included into the rigid body are non-zero, but do not turn with the rigidbody rotations while the rigid body is set on.

Consequently, there will be an error if the rigid body is next set off for:

· 8 node bricks and Isolid

=1, 2, 12;

· 4 node tetrahedra;

· 10 node tetrahedra;

· 16 node thick shells and 20 nodes bricks.



5. The limitation does not apply to:

· 8 node bricks Isolid

= 1, 2 and 12 with Iframe

=2;

· 8 node bricks and thick shells type HA8, HEPH and HSEPH;

· 6 node pentahedra PA6.



/RERUN

Engine Keyword

/RERUN - Continue a Previous RADIOSS Run

Description

Permits to continue a previous RADIOSS run.

Format

/RERUN/Run Name/Run Number

Data Description

Run Name Character variable that identifies the problem solved.

(Character, minimum 4; maximum 80 characters)

Run Number 1, 2, . . .

Comments

1. The Run Number is the same as the previous RADIOSS run.

2. In case of control file a "CHECK_DATA" file is automatically created by RADIOSS Engine with thisoption by using /CHKPT in command control file Runname_run#.ctl. This file can be used to restart

the computation as input file for RADIOSS Engine instead for "runname_run#.rad".

3. It is also possible to put such option inside a "CHECK_DATA" file created directly by the user.



/RFILE

Engine Keyword

/RFILE - Writes a Restart R-File

Description

Writes a Restart R-File.

Format

/RFILE

Ncycle Iread Iwrite

Data Description

Ncycle

Cycle frequency to write R-file

Default = 5000

Iread

Flag for the type of the R-file read

= 0: Built-in type at the installation of RADIOSS

= 1: Binary

= 2: Coded ASCII 32 bits

= 3: Binary IEEE 64 bits

Iwrite

Flag for the type of the R-file written


= 1: Binary





/RFILE/n

Engine Keyword

/RFILE - Rewrites a Restart R-File

Description

Rewrites a Restart R-File.

Format

/RFILE/n

Ncycle Iread Iwrite

Data Description

n Number of restart files to be written.

Ncycle

Cycle frequency to write R-file

Default = 5000

Iread

Flag for the type of the R-file read


= 1: Binary



Iwrite

Flag for the type of the R-file written


= 1: Binary



Comments

1. Up to n files may be written: Restart files are cyclically overwritten. To check which restart file is thelast, read the list file.

2. The name of written restart is ROOT_i_CPU_I.rst, ROOT_i_CPU_J.rst ..., where i is the run

number.

For example: if n=3, the first restart written is ROOT_i_CPU_I.rst, the second is ROOT_i_CPU_J.rst,

the third is ROOT_i_CPU_K.rst, then ROOT_i_CPU_I.rst is overwritten.

3. Consequently, with this /RFILE/n option, it is necessary to use option: /RUN/Run Name/Run Number/Restart Letter.



/RUN

Engine Keyword

/RUN - Run Number

Description

Identifies the run number.

Format

/RUN/Run Name/Run Number

Tstop

Data Description



Run Number 1, 2, ...

Tstop

Final time for the run.

Comment

1. If using MADYMO-RADIOSS coupling option, the final time for the run taken into account is not Tstop

,

but the final time defined in MADYMO input.



/RUN/Run Name/Run Number/Restart Letter

Engine Keyword

/RUN - Run Number for Restart

Description

Identifies the run number.

Format

/RUN/Run Name/Run Number/Restart Letter

Tstop

Data Description



Run Number 1, 2, ...

Restart Letter I, J, K , . . . if several restarts were saved in the previous run.

Tstop

Final time for the run.

Comment

1. If using MADYMO-RADIOSS coupling option, the final time for the run taken into account is not Tstop

,

but the final time defined in MADYMO input.



/SHSUB

Engine Keyword

/SHSUB - Activate New Sub-cycling

Description

Allows to activate new sub-cycling option, for which Isubcycle

=2 in the /ANALY RADIOSS Starter option

should be specified (refer to the RADIOSS Starter).

Format

/SHSUB/NSH print/NSH ctrl

Data Description

NSH print Defines the listing output frequency (in the L00n file or .out file in new

extension) for the shell elements, over sub-cycles (that is to say over the onlycycles for which internal forces of shell elements are computed).

NSH ctrl Since in case of the sub-cycling time step falls down, shells may need to becomputed each cycle and this process may become some more CPU timeconsuming than deactivating sub-cycling.

Default = 1000

Comments

1. It is possible to make a run with sub-cycling and to switch after restart to a non sub-cycling (i.e.standard) computation, and reciprocally.

2. NSH print defines the listing output frequency (in the L00n file or .out file in new extension) for the

shell elements, over subcycles (that is to say over the only cycles for which internal forces of shellelements are computed).

With a negative value, the printing is also done to the standard output.

This additional output to the .out file for RADIOSS Engine will be written with frequency NSH_print

over subcycles:

in case of /DT/SHNOD (nodal time step for SHELL and SH3N elements sub-cycling):

NC T DTSUB NODE SUBCYCLE

· NC = Current cycle number

· T = Current time· DTSUB = Time step for sub-cycling· NODE = node_ID· SUBCYCLE = Sub-cycle number

At this time, the node_ID gives the time step for sub-cycling.



else:

NC T DTSUB SHELL or SH3N SUBCYCLE

· NC = Current cycle number

· T = Current time· DTSUB = Time step for sub-cycling· SHELL or SH3N shell_ID or sh3n_ID· SUBCYCLE = Sub-cycle number

At this time, the shell_ID or sh3n_ID gives the time step for sub-cycling.

3. NSH ctrl has been introduced with the /SHSUB keyword, since in case of the sub-cycling time stepfalls down, shells may need to be computed each cycle and this process may become some moreCPU time consuming than deactivating sub-cycling.

Indeed, shells and 3-nodes shell elements are computed each Dt time step, corresponding to the Dtstability time step for shells: sub-cycling time step is a stability time step related to shells.

NSH ctrl: if NSH ctrl cycles are computed without sub-cycling, that is to say if shell elements arecomputed each cycle during NSH ctrl consecutive cycles, the sub-cycling method will be deactivatedby RADIOSS Engine.

4. Shells and 3-nodes shell elements are computed each Dt time step, corresponding to the Dt stabilitytime step for shells: sub-cycling time step is a stability time step related to shells.

5. In case of element time step (/DT/NODA is not specified into RADIOSS Engine Input deck):

with, lc is the characteristic length

c is the sound speed of the related material

Parameters of the option /DT/SHELL will be considered, especially for the value of DTsca

(default value

is 0.9). Parameters of the sub-options /DT/SHELL/Keyword3 will be normally considered.

6. In case of nodal time step (/DT/NODA is specified into RADIOSS Engine Input deck).

with, m is the nodal mass,

Ksh is the stiffness corresponding to the connected shells,

DTsca

is the value given in /DT/NODA option but may be changed by using the option

/DT/SHNOD.



/SHVER/V51

Engine Keyword

/SHVER/V51

Description

The new large rotational body motion formulation for QEPH, QBAT and DKT18 will be deactivated.



/STATE/BRICK/AUX/FULL (New!)

Engine Keyword

/STATE/BRICK/AUX/FULL - Internal Variable State for Solid

Description

Describes the internal variable state for solid.

Format

/STATE/BRICK/AUX/FULL

Comment

1. A block /INIBRI/AUX is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option.



/STATE/BRICK/STRAIN/FULL (New!)

Engine Keyword

/STATE/BRICK/STRAIN/FULL - Strain State for Solid

Description

Describes the strain state for solid.

Format

/STATE/BRICK/STRAIN/FULL

Comment

1. A block /INIBRI/STRA_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option.



/STATE/BRICK/STRES/FULL (New!)

Engine Keyword

/STATE/BRICK/STRES/FULL - Stress State for Solid

Description

Describes the stress state for solid.

Format

/STATE/BRICK/STRES/FULL

Comment

1. A block /INIBRI/STRS_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option.



/STATE/DT

Engine Keyword

/STATE/DT - Writes State File

Description

Writes the state file.

Format

/STATE/DT

Tstart

Tfreq

part_ID1... part_ID

N

Data Description

Tstart

Start time

Tfreq

Time frequency

part_ID1 ... part_ID

NList of parts

Comments

1. Writes state files (.sta ) at a time frequency equal to Tfreq

, the first file being written at time Tstart

.

The state file name is Runname_nnn#.sta, where Runname is the Run Name (see /RUN) and nnn#

is the file number (4 digits) from 0001 to 9999.

A state file gets a format which makes it possible to include it into a _0000.rad file for RADIOSS

Starter.

2. The nodes IDs and actual coordinates of the corresponding nodes are written in each state file into a /NODE block.

The shell IDs and connectivities of the corresponding shells are written in each state file into a /SHELL/part_ID block.

The 3-node shell IDs and connectivities of the corresponding 3-node shells are written in each state fileinto a /SH3N/part_ID block.

The fields (stresses, ...) asked for output into the state files are written only for the elements belongingto those parts.

3. It is recommended to use /STATE/SHELL/STRESS/FULL, /STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL and /STATE/SHELL/STRAIN/FULL for being able to completely restore the state of shells and 3-node shells in ageneral case.

4. In case of adaptive meshing, a /STATE/ADMESH block is written, which includes the description of themesh data structure. This block is needed for running another stage.



/STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL

Engine Keyword

/STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL - Internal Variable State for Shell

Description

Describes the internal variable state for shell.

Format

/STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL

Comments

1. A block /INISHE/AUX is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the additional internal variables which might be needed for the state of the shells to becompletely restored.

2. A block /INISH3/AUX is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option;including the additional internal variables, which might be needed for the state of the shells to becompletely restored.

3. No block is written for a part if its shells or 3-node shells do not use any additional internal variable.



/STATE/SHELL/EPSP/FULL

Engine Keyword

/STATE/SHELL/EPSP/FULL - Epsilon Plastic State for Shell

Description

Describes the Epsilon plastic state for shell.

Format

/STATE/SHELL/EPSP/FULL

Comments

1. A block /INISHE/EPSP_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full plastic strain description of the shells belonging to it.

2. A block /INISH3/EPSP_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full plastic strain description of the 3-node shells belonging to it.



/STATE/SHELL/ORTHL (New!)

Engine Keyword

/STATE/SHELL/ORTHL - Orthotropy Direction for Shell

Description

Describes the orthotropy direction for shell.

Format

/STATE/SHELL/ORTHL

Comments

1. A block /INISHE/ORTH_LOC is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DToption.

2. A block /INISH3/ORTH_LOC is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DToption.



/STATE/SHELL/STRAIN/FULL

Engine Keyword

/STATE/SHELL/STRAIN/FULL - Strain State for Shell

Description

Describes the strain state for shell.

Format

/STATE/SHELL/STRAIN/FULL

Comments

1. A block /INISHE/STRA_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full strain tensor of the shells belonging to it.

2. A block /INISH3/STRA_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full strain tensor of the 3-node shells belonging to it.



/STATE/SHELL/STRESS/FULL

Engine Keyword

/STATE/SHELL/STRESS/FULL - Stress State for Shell

Description

Describes the stress state for shell.

Format

/STATE/SHELL/STRESS/FULL

Comments

1. A block /INISHE/STRS_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full stress tensor of the shells belonging to it.

2. A block /INISH3/STRS_F is written into each state file, for each part declared into /STATE/DT option,including the full stress tensor of the 3-node shells belonging to it.



/STOP

Engine Keyword

/STOP - Stops the Engine

Description

The Engine is stopped, due to energy error ratio criteria.

Format

/STOP

Emax DM

max DNmax NTH NANIM

Data Description

Emax

Energy error ratio criteria

Default = 1030

DMmax

Total mass ratio criteria

Default = 1030

DNmax

Nodal mass ratio criteria

Default = 1030

NTH Default = 1030

= 0: the Engine is stopped without Time History file

= 1: a Time History file is written if the Engine is stopped; due to energy error ratiocriteria.

NANIM Default = 1030

= 0: the Engine is stopped without animation file

= 1: an animation file is written if the Engine is stopped; due to energy error ratiocriteria.

Comments

1. The energy error ratio criteria is defined as the ratio of energy error to total energy of the system.Unlike the error displayed in list files, it has no 99.9% limitation.

2. The total mass criteria is defined as the ratio of total mass at a given time divided by the initial mass.

3. The nodal mass ratio criteria is defined for each node as the ratio of its mass divided by its initial mass. The computation is stopped, if at least one node meets the criteria.

4. A restart file is written if the Engine is stopped; due to one of these events.



/TFILE

Engine Keyword

/TFILE - Type of T-file

Description

Sets type of T-file “Runname_#run.thy”.

Format

/TFILE/Type

DThis

Data Description

Type Omitted: Built in type at the installation of RADIOSS

= 1: Binary (not readable by most RADIOSS post-processors)


= 3: ASCII


DThis

Time frequency to write data on history plot file T-file.

Comment

1. Recommended options are default or 4.



/@TFILE

Engine Keyword

/@TFILE - Time History File

Description

The time at which the time history file begins.

Format

/@TFILE

Tstart DT

sampling N1 N2 … N

N

Data Description

Tstart

Time at which the time history file begins to be written.

DTsampling

Time frequency to write data on file.

N1 , N2 … N

NList of nodes

Comments

1. The name of the time history file is “Runname@Tnn”.

2. Only nodal velocities are saved in the file.

3. When restarted if the user specifies again the @TFILE parameters (Tstart

, DTsampling

, list of nodes and

the variables), the filtering is reinitialized and this may result in non-contiguous TFILE. For a cleanrestart, just specify the keyword /TFILE without any parameters at all.



/@TFILE/Keyword2

Engine Keyword

/@TFILE - Time History File

Description

The time at which the time history file begins.

Format

/@TFILE/Keyword2

Data Description

Keyword2 Option type:

ACC - Acceleration

P - Pressure

VEL - Velocity

CONT - Continue

Comment

1. For a Runname_000i.rad with i ³ 2 , it is necessary to use the /@TFILE/CONT (instead of

/@TFILE) to continue the computation.



/TH/VERS

Engine Keyword

/TH/VERS - Generates Time History

Description

Generates the Time History files in RADIOSS environment post-processing format “Version Number”.

Format

/TH/VERS/Version Number

Data Description

Version Number RADIOSS version number 41 or 51

Default = 41



/TITLE

Engine Keyword

/TITLE - Title

Description

Input a Title.

Format

/TITLE

Title

Data Description

Title Title


Comment

1. The slash character “/ ” is not allowed in the title definition.



/VEL/ROT

Engine Keyword

/VEL/ROT - Rotational Velocity

Description

Given node numbers have the same rotational velocity in a specified direction X, Y or Z.

Format

/VEL/ROT/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1 N2 … N

N

Data Description

Keyword3 A combination of X, Y, Z:

X, Y, Z, XY, XZ, YZ, YX, ZX, XYZ, YXZ, . . .

skew_ID Skew identifier (optional).

If omitted, the equation is written in the global skew system; otherwise it isapplied in the given skew_ID.

N1

N2 … N

NList of node numbers having the same velocity

Comment

1. Given node numbers have the same rotational velocity in a specified direction X, Y or Z:



/VEL/TRA

Engine Keyword

/VEL/TRA - Translational Velocity

Description

Given node numbers have the same velocity in a specified direction X, Y or Z for material translationaldegrees of freedom.

Format

/VEL/TRA/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1 N2

… NN

Data Description


X, Y, Z, XY, XZ, YZ, YX, ZX, XYZ, YXZ, . . .


If omitted, the equation is written in the global skew system; otherwise it isapplied in the given skew_ID.

N1

N2 … N

NList of node numbers having the same velocity

Comment

1. Given node numbers have the same velocity in a specified direction X, Y or Z for material translationaldegrees of freedom (Rigid links):



/VERS

Engine Keyword

/VERS - Version Number

Description

Identifies the input data version number.

Format

/VERS/Version Number

Data Description

Version Number RADIOSS Input Manual version number 100

Comments

1. This keyword is compulsory.

2. This option represents the input format version for RADIOSS Engine.

3. The number version must be coherent with the number version in RADIOSS Starter.

4. The RADIOSS Engine and Starter Input files must have an extension corresponding to the format used(see the RADIOSS Starter Input manual).



ALE and SPH

The input deck is divided into sections identified by keywords separated by the slash character " / ":

/Keyword1/Keyword2/Keyword3/ . . .

This section of the manual contains information on specific keywords used in an ALE computation:

/ALE ALE Parameters

/ALESUB Fluid/Structure Subcycling

/BCS Boundary Conditions

/BCSR Boundary Conditions

/UPWM Upwind Formulation

The sections may be input in any order and may appear several times.

Comment lines should begin with a # or $.

Input data are read in free format with 100 characters per line of data. Every variable must be given andmust be separated by at least one blank.

The first character of the free format input file Runname_run#.rad must be a #.

If a non-compulsory section is missing, default values will be taken.



/ALE

Engine Keyword

/ALE - DONEA Grid Velocity Formulation for ALE

Description

Sets parameters for DONEA grid velocity formulation of ALE.

Format

/ALE

a g Fscalex Fscale

y Fscalez Vmin

Data Description

a Coefficient in DONEA’s formula for grid velocity calculation

(Real)

g Grid velocity limitation factor W < g V

(Real)

Fscalex

X grid velocity scale factor

(Real)

Fscaley

Y grid velocity scale factor

(Real)

Fscalez

Z grid velocity scale factor

(Real)

Vmin

Minimum volume for element deletion

(Real)

Comment

1. For more details, refer to ALE Grid Calculation of the RADIOSS User's Guide.



/ALE/2

Engine Keyword

/ALE - ALE Parameters for ALE

Description

Sets parameters for RADIOSS grid velocity formulation for ALE.

Format

/ALE/2

Dt0 g h n V

min

Data Description

Dt0

Typical time step

(Real)

g Non-linearity factor

Range: [0;1] (Real)


(Real)

n Shear scale factor

(Real)

Vmin


(Real)

Comments

1. See /ALE/SPRING in the RADIOSS Starter manual.

2. The Dt0 must be greater than the actual time step used in simulation.

3. The g is used to prevent the time step from dropping due to element collapse.

g = 1 means no non-linear effects

0 < g < 1 means less weight is given to elements that do not collapse

4. For more details, refer to ALE Grid Calculation in the RADIOSS User's Guide.



/ALE/3

Engine Keyword


Description

When this keyword is used instead of /ALE or /ALE/2, no grid calculation is performed. Grid does notmove, unless constrained otherwise.

Format

/ALE/3

Dt0 g h n V

min

Data Description

Dt0

Typical time step

(Real)


(Real)


(Real)


(Real)

Vmin


(Real)

Comments


2. The g is used to prevent the time step from dropping by element collapse.



3. For more details, refer to ALE Grid Calculation in the RADIOSS User's Guide.



/ALE/4

Engine Keyword


Description

Sets the RADIOSS Standard formulation.

Format

/ALE/4

Dt0 g h n V

min

Data Description

Dt0

Typical time step




Vmin


Comments


2. The g is used to prevent the time step from dropping by element collapse.





/ALESUB

Engine Keyword

/ALESUB - Fluid / Structure Sub-cycling

Description

Sub-cycling on Lagrangian parts.

Format

/ALESUB

DTsca

dummy

Data Description

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for fluid parts

dummy Dummy real variable (actually not used)

Comments

1. The DTsca

must be less than or equal to 1.0. A value of 1.0 is recommended.

2. If DTsca

is equal to 1.0, then the time step of fluid parts is equal to the critical time step of fluid.



/ANIM/CUT/1

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/CUT/1 - Section Cut on the Deformed Geometry

Description

Defines a section cut on a deformed geometry.

Format

/ANIM/CUT/1

Name

x0 y

0 z

0 nx n

y n

z V

Data Description

Name Name of the cut

x0 y

0 z

0Coordinates of a reference point

nx n

y n

z Normal vector

V Velocity

Comments

1. A plane cut is defined in the deformed geometry by the coordinates of a reference point (x0 y

0 z

0) and a

normal vector (nx n

y n

z ). The plane cut moves along the normal vector with velocity V.

2. When using the mass option /ANIM/MASS, the balance displayed in the post-processing is thevolumetric flux.

3. This keyword is not available for SPMD version.



/ANIM/CUT/2

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/CUT/2 - Section Cut on the Initial Geometry

Description

Defines a section cut on the initial geometry.

Format

/ANIM/CUT/2

Name

x0 y

0 z0 n

x n

y n

z V

Data Description

Name Name of the section cut

x0 y

0 z

0Coordinates of a reference point

nx n

y n

z Normal vector

V Velocity

Comments

1. The deformed plane cut is defined in the initial geometry by the coordinates of a reference point

(x0 y

0 z0

) and a normal vector (nx n

y n

z ). The plane cut moves along the normal vector with velocity V.





/ANIM/CUT/3

Engine Keyword

/ANIM/CUT/3 - Section Cut on the Deformed Geometry by Three Nodes

Description

Defines a section cut on a deformed geometry using three nodes.

Format

/ANIM/CUT/3

Name

N1 N2 N

3

Data Description

Name Name of the section cut

N1 N

2 N

3Nodes

Comments

1. A plane cut is defined in the deformed geometry using 3 nodes N1 N

2 N

3





/BCS/ALE

Engine Keyword

/BCS/ALE - Boundary Conditions

Description

Given node numbers will be constrained in specified directions X, Y or Z for grid degrees of freedom: W = 0.

Format

/BCS/ALE/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1, N

2, . . ., N

N

Data Description

Keyword3 Is any combination of X, Y, Z:



If omitted, the boundary conditions are applied in the global skew system;otherwise they are applied in the given skew_ID.

N1, N

2 ... N

NList of nodes numbers to which the boundary conditions will be applied.



/BCS/LAG

Engine Keyword

/BCS/LAG - Lagrange Multiplier Boundary Conditions

Description

Given node numbers will be lagrangian in specified directions X, Y or Z: V = W.

Format

/BCS/LAG/Keyword3/skew_ID

N1, N

2, . . ., N

N

Data Description




If omitted, the boundary conditions are applied in the global skew system;otherwise they are applied in the given skew_ID.

N1, N

2 ... N

NList of node numbers to which the boundary conditions will be applied.



/BCSR/ALE

Engine Keyword

/BCSR/ALE - Node Numbers for Boundary Condition

Description

Given node numbers will be released in specified directions X, Y or Z for grid degrees of freedom.

Format

/BCSR/ALE/Keyword3

N1, N

2, . . ., N

N

Data Description



N1, N

2 ... N

NList of node numbers for boundary conditions release.



/BCSR/LAG

Engine Keyword

/BCSR/LAG - Node Numbers for Lagrange Multiplier Boundary Condition

Description

Given node numbers will no longer be lagrangian in specified directions X, Y or Z.

Format

/BCS/LAG/Keyword3

N1, N

2, . . ., N

N

Data Description



N1, N

2 ... N

NList of node numbers for boundary conditions release.



/DT/SPHCEL

Engine Keyword

/DT/SPHCEL - SPH Cells Time Step

Description

Generates the SPH cells time step.

Format

/DT/SPHCEL

DTsca

DTmin

Data Description

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for option "SPHCEL"

DTmin

Minimum time step for option "SPHCEL"

Comments

1. /DT/NODA is compatible with SPH.

2. Nodal time step is generally more robust.



/DT/SPHCEL/Keyword3

Engine Keyword

/DT/SPHCEL - SPH Cells Time Step Control

Description

Generates the SPH cells time step control type.

Format

/DT/SPHCEL/Keyword3

DTsca DT

min

Data Description


STOP - The run will stop, if the SPH cells time step reaches DTmin

and a restart

file will be written.

DEL - The SPH cell which fixes the SPH cells time step is removed, if DTmin

is

reached.

KILL - The computation is killed, if the SPH cells time step reaches DTmin

DTsca

Scale factor on time step for option "SPHCEL"

DTmin

Minimum time step for option "SPHCEL"

Comment

1. This option can be used with the /DT/NODA option. In such a case, the criteria for deleting a SPH cell(or stopping, killing the computation) is:

with K* the stiffness based on SPH interaction.



/INCMP

Engine Keyword

/INCMP - Quasi-incompressible Formulation

Description

Quasi-incompressible formulation for fluid material (compatible with type 6 and 11).

Format

/INCMP

Comment

1. This option should not be used when non-fluid materials are present or if k- turbulence or heat transferare active.



/UPWM/SUPG

Engine Keyword

/UPWM/SUPG - Streamline Upwind Petrov Galerkin

Description

Describes the streamline upwind Petrov Galerkin formula.

Format

/UPWM/SUPG

fac h

Data Description

fac Standard SUPG formulation is obtained for fac = 1 (recommended value).

h Element characteristic length

Comments

1. The Galerkin weighting functions (shape function ) are modified to integrate the momentum convection

term :

with

and

2. The /SUPG and /TG options are available in 3D Euler and ALE and 2D Euler, although they are notrecommended in axisymmetric cases. The 2D ALE enhanced upwinding options will be available infurther versions.



/UPWM/TG

Engine Keyword

/UPWM/TG - Taylor Galerkin Upwind

Description

Describes the streamline upwind Taylor Galerkin formula.

Format

/UPWM/TG

fac

Data Description

fac Standard SUPG formulation is obtained for fac = 1 (recommended value).

Comments

1. A Taylor development is applied on velocity vector and substituted in Navier Stokes equations.Integration is performed using standard Bubnov Galerkin integration.

2. Best results are obtained for fac = 1/M, with being the Mach number.

3. The /SUPG and /TG options are available in 3D Euler and ALE and 2D Euler, although they are notrecommended in axisymmetric cases. The 2D ALE enhanced upwinding options will be available infurther versions.



/VEL/ALE

Engine Keyword

/VEL/ALE - Velocity

Description

Given node numbers have the same grid velocity in a specified direction or combination of directions (ALElinks).

Format

/VEL/ALE/Keyword3/Option

M1

M2

N1 N

2 … N

I … N

N

Data Description


X, Y, Z, XY, XZ, YZ, YX, ZX, ZY, XYZ, YXZ, . . .

Option

= 0:

= 1: WN1

= WM1

if

WN1

= WM2

if

= -1: WN1

= WM1

if

WN1

= WM2

if

M1

First node number

M2

Second node number

Ni

Slave node number



H3D Output File

The .h3d file is a compressed binary file, containing both model and result data. It can be used to post-

process results in Altair HyperView.

File Creation

The .h3d file is created after an RADIOSS Engine run by translating the RunnameAnnn files thru hvtrans.

The RADIOSS script automatically takes care of this.

File Contents

The .h3d file contains node and element definitions in addition to the following results:

Result Description

Vector Data Velocities, displacements, accelerations, contact forces,internal forces, external forces, forces and moments for rigidbodies, rigid walls and sections, rotational velocities, fluidvelocities (for incompressible fluid flow by BEM).

Output is controlled by /ANIM/VECT.

Element Data Spring damage, density, energy, plastic strain, equivalent strainrate, failed layers, hourglass energy, pressure, stress tensor,temperature, thickness, von Mises stress, user law results.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/Eltyp/Restype.

Nodal Mass Nodal mass results.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/MASS.

Nodal Data Time step, mass variation, added inertia per node.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/NODA.



Animation Output File (A-File)

The RunnameAnnn file is a binary file, containing both model and result data. It can be used to post-

process results in Altair HyperView.

File Creation

The RunnameAnnn files are created during a RADIOSS Engine run. These files are written under the

name RunnameAnnn, with nnn being the output file number.

File Contents

The RunnameAnnn files contain node and element definitions, in addition to the following results:

Result Description

Vector Data Velocities, displacements, accelerations, contact forces, internalforces, external forces, forces and moments for rigid bodies, rigidwalls and sections, rotational velocities, fluid velocities (forincompressible fluid flow by BEM).

Output is controlled by /ANIM/VECT.

Element Data Spring damage, density, energy, plastic strain, equivalent strainrate, failed layers, hourglass energy, pressure, stress tensor,temperature, thickness, von Mises stress, user law results.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/Eltyp/Restype.

Nodal Mass Nodal mass results.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/MASS.

Nodal Data Time step, mass variation, added inertia per node.

Output is controlled by /ANIM/NODA.



ASCII Output File (STY-File)

ASCII Output files are formatted output files from RADIOSS Starter and RADIOSS Engine.

The purpose of these files is:

· Provide users with an ASCII output format displaying information similar to that displayed byanimation files.

· Input format for initial stress or strain files.

By default these files are written under the name Runname_run#.sty (Irootyy ¹ 2), or RunnameYnnn (if

Irootyy = 2) according to the /IOFLAG keyword (Irootyy flag) in the RADIOSS Starter.

With,

nnn being the output file number.

run# is the RADIOSS run number (4 digits) from 0000 to 9999.

This provides a description of the output files and initial conditions in case of OutyyFMT

¹ 2 (in the /IOFLAG

keyword), which is the default, writing 10 digits integer and 20 digits real.

Previous format can be retrieved by using OutyyFMT

= 2, writing the same information with 8 digits integer

and 16 digits real.

Runname_0000.sty Files

The Runname_0000.sty file (flag Ioutp = 1 in the /IOFLAG keyword) is created by RADIOSS Starter.

#RADIOSS STARTER/BEGIN/1EPROUV9 100 0 1 1 1 1 1 1#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|--7--|--8--|--9--|--10--|#- 1. CONTROL CARDS:#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|--7--|--8--|--9--|--10--|

/TITLEeprouvette eprouvette/SPMD# DOMDEC SPMD DECMOT 0 0 0/IOFLAG# IPRI IRTYP IGTYP IOUTP OUTYY IROOTYY IRTYP_R 5 0 0 1 0 0 0



This file contains general information on the model and is compulsory in order to be able to use subsequentoutput files.

Runname_0000.sty file information is structured in sets, using the following syntax:

/“Keyword” -> type of information

Full name of information

#FORMAT: -> data format (in Fortran) for this set.

Format is always I10 for (Integers) and G20 for (Real).

# -> name of each data

data values

Comments

1. The first column of data represents the system number. The second column is the user number. Element definition always refers to system numbers.

# SYSNOD USRNOD X Y Z MASS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

97.98561000000

95.97123000000

93.95684050000

91.94245910000

89.92807010000

0.000000000000

2.000000000000

4.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

4.5971794829250E-03

9.2036861619406E-03

9.2223408546703E-03

4.6158341756547E-03

9.2299679301626E-03

9.2280286296261E-03

9.2277378193729E-03

9.2276929864920E-03

9.2277011693767E-03

2. The three first lines of an element are always written, even if there is no element of that type. In such acase, a line is left blank below the option.

3. First line is always: “#RADIOSS Output File V100 RunnameY000” or “#RADIOSS Output File V100

Runname_nnnn.sty” according to the /IOFLAG keyword.

4. The second line contains “/HEAD”, and the third is the title of the model (format is A100).

#RADIOSS OUTPUT FILE V100 EPROUV9_0000.sty/HEADeprouvette eprouvette/CONTROL

5. The Y000 file always finishes with the keyword “/ENDDATA”.

6. The dummy material which is added (by RADIOSS) in the Runname_run#.sty file, corresponds to a

part which has no material.



Example of Runname_0000.sty file

#RADIOSS OUTPUT FILE V100 EPROUV9_0000.sty/HEADeprouvette eprouvette/CONTROLControl information#FORMAT: (3I10)# NUMMID NUMPID NUMNOD 2 1 257#FORMAT: (7I10)# NUMSOL NUMQUAD NUMSHEL NUMTRUS NUMBEAM NUMSPRI NUMSH3N NUMSPH 0 0 201 0 0 0 1 0/MIDMaterial ID information#FORMAT: (2I10,A40)# SYSMID USRMID MIDHEAD 1 1Aluminum 2 0 1 1Aluminum 2 0/PIDProperty ID information#FORMAT: (2I10,A40)# SYSPID USRPID PIDHEAD 1 1SHELL1/NODENode information#FORMAT: (2I10,1P4G20.13)

# SYSNOD USRNOD X Y Z MASS

1

2

3

4

5

6

...

252

253

254

255

256

257

13

14

15

16

17

18

264

265

266

267

268

269

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

97.98561000000

95.97123000000

22.20058060000

20.35965920000

18.43960000000

16.37709050000

26.66163060000

27.37936020000

0.000000000000

2.000000000000

4.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

6.000000000000

7.871591090000

7.975081920000

8.038662910000

7.423943040000

5.785517220000

6.667780880000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

4.5971794829250E-03

9.2036861619406E-03

9.2223408546703E-03

4.6158341756547E-03

9.2299679301626E-03

9.2280286296261E-03

1.3203580299031E-02

1.3296822618648E-02

1.2771153691379E-02

1.7959449093123E-02

6.9816971462593E-03

1.0771730901883E-02



/SOLID3d Solid Elements#FORMAT: (4I10/8X,8I10)# SYSSOL USRSOL SYSMID SYSPID#SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4 SYSNOD5 SYSNOD6 SYSNOD7 SYSNOD8

/QUAD2d Solid Elements#FORMAT: (8I10)#SYSQUAD USRQUAD SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4

/SHELL3d Shell Elements#FORMAT: (8I10)#SYSSHEL USRSHEL SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4

1

2

3

4

5

6

...

196

197

198

199

200

201

1

2

3

4

5

6

196

197

198

199

200

201

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

53

59

3

109

110

114

253

249

254

248

214

213

54

60

4

1

55

56

156

241

157

249

235

212

55

61

5

2

56

57

157

253

204

255

256

257

110

111

112

113

114

115

254

254

255

250

257

256

/TRUSS3d Truss Elements#FORMAT: (6I10)#SYSTRUS USRTRUS SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2

/BEAM3d Beam Elements#FORMAT: (7I10)#SYSBEAM USRBEAM SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3

/SPRING3d Spring Elements#FORMAT: (6I10)#SYSSPRI USRSPRI SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2

/SHELL3N3d Shell Elements (Triangle)#FORMAT: (7I10)#SYSSH3N USRSH3N SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3

1 200 1 1 249 254 255



/SPHCELSPH particles#FORMAT: (4I10/10X,I10)#SYSSPH USRSPH SYSMID SYSPID#SYSNOD

/ENDDATA

Runname_run#.sty Files

The Runname_run#.sty is written by entering the following keyword in RADIOSS Engine files:

/OUTP/DT

Tstart Tfreq

OUTP files are written with a time frequency Tfreq, the first file being written at time Tstart.

Data is written in the same format as in the Runname_0000.sty file.

Runname_run#.sty files contain the following default information:

#RADIOSS Output File V100 Runname_run#.sty (or RunnameYnnn)

With Runname being the root name of the computation and nnn the number of the file written (or run# is

the RADIOSS run number (4 digits) from 0000 to 9999).

· /GLOBAL

Contains: Time, internal energy, kinetic energy, rotational kinetic energy, external force work for thecomplete model.

· /MATER /material number (internal number, 10 digits)

First line contains: User number, internal energy, kinetic energy.

Second line contains: X momentum, Y momentum, Z momentum.

· /NODAL /VECTOR /COORDINATE

Nodal coordinates.

Other information may be output using the following keywords in the Engine file:

· /OUTP/Keyword2 for scalar information.

· /OUTP/ELEM/Keyword3 for element scalar information.

· /OUTP/VECT/Keyword3 for vector information.

· /OUTP/BRIC/Keyword3/Keyword4 for Brick tensor information.

· /OUTP/SHEL/Keyword3/Keyword4 for Shell tensor information.

Keywords are the same as for Animation files, except:



EPSDOT is not available as a scalar, but is available for shells as a tensor.

/OUTP/BRIC/STRESS gives the stress tensor for bricks, keywords SIGX, SIGY ... are notavailable.

Variables are given by the following lines:

· /OUTP/Keyword2/Keyword3/Keyword4

Each keyword is formatted on 10 characters.

Keyword2 is the type of node / element: NODAL, SHELL, SOLID

Keyword3 is the type of variable: SCALAR, VECTOR, TENSOR

Keyword4 is the name of the variable

Variables are written in the order of their system number. For shell elements, 4-node elements arewritten first, followed by 3-node elements.

Output files always finish with the keyword ‘/ENDDATA’.

Examples of Runname_0001.rad

#/RUN/EPROUV9/1 12.0/VERS/100/TFILE 0.01/OUTP/DT 0. 1./ANIM/DT 0. 1./OUTP/VECT/VEL/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/FULL/ANIM/VECT/VEL/ANIM/TENS/STRESS/MEMB/PRINT/-1000/DT.9 0



Examples of Runname_run#.sty file

Example 1 of Runname_run#.sty file: /OUTP/VECT/VEL and /OUTP/SHEL/STRES/FULL

#RADIOSS OUTPUT FILE V21 EPROUV9_0010.sty/GLOBAL

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)# TIME INTERNAL_ENERGY KINETIC_ENERGY ROT_KINE_ENERGY EXTE_FORCE_WORK 9.000111083E+00 1.357631886E+04 1.666602726E+00 0.000000000E+00 1.359153695E+04/MATER / 1Aluminum#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13/8X,1P3E20.13)# USRMID#

INTERNAL_ENERGYX_MOMENTUM

KINETIC_ENERGYY_MOMENTUM

MASSZ_MOMENTUM

1 1.3576318859737E+04

-3.3636868217057E+00

1.6675416053608E+00

-2.4041759507834E-02

3.4529315766414E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

/NODAL /VECTOR /COORDINATE Coordinates#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13)# USRNOD X Y Z

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

...263

264

265

266

267

268

269

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

9.7108410321861E+01

9.4277597991837E+01

9.1543707124861E+01

8.8914474260967E+01

8.6379624275565E+01

1.4970008417489E+01

1.3200469517489E+01

1.1359548117489E+01

9.4394889174888E+00

7.3769794174889E+00

1.7666488221320E+01

1.8385100103602E+01

0.0000000000000E+00

1.6595734310714E+00

3.3212858078736E+00

4.9872853519832E+00

5.0160671975751E+00

5.0930401416993E+00

5.1968990467804E+00

5.3062195552367E+00

5.4057447660135E+00

7.6873329077229E+00

7.8685698751482E+00

7.9731617324486E+00

8.0374881006275E+00

7.4232791639556E+00

5.7792137522093E+00

6.6599475245169E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

/NODAL /VECTOR /VELOCITY Velocity#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13)# USRNOD X Y Z

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

...

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

-3.5264726115237E-01

-6.3287711573246E-01

-8.1548199749807E-01

0.0000000000000E+00

-1.0708328860407E-01

-2.1334812068054E-01

-3.1759665718022E-01

-2.8706250455365E-01

-2.1289624263069E-01

-1.3045295163039E-01

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00



261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-9.9924286573825E-01

-9.9952391720283E-01

1.9559733462462E-03

7.5960297559678E-04

1.3183268082748E-03

1.6705001028886E-03

9.3965388441597E-04

-1.4590594804746E-03

-1.2021724760815E-03

2.8020054297777E-03

-8.7922739123760E-04

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

/SHELL /TENSOR /STRESS_FUL Full stress tensor + plastic strain#(NPG=Surface Quadrature Points; For QEPH,QBAT,DKT18: NPG>1)#FORMAT: (IF NPT.GT.0) (2I10/1P6E20.13/6E20.13)#NPT,NPG,THICK,EM,EB,H1,H2,H3#(((TX,TY,TXY,TXZ,TYZ,EPSP(K,J,I)K=1,NPG),J=1,NPT),I=1,NUMSHL)#FORMAT: (IF NPT.EQ.0) ((2I10/1P6E20.13/6E20.13/3E20.13))#0,NPG,THICK,EM,EB,H1,H2,H3#((NX,NY,NXY,NXZ,NYZ,EPSP,MX,MY,MXY(K,I)K=1,NPG),I=1,NUMSHL) 1 1.699999099688 5.6809518536341E-07 0.000000000000 -1.7449336583895E-043.1095518379655E-03 0.000000000000 2.4803018238551E-02 6.2897639405375E-02-5.5257096088184E-02 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 1.700002358138 1.6022323067407E-06 0.000000000000 4.4137654609274E-04-6.3047551531338E-05 0.000000000000-1.9367522065004E-01-6.3172805612558E-02-1.4925083584226E-03 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 1.413389071470 461.4230154182 0.000000000000 10.95543521878 -25.34924854599 0.000000000000 6.6952070374424E+00 2.2181002569991E+02 9.1459570435637E-01 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 3.6224157158423E-01 1 1.404030714100 475.1484344236 0.000000000000 -5.188324265971 -11.42541196860 0.000000000000 2.2532439049750E+02 1.0399876333002E+01-3.1628111687641E-01 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 3.7261715903492E-01 1 1.700001742652 1.1772695920338E-06 0.000000000000 4.0759732870615E-051.4220422941170E-04 0.000000000000-4.6468141219794E-02-1.4689775956575E-01-3.9242410547502E-02 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00…

1 1.700042057467 4.1168217539739E-03 0.000000000000 2.0146752786743E-02-1.4231744351978E-03 0.000000000000-2.6207357893379E+00-1.9111827226420E+00 5.4805260120588E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 1.700070671484 3.7301196184309E-03 0.000000000000 0.1711368525124



4.2958273933332E-02 0.000000000000-7.5254774243802E+00-8.7298288797237E-02 2.8800786236063E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 1.698863551160 0.3867353687142 0.000000000000 -0.5129299987414 -0.1050392909942 0.000000000000-4.5884410418494E+00 9.5805476750167E+01-7.8561707693764E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 3.6833521306079E-04 1 1.697712356520 0.8431867295101 0.000000000000 -0.6331355452779 1.629916778267 0.000000000000 3.9875176767600E+01 7.2999374573496E+01-4.7044763311417E+01 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 1.4343860360883E-03 1 1.700066722792 1.8530249530503E-03 0.000000000000 0.000000000000 0.000000000000 0.000000000000-6.8008670697216E+00-4.0255802174178E-01 4.3486009721827E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00/ENDDATA



Initial Conditions Definition using Output Files

The output files can be used to impose initial conditions on shell or solids in subsequent runs through thekeyword /INISTA.

Example of /INISTA

#RADIOSS STARTER#-------------------------------------------------------------------------|#- RADIOSS DECK / GENERATED BY HELIOSS 3.3.c#-------------------------------------------------------------------------|/BEGIN/1EPROUV9_2#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|--8--|--9--|--10--| 100 0 1 1 1 1 1 1#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|--8--|--9--|--10--|#- 1. CONTROL CARDS:#--1---|---2---|---3---|---4---|---5---|---6---|---7---|--8--|--9--|--10--|/TITLEeprouvette eprouvette/SPMD# DOMDEC SPMD DECMOT 0 0 0/IOFLAG# IPRI IRTYP IGTYP IOUTP IOUTYY IROOTYY IRTYP_R 5 0 0 1 0 0 0/ANALY# N2D3D INTEG IPARITH ISUB 0 0 0 0/INISTA# ISRTYnnnEPROUV9_0010.sty# IBAL IOUTYYfmt IOUTYnnn 0 0 0

Both Runname_run#.sty and Runname_0000.sty files are required.

The following variables can be initialized:

For nodes:

· Initial coordinates

· Initial velocities



For solids:

· Plastic strains

· Internal energy

· Density

· Stresses (if energy and density are provided, pressure is overwritten)

For solid elements, initial conditions are compatible with Material Laws 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 36 and user laws, ifthe formulation is incremental.

For shells:

· Stress

· Strain

· Plastic strain

· Energy

· Thickness

· Hourglass

· Forces

For shell elements, initial conditions are compatible with Material Laws 1, 2, 36 and user laws.

The Runname_run#.sty file is defined with the /INISTA keyword in the RADIOSS Starter.

The Runname_0000.sty file is required to associate the data given in Runname_run#.sty files with

node and element identification.

The model used to write the Runname_0000.sty or Runname_run#.sty files can be identical or

different from the current model (though it must always have a different root name).

If the models are different, the Runname_0000.sty must contain less elements than the

Runname_0000.rad file.



Strain tensor for shells is only needed for Material Law 36 with tension failure option or users law.

#RADIOSS OUTPUT FILE V100 EPROUV9_2_0000.sty/HEADeprouvette eprouvette/CONTROLControl information#FORMAT: (3I10)# NUMMID NUMPID NUMNOD 2 1 257#FORMAT: (7I10)# NUMSOL NUMQUAD NUMSHEL NUMTRUS NUMBEAM NUMSPRI NUMSH3N NUMSPH 0 0 201 0 0 0 1 0/MIDMaterial ID information#FORMAT: (2I10,A40)# SYSMID USRMID MIDHEAD 1 1Aluminum 2 0 1 1Aluminum 2 0/PIDProperty ID information#FORMAT: (2I10,A40)# SYSPID USRPID PIDHEAD 1 SHELL1/NODENode information#FORMAT: (2I10,1P4G20.13)# SYSNOD USRNOD X Y Z MASS

1

2

3

4

5

6

...

252

253

254

255

256

257

13

14

15

16

17

18

264

265

266

267

268

269

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

100.0000000000

97.10841032186

94.27759799184

13.20046951749

11.35954811749

9.439488917489

7.376979417489

17.66648822132

18.38510010360

0.000000000000

1.659573431071

3.321285807874

4.987285351983

5.016067197575

5.093040141699

7.868569875148

7.973161732449

8.037488100628

7.423279163956

5.779213752209

6.659947524517

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

0.000000000000

5.5736703187586E-03

1.1146155421523E-02

1.1131491320978E-02

5.5590062182128E-03

1.1052026241474E-02

1.0883472141990E-02

1.3200704334335E-02

1.3295054244057E-02

1.2770569036624E-02

1.7958315751116E-02

6.9920988960516E-03

1.0791723543155E-02

/SOLID3d Solid Elements#FORMAT: (4I10/8X,8I10)# SYSSOL USRSOL SYSMID SYSPID#SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4 SYSNOD5 SYSNOD6 SYSNOD7 SYSNOD8



/QUAD2d Solid Elements#FORMAT: (8I10)#SYSQUAD USRQUAD SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4

/SHELL3d Shell Elements#FORMAT: (8I10)#SYSSHEL USRSHEL SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 SYSNOD4 1 1 1 1 53 54 55 110 2 2 1 1 59 60 61 111 3 3 1 1 3 4 5 112 4 4 1 1 109 1 2 113 5 5 1 1 110 55 56 114 6 6 1 1 114 56 57 115 7 7 1 1 115 57 58 116.. 196 196 1 1 253 156 157 254 197 197 1 1 249 241 253 254 198 198 1 1 254 157 204 255 199 199 1 1 248 249 255 250 200 201 1 1 214 235 256 257 201 202 1 1 213 212 257 256

/TRUSS3d Truss Elements#FORMAT: (6I10)#SYSTRUS USRTRUS SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2

/BEAM3d Beam Elements#FORMAT: (7I10)#SYSBEAM USRBEAM SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3

/SPRING3d Spring Elements#FORMAT: (6I10)#SYSSPRI USRSPRI SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2

/SHELL3N3d Shell Elements (Triangle)#FORMAT: (7I10)#SYSSH3N USRSH3N SYSMID SYSPID SYSNOD1 SYSNOD2 SYSNOD3 1 200 1 1 249 254 255

/SPHCELSPH particles#FORMAT: (4I10/10X,I10)# SYSSPH USRSPH SYSMID SYSPID# SYSNOD

/ENDDATA



#RADIOSS OUTPUT FILE V100 EPROUV9_2_0010.sty/GLOBAL

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)# TIME INTERNAL_ENERGY KINETIC_ENERGY ROT_KINE_ENERGY EXTE_FORCE_WORK 9.000014018E+00 2.463452143E+04 1.775722947E+00 0.000000000E+00 1.151434053E+04/MATER / 1Aluminum#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13/8X,1P3E20.13)

# USRMID#

INTERNAL_ENERGYX_MOMENTUM

KINETIC_ENERGYY_MOMENTUM

MASSZ_MOMENTUM

1 2.4634521428569E+04

-3.4306390328912E+00

1.7184883149723E+00

-1.9484807069877E-03

3.4522663151824E+000.0000000000000E+00

/NODAL /VECTOR /COORDINATE Coordinates#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13)# USRNOD X Y Z

13

14

15

16

17

..

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

1.0000000000000E+02

8.9569202962126E+01

2.3255429986749E-01

-1.9969856001325E+00

5.9699943998677E+00

4.2004554998677E+00

2.3595340998677E+00

4.3947489986738E-01

-1.6230346001325E+00

8.6647728769311E+00

9.3831709855865E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

8.8123002316518E-01

1.7554966789440E+00

2.6170295926920E+00

3.8881503256689E+00

6.6281271268958E+00

5.5388646726513E+00

7.6885916207344E+00

7.8693450597906E+00

7.9736565748214E+00

8.0377898205970E+00

7.4234501124686E+00

5.7805201799638E+00

6.6614621239926E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

/NODAL /VECTOR /VELOCITY Velocity#FORMAT: (I10,1P3E20.13)# USRNOD X Y Z

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

..

263

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

-9.9186991949937E-01

-1.0071192858951E+00

-1.0067933298658E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

-4.3257783227634E-02

-8.6846869475294E-02

-1.3101171007654E-01

-2.4880901178950E-02

1.2477320043223E-03

-4.8205684244055E-05

9.0241468123896E-04

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00



264

265

266

267

268

269

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-1.0000000000000E+00

-9.9708363615804E-01

-9.9782234897984E-01

2.3450958826098E-03

5.6322304623314E-04

-3.0774754300286E-03

-1.2936432602767E-03

3.1356731400313E-03

-1.3754063072992E-04

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

0.0000000000000E+00

/SHELL /TENSOR /STRESS_FUL Full stress tensor + plastic strain#(NPG=Surface Quadrature Points; For QEPH,QBAT,DKT18: NPG>1)#FORMAT: (IF NPT.GT.0) (2I10/1P6E20.13/6E20.13)#NPT,NPG,THICK,EM,EB,H1,H2,H3#(((TX,TY,TXY,TXZ,TYZ,EPSP(K,J,I)K=1,NPG),J=1,NPT),I=1,NUMSHL)#FORMAT: (IF NPT.EQ.0) ((2I10/1P6E20.13/6E20.13/3E20.13))#0,NPG,THICK,EM,EB,H1,H2,H3#((NX,NY,NXY,NXZ,NYZ,EPSP,MX,MY,MXY(K,I)K=1,NPG),I=1,NUMSHL) 1 1.699998736233 3.8472965950597E-07 0.000000000000 -1.6625165086633E-041.5347433662229E-03 0.000000000000 3.3614932344455E-02 9.0992277920281E-02-2.0145973945506E-02 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 1.700001257411 3.6571071096536E-07 0.000000000000 -1.2396093763611E-03-6.0380695782061E-05 0.000000000000-1.0496923576244E-01-3.3930926262459E-02 5.8304571535973E-03 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00 1 0.6116189501125 3439.142918972 0.000000000000 337.0853515492 -34.16457374751 0.000000000000 1.2858084482184E+02 4.9139167989174E+02-7.6858428194897E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 1.6739365031281E+00 1 0.5768097747690 3516.471178590 0.000000000000 -13.23524221515 -344.3406594596 0.000000000000 5.0207889052473E+02 1.4895428114141E+02 1.5057808814836E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 1.7037195741805E+00… 1 1.699192145496 0.2335862946698 0.000000000000 -0.4974780382979 -0.1542230040106 0.000000000000-6.0790019965863E+00 6.1897702550118E+01-1.5991893182870E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 3.6833521306079E-04 1 1.698081233641 0.6528836059248 0.000000000000 -0.4782396987927 1.555602290266 0.000000000000 2.0898347000992E+01 5.2211818114666E+01-2.7555300138570E+01 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 1.4343860360883E-03 1 1.700049978439 1.0271087124823E-03 0.000000000000 0.000000000000 0.000000000000 0.000000000000-5.0902093704580E+00-3.1121655992494E-01 3.2295274723556E+00 0.0000000000000E+000.0000000000000E+00 0.0000000000000E+00/ENDDATA



Output Available

The Runname_run#.sty file can be written by a previous Engine run with the following options:

/OUTP/DT/OUTP/VECT/VEL (for nodal translational)./OUTP/VECT/DIS/OUTP/VECT/ACC/OUTP/VECT/CONT/OUTP/VECT/FINT/OUTP/VECT/FEXT/OUTP/VECT/FOPT/OUTP/VECT/VROT (for nodal rotational velocities)/OUTP/VECT/PCONT/OUTP/NODA/DT/OUTP/NODA/DMAS/OUTP/SOLI or /OUTP/BRIC or /OUTP/QUAD can be used for the following keywords:/OUTP/BRIC/OFF/OUTP/BRIC/EPSP (solid plastic strain)/OUTP/BRIC/ENER (solid internal energy)/OUTP/BRIC/DENS (solid density)/OUTP/BRIC/TEMP/OUTP/BRIC/P/OUTP/BRIC/VONM/OUTP/BRIC/STRAI/FULL/OUTP/BRIC/STRES (stress tensor for solids)/OUTP/BRIC/STRES/FULL (available for 1 and 8 integration points

available for 8, 10, 16 and 20 node brick elements)/OUTP/BRIC/USER1/OUTP/BRIC/USER2/OUTP/BRIC/USER3/OUTP/BRIC/USER4/OUTP/BRIC/USER5/OUTP/BRIC/USERS/FULL/OUTP/BRIC/HOUR/OUTP/NODA/DINER/OUTP/SHEL/OFF/OUTP/SHEL/EPSP/OUTP/SHEL/USER1/OUTP/SHEL/USER2/OUTP/SHEL/USER3/OUTP/SHEL/USER4/OUTP/SHEL/USER5/OUTP/SHEL/USRii/FULL/OUTP/SHEL/HOUR/OUTP/SHEL/ENER/OUTP/SHEL/THIC/OUTP/SHEL/VONM/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/MEMB/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/BEND/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/UPPER



/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/LOWER/OUTP/SHEL/STRES/FULL/OUTP/SHEL/STRAI/MEMB/OUTP/SHEL/STRAI/BEND/OUTP/SHEL/STRAI/UPPER/OUTP/SHEL/STRAI/LOWER/OUTP/SHEL/STRAI/FULL (strain tensor)/OUTP/SHEL/EPSDO/MEMB/OUTP/SHEL/EPSDO/BEND/OUTP/SHEL/EPSDO/UPPER/OUTP/SHEL/EPSDO/LOWER/OUTP/SHEL/USERS/FULL/OUTP/TRUS/OFF/OUTP/TRUS/EPSP/OUTP/SPRI/OFF/OUTP/SPRI/FULL/OUTP/BEAM/OFF/OUTP/BEAM/EPSP/OUTP/ELEM/OFF/OUTP/ELEM/EPSP/OUTP/ELEM/ENER/OUTP/ELEM/VONM/OUTP/ELEM/USER1/OUTP/ELEM/USER2/OUTP/ELEM/USER3/OUTP/ELEM/USER4/OUTP/ELEM/USER5/OUTP/ELEM/HOUR/OUTP/ELEM/SLEN

Initial state file available for SPH/OUTP/SPH/OFF/OUTP/SPH/EPSP/OUTP/SPH/ENER/OUTP/SPH/DENS/OUTP/SPH/TEMP/OUTP/SPH/P/OUTP/SPH/VONM/OUTP/SPH/STRES/OUTP/SPH/STRES/FULL/OUTP/SPH/SLEN current smoothing length value/OUTP/SPH/USER1/OUTP/SPH/USER2/OUTP/SPH/USER3/OUTP/SPH/USER4/OUTP/SPH/USER5



Modif Input File

Introduction

The Modif file allows the following options to be added during a run:

· Groups, lines or surfaces

· Interfaces

· TH output (except Subsets and Parts)

· Restart SPMD simulation with different number of processors

Modif files have the name: Runname_run#.rad,

where, run#: RADIOSS run number 4 digits from 0000 to 9999

run# is the name of the last Restart file plus 1

For example, to run a Modif file after the first run, restart file Runname_0001_cpu.rst

where, cpu #: number of processors (4 digits) and

cpu # = 0000 = SMP RADIOSS version

the run number for the Modif file must be Runname_0002.rad.

The figure below illustrates the use of a Modif file: Name of the input file and the name of the program to beused.



Modif files use the same input format as V10 block input format; except that a limited choice of options isavailable.

Except for the header formats, blocks may be input in any order.

Modif files option is not compatible if using Madymo-RADIOSS Coupling.



Run Description Header Format

This line must be the first in RADIOSS deck.

#RADIOSS Starter

Available Keywords

The following keywords are available.

All types of elements or node groups:

/BEGIN

/INTER/TYPE3

/INTER/TYPE5

/INTER/TYPE6

/INTER/TYPE7

/INTER/TYPE8

/INTER/TYPE10

/INTER/TYPE11/IOFLAG

/LINE

/SPMD (or -ncpu command line argument)

/SURF/TH/UNIT

All options: To find the exact format, please refer to the relevant section of this manual.

Comments

1. Input deck must begin with “#RADIOSS Starter”.

2. After the header format, you may insert comment lines. These lines must begin with $ or #.

3. If user needs to have a Runname (run identification name), this input is introduced by the keyword

/BEGIN.



Control File (C-File)

The C-file is an optional Control File.

File format is Runname_run#.ctl, where run# is the current job number (4 digits) from 0001 to 9999.

It can be used to:

· get information on a running job;

· stop the computation at a given time or at a given cycle number;

· write A-file, G-file, U-file, E-file at a given time or cycle number.

If a plot file is asked for, this file will have the number of the last written file plus “1”. If the computation isnot stopped, the normal writing frequency of plot file is not changed.

If a time (option /TIME) or a cycle number (option /CYCLE) is omitted, the requested action is taken whencontrol file is read by RADIOSS.

The content of the file is any combination of:

/INFO

/TIME/time value

/CYCLE/cycle number

/STOP

/KILL

/ANIM

/PATRAN

/GFILE

/RFILE

/CHKPT

INFO returns information on current cycle, current global energies, current time step

STOP writes a restart file R-file and stops the job

KILL stops the job without writing an R-file

ANIM writes an A-file

GFILE writes a G-file

RFILE writes an R-file

CHKPT writes “CHECK_DATA” file

PATRAN writes PATRAN U-file and E-file

The action taken and the information are returned in the C-file itself.



External Modes File

Introduction

When computing eigen modes using RADIOSS (/EIG option), for example to create an input file for aflexible body, CPU time and memory requirements can be greatly reduced if a set of approximated modesis already available. These modes can come from experimental analysis or from another vibratory software. They can be defined on a larger part of the structure than the part on which eigen modes are sought inRADIOSS.

The working subspace to compute eigen modes is reduced by projecting mass and stiffness matrices onthe given modes.

Input File Format

External modes are given in a formatted file whose name is entered in the /EIG option in RADIOSS Starter.This file contains three blocks of data, which must be input in the following order. Each line beginning with# is considered as a comment line and is not taken into account.

Data block 1: Dimensions

Example:

#FORMAT: (2I8)# Nbnod Nbmod 15 16

Description:

Nbnod Number of nodes in external modes support

Nbmod Number of external modes

Data block 2: Support of external modes (list of nodes)

Example:

#FORMAT: (10I8)# Nodes 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Description:

The number of nodes in the list must be equal to Nbnod given in data block 1. The order of nodes in thelist is the order in which the sets of components of the projection modes are given in data block 3.

Every node of the support of the /EIG option corresponding to the current file (see RADIOSS StarterManual) must appear in the present list. On the contrary, the list can contain extra nodes which do notbelong to the support of the /EIG option. Such nodes and associated components in external modes willbe ignored in RADIOSS.



Data block 3: External modes

Example:

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)# 1 X Y Z XX YY#FORMAT: (1P1E16.9)# ZZ 5.218918830E+01-5.732668966E+00 0.000000000E+00 -7.497102620E-143.359287911E-14-1.861359352E-01-1.643492844E+01-5.732668966E+00 0.000000000E+00 7.497076647E-145.936317600E-14-1.861359352E-01

Description:

Nbmod modes are input by blocks of Nbnod sets of 6 values (one set for each node of the supportdefined in data block 2).

X, Y, Z Components of the mode on the translational degrees of freedom of the node

XX, YY, ZZ Components of the mode on the rotational degrees of freedom of the node (0. if thenode has no rotational degree of freedom)



Flexible Body Input File

OAFormulation

The total displacement field m for every point of a flexible body is obtained from the displacement of a localframe defining the rigid motion of the body and from an additional local displacement field w

L corresponding

to the small vibrations of the body.

(G0, G

1, G

2, G

3) defines the global frame (e

1, e

2, e

3).

(L0, L

1, L

2, L

3) defines an orthonormal local frame.

P is the rotation matrix from (G0, G

1, G

2, G

3) to (L

0, L

1, L

2, L

3).

The total displacement, u, can thus be expressed as:

where uL0

, uL1

, uL2

, uL3

are displacements of points L0, L

1, L

2, L

3 respectively,

X, Y, Z are coordinates in the local frame (L0, L

1, L

2, L

3)

uR is the rigid body contribution to the total displacement

Local displacement is given by a combination of local vibration modes "

WL =

La

where a is the vector of local modal contributions.



Rigid body displacement uR can also be expressed as a combination of 12 modes:

where the projection modes are obtained from the local coordinates:

The choice of the local frame (L0, L

1, L

2, L

3) is fully arbitrary. These points do not need to be input

explicitly. Their locations define local coordinates and thus, the components of the modes .

If the flexible body contains elements with rotational degrees of freedom, 3 additional modes must be added

to the family, accounting for the inertia associated with theses degrees of freedom. The componentsof these additional modes on each node of the flexible body having rotational degrees of freedom are:

Projected Matrices

In order to solve dynamic equilibrium equations for a flexible body, projected mass and stiffness matricesare required (refer to the RADIOSS Theory Manual for details):

· Local mass matrix M projected on modes defining the finite rigid body motion:

MR =

RT M

R

· Local mass matrix M projected on local vibration modes:

ML =

LT M

L

· Coupled terms corresponding to the cross projection of the local mass matrix M on the finite rigidbody modes and on the local modes, expressed in the global frame:

where is the family of local vibration modes expressed in global coordinates through therotation matrix P.



The matrix MC

is variable with time since the matrix P evolves with the rigid body motion of the

flexible body. The former expression is thus split into 9 constant contributions (one for each term ofthe rotation matrix):

where ,

The matrices to input are the 9 MCkl

matrices.

· Local stiffness matrix K projected on local vibration modes:

KL =

LT K

L

If static modes are present in the local projection basis (see the RADIOSS Theory Manual), theprojected matrix may not be diagonal. However, it may contain a large diagonal block,corresponding to the projection on eigen modes appearing in the basis. The full part and thediagonal part of the matrix are input separately. The shape of the reduced matrix is:

The full part corresponds to , in which is

symmetric and is rectangular. The diagonal part corresponds to .

· Coupled terms corresponding to the cross projection of the local stiffness matrix K on the the finiterigid body modes expressed in the local frame and on the local modes:

This expression is again split into 9 contributions:

where

The matrices to input are now the 9 KCkl

matrices.



Input File Format

A flexible body input file is a formatted file whose name is given is the /FXBODY option in RADIOSSStarter. It contains several blocks of data which must be input in the right order. Each line beginning with '#' is considered a comment line and is not taken into account.

Data block 1: General data

Example:

#FORMAT: (7I8)# Nbmod Nbstat Nbnod Irot Idamp Iblo Ifile 45 15 18 1 0 1 0

Description:

Nbmod Total number of reduction modes

Nbstat Number of static modesNote: Static modes are modes which are not orthogonal with respect to the stiffness.

Their number gives the dimension of the full part of the local projected stiffnessmatrix. The number of so-called dynamic modes, given by (Nbmod - Nbstat)determines the size of the diagonal part of the local projected stiffness matrix.

Nbnod Number of nodes in the flexible body support

Irot 0: the flexible body contains no elements with rotational degrees of freedom1: the flexible body contains elements with rotational degrees of freedom

Idamp 0: No Rayleigh damping is used on the flexible body1: Rayleigh damping is used on the flexible body

Iblo 0: the flexible body is free of blockage and its finite overall rotations and translationsare computed1: the flexible has no rigid body modesNote: A flexible body is either fully free or fully blocked. A number of rigid body

modes different from 0 or 6 in the local stiffness matrix is not permitted.

Ifile 0: All components of the modes and of the modal stress fields computed byRADIOSS Starter are stored in central memory.1: Only the components of the attached to interface nodes of the flexible body (i.e.nodes connected to the rest of the structure) are stored in central memory. The othercomponents of the modes and all components of the modal stress fields computedby RADIOSS Starter, needed only for outputs, are stored on disk.



Data block 2: List of nodes

Example:

#FORMAT: (10I8)# Nodes 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Description:The number of nodes in the list must be equal to Nbnod given in data block 1. The order of nodes in thelist is the order in which the sets of components of the projection modes are given in data blocks 5, 6, 7.

Data block 3: Initial rotation matrix and local maximum frequency

Example:

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)# Mrot11 Mrot12 Mrot13 Mrot21 Mrot22 1.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 1.000000000E+00# Mrot23 Mrot31 Mrot32 Mrot33 Freq 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 1.000000000E+00 2.049574631E+04

Description:

MrotijComponent of the initial rotation matrix from the local frame of the flexible body tothe global frame.Note: Matrix P defines the initial orientation of the flexible body.

Freq Maximum eigen frequency of the local reduced system composed of local reducedmass matrix and local reduced stiffness matrix.Note: This frequency is used to compute the stability time step of the flexible body

through the formula:

Data block 4: Damping data (optional, present only if Idamp = 1)

Example:

#FORMAT: (1P2E16.9)# Alpha1.092357846E+01

Beta4.652573369E-07

Description:

Alpha, Beta Rayleigh damping coefficientsNote: Local damping matrix is obtained from local reduced mass and stiffness

matrices through the formula:C

L = Alpha * M

L + Beta * K

L



Data block 5: Projection modes - Modes representing the overall rigid body motion of theflexible body (optional, present only if Iblo = 0)

Example:

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)# 1 X Y Z XX YY#FORMAT: (1P1E16.9)# ZZ 0.000000000E+00-1.250000000E+01 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 1.250000000E+01 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00 0.000000000E+00...

Description:

12 modes are input by blocks of Nbnod sets of 6 values (one set for each node of thesupport of the flexible body).

X, Y, Z Components of the mode on the translational degrees of freedom of the node.

XX, YY, ZZ Components of the mode on the rotational degrees of freedom of the node (0. if thenode has no rotational degree of freedom).

Data block 6: Projection modes - Modes accounting for the inertia associated with therotational degrees of freedom (optional, present only if Iblo = 0 and Irot = 1)

Example: Same format as Data block 5

Description:

3 modes are input by blocks of Nbnod sets of 6 values.

Data block 7: Projection modes - Local reduction modes


Description:

Nbmod modes are input by blocks of Nbnod sets of 6 values. The Nbstat staticmodes are given first.



Data block 8: Local reduced diagonal mass matrix

Example:

#FORMAT: (1P5E16.9)

5.596016869E+033.000458618E+05

8.234274572E+033.074228932E+02

2.320889319E+041.458647403E+04

1.215104250E+031.425398877E+02

1.729160225E+024.251072139E+05

Description:

Nbmod values are entered, following the order in which the local modes are given.

Data block 9: Local reduced stiffness matrix - Full part


Description:

The shape of the matrix to input is (see §2.): [Matsym

Matrect

]. The dimension of Matsym

is Nbstat. The

dimensions of Matrect

are Nbstat * (Nbmod – Nbstat). The following order for input the terms is followed

(taking for example Nbmod = 6 and Nbstat = 3):

It corresponds to a skyline storage of the Nbstat first lines of the local reduced stiffness matrix. The

number of terms to input is . Again, the numbering of the columns ofthe matrix follows the order in which the local modes are given.

Data block 10: Local reduced stiffness matrix - Diagonal part


Description:

(Nbmod – Nbstat) values are entered, following the order in which the local dynamic modes are given.



Data block 11: Mass matrix projected on the modes defining the rigid body motion (optional,present only if Iblo = 0)


Description:

This is a full symmetric matrix entered using a skyline storage. Column numbering follows the order inwhich the modes defining the rigid motion are given. The dimension of the matrix is 12 if Irot = 0 or 15 ifIrot = 1. Thus, the number of values to input is equal to 78 if Irot = 0 or 120 if Irot = 1.

Data block 12: Matrices for coupled mass projection (optional, present only if Iblo = 0)


Description:

Nine sub-blocks are given, one for each constant contribution MCkl

(see §2.). These are rectangular

matrices. The number of lines is equal to 12 if Irot = 0 or 15 if Irot = 1. The number of columns isNbmod. The terms of the matrices are entered line by line. Their number is equal to 12*Nbmod if Irot =0or 15*Nbmod if Irot = 1.

Data block 13: Matrices for coupled stiffness projection (optional, present only if Iblo = 0)


Description:

Nine sub-blocks are given, one for each constant contribution KCkl

(see §2.). These are rectangular

matrices. The number of lines is equal to 12 if Irot = 0 or 15 if Irot = 1. The number of columns isNbmod. The terms of the matrices are entered line by line. Their number is equal to 12*Nbmod, if Irot =0or 15*Nbmod, if Irot = 1.



Creating a Flexible Body Input File without RADIOSS

Follow the next steps to compute the required data to write a flexible body input file without usingRADIOSS:

1. Using a vibration code, compute the mass and stiffness matrices on the model corresponding to theflexible body, then compute the local reduction modes. The modes family can be of any kind (free eigenmodes, Craig & Bampton modes…, see the RADIOSS Theory Manual for further details).

Orthogonalize the reduction modes with respect to the mass matrix so that the local projected massmatrix is diagonal for matters of efficiency.

2. Choose the locations of the points defining the orthonormal local frame. For example, the origin can beplaced at the center of mass if known. Compute the components of the modes defining the finite rigidmotion of the flexible body from the coordinates of the nodes in the local frame. Add to the family themodes associated with rotational degrees of freedom if necessary.

Store the rotation matrix from the local frame to the global frame (it is simply the coordinates of thevectors of the local triedra expressed in the global frame). It is needed to input the initial orientation ofthe flexible body.

3. Compute the projected matrices MR, M

L, K

L. Store separately the full symmetric part and the diagonal

part of the local projected stiffness matrix. Compute the maximum eigen frequency of the localdynamic system from M

L and K

L.

4. Compute the nine Tkl matrices and transform all the vectors of the local modes family and of the finite

rigid body modes family through these matrices.

Compute the nine mass coupling matrices MCkl

and the nine stiffness coupling matrices KCkl

.

Creating a Flexible Body Input File with RADIOSS

Use the /EIG option in RADIOSS Starter to define the part of the model to be included in the flexible body,the type and number of modes to be computed.

In RADIOSS Engine, use the /FXINP option to create a Flexible Body Input File.

If a set of reduction modes for the flexible body is available, for example from a former experimentalanalysis or from a vibratory analysis performed with another software, they can be input in the /EIG option.They will be used to reduce the dimension of the space in which eigenvalues and eigenvectors are searchedby RADIOSS and will greatly decrease the time and memory requirements to create the flexible body inputfile.



Index

- # -

..................................................................35#enddata

..................................................................34#include

- / -

..................................................................773//SUBMODEL

..................................................................1073/@TFILE

..................................................................1074/@TFILE/Keyword2

..................................................................36/ACCEL

..................................................................38/ACTIV

..................................................................40/ADMAS

..................................................................41/ADMESH/GLOBAL

..................................................................43/ADMESH/SET

..................................................................48/ADMESH/STATE/SH3N

..................................................................46/ADMESH/STATE/SHELL

..................................................................1081/ALE - Engine

..................................................................1082/ALE/2

..................................................................1083/ALE/3

..................................................................1084/ALE/4

..................................................................841/ALE/BCS

..................................................................907/ALE/CLOSE

..................................................................843/ALE/DISP

..................................................................844/ALE/DONEA

..................................................................845/ALE/MAT

..................................................................846/ALE/SPRING

..................................................................847/ALE/STANDARD

..................................................................848/ALE/ZERO

..................................................................1085/ALESUB

..................................................................50/ANALY

..................................................................960/ANIM

..................................................................961/ANIM/BRICK/TENS

..................................................................962/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRAIN

..................................................................963/ANIM/BRICK/TENS/STRESS

..................................................................1086/ANIM/CUT/1

..................................................................1087/ANIM/CUT/2

..................................................................1088/ANIM/CUT/3

..................................................................964/ANIM/DT

..................................................................965/ANIM/Eltyp/FORC

..................................................................966/ANIM/Eltyp/Restype

..................................................................969/ANIM/GPS1

..................................................................970/ANIM/GPS2

..................................................................971/ANIM/GZIP

..................................................................972/ANIM/KEEPD

..................................................................973/ANIM/MASS

..................................................................974/ANIM/MAT

..................................................................975/ANIM/NODA

..................................................................976/ANIM/SENSOR

..................................................................977/ANIM/SHELL/EPSP

..................................................................978/ANIM/SHELL/TENS

..................................................................979/ANIM/VECT

..................................................................52/ANIM/VERS, Block Format

..................................................................980/ANIM/VERS, Engine

..................................................................53/ARCH

..................................................................981/ATFILE

..................................................................793/ATH

..................................................................55/BCS

..................................................................1089/BCS/ALE

..................................................................1090/BCS/LAG

..................................................................57/BCS/LAGMUL

..................................................................982/BCS/ROT

..................................................................983/BCS/TRA

..................................................................1091/BCSR/ALE

..................................................................1092/BCSR/LAG

..................................................................984/BCSR/ROT

..................................................................985/BCSR/TRA

..................................................................59/BEAM

..................................................................61/BEGIN

..................................................................65/BEM/FLOW

..................................................................72/BRIC20

..................................................................69/BRICK

..................................................................793/BTH

..................................................................908/CAA

..................................................................75/CLOAD

..................................................................77/CNODE

..................................................................78/CONVEC

..................................................................793/CTH

..................................................................80/CYL_JOINT

..... /DAMP

.............................................................82Block Format

.............................................................986Engine

..................................................................84/DEF_SHELL

..................................................................87/DEF_SOLID

..................................................................987/DEL

..................................................................988/DEL/Eltyp/1



..................................................................989/DEL/INTER

..................................................................990/DELINT

..................................................................849/DFS/DETPOIN

..................................................................991/DT

..................................................................992/DT/Eltyp/Iflag

..................................................................994/DT/Eltyp/Keyword3/Iflag

..................................................................996/DT/SHELL

..................................................................997/DT/SHNOD

..................................................................997/DT/SHNOD/CST

..................................................................1093/DT/SPHCEL

..................................................................1094/DT/SPHCEL/Keyword3

..................................................................998/DT1/SHELL

..................................................................793/DTH

..................................................................999/DTIX

..................................................................1000/DYREL

..................................................................1001/DYREL/1

..................................................................850/EBCS

..................................................................909/EBCS/MONVOL

..................................................................90/EIG

..................................................................93/END

..................................................................1002/END/ENGINE

..................................................................793/ETH

..................................................................855/EULER/MAT

..................................................................94/FAIL

..................................................................98/FAIL/CHANG

..................................................................101/FAIL/ENERGY

..................................................................103/FAIL/FLD

..................................................................105/FAIL/HASHIN

..................................................................110/FAIL/JOHNSON

..................................................................112/FAIL/LAD_DAMA

..................................................................112/FAIL/LADEVEZE

..................................................................115/FAIL/PUCK

..................................................................118/FAIL/SPALLING

..................................................................120/FAIL/TBUTCHER

..................................................................122/FAIL/TENSSTRAIN

..................................................................124/FAIL/USERi

..................................................................125/FAIL/WIERZBICKI

..................................................................128/FAIL/WILKINS

..................................................................130/FAIL/XFEM

..................................................................132/FRAME/FIX

..................................................................134/FRAME/MOV

..................................................................136/FRAME/MOV2

..................................................................139/FRAME/NOD

..................................................................793/FTH

...... /FUNCT

.............................................................141Block Format

.............................................................1003Engine

..................................................................142/FXBODY

..................................................................1004/FXINP

..................................................................144/GJOINT

..................................................................148/GRAV

..................................................................150/GRBEAM

..................................................................153/GRBRIC

..................................................................156/GRNOD

..................................................................160/GRQUAD

..................................................................163/GRSH3N

..................................................................166/GRSHEL

..................................................................169/GRSPRI

..................................................................172/GRTRUS

..................................................................793/GTH

..................................................................175/HEAT/MAT

..................................................................793/HTH

..................................................................177/IMPACC

..................................................................179/IMPDISP

..................................................................1005/IMPL

..................................................................1006/IMPL/AUTOSPC

..................................................................1007/IMPL/BUCKL/1

..................................................................1008/IMPL/BUCKL/2

..................................................................1010/IMPL/CHECK

..................................................................1011/IMPL/DT/1

..................................................................1012/IMPL/DT/2

..................................................................1013/IMPL/DT/STOP

..................................................................1014/IMPL/DTINI

..................................................................1015/IMPL/DYNA/1

..................................................................1016/IMPL/DYNA/2

..................................................................1017/IMPL/GSTIF/OFF

..................................................................1018/IMPL/INTER/KCOMP

..................................................................1019/IMPL/INTER/KNONL

..................................................................1020/IMPL/LBFGS/L

..................................................................1021/IMPL/LINEAR

..................................................................1022/IMPL/LINEAR/INTER

..................................................................1023/IMPL/MONVOL/OFF

..................................................................1024/IMPL/NONLIN

..................................................................1025/IMPL/PREPAT

..................................................................1026/IMPL/PRINT/LINEAR

..................................................................1027/IMPL/PRINT/NONLIN



Index

..................................................................1028/IMPL/QSTAT

..................................................................1029/IMPL/QSTAT/DTSCAL

..................................................................1030/IMPL/RREF/OFF

..................................................................1031/IMPL/SINIT

..................................................................1032/IMPL/SOLVER

..................................................................1035/IMPL/SPRBACK

..................................................................1034/IMPL/SPRING

..................................................................181/IMPTEMP

..................................................................183/IMPVEL

..................................................................185/IMPVEL/LAGMUL

..................................................................1095/INCMP

..................................................................187/INIBRI

..................................................................191/INIQUA

..................................................................193/INISH3/AUX

..................................................................195/INISH3/EPSP

..................................................................196/INISH3/EPSP_F

..................................................................198/INISH3/ORTH_LOC

..................................................................200/INISH3/ORTHO

..................................................................202/INISH3/STRA_F

..................................................................204/INISH3/STRS_F

..................................................................193/INISHE/AUX

..................................................................195/INISHE/EPSP

..................................................................196/INISHE/EPSP_F

..................................................................198/INISHE/ORTH_LOC

..................................................................200/INISHE/ORTHO

..................................................................202/INISHE/STRA_F

..................................................................204/INISHE/STRS_F

..................................................................207/INISHE/STRS_F/GLOB

..................................................................210/INISTA

..................................................................212/INITEMP

..................................................................1036/INIV/ROT

..................................................................1037/INIV/ROT/Keyword3/1

..................................................................1038/INIV/TRA

..................................................................1039/INIV/TRA/Keyword3/1

...... /INIVEL

.............................................................856ALE

.............................................................213Block Format

..................................................................215/INIVEL/AXIS

..... /INTER

.............................................................858ALE

.............................................................217Block Format

.............................................................910CFD

.............................................................1040Engine

..................................................................281/INTER/HERTZ

..................................................................282/INTER/HERTZ/TYPE17

..................................................................284/INTER/LAGDT

..................................................................285/INTER/LAGDT/TYPE7

..................................................................294/INTER/LAGMUL

..................................................................299/INTER/LAGMUL/TYPE16




..................................................................303/INTER/SUB

..................................................................859/INTER/TYPE1

..................................................................249/INTER/TYPE10

..................................................................252/INTER/TYPE11

..................................................................911/INTER/TYPE12

..................................................................257/INTER/TYPE14

..................................................................259/INTER/TYPE15

..................................................................862/INTER/TYPE18

..................................................................261/INTER/TYPE19

..................................................................219/INTER/TYPE2

..................................................................270/INTER/TYPE21

..................................................................223/INTER/TYPE3

..................................................................226/INTER/TYPE5

..................................................................232/INTER/TYPE6

..................................................................235/INTER/TYPE7

..................................................................247/INTER/TYPE8

..................................................................860/INTER/TYPE9

..................................................................305/INTTHICK/V5

..................................................................306/IOFLAG

..................................................................793/ITH

..................................................................1041/KEREL

..................................................................1042/KEREL/1

..................................................................308/KEY

..................................................................1043/KILL

..................................................................309/LAGMUL

..................................................................311/LEVSET

..................................................................510/LINE

..................................................................1044/MADYMO - Engine

..................................................................517/MADYMO/EXFEM

..................................................................518/MADYMO/LINK

.. /MAT

.............................................................865ALE

.............................................................313Block Format

.............................................................915CFD



..................................................................338/MAT/3D_COMP - LAW 12

..................................................................469/MAT/BARLAT3 - LAW 57

..................................................................885/MAT/BIMAT - LAW 20

..................................................................887/MAT/BIPHAS - LAW 37

..................................................................926/MAT/B-K-EPS - LAW 11

..................................................................406/MAT/BOLTZMAN - LAW 34

..................................................................872/MAT/BOUND - ALE

..................................................................392/MAT/BRITT

..................................................................403/MAT/CCFOAM

..................................................................351/MAT/CHANG - LAW 15

..................................................................374/MAT/COMPSH - LAW 25

..................................................................345/MAT/COMPSO - LAW 14

..................................................................369/MAT/CONC - LAW 24

..................................................................496/MAT/COSSER - LAW 68

..................................................................439/MAT/COWPER - LAW 44

..................................................................362/MAT/DAMA - LAW 22

..................................................................359/MAT/DPRAG - LAW 21

..................................................................335/MAT/DPRAG1 - LAW 10

..................................................................321/MAT/ELAST - LAW 1

..................................................................493/MAT/ELASTOMER - LAW 65

..................................................................473/MAT/FABR_A - LAW 58

..................................................................357/MAT/FABRI - LAW 19

..................................................................403/MAT/FOAM_PLAS - LAW 33

..................................................................501/MAT/FOAM_TAB - LAW 70

..................................................................408/MAT/FOAM_VISC - LAW 35

..................................................................514/MAT/GAS

..................................................................878/MAT/GRAY - LAW 16

..................................................................460/MAT/GURSON - LAW 52

..................................................................487/MAT/HANSEL - LAW 63

..................................................................400/MAT/HILL - LAW 32

..................................................................435/MAT/HILL_TAB - LAW 43

..................................................................396/MAT/HONEYCOMB - LAW 28

.................................... /MAT/HYD_JCOOK - LAW 4

.............................................................329Block Format

.............................................................917CFD

..................................................................326/MAT/HYDPLA - LAW 3

............................ /MAT/HYDRO - LAW 6

.............................................................869ALE

.............................................................333Block Format

................................ /MAT/HYD-VISC - LAW 6

.............................................................869ALE

.............................................................333Block Format

..................................................................322/MAT/JOHNS

..................................................................867/MAT/JWL - LAW5

..................................................................424/MAT/KELVINMAX - LAW 40

..................................................................921/MAT/K-EPS - LAW 6

..................................................................320/MAT/LAW0 - VOID

..................................................................321/MAT/LAW01

..................................................................322/MAT/LAW02

..................................................................326/MAT/LAW03

..................................................................329/MAT/LAW04

..................................................................333/MAT/LAW06

..................................................................321/MAT/LAW1 - ELAST

..................................................................335/MAT/LAW10 - DPRAG1

..................................................................872/MAT/LAW11 - ALE

..................................................................926/MAT/LAW11 - CFD

..................................................................338/MAT/LAW12 - 3D_COMP

..................................................................344/MAT/LAW13 - RIGID

..................................................................345/MAT/LAW14 - COMPSO

..................................................................351/MAT/LAW15 - CHANG

..................................................................878/MAT/LAW16 - GRAY

..................................................................882/MAT/LAW18 - THERM

..................................................................357/MAT/LAW19 - FABRI

..................................................................322/MAT/LAW2 - PLAS_JOHNS

..................................................................885/MAT/LAW20 - BIMAT

..................................................................359/MAT/LAW21 - DPRAG

..................................................................362/MAT/LAW22 - DAMA

..................................................................366/MAT/LAW23 - PLAS_DAMA

..................................................................369/MAT/LAW24 - CONC

..................................................................374/MAT/LAW25 - COMPSH

..................................................................392/MAT/LAW27 - PLAS_BRIT

..................................................................396/MAT/LAW28 - HONEYCOMB

..................................................................326/MAT/LAW3 - HYDPLA

..................................................................400/MAT/LAW32 - HILL

..................................................................403/MAT/LAW33 - FOAM_PLAS

..................................................................406/MAT/LAW34 - BOLTZMAN

..................................................................408/MAT/LAW35 - FOAM_VISC

..................................................................411/MAT/LAW36 - PLAS_TAB

..................................................................887/MAT/LAW37 - BIPHAS

..................................................................417/MAT/LAW38 - VISC_TAB

............ /MAT/LAW4

.............................................................329Block Format

.............................................................917CFD

..................................................................424/MAT/LAW40 - KELVINMAX

..................................................................426/MAT/LAW41 - LEE-TARVER

..................................................................431/MAT/LAW42 - OGDEN



Index

..................................................................435/MAT/LAW43 - HILL_TAB

..................................................................439/MAT/LAW44 - COWPER

..................................................................933/MAT/LAW46 - LES_FLUID

..................................................................443/MAT/LAW48 - ZHAO

..................................................................447/MAT/LAW49 - STEINB

..................................................................867/MAT/LAW5 - JWL

..................................................................451/MAT/LAW50 - VISC_HONEY

..................................................................890/MAT/LAW51

..................................................................460/MAT/LAW52 - GURSON

..................................................................464/MAT/LAW53 - TSAI_TAB

..................................................................467/MAT/LAW54 - PREDIT

..................................................................469/MAT/LAW57 - BARLAT3

..................................................................473/MAT/LAW58 - FABR_A

............ /MAT/LAW6

.............................................................869ALE

.............................................................333Block Format

.............................................................921CFD

..................................................................478/MAT/LAW60 - PLAS_T3

..................................................................484/MAT/LAW62 - VISC_HYP

..................................................................487/MAT/LAW63 - HANSEL

..................................................................490/MAT/LAW64 - UGINE_ALZ

..................................................................493/MAT/LAW65 - ELASTOMER

..................................................................496/MAT/LAW68 - COSSER

..................................................................501/MAT/LAW70 - FOAM_TAB

..................................................................426/MAT/LEE-TARVER - LAW 41

..................................................................933/MAT/LES_FLUID - LAW 46

..................................................................424/MAT/MAXKE

..................................................................431/MAT/OGDEN - LAW 42

..................................................................392/MAT/PLAS_BRIT - LAW 27

..................................................................366/MAT/PLAS_DAMA - LAW 23

..................................................................322/MAT/PLAS_JOHNS - LAW 2

..................................................................478/MAT/PLAS_T3 - LAW 60

..................................................................411/MAT/PLAS_TAB - LAW 36

..................................................................505/MAT/PLAS_ZERIL

..................................................................467/MAT/PREDIT - LAW 54

..................................................................344/MAT/RIGID - LAW 13

..................................................................447/MAT/STEINB - LAW 49

..................................................................882/MAT/THERM - LAW 18

..................................................................464/MAT/TSAI_TAB - LAW 53

..................................................................490/MAT/UGINE_ALZ - LAW 64

..................................................................509/MAT/USERij

..................................................................451/MAT/VISC_HONEY - LAW 50

..................................................................484/MAT/VISC_HYP - LAW 62

..................................................................417/MAT/VISC_TAB - LAW 38

..................................................................320/MAT/VOID - LAW 0

..................................................................505/MAT/ZERIL

..................................................................443/MAT/ZHAO - LAW 48

..................................................................1045/MON

..................................................................520/MONVOL

..................................................................521/MONVOL/AIRBAG

..................................................................531/MONVOL/AIRBAG1

..................................................................536/MONVOL/AREA

..................................................................538/MONVOL/COMMU

..................................................................549/MONVOL/FVMBAG

..................................................................562/MONVOL/GAS

..................................................................566/MONVOL/PRES

..................................................................568/MOVE_FUNCT

..................................................................569/MPC

..................................................................571/NODE

..................................................................1047/OUTP

..................................................................1048/PARITH

..................................................................572/PART

..................................................................1049/PATRAN

..................................................................574/PENTA6

..................................................................576/PLOAD

..................................................................1050/PRINT

..................................................................1051/PROC

..... /PROP

.............................................................578Block Format

.............................................................935CFD

..................................................................590/PROP/BEAM

..................................................................936/PROP/FLUID

..................................................................580/PROP/INJECT1

..................................................................582/PROP/INJECT2

..................................................................669/PROP/INT_BEAM

..................................................................705/PROP/KJOINT

..................................................................697/PROP/NSTRAND

..................................................................937/PROP/POROUS

..................................................................716/PROP/PREDIT

..................................................................598/PROP/RIVET

..................................................................623/PROP/SH_COMP

..................................................................659/PROP/SH_FABR

..................................................................618/PROP/SH_ORTH

..................................................................672/PROP/SH_PLY

..................................................................628/PROP/SH_SANDW

..................................................................663/PROP/SH_STACK



..................................................................585/PROP/SHELL

..................................................................599/PROP/SOL_ORTH

..................................................................655/PROP/SOLID

..................................................................942/PROP/SPH

..................................................................684/PROP/SPR_AXI

..................................................................639/PROP/SPR_BEAM

..................................................................606/PROP/SPR_GENE

..................................................................701/PROP/SPR_PRE

..................................................................634/PROP/SPR_PUL

..................................................................593/PROP/SPRING

..................................................................713/PROP/STITCH

..................................................................589/PROP/TRUSS

..................................................................680/PROP/TSH_COMP

..................................................................676/PROP/TSH_ORTH

..................................................................673/PROP/TSHELL

..................................................................584/PROP/TYPE0

..................................................................585/PROP/TYPE1

..................................................................623/PROP/TYPE10

..................................................................628/PROP/TYPE11

..................................................................634/PROP/TYPE12

..................................................................639/PROP/TYPE13

.................. /PROP/TYPE14

.............................................................655Block Format

.............................................................936CFD

..................................................................937/PROP/TYPE15

..................................................................659/PROP/TYPE16

..................................................................663/PROP/TYPE17

..................................................................669/PROP/TYPE18

..................................................................672/PROP/TYPE19

..................................................................589/PROP/TYPE2

..................................................................673/PROP/TYPE20

..................................................................676/PROP/TYPE21

..................................................................680/PROP/TYPE22

..................................................................684/PROP/TYPE25

..................................................................697/PROP/TYPE28

..................................................................700/PROP/TYPE29

..................................................................590/PROP/TYPE3

..................................................................700/PROP/TYPE30

..................................................................700/PROP/TYPE31

..................................................................701/PROP/TYPE32

..................................................................705/PROP/TYPE33

..................................................................713/PROP/TYPE35

..................................................................716/PROP/TYPE36

..................................................................593/PROP/TYPE4

..................................................................598/PROP/TYPE5

..................................................................599/PROP/TYPE6

..................................................................606/PROP/TYPE8

..................................................................618/PROP/TYPE9

..................................................................584/PROP/VOID

..................................................................718/QUAD

..................................................................720/RANDOM

..................................................................722/RBE3

....... /RBODY

.............................................................725Block Format

.............................................................1052Engine

..................................................................728/RBODY/LAGMUL

..................................................................725/RBODY/rbody_ID/OPTOFF

..................................................................730/REFSTA

..................................................................1054/RERUN

..................................................................1055/RFILE

..................................................................1056/RFILE/n

..................................................................731/RIVET

..................................................................732/RLINK

..................................................................1057/RUN

..................................................................1058

/RUN/Run Name/Run Number/RestartLetter

..................................................................736/RWALL

..................................................................740/RWALL/LAGMUL

..................................................................902/RWALL/THERM

..................................................................743/SECT

..................................................................749/SENSOR

..................................................................755/SH3N

..................................................................757/SHEL16

..................................................................760/SHELL

..................................................................762/SHFRA/V4

..................................................................1059/SHSUB

..................................................................1061/SHVER/V51

..................................................................763/SKEW/FIX

..................................................................765/SKEW/MOV

..................................................................767/SKEW/MOV2

..................................................................949/SPH/INOUT

..................................................................953/SPH/RESERVE

..................................................................944/SPHBCS

..................................................................946/SPHCEL

..................................................................947/SPHGLO

..................................................................769/SPMD



Index

..................................................................770/SPRING

..................................................................772/STAMPING

..................................................................1062/STATE/BRICK/AUX/FULL

..................................................................1063/STATE/BRICK/STRAIN/FULL

..................................................................1064/STATE/BRICK/STRES/FULL

..................................................................1065/STATE/DT

..................................................................1066/STATE/SHELL/AUX/FULL

..................................................................1067/STATE/SHELL/EPSP/FULL

..................................................................1068/STATE/SHELL/ORTHL

..................................................................1069/STATE/SHELL/STRAIN/FULL

..................................................................1070/STATE/SHELL/STRESS/FULL

..................................................................1071/STOP

..................................................................775/SUBSET

..................................................................777/SURF

..................................................................788/SURF/MDELLIPS

..................................................................782/SURF/type/ALL

..................................................................785/SURF/type/EXT

..................................................................791/TETRA10

..................................................................789/TETRA4

..................................................................1072/TFILE

..................................................................793/TH

..................................................................954/TH/SPHCEL

..................................................................1075/TH/VERS

..................................................................820/THERM_STRESS/MAT

.... /TITLE

.............................................................822Block Format

.............................................................1076Engine

..................................................................823/TRANSFORM

..................................................................824/TRANSFORM/ROT

..................................................................826/TRANSFORM/SCA

..................................................................828/TRANSFORM/SYM

..................................................................830/TRANSFORM/TRA

..................................................................832/TRUSS

..................................................................833/UNIT

..................................................................905/UPWIND

..................................................................1096/UPWM/SUPG

..................................................................1097/UPWM/TG

..................................................................1098/VEL/ALE

..................................................................1077/VEL/ROT

..................................................................1078/VEL/TRA

..................................................................1079/VERS

..................................................................836/XELEM

- A -

.................... adaptive meshing

.............................................................41global

.............................................................43set for adaptive meshing

.............................................................48state of 3-node shells

.............................................................46state of shells

..................................................................514airbag gas

..................................................................1080ALE - Engine

..................................................................19ALE and CFD material laws - list

..................................................................1080ALE and SPH - Engine

..................................................................839ALE Compatibility

..................................................................960animation - RADIOSS

............... animation files

.............................................................964frequency of writing

.............................................................969grid point stress data

.............................................................972keep deleted elements

.............................................................973nodal masses

.............................................................975nodal scalar data

.............................................................974one part for each material

.............................................................970volume based averaged GPS data

.............................................................976write additional

..................................................................1100Animation Output File (A-File)

..................................................................971animation output, compressed

..................................................................838

Arbitrary Lagrangian-Euler (ALE)Formulation

..................................................................1101ASCII Output File (STY-File)

- C -

..................................................................6Command Line Arguments

..................................................................958

Compatibility Table of Implicit Solvers withParallel Version

..................................................................906Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)

..................................................................1121Control File (C-File)

..................................................................383CRASURV Formulation

..................................................................1124creating a flexible body input file

- D -

..................................................................247drawbeads

- E -

........ elements



........ elements

.............................................................7182D solid

.............................................................723D solid

.............................................................5743D solid (Pentahedron)

.............................................................59beam

.............................................................760shell

.............................................................770spring

.............................................................755triangular shell

.............................................................832truss

..................................................................956Engine Input

........................... Euler buckling solution

.............................................................1007compute

.............................................................1008pre-stress stat

..................................................................130eXtended finite element method

..................................................................1122External Modes File

- F -

..................................................................94failure model - RADIOSS

............... failure models

.............................................................125BAO-XUE-Wierzbicki

.............................................................98Chang

.............................................................103forming limit diagram

.............................................................105Hashin

.............................................................110Johnson-Cook

.............................................................112Ladeveze composite

.............................................................115Puck composite

.............................................................118Spalling and Johnson-Cook

.............................................................101specific energy

.............................................................122strain

.............................................................120Tuler-Butcher

.............................................................124user (1, 2, 3)

.............................................................128Wilkins

.............................................................130XFEM

..................................................................1file extensions and formats, block format

..................................................................1124Flexible Body Input File

- G -

..................................................................1017geometrical stiffness matrix, deactivation

- H -

..................................................................1099H3D Output File

- I -

..................................................................1005implicit solution

..................................................................78imposed convective flux

..................................................................181imposed temperature, node group

..................................................................1101initial conditions definition using output files

..................................................................1124input file format

......... interfaces

.............................................................858ALE

.............................................................217Block Format

.............................................................910CFD

..................................................................1062internal variable state for solid

- L -

.... law 11

.............................................................872ALE

.............................................................926CFD

.. law 4

.............................................................329block format

.............................................................917CFD

.. law 6

.............................................................869ALE

.............................................................333block format

.............................................................921CFD

..................................................................426Lee Tarver material

..................................................................311levelset definition

................. list of keywords

.............................................................3new features - Starter and Engine

...................... list of material laws

.............................................................19ALE and CFD

.............................................................15Block Format

- M -

..................................................................580mass injected

..................................................................15material laws - list

..................................................................21material to element compatibility

........ materials

.............................................................865ALE

.............................................................313Block Format

.............................................................915CFD

..................................................................1118Modif Input File

..................................................................582molar fraction injected



Index

.................... monitored volume

.............................................................521airbag

.............................................................538airbag with communications

.............................................................549airbag with gas flow

.............................................................536area

.............................................................562perfect gas

.............................................................566pressure load curve

..................................................................520monitored volume - RADIOSS

..................................................................1023monitored volume - stiffness deactivation

..................................................................722motion of reference (slave) node

..................................................................134moving frames

..................................................................136moving frames - new

- N -

..................................................................3new keywords in 10.0

- O -

..................................................................1068orthotropy direction for shell, engine

..................................................................198orthotropy direction, initialization

- P -

..................................................................672ply information

.................... printout frequency

.............................................................1026linear solvers

.............................................................1027non-linear implicit

......... properties

.............................................................578Block Format

.............................................................935CFD

- R -

..................................................................1030reference residual option, deactivation

..................................................................344rigid material

..................................................................61run name - Block Format

- S -

..................................................................13Single File Input

............. skew frames

.............................................................763fixed

.............................................................765moving

.............................................................767moving, new

................................................... Smooth Particle Hydrodynamics - SPH

.............................................................940block format

..................................................................1080SPH - Engine

..................................................................941SPH Material Compatibility

..................................................................663stacking info

..................................................................772stamping application, error message

..................................................................270stamping interface - new

..................................................................14Starter Input

..................................................................1018stiffness matrix, SPMD

..................................................................1063strain state for solid, engine

..................................................................1064stress state for solid, engine

................... surface definition

.............................................................782all

.............................................................785external

.............................................................788Madymo Ellipsoid

..................................................................29Syntax of Block Format

..................................................................957Syntax of Engine Keywords

- T -

..................................................................820thermal material expansion

..................................................................175thermal parameters

..................................................................793time history - RADIOSS

............... transformation

.............................................................824rotation

.............................................................826scale

.............................................................828symmetry

.............................................................830translation

..................................................................823transformation - RADIOSS

..................................................................375TSAI-WU Formulation

- U -

..................................................................833unit system - local

..................................................................509user material laws

- V -

..................................................................305version behavior, prior to 10.0

- Z -

..................................................................505zeril

..................................................................1006zero stiffness dof, engine

a platfo rm fo r innovation - altair...

Documents